Vendor import of clang trunk r132879:vendor/clang/clang-r132879

http://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/cfe/trunk@132879

168 files changed, 11673 insertions, 4978 deletions

diff --git a/lib/AST/APValue.cpp b/lib/AST/APValue.cpp
index 731d5e046681..ebe99b12cdab 100644
--- a/lib/AST/APValue.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/APValue.cpp
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ using namespace clang;
 
 namespace {
   struct LV {
-    Expr* Base;
+    const Expr* Base;
     CharUnits Offset;
   };
 }
 
-APValue::APValue(Expr* B) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
+APValue::APValue(const Expr* B) : Kind(Uninitialized) {
   MakeLValue(); setLValue(B, CharUnits::Zero());
 }
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void APValue::print(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const {
   }
 }
 
-Expr* APValue::getLValueBase() const {
+const Expr* APValue::getLValueBase() const {
   assert(isLValue() && "Invalid accessor");
   return ((const LV*)(const void*)Data)->Base;
 }
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ CharUnits APValue::getLValueOffset() const {
     return ((const LV*)(const void*)Data)->Offset;
 }
 
-void APValue::setLValue(Expr *B, const CharUnits &O) {
+void APValue::setLValue(const Expr *B, const CharUnits &O) {
   assert(isLValue() && "Invalid accessor");
   ((LV*)(char*)Data)->Base = B;
   ((LV*)(char*)Data)->Offset = O;
diff --git a/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp b/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
index 8316ea68e9e4..9094abad2ef1 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ASTContext.cpp
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include "CXXABI.h"
+#include <map>
 
 using namespace clang;
 
@@ -38,8 +39,12 @@ unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
+unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
+unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
+unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
+unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
 unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
 
@@ -317,9 +322,17 @@ void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
   fprintf(stderr, "  %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
           NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared, 
           NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
+  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
+    fprintf(stderr, "  %u/%u implicit move constructors created\n",
+            NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared, 
+            NumImplicitMoveConstructors);
   fprintf(stderr, "  %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
           NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared, 
           NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
+  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
+    fprintf(stderr, "  %u/%u implicit move assignment operators created\n",
+            NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared, 
+            NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators);
   fprintf(stderr, "  %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
           NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
   
@@ -546,8 +559,28 @@ bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
 bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
                                              const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
   return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
-          FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
+          FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
+          LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
+
+}
 
+bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                         const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
+  return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
+          FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
+          LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());  
+}
+
+bool ASTContext::NoneBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                         const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
+  return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
+          LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());  
+}
+
+bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNoneBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                             const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
+  return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
+          FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());  
 }
 
 ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
@@ -627,6 +660,10 @@ CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
       UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
     }
   }
+  else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
+      UseAlignAttrOnly = 
+        D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
+        cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
 
   // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
   // else about the declaration and its type.
@@ -950,6 +987,9 @@ ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
     return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
                         .getTypePtr());
 
+  case Type::UnaryTransform:
+    return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType());
+
   case Type::Elaborated:
     return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
 
@@ -957,13 +997,18 @@ ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
     return getTypeInfo(
                   cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
 
-  case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
+  case Type::TemplateSpecialization: {
     assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
            "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
-    // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
-    // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
-    // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
-    return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
+    const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T);
+    // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the
+    // aligned attribute on it.
+    if (TST->isTypeAlias())
+      return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr());
+    else
+      return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
+  }
+
   }
 
   assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
@@ -1393,6 +1438,9 @@ QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
 /// lvalue reference to the specified type.
 QualType
 ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
+  assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 
+         "Unresolved overloaded function type");
+  
   // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
   // structure.
   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
@@ -1572,6 +1620,7 @@ QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
   case Type::TypeOfExpr:
   case Type::TypeOf:
   case Type::Decltype:
+  case Type::UnaryTransform:
   case Type::DependentName:
   case Type::InjectedClassName:
   case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
@@ -2235,10 +2284,10 @@ TypeSourceInfo *
 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
                                         const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
-                                              QualType CanonType) const {
+                                              QualType Underlying) const {
   assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 
          "No dependent template names here!");
-  QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
+  QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
 
   TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
   TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
@@ -2254,7 +2303,7 @@ ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
 QualType
 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                           const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
-                                          QualType Canon) const {
+                                          QualType Underlying) const {
   assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 
          "No dependent template names here!");
   
@@ -2266,35 +2315,46 @@ ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
     ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
 
   return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
-                                       Canon);
+                                       Underlying);
 }
 
 QualType
 ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                           const TemplateArgument *Args,
                                           unsigned NumArgs,
-                                          QualType Canon) const {
+                                          QualType Underlying) const {
   assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 
          "No dependent template names here!");
   // Look through qualified template names.
   if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
     Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
   
-  if (!Canon.isNull())
-    Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
-  else
-    Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
+  bool isTypeAlias = 
+    Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
+    isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
+
+  QualType CanonType;
+  if (!Underlying.isNull())
+    CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
+  else {
+    assert(!isTypeAlias &&
+           "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
+    CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
+                                                       NumArgs);
+  }
 
   // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
   // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
   // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
-  void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
-                        sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
+  void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
+                       sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
+                       (isTypeAlias ? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
                        TypeAlignment);
   TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
     = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
                                            Args, NumArgs,
-                                           Canon);
+                                           CanonType,
+                                         isTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
 
   Types.push_back(Spec);
   return QualType(Spec, 0);
@@ -2306,6 +2366,10 @@ ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                                                    unsigned NumArgs) const {
   assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 
          "No dependent template names here!");
+  assert((!Template.getAsTemplateDecl() ||
+          !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) &&
+         "Underlying type for template alias must be computed by caller");
+
   // Look through qualified template names.
   if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
     Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
@@ -2334,7 +2398,7 @@ ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
                          TypeAlignment);
     Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
                                                 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
-                                                QualType());
+                                                QualType(), QualType());
     Types.push_back(Spec);
     TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
   }
@@ -2754,6 +2818,21 @@ QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
   return QualType(dt, 0);
 }
 
+/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
+/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
+QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                           QualType UnderlyingType,
+                                           UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
+    const {
+  UnaryTransformType *Ty =
+    new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 
+                                                   Kind,
+                                 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
+                                    QualType() : UnderlyingType);
+  Types.push_back(Ty);
+  return QualType(Ty, 0);
+}
+
 /// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
 QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
   void *InsertPos = 0;
@@ -3457,7 +3536,8 @@ QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
                                            SourceLocation(), 0,
                                            FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                            /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                           /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                           /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                           /*HasInit=*/false);
       Field->setAccess(AS_public);
       CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
     }
@@ -3498,7 +3578,8 @@ QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
                                            SourceLocation(), 0,
                                            FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                            /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                           /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                           /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                           /*HasInit=*/false);
       Field->setAccess(AS_public);
       NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
     }
@@ -3537,7 +3618,8 @@ QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
                                            SourceLocation(), 0,
                                            FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                            /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                           /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                           /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                           /*HasInit=*/false);
       Field->setAccess(AS_public);
       ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
     }
@@ -3574,7 +3656,8 @@ QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
                                          &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
                                          FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                          /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                         /*HasInit=*/false);
     Field->setAccess(AS_public);
     T->addDecl(Field);
   }
@@ -3622,7 +3705,8 @@ QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
                                          &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
                                          FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
                                          /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                         /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                         /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                         /*HasInit=*/false);
     Field->setAccess(AS_public);
     T->addDecl(Field);
   }
@@ -3650,7 +3734,7 @@ bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
     if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
       CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-      return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
+      return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor();
       
     }
   }
@@ -3707,7 +3791,8 @@ ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
                                          SourceLocation(),
                                          &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
                                          FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
-                                         /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
+                                         /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                         /*HasInit=*/false);
     Field->setAccess(AS_public);
     T->addDecl(Field);
   }
@@ -3736,6 +3821,9 @@ static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
 /// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
 /// purpose.
 CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
+  if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
+    return CharUnits::Zero();
+  
   CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
 
   // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
@@ -3803,7 +3891,7 @@ std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
   return S;
 }
 
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
+bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
                                                 std::string& S) {
   // Encode result type.
   getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
@@ -3813,8 +3901,11 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
        E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
     QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
     CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
+    if (sz.isZero())
+      return true;
+    
     assert (sz.isPositive() && 
-        "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
+        "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
     ParmOffset += sz;
   }
   S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
@@ -3837,11 +3928,13 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
     S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
     ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
   }
+  
+  return false;
 }
 
 /// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
 /// declaration.
-void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
+bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
                                               std::string& S) const {
   // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
   // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
@@ -3860,6 +3953,9 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
        E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
     QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
     CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
+    if (sz.isZero())
+      return true;
+    
     assert (sz.isPositive() && 
         "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
     ParmOffset += sz;
@@ -3889,6 +3985,8 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
     S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
     ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
   }
+  
+  return false;
 }
 
 /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
@@ -4108,7 +4206,8 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
                                             bool ExpandStructures,
                                             const FieldDecl *FD,
                                             bool OutermostType,
-                                            bool EncodingProperty) const {
+                                            bool EncodingProperty,
+                                            bool StructField) const {
   if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
     if (FD && FD->isBitField())
       return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
@@ -4193,7 +4292,7 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
   if (const ArrayType *AT =
       // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
         dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
-    if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
+    if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
       // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
       S += '^';
 
@@ -4202,11 +4301,15 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
     } else {
       S += '[';
 
-      if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
-        S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
-      else {
+      if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
+        if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0)
+          S += '0';
+        else
+          S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
+      } else {
         //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
-        assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
+        assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
+               "Unknown array type!");
         S += '0';
       }
 
@@ -4244,24 +4347,30 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
     }
     if (ExpandStructures) {
       S += '=';
-      for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
-                                   FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
-           Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
-        if (FD) {
-          S += '"';
-          S += Field->getNameAsString();
-          S += '"';
-        }
+      if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
+        getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD);
+      } else {
+        for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
+                                     FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
+             Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
+          if (FD) {
+            S += '"';
+            S += Field->getNameAsString();
+            S += '"';
+          }
 
-        // Special case bit-fields.
-        if (Field->isBitField()) {
-          getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
-                                     (*Field));
-        } else {
-          QualType qt = Field->getType();
-          getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
-          getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
-                                     FD);
+          // Special case bit-fields.
+          if (Field->isBitField()) {
+            getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
+                                       (*Field));
+          } else {
+            QualType qt = Field->getType();
+            getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
+            getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
+                                       FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
+                                       /*EncodingProperty*/false,
+                                       /*StructField*/true);
+          }
         }
       }
     }
@@ -4382,6 +4491,135 @@ void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
   assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
 }
 
+void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
+                                                 std::string &S,
+                                                 const FieldDecl *FD,
+                                                 bool includeVBases) const {
+  assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
+  assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
+  if (!RDecl->getDefinition())
+    return;
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
+  std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
+  const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
+
+  if (CXXRec) {
+    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
+           BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(),
+           BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
+      if (!BI->isVirtual()) {
+        CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+        uint64_t offs = layout.getBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
+        FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
+                                  std::make_pair(offs, base));
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  unsigned i = 0;
+  for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
+                               FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
+       Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) {
+    uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
+    FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
+                              std::make_pair(offs, *Field));
+  }
+
+  if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
+    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator
+           BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(),
+           BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) {
+      CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+      uint64_t offs = layout.getVBaseClassOffsetInBits(base);
+      FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
+                                std::make_pair(offs, base));
+    }
+  }
+
+  CharUnits size;
+  if (CXXRec) {
+    size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
+  } else {
+    size = layout.getSize();
+  }
+
+  uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
+  std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
+    CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
+
+  if (CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() && CurLayObj->first != 0) {
+    assert(CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
+           "Offset 0 was empty but no VTable ?");
+    if (FD) {
+      S += "\"_vptr$";
+      std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
+      if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
+      S += recname;
+      S += '"';
+    }
+    S += "^^?";
+    CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
+  }
+
+  if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
+    // Mark the end of the structure.
+    uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
+    FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
+                              std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0));
+  }
+
+  for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
+    assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
+
+    if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
+      uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 
+      // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
+      // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
+      // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
+      // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
+      // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
+      // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
+      // longer then though.
+      CurOffs += padding;
+    }
+
+    NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
+    if (dcl == 0)
+      break; // reached end of structure.
+
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
+      // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
+      // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
+      // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
+      // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
+      getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false);
+      if (!base->isEmpty())
+        CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
+    } else {
+      FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
+      if (FD) {
+        S += '"';
+        S += field->getNameAsString();
+        S += '"';
+      }
+
+      if (field->isBitField()) {
+        EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
+        CurOffs += field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue();
+      } else {
+        QualType qt = field->getType();
+        getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
+        getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
+                                   /*OutermostType*/false,
+                                   /*EncodingProperty*/false,
+                                   /*StructField*/true);
+        CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
 void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
                                                  std::string& S) const {
   if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
@@ -6068,7 +6306,7 @@ bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
 
   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
     // Forward declarations aren't required.
-    if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+    if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
       return false;
 
     // Constructors and destructors are required.
@@ -6105,10 +6343,13 @@ bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
   // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
 
   // FIXME: Handle references.
+  // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about.
   if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
-      if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
-          (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
+      if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
+                                   RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
+                                   RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
+                                   RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
         return true;
     }
   }
diff --git a/lib/AST/ASTDiagnostic.cpp b/lib/AST/ASTDiagnostic.cpp
index 897b4a4c1f27..16d2f853606e 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ASTDiagnostic.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ASTDiagnostic.cpp
@@ -56,9 +56,11 @@ static QualType Desugar(ASTContext &Context, QualType QT, bool &ShouldAKA) {
       continue;
     }
 
-    // Don't desugar template specializations. 
-    if (isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(Ty))
-      break;
+    // Don't desugar template specializations, unless it's an alias template.
+    if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
+          = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(Ty))
+      if (!TST->isTypeAlias())
+        break;
 
     // Don't desugar magic Objective-C types.
     if (QualType(Ty,0) == Context.getObjCIdType() ||
diff --git a/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp b/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
index dc881ba86960..100e604d1c46 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ASTImporter.cpp
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ namespace {
     // FIXME: DependentTypeOfExprType
     QualType VisitTypeOfType(const TypeOfType *T);
     QualType VisitDecltypeType(const DecltypeType *T);
+    QualType VisitUnaryTransformType(const UnaryTransformType *T);
     QualType VisitAutoType(const AutoType *T);
     // FIXME: DependentDecltypeType
     QualType VisitRecordType(const RecordType *T);
@@ -604,7 +605,14 @@ static bool IsStructurallyEquivalent(StructuralEquivalenceContext &Context,
                                   cast<TypeOfType>(T2)->getUnderlyingType()))
       return false;
     break;
-      
+
+  case Type::UnaryTransform:
+    if (!IsStructurallyEquivalent(Context,
+                             cast<UnaryTransformType>(T1)->getUnderlyingType(),
+                             cast<UnaryTransformType>(T1)->getUnderlyingType()))
+      return false;
+    break;
+
   case Type::Decltype:
     if (!IsStructurallyEquivalent(Context,
                                   cast<DecltypeType>(T1)->getUnderlyingExpr(),
@@ -1572,6 +1580,17 @@ QualType ASTNodeImporter::VisitDecltypeType(const DecltypeType *T) {
   return Importer.getToContext().getDecltypeType(ToExpr);
 }
 
+QualType ASTNodeImporter::VisitUnaryTransformType(const UnaryTransformType *T) {
+  QualType ToBaseType = Importer.Import(T->getBaseType());
+  QualType ToUnderlyingType = Importer.Import(T->getUnderlyingType());
+  if (ToBaseType.isNull() || ToUnderlyingType.isNull())
+    return QualType();
+
+  return Importer.getToContext().getUnaryTransformType(ToBaseType,
+                                                       ToUnderlyingType,
+                                                       T->getUTTKind());
+}
+
 QualType ASTNodeImporter::VisitAutoType(const AutoType *T) {
   // FIXME: Make sure that the "to" context supports C++0x!
   QualType FromDeduced = T->getDeducedType();
@@ -2493,9 +2512,12 @@ Decl *ASTNodeImporter::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
   FieldDecl *ToField = FieldDecl::Create(Importer.getToContext(), DC,
                                          Importer.Import(D->getInnerLocStart()),
                                          Loc, Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
-                                         T, TInfo, BitWidth, D->isMutable());
+                                         T, TInfo, BitWidth, D->isMutable(),
+                                         D->hasInClassInitializer());
   ToField->setAccess(D->getAccess());
   ToField->setLexicalDeclContext(LexicalDC);
+  if (ToField->hasInClassInitializer())
+    ToField->setInClassInitializer(D->getInClassInitializer());
   Importer.Imported(D, ToField);
   LexicalDC->addDecl(ToField);
   return ToField;
@@ -2851,7 +2873,8 @@ Decl *ASTNodeImporter::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *D) {
                              D->isVariadic(),
                              D->isSynthesized(),
                              D->isDefined(),
-                             D->getImplementationControl());
+                             D->getImplementationControl(),
+                             D->hasRelatedResultType());
 
   // FIXME: When we decide to merge method definitions, we'll need to
   // deal with implicit parameters.
diff --git a/lib/AST/Decl.cpp b/lib/AST/Decl.cpp
index b21ba9a65e76..12357c07a794 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Decl.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Decl.cpp
@@ -1422,6 +1422,31 @@ bool FunctionDecl::hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const {
   return false;
 }
 
+bool FunctionDecl::hasTrivialBody() const
+{
+  Stmt *S = getBody();
+  if (!S) {
+    // Since we don't have a body for this function, we don't know if it's
+    // trivial or not.
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  if (isa<CompoundStmt>(S) && cast<CompoundStmt>(S)->body_empty())
+    return true;
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool FunctionDecl::isDefined(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const {
+  for (redecl_iterator I = redecls_begin(), E = redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+    if (I->IsDeleted || I->IsDefaulted || I->Body || I->IsLateTemplateParsed) {
+      Definition = I->IsDeleted ? I->getCanonicalDecl() : *I;
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
 Stmt *FunctionDecl::getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const {
   for (redecl_iterator I = redecls_begin(), E = redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
     if (I->Body) {
@@ -1450,10 +1475,34 @@ void FunctionDecl::setPure(bool P) {
 }
 
 bool FunctionDecl::isMain() const {
-  ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
-  return !Context.getLangOptions().Freestanding &&
-    getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
-    getIdentifier() && getIdentifier()->isStr("main");
+  const TranslationUnitDecl *tunit =
+    dyn_cast<TranslationUnitDecl>(getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
+  return tunit &&
+         !tunit->getASTContext().getLangOptions().Freestanding &&
+         getIdentifier() &&
+         getIdentifier()->isStr("main");
+}
+
+bool FunctionDecl::isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const {
+  assert(getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName);
+  assert(getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
+         getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
+         getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
+         getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete);
+
+  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext())) return false;
+  assert(getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit());
+
+  const FunctionProtoType *proto = getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+  if (proto->getNumArgs() != 2 || proto->isVariadic()) return false;
+
+  ASTContext &Context =
+    cast<TranslationUnitDecl>(getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())
+      ->getASTContext();
+
+  // The result type and first argument type are constant across all
+  // these operators.  The second argument must be exactly void*.
+  return (proto->getArgType(1).getCanonicalType() == Context.VoidPtrTy);
 }
 
 bool FunctionDecl::isExternC() const {
@@ -1690,11 +1739,11 @@ bool FunctionDecl::isInlined() const {
 /// an externally visible symbol, but "extern inline" will not create an 
 /// externally visible symbol.
 bool FunctionDecl::isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible() const {
-  assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Must have the function definition");
+  assert(doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && "Must have the function definition");
   assert(isInlined() && "Function must be inline");
   ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
   
-  if (!Context.getLangOptions().C99 || hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
+  if (Context.getLangOptions().GNUInline || hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
     // If it's not the case that both 'inline' and 'extern' are
     // specified on the definition, then this inline definition is
     // externally visible.
@@ -2028,9 +2077,10 @@ SourceRange FunctionDecl::getSourceRange() const {
 FieldDecl *FieldDecl::Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
                              SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
                              IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T,
-                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable) {
+                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable,
+                             bool HasInit) {
   return new (C) FieldDecl(Decl::Field, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo,
-                           BW, Mutable);
+                           BW, Mutable, HasInit);
 }
 
 bool FieldDecl::isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const {
@@ -2059,8 +2109,7 @@ unsigned FieldDecl::getFieldIndex() const {
 
     if (IsMsStruct) {
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are ignored.
-      if (getASTContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((*i), LastFD) ||
-          getASTContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield((*i), LastFD)) {
+      if (getASTContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((*i), LastFD)) {
         ++i;
         continue;
       }
@@ -2076,10 +2125,17 @@ unsigned FieldDecl::getFieldIndex() const {
 
 SourceRange FieldDecl::getSourceRange() const {
   if (isBitField())
-    return SourceRange(getInnerLocStart(), BitWidth->getLocEnd());
+    return SourceRange(getInnerLocStart(), getBitWidth()->getLocEnd());
   return DeclaratorDecl::getSourceRange();
 }
 
+void FieldDecl::setInClassInitializer(Expr *Init) {
+  assert(!InitializerOrBitWidth.getPointer() &&
+         "bit width or initializer already set");
+  InitializerOrBitWidth.setPointer(Init);
+  InitializerOrBitWidth.setInt(0);
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // TagDecl Implementation
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclBase.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclBase.cpp
index 6d517c544089..1766d39c1405 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclBase.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclBase.cpp
@@ -439,6 +439,7 @@ unsigned Decl::getIdentifierNamespaceForKind(Kind DeclKind) {
 
     case Typedef:
     case TypeAlias:
+    case TypeAliasTemplate:
     case UnresolvedUsingTypename:
     case TemplateTypeParm:
       return IDNS_Ordinary | IDNS_Type;
@@ -1165,10 +1166,10 @@ void DeclContext::makeDeclVisibleInContextImpl(NamedDecl *D) {
   if (!D->getDeclName())
     return;
 
-  // FIXME: This feels like a hack. Should DeclarationName support
-  // template-ids, or is there a better way to keep specializations
-  // from being visible?
-  if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D) || D->isTemplateParameter())
+  // Skip entities that can't be found by name lookup into a particular
+  // context.
+  if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() == 0 && !isa<UsingDirectiveDecl>(D)) ||
+      D->isTemplateParameter())
     return;
 
   ASTContext *C = 0;
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
index 9099cd524f1a..08ac2a5be4d9 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclCXX.cpp
@@ -29,19 +29,21 @@ using namespace clang;
 
 CXXRecordDecl::DefinitionData::DefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D)
   : UserDeclaredConstructor(false), UserDeclaredCopyConstructor(false),
-    UserDeclaredCopyAssignment(false), UserDeclaredDestructor(false),
+    UserDeclaredMoveConstructor(false), UserDeclaredCopyAssignment(false),
+    UserDeclaredMoveAssignment(false), UserDeclaredDestructor(false),
     Aggregate(true), PlainOldData(true), Empty(true), Polymorphic(false),
     Abstract(false), IsStandardLayout(true), HasNoNonEmptyBases(true),
     HasPrivateFields(false), HasProtectedFields(false), HasPublicFields(false),
-    HasTrivialConstructor(true), HasConstExprNonCopyMoveConstructor(false),
-    HasTrivialCopyConstructor(true), HasTrivialMoveConstructor(true),
-    HasTrivialCopyAssignment(true), HasTrivialMoveAssignment(true),
-    HasTrivialDestructor(true), HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases(false),
-    ComputedVisibleConversions(false),
-    DeclaredDefaultConstructor(false), DeclaredCopyConstructor(false), 
-    DeclaredCopyAssignment(false), DeclaredDestructor(false),
-    NumBases(0), NumVBases(0), Bases(), VBases(),
-  Definition(D), FirstFriend(0) {
+    HasMutableFields(false), HasTrivialDefaultConstructor(true),
+    HasConstExprNonCopyMoveConstructor(false), HasTrivialCopyConstructor(true),
+    HasTrivialMoveConstructor(true), HasTrivialCopyAssignment(true),
+    HasTrivialMoveAssignment(true), HasTrivialDestructor(true),
+    HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases(false), ComputedVisibleConversions(false),
+    UserProvidedDefaultConstructor(false), DeclaredDefaultConstructor(false),
+    DeclaredCopyConstructor(false), DeclaredMoveConstructor(false),
+    DeclaredCopyAssignment(false), DeclaredMoveAssignment(false),
+    DeclaredDestructor(false), NumBases(0), NumVBases(0), Bases(), VBases(),
+    Definition(D), FirstFriend(0) {
 }
 
 CXXRecordDecl::CXXRecordDecl(Kind K, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
@@ -165,8 +167,9 @@ CXXRecordDecl::setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases,
       data().Empty = false;
       
       // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
-      //   A constructor is trivial if its class has no virtual base classes.
-      data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+      //   A default constructor is trivial [...] if:
+      //    -- its class has [...] no virtual bases
+      data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
 
       // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
       //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if it is neither
@@ -188,10 +191,11 @@ CXXRecordDecl::setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases,
       data().IsStandardLayout = false;
     } else {
       // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
-      //   A constructor is trivial if all the direct base classes of its
-      //   class have trivial constructors.
-      if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
-        data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+      //   A default constructor is trivial [...] if:
+      //    -- all the direct base classes of its class have trivial default
+      //       constructors.
+      if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+        data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
       
       // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
       //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if [...]
@@ -223,6 +227,10 @@ CXXRecordDecl::setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases,
     //   have trivial destructors.
     if (!BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
       data().HasTrivialDestructor = false;
+    
+    // Keep track of the presence of mutable fields.
+    if (BaseClassDecl->hasMutableFields())
+      data().HasMutableFields = true;
   }
   
   if (VBases.empty())
@@ -262,8 +270,8 @@ bool CXXRecordDecl::hasAnyDependentBases() const {
   return !forallBases(SawBase, 0);
 }
 
-bool CXXRecordDecl::hasConstCopyConstructor(const ASTContext &Context) const {
-  return getCopyConstructor(Context, Qualifiers::Const) != 0;
+bool CXXRecordDecl::hasConstCopyConstructor() const {
+  return getCopyConstructor(Qualifiers::Const) != 0;
 }
 
 bool CXXRecordDecl::isTriviallyCopyable() const {
@@ -306,8 +314,8 @@ GetBestOverloadCandidateSimple(
   return Cands[Best].first;
 }
 
-CXXConstructorDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getCopyConstructor(const ASTContext &Context,
-                                                      unsigned TypeQuals) const{
+CXXConstructorDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getCopyConstructor(unsigned TypeQuals) const{
+  ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
   QualType ClassType
     = Context.getTypeDeclType(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this));
   DeclarationName ConstructorName
@@ -337,6 +345,14 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getCopyConstructor(const ASTContext &Context,
                                         GetBestOverloadCandidateSimple(Found));
 }
 
+CXXConstructorDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getMoveConstructor() const {
+  for (ctor_iterator I = ctor_begin(), E = ctor_end(); I != E; ++I)
+    if (I->isMoveConstructor())
+      return *I;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
 CXXMethodDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getCopyAssignmentOperator(bool ArgIsConst) const {
   ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
   QualType Class = Context.getTypeDeclType(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(this));
@@ -387,6 +403,14 @@ CXXMethodDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getCopyAssignmentOperator(bool ArgIsConst) const {
   return GetBestOverloadCandidateSimple(Found);
 }
 
+CXXMethodDecl *CXXRecordDecl::getMoveAssignmentOperator() const {
+  for (method_iterator I = method_begin(), E = method_end(); I != E; ++I)
+    if (I->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
+      return *I;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
 void CXXRecordDecl::markedVirtualFunctionPure() {
   // C++ [class.abstract]p2: 
   //   A class is abstract if it has at least one pure virtual function.
@@ -421,8 +445,10 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
       //   polymorphic class.
       data().Polymorphic = true;
       
-      // None of the special member functions are trivial.
-      data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+      // C++0x [class.ctor]p5
+      //   A default constructor is trivial [...] if:
+      //    -- its class has no virtual functions [...]
+      data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
 
       // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
       //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if [...]
@@ -451,32 +477,32 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
       if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
         L->AddedCXXImplicitMember(data().Definition, D);
 
+    // If this is a special member function, note that it was added and then
+    // return early.
     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
-      // If this is the implicit default constructor, note that we have now
-      // declared it.
       if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())
         data().DeclaredDefaultConstructor = true;
-      // If this is the implicit copy constructor, note that we have now
-      // declared it.
       else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor())
         data().DeclaredCopyConstructor = true;
+      else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor())
+        data().DeclaredMoveConstructor = true;
+      else
+        goto NotASpecialMember;
       return;
-    } 
-
-    if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
+    } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
       data().DeclaredDestructor = true;
       return;
-    } 
-
-    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
-      // If this is the implicit copy constructor, note that we have now
-      // declared it.
-      // FIXME: Move constructors
-      if (Method->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal)
+    } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
+      if (Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
         data().DeclaredCopyAssignment = true;
+      else if (Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
+        data().DeclaredMoveAssignment = true;
+      else
+        goto NotASpecialMember;
       return;
     }
 
+NotASpecialMember:;
     // Any other implicit declarations are handled like normal declarations.
   }
   
@@ -485,23 +511,20 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
     // Note that we have a user-declared constructor.
     data().UserDeclaredConstructor = true;
 
-    // Note that we have no need of an implicitly-declared default constructor.
-    data().DeclaredDefaultConstructor = true;
-    
-    // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
-    //   An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with no
-    //   user-declared constructors (12.1) [...].
-    data().Aggregate = false;
-
-    // C++ [class]p4:
-    //   A POD-struct is an aggregate class [...]
-    data().PlainOldData = false;
-
-    // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
-    //   A constructor is trivial if it is an implicitly-declared default
-    //   constructor.
-    // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" default constructors.
-    data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+    // FIXME: Under C++0x, /only/ special member functions may be user-provided.
+    //        This is probably a defect.
+    bool UserProvided = false;
+
+    // C++0x [class.ctor]p5:
+    //   A default constructor is trivial if it is not user-provided [...]
+    if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
+      data().DeclaredDefaultConstructor = true;
+      if (Constructor->isUserProvided()) {
+        data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
+        data().UserProvidedDefaultConstructor = true;
+        UserProvided = true;
+      }
+    }
 
     // Note when we have a user-declared copy or move constructor, which will
     // suppress the implicit declaration of those constructors.
@@ -511,16 +534,23 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
         data().DeclaredCopyConstructor = true;
 
         // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
-        //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if it is neither
-        //   user-provided nor deleted
-        // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" copy constructors.
-        data().HasTrivialCopyConstructor = false;
+        //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if it is not
+        //   user-provided [...]
+        if (Constructor->isUserProvided()) {
+          data().HasTrivialCopyConstructor = false;
+          UserProvided = true;
+        }
       } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
+        data().UserDeclaredMoveConstructor = true;
+        data().DeclaredMoveConstructor = true;
+
         // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
-        //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if it is neither
-        //   user-provided nor deleted
-        // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" move constructors.
-        data().HasTrivialMoveConstructor = false;
+        //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if it is not
+        //   user-provided [...]
+        if (Constructor->isUserProvided()) {
+          data().HasTrivialMoveConstructor = false;
+          UserProvided = true;
+        }
       }
     }
     if (Constructor->isConstExpr() &&
@@ -530,88 +560,81 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
       data().HasConstExprNonCopyMoveConstructor = true;
     }
 
+    // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
+    //   An aggregate is an array or a class with no user-declared
+    //   constructors [...].
+    // C++0x [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
+    //   An aggregate is an array or a class with no user-provided
+    //   constructors [...].
+    if (!getASTContext().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x || UserProvided)
+      data().Aggregate = false;
+
+    // C++ [class]p4:
+    //   A POD-struct is an aggregate class [...]
+    // Since the POD bit is meant to be C++03 POD-ness, clear it even if the
+    // type is technically an aggregate in C++0x since it wouldn't be in 03.
+    data().PlainOldData = false;
+
     return;
   }
 
   // Handle (user-declared) destructors.
-  if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
+  if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
     data().DeclaredDestructor = true;
     data().UserDeclaredDestructor = true;
     
     // C++ [class]p4: 
     //   A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no user-defined 
     //   destructor.
+    // This bit is the C++03 POD bit, not the 0x one.
     data().PlainOldData = false;
     
-    // C++ [class.dtor]p3: 
-    //   A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly-declared destructor and
-    //   [...].
-    //
-    // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" destructors
-    data().HasTrivialDestructor = false;
+    // C++0x [class.dtor]p5: 
+    //   A destructor is trivial if it is not user-provided and [...]
+    if (DD->isUserProvided())
+      data().HasTrivialDestructor = false;
     
     return;
   }
   
   // Handle (user-declared) member functions.
   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
-    if (Method->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
-      // We're interested specifically in copy assignment operators.
-      const FunctionProtoType *FnType 
-        = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-      assert(FnType && "Overloaded operator has no proto function type.");
-      assert(FnType->getNumArgs() == 1 && !FnType->isVariadic());
-      
-      // Copy assignment operators must be non-templates.
-      if (Method->getPrimaryTemplate() || FunTmpl)
-        return;
-      
-      ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
-      QualType ClassType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(
-                                             const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)));
-
-      bool isRValueRefArg = false;
-      QualType ArgType = FnType->getArgType(0);
-      if (const LValueReferenceType *Ref =
-          ArgType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
-        ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
-      } else if (const RValueReferenceType *Ref =
-               ArgType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
-        ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
-        isRValueRefArg = true;
-      }
-      if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, ArgType))
-        return;
-
+    if (Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
       // C++ [class]p4:
       //   A POD-struct is an aggregate class that [...] has no user-defined
       //   copy assignment operator [...].
-      // FIXME: This should be probably determined dynamically in terms of
-      // other more precise attributes to correctly model how it is specified
-      // in C++0x. Setting it here happens to do the right thing.
+      // This is the C++03 bit only.
       data().PlainOldData = false;
 
-      if (!isRValueRefArg) {
-        // This is a copy assignment operator.
+      // This is a copy assignment operator.
 
-        // Suppress the implicit declaration of a copy constructor.
-        data().UserDeclaredCopyAssignment = true;
-        data().DeclaredCopyAssignment = true;
+      // Suppress the implicit declaration of a copy constructor.
+      data().UserDeclaredCopyAssignment = true;
+      data().DeclaredCopyAssignment = true;
 
-        // C++0x [class.copy]p27:
-        //   A copy/move assignment operator for class X is trivial if it is
-        //   neither user-provided nor deleted [...]
-        // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" copy operators.
+      // C++0x [class.copy]p27:
+      //   A copy/move assignment operator for class X is trivial if it is
+      //   neither user-provided nor deleted [...]
+      if (Method->isUserProvided())
         data().HasTrivialCopyAssignment = false;
-      } else {
-        // This is a move assignment operator.
 
-        // C++0x [class.copy]p27:
-        //   A copy/move assignment operator for class X is trivial if it is
-        //   neither user-provided nor deleted [...]
-        // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" copy operators.
+      return;
+    }
+    
+    if (Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
+      // This is an extension in C++03 mode, but we'll keep consistency by
+      // taking a move assignment operator to induce non-POD-ness
+      data().PlainOldData = false;
+
+      // This is a move assignment operator.
+      data().UserDeclaredMoveAssignment = true;
+      data().DeclaredMoveAssignment = true;
+
+      // C++0x [class.copy]p27:
+      //   A copy/move assignment operator for class X is trivial if it is
+      //   neither user-provided nor deleted [...]
+      if (Method->isUserProvided())
         data().HasTrivialMoveAssignment = false;
-      }
     }
 
     // Keep the list of conversion functions up-to-date.
@@ -667,6 +690,10 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
          data().HasPublicFields) > 1)
       data().IsStandardLayout = false;
 
+    // Keep track of the presence of mutable fields.
+    if (Field->isMutable())
+      data().HasMutableFields = true;
+    
     // C++0x [class]p9:
     //   A POD struct is a class that is both a trivial class and a 
     //   standard-layout class, and has no non-static data members of type 
@@ -676,7 +703,7 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
     if (!T->isPODType())
       data().PlainOldData = false;
     if (T->isReferenceType()) {
-      data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+      data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
 
       // C++0x [class]p7:
       //   A standard-layout class is a class that:
@@ -688,11 +715,32 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
     if (!hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() && !T->isLiteralType())
       data().HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases = true;
 
+    if (Field->hasInClassInitializer()) {
+      // C++0x [class]p5:
+      //   A default constructor is trivial if [...] no non-static data member
+      //   of its class has a brace-or-equal-initializer.
+      data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
+
+      // C++0x [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
+      //   An aggregate is a [...] class with [...] no
+      //   brace-or-equal-initializers for non-static data members.
+      data().Aggregate = false;
+
+      // C++0x [class]p10:
+      //   A POD struct is [...] a trivial class.
+      data().PlainOldData = false;
+    }
+
     if (const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
       CXXRecordDecl* FieldRec = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
       if (FieldRec->getDefinition()) {
-        if (!FieldRec->hasTrivialConstructor())
-          data().HasTrivialConstructor = false;
+        // C++0x [class.ctor]p5:
+        //   A defulat constructor is trivial [...] if:
+        //    -- for all the non-static data members of its class that are of
+        //       class type (or array thereof), each such class has a trivial
+        //       default constructor.
+        if (!FieldRec->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+          data().HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = false;
 
         // C++0x [class.copy]p13:
         //   A copy/move constructor for class X is trivial if [...]
@@ -753,6 +801,10 @@ void CXXRecordDecl::addedMember(Decl *D) {
             }
           }
         }
+        
+        // Keep track of the presence of mutable fields.
+        if (FieldRec->hasMutableFields())
+          data().HasMutableFields = true;
       }
     }
 
@@ -1135,14 +1187,13 @@ bool CXXMethodDecl::isUsualDeallocationFunction() const {
 }
 
 bool CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator() const {
-  // C++0x [class.copy]p19:
+  // C++0x [class.copy]p17:
   //  A user-declared copy assignment operator X::operator= is a non-static 
   //  non-template member function of class X with exactly one parameter of 
   //  type X, X&, const X&, volatile X& or const volatile X&.
   if (/*operator=*/getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal ||
       /*non-static*/ isStatic() || 
-      /*non-template*/getPrimaryTemplate() || getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
-      /*exactly one parameter*/getNumParams() != 1)
+      /*non-template*/getPrimaryTemplate() || getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
     return false;
       
   QualType ParamType = getParamDecl(0)->getType();
@@ -1155,6 +1206,26 @@ bool CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator() const {
   return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, ParamType);
 }
 
+bool CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator() const {
+  // C++0x [class.copy]p19:
+  //  A user-declared move assignment operator X::operator= is a non-static
+  //  non-template member function of class X with exactly one parameter of type
+  //  X&&, const X&&, volatile X&&, or const volatile X&&.
+  if (getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal || isStatic() ||
+      getPrimaryTemplate() || getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
+    return false;
+
+  QualType ParamType = getParamDecl(0)->getType();
+  if (!isa<RValueReferenceType>(ParamType))
+    return false;
+  ParamType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
+
+  ASTContext &Context = getASTContext();
+  QualType ClassType
+    = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(getParent()));
+  return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, ParamType);
+}
+
 void CXXMethodDecl::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
   assert(MD->isCanonicalDecl() && "Method is not canonical!");
   assert(!MD->getParent()->isDependentContext() &&
@@ -1290,11 +1361,21 @@ const Type *CXXCtorInitializer::getBaseClass() const {
 SourceLocation CXXCtorInitializer::getSourceLocation() const {
   if (isAnyMemberInitializer() || isDelegatingInitializer())
     return getMemberLocation();
+
+  if (isInClassMemberInitializer())
+    return getAnyMember()->getLocation();
   
   return getBaseClassLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
 }
 
 SourceRange CXXCtorInitializer::getSourceRange() const {
+  if (isInClassMemberInitializer()) {
+    FieldDecl *D = getAnyMember();
+    if (Expr *I = D->getInClassInitializer())
+      return I->getSourceRange();
+    return SourceRange();
+  }
+
   return SourceRange(getSourceLocation(), getRParenLoc());
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclObjC.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclObjC.cpp
index 24d281e8b66d..e2c4f38ff9be 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclObjC.cpp
@@ -339,12 +339,14 @@ ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethodDecl::Create(ASTContext &C,
                                        bool isSynthesized,
                                        bool isDefined,
                                        ImplementationControl impControl,
+                                       bool HasRelatedResultType,
                                        unsigned numSelectorArgs) {
   return new (C) ObjCMethodDecl(beginLoc, endLoc,
                                 SelInfo, T, ResultTInfo, contextDecl,
                                 isInstance,
                                 isVariadic, isSynthesized, isDefined,
                                 impControl,
+                                HasRelatedResultType,
                                 numSelectorArgs);
 }
 
@@ -446,6 +448,7 @@ ObjCMethodFamily ObjCMethodDecl::getMethodFamily() const {
   case OMF_release:
   case OMF_autorelease:
   case OMF_retainCount:
+  case OMF_self:
     if (!isInstanceMethod())
       family = OMF_None;
     break;
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclPrinter.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclPrinter.cpp
index 2fd88d7c808d..421770ea70fb 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclPrinter.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclPrinter.cpp
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ void DeclPrinter::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D) {
         if (D->getNumParams()) POut << ", ";
         POut << "...";
       }
-    } else if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !D->hasPrototype()) {
+    } else if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && !D->hasPrototype()) {
       for (unsigned i = 0, e = D->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
         if (i)
           Proto += ", ";
@@ -450,62 +450,67 @@ void DeclPrinter::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D) {
     if (D->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>())
       Proto += " __attribute((noreturn))";
     if (CXXConstructorDecl *CDecl = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
-      if (CDecl->getNumCtorInitializers() > 0) {
-        Proto += " : ";
-        Out << Proto;
-        Proto.clear();
-        for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator B = CDecl->init_begin(),
-             E = CDecl->init_end();
-             B != E; ++B) {
-          CXXCtorInitializer * BMInitializer = (*B);
-          if (B != CDecl->init_begin())
-            Out << ", ";
-          if (BMInitializer->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
-            FieldDecl *FD = BMInitializer->getAnyMember();
-            Out << FD;
-          } else {
-            Out << QualType(BMInitializer->getBaseClass(),
-                            0).getAsString(Policy);
-          }
+      bool HasInitializerList = false;
+      for (CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator B = CDecl->init_begin(),
+           E = CDecl->init_end();
+           B != E; ++B) {
+        CXXCtorInitializer * BMInitializer = (*B);
+        if (BMInitializer->isInClassMemberInitializer())
+          continue;
+
+        if (!HasInitializerList) {
+          Proto += " : ";
+          Out << Proto;
+          Proto.clear();
+          HasInitializerList = true;
+        } else
+          Out << ", ";
+
+        if (BMInitializer->isAnyMemberInitializer()) {
+          FieldDecl *FD = BMInitializer->getAnyMember();
+          Out << FD;
+        } else {
+          Out << QualType(BMInitializer->getBaseClass(),
+                          0).getAsString(Policy);
+        }
+        
+        Out << "(";
+        if (!BMInitializer->getInit()) {
+          // Nothing to print
+        } else {
+          Expr *Init = BMInitializer->getInit();
+          if (ExprWithCleanups *Tmp = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
+            Init = Tmp->getSubExpr();
+          
+          Init = Init->IgnoreParens();
           
-          Out << "(";
-          if (!BMInitializer->getInit()) {
-            // Nothing to print
-          } else {
-            Expr *Init = BMInitializer->getInit();
-            if (ExprWithCleanups *Tmp = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
-              Init = Tmp->getSubExpr();
-            
-            Init = Init->IgnoreParens();
-            
-            Expr *SimpleInit = 0;
-            Expr **Args = 0;
-            unsigned NumArgs = 0;
-            if (ParenListExpr *ParenList = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) {
-              Args = ParenList->getExprs();
-              NumArgs = ParenList->getNumExprs();
-            } else if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
-                                          = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
-              Args = Construct->getArgs();
-              NumArgs = Construct->getNumArgs();
-            } else
-              SimpleInit = Init;
-            
-            if (SimpleInit)
-              SimpleInit->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
-            else {
-              for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
-                if (isa<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(Args[I]))
-                  break;
-                
-                if (I)
-                  Out << ", ";
-                Args[I]->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
-              }
+          Expr *SimpleInit = 0;
+          Expr **Args = 0;
+          unsigned NumArgs = 0;
+          if (ParenListExpr *ParenList = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) {
+            Args = ParenList->getExprs();
+            NumArgs = ParenList->getNumExprs();
+          } else if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
+                                        = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
+            Args = Construct->getArgs();
+            NumArgs = Construct->getNumArgs();
+          } else
+            SimpleInit = Init;
+          
+          if (SimpleInit)
+            SimpleInit->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
+          else {
+            for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
+              if (isa<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(Args[I]))
+                break;
+              
+              if (I)
+                Out << ", ";
+              Args[I]->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
             }
           }
-          Out << ")";
         }
+        Out << ")";
       }
     }
     else
@@ -518,9 +523,9 @@ void DeclPrinter::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D) {
 
   if (D->isPure())
     Out << " = 0";
-  else if (D->isDeleted())
+  else if (D->isDeletedAsWritten())
     Out << " = delete";
-  else if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+  else if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) {
     if (!D->hasPrototype() && D->getNumParams()) {
       // This is a K&R function definition, so we need to print the
       // parameters.
@@ -553,6 +558,12 @@ void DeclPrinter::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
     Out << " : ";
     D->getBitWidth()->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
   }
+
+  Expr *Init = D->getInClassInitializer();
+  if (!Policy.SuppressInitializers && Init) {
+    Out << " = ";
+    Init->printPretty(Out, Context, 0, Policy, Indentation);
+  }
 }
 
 void DeclPrinter::VisitLabelDecl(LabelDecl *D) {
@@ -932,6 +943,11 @@ void DeclPrinter::VisitObjCPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl) {
     Out << (first ? ' ' : ',') << "nonatomic";
     first = false;
   }
+  if (PDecl->getPropertyAttributes() &
+      ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_atomic) {
+    Out << (first ? ' ' : ',') << "atomic";
+    first = false;
+  }
   Out << " )";
   }
   Out << ' ' << PDecl->getType().getAsString(Policy) << ' ' << PDecl;
diff --git a/lib/AST/DeclTemplate.cpp b/lib/AST/DeclTemplate.cpp
index 6272340691bf..bc375d0ad2d3 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DeclTemplate.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DeclTemplate.cpp
@@ -735,3 +735,34 @@ FriendTemplateDecl *FriendTemplateDecl::Create(ASTContext &Context,
                                                EmptyShell Empty) {
   return new (Context) FriendTemplateDecl(Empty);
 }
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// TypeAliasTemplateDecl Implementation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TypeAliasTemplateDecl::Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                                     DeclContext *DC,
+                                                     SourceLocation L,
+                                                     DeclarationName Name,
+                                                  TemplateParameterList *Params,
+                                                     NamedDecl *Decl) {
+  AdoptTemplateParameterList(Params, DC);
+  return new (C) TypeAliasTemplateDecl(DC, L, Name, Params, Decl);
+}
+
+TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TypeAliasTemplateDecl::Create(ASTContext &C,
+                                                     EmptyShell) {
+  return new (C) TypeAliasTemplateDecl(0, SourceLocation(), DeclarationName(),
+                                       0, 0);
+}
+
+void TypeAliasTemplateDecl::DeallocateCommon(void *Ptr) {
+  static_cast<Common *>(Ptr)->~Common();
+}
+RedeclarableTemplateDecl::CommonBase *
+TypeAliasTemplateDecl::newCommon(ASTContext &C) {
+  Common *CommonPtr = new (C) Common;
+  C.AddDeallocation(DeallocateCommon, CommonPtr);
+  return CommonPtr;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/AST/DumpXML.cpp b/lib/AST/DumpXML.cpp
index 7d593bc46f6c..dfe0119f597d 100644
--- a/lib/AST/DumpXML.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/DumpXML.cpp
@@ -482,18 +482,20 @@ struct XMLDumper : public XMLDeclVisitor<XMLDumper>,
     setFlag("trivial", D->isTrivial());
     setFlag("returnzero", D->hasImplicitReturnZero());
     setFlag("prototype", D->hasWrittenPrototype());
-    setFlag("deleted", D->isDeleted());
+    setFlag("deleted", D->isDeletedAsWritten());
     if (D->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
       set("storage",
           VarDecl::getStorageClassSpecifierString(D->getStorageClass()));
     setFlag("inline", D->isInlineSpecified());
+    if (const AsmLabelAttr *ALA = D->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>())
+      set("asmlabel", ALA->getLabel());
     // TODO: instantiation, etc.
   }
   void visitFunctionDeclChildren(FunctionDecl *D) {
     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator
            I = D->param_begin(), E = D->param_end(); I != E; ++I)
       dispatch(*I);
-    if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+    if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
       dispatch(D->getBody());
   }
 
@@ -619,7 +621,8 @@ struct XMLDumper : public XMLDeclVisitor<XMLDumper>,
   // TemplateDecl
   void visitTemplateDeclChildren(TemplateDecl *D) {
     visitTemplateParameters(D->getTemplateParameters());
-    dispatch(D->getTemplatedDecl());
+    if (D->getTemplatedDecl())
+      dispatch(D->getTemplatedDecl());
   }
 
   // FunctionTemplateDecl
@@ -845,6 +848,7 @@ struct XMLDumper : public XMLDeclVisitor<XMLDumper>,
     setFlag("variadic", D->isVariadic());
     setFlag("synthesized", D->isSynthesized());
     setFlag("defined", D->isDefined());
+    setFlag("related_result_type", D->hasRelatedResultType());
   }
   void visitObjCMethodDeclChildren(ObjCMethodDecl *D) {
     dispatch(D->getResultType());
diff --git a/lib/AST/Expr.cpp b/lib/AST/Expr.cpp
index 6499f327b07e..987213907e45 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Expr.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Expr.cpp
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
 #include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h"
 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
@@ -1653,7 +1654,8 @@ static Expr::CanThrowResult CanSubExprsThrow(ASTContext &C, const Expr *CE) {
   return R;
 }
 
-static Expr::CanThrowResult CanCalleeThrow(ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D,
+static Expr::CanThrowResult CanCalleeThrow(ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E,
+                                           const Decl *D,
                                            bool NullThrows = true) {
   if (!D)
     return NullThrows ? Expr::CT_Can : Expr::CT_Cannot;
@@ -1683,6 +1685,15 @@ static Expr::CanThrowResult CanCalleeThrow(ASTContext &Ctx, const Decl *D,
   if (!FT)
     return Expr::CT_Can;
 
+  if (FT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed) {
+    assert(isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D) &&
+           "only constructor exception specs can be unknown");
+    Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getLocStart(),
+                                diag::err_exception_spec_unknown)
+      << E->getSourceRange();
+    return Expr::CT_Can;
+  }
+
   return FT->isNothrow(Ctx) ? Expr::CT_Cannot : Expr::CT_Can;
 }
 
@@ -1693,6 +1704,9 @@ static Expr::CanThrowResult CanDynamicCastThrow(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *DC) {
   if (!DC->getTypeAsWritten()->isReferenceType())
     return Expr::CT_Cannot;
 
+  if (DC->getSubExpr()->isTypeDependent())
+    return Expr::CT_Dependent;
+
   return DC->getCastKind() == clang::CK_Dynamic? Expr::CT_Can : Expr::CT_Cannot;
 }
 
@@ -1747,7 +1761,14 @@ Expr::CanThrowResult Expr::CanThrow(ASTContext &C) const {
   case CallExprClass:
   case CXXOperatorCallExprClass:
   case CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
-    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C,cast<CallExpr>(this)->getCalleeDecl());
+    const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(this);
+    CanThrowResult CT;
+    if (isTypeDependent())
+      CT = CT_Dependent;
+    else if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens()))
+      CT = CT_Cannot;
+    else
+      CT = CanCalleeThrow(C, this, CE->getCalleeDecl());
     if (CT == CT_Can)
       return CT;
     return MergeCanThrow(CT, CanSubExprsThrow(C, this));
@@ -1755,7 +1776,7 @@ Expr::CanThrowResult Expr::CanThrow(ASTContext &C) const {
 
   case CXXConstructExprClass:
   case CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass: {
-    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C,
+    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C, this,
         cast<CXXConstructExpr>(this)->getConstructor());
     if (CT == CT_Can)
       return CT;
@@ -1763,9 +1784,13 @@ Expr::CanThrowResult Expr::CanThrow(ASTContext &C) const {
   }
 
   case CXXNewExprClass: {
-    CanThrowResult CT = MergeCanThrow(
-        CanCalleeThrow(C, cast<CXXNewExpr>(this)->getOperatorNew()),
-        CanCalleeThrow(C, cast<CXXNewExpr>(this)->getConstructor(),
+    CanThrowResult CT;
+    if (isTypeDependent())
+      CT = CT_Dependent;
+    else
+      CT = MergeCanThrow(
+        CanCalleeThrow(C, this, cast<CXXNewExpr>(this)->getOperatorNew()),
+        CanCalleeThrow(C, this, cast<CXXNewExpr>(this)->getConstructor(),
                        /*NullThrows*/false));
     if (CT == CT_Can)
       return CT;
@@ -1773,29 +1798,26 @@ Expr::CanThrowResult Expr::CanThrow(ASTContext &C) const {
   }
 
   case CXXDeleteExprClass: {
-    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C,
-        cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(this)->getOperatorDelete());
-    if (CT == CT_Can)
-      return CT;
-    const Expr *Arg = cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(this)->getArgument();
-    // Unwrap exactly one implicit cast, which converts all pointers to void*.
-    if (const ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
-      Arg = Cast->getSubExpr();
-    if (const PointerType *PT = Arg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-      if (const RecordType *RT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-        CanThrowResult CT2 = CanCalleeThrow(C,
-            cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->getDestructor());
-        if (CT2 == CT_Can)
-          return CT2;
-        CT = MergeCanThrow(CT, CT2);
+    CanThrowResult CT;
+    QualType DTy = cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(this)->getDestroyedType();
+    if (DTy.isNull() || DTy->isDependentType()) {
+      CT = CT_Dependent;
+    } else {
+      CT = CanCalleeThrow(C, this,
+                          cast<CXXDeleteExpr>(this)->getOperatorDelete());
+      if (const RecordType *RT = DTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
+        const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+        CT = MergeCanThrow(CT, CanCalleeThrow(C, this, RD->getDestructor()));
       }
+      if (CT == CT_Can)
+        return CT;
     }
     return MergeCanThrow(CT, CanSubExprsThrow(C, this));
   }
 
   case CXXBindTemporaryExprClass: {
     // The bound temporary has to be destroyed again, which might throw.
-    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C,
+    CanThrowResult CT = CanCalleeThrow(C, this,
       cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(this)->getTemporary()->getDestructor());
     if (CT == CT_Can)
       return CT;
@@ -1978,6 +2000,14 @@ Expr *Expr::IgnoreParenImpCasts() {
   }
 }
 
+Expr *Expr::IgnoreConversionOperator() {
+  if (CXXMemberCallExpr *MCE = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(this)) {
+    if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MCE->getMethodDecl()))
+      return MCE->getImplicitObjectArgument();
+  }
+  return this;
+}
+
 /// IgnoreParenNoopCasts - Ignore parentheses and casts that do not change the
 /// value (including ptr->int casts of the same size).  Strip off any
 /// ParenExpr or CastExprs, returning their operand.
@@ -3013,4 +3043,3 @@ BlockDeclRefExpr::BlockDeclRefExpr(VarDecl *d, QualType t, ExprValueKind VK,
   ExprBits.TypeDependent = TypeDependent;
   ExprBits.ValueDependent = ValueDependent;
 }
-
diff --git a/lib/AST/ExprClassification.cpp b/lib/AST/ExprClassification.cpp
index 888a93c8aac0..d177cb5cbc97 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ExprClassification.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ExprClassification.cpp
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ static Cl::Kinds ClassifyInternal(ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E) {
   case Expr::InitListExprClass:
   case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass:
   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass:
+  case Expr::AsTypeExprClass:
     return Cl::CL_PRValue;
 
     // Next come the complicated cases.
@@ -465,14 +466,16 @@ static Cl::Kinds ClassifyBinaryOp(ASTContext &Ctx, const BinaryOperator *E) {
   //   is a pointer to a data member is of the same value category as its first
   //   operand.
   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD)
-    return E->getType()->isFunctionType() ? Cl::CL_MemberFunction :
-      ClassifyInternal(Ctx, E->getLHS());
+    return (E->getType()->isFunctionType() || E->getType() == Ctx.BoundMemberTy)
+             ? Cl::CL_MemberFunction 
+             : ClassifyInternal(Ctx, E->getLHS());
 
   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: The result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its
   //   second operand is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
   if (E->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)
-    return E->getType()->isFunctionType() ?
-      Cl::CL_MemberFunction : Cl::CL_LValue;
+    return (E->getType()->isFunctionType() || E->getType() == Ctx.BoundMemberTy)
+             ? Cl::CL_MemberFunction 
+             : Cl::CL_LValue;
 
   // All other binary operations are prvalues.
   return Cl::CL_PRValue;
diff --git a/lib/AST/ExprConstant.cpp b/lib/AST/ExprConstant.cpp
index c2caf8d40b16..06c5645afb3f 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ExprConstant.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ExprConstant.cpp
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ namespace {
   };
 
   struct LValue {
-    Expr *Base;
+    const Expr *Base;
     CharUnits Offset;
 
-    Expr *getLValueBase() { return Base; }
+    const Expr *getLValueBase() { return Base; }
     CharUnits getLValueOffset() { return Offset; }
 
     void moveInto(APValue &v) const {
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ static APSInt HandleFloatToIntCast(QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
                                    APFloat &Value, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
   unsigned DestWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType);
   // Determine whether we are converting to unsigned or signed.
-  bool DestSigned = DestType->isSignedIntegerType();
+  bool DestSigned = DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 
   // FIXME: Warning for overflow.
   uint64_t Space[4];
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ static APSInt HandleIntToIntCast(QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   // Figure out if this is a truncate, extend or noop cast.
   // If the input is signed, do a sign extend, noop, or truncate.
   Result = Result.extOrTrunc(DestWidth);
-  Result.setIsUnsigned(DestType->isUnsignedIntegerType());
+  Result.setIsUnsigned(DestType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   return Result;
 }
 
@@ -262,69 +262,69 @@ static APFloat HandleIntToFloatCast(QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
 
 namespace {
 class HasSideEffect
-  : public StmtVisitor<HasSideEffect, bool> {
+  : public ConstStmtVisitor<HasSideEffect, bool> {
   EvalInfo &Info;
 public:
 
   HasSideEffect(EvalInfo &info) : Info(info) {}
 
   // Unhandled nodes conservatively default to having side effects.
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+  bool VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
     return true;
   }
 
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
+  bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
     return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
   }
-  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
+  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
     if (Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).isVolatileQualified())
       return true;
     return false;
   }
   // We don't want to evaluate BlockExprs multiple times, as they generate
   // a ton of code.
-  bool VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitPredefinedExpr(PredefinedExpr *E) { return false; }
-  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
+  bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { return false; }
+  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
     { return Visit(E->getInitializer()); }
-  bool VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getBase()); }
-  bool VisitIntegerLiteral(IntegerLiteral *E) { return false; }
-  bool VisitFloatingLiteral(FloatingLiteral *E) { return false; }
-  bool VisitStringLiteral(StringLiteral *E) { return false; }
-  bool VisitCharacterLiteral(CharacterLiteral *E) { return false; }
-  bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
+  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getBase()); }
+  bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) { return false; }
+  bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) { return false; }
+  bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { return false; }
+  bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E) { return false; }
+  bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
     { return false; }
-  bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
+  bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
     { return Visit(E->getLHS()) || Visit(E->getRHS()); }
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *E)
+  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
     { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E)
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  bool VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E)
   { return Visit(E->getLHS()) || Visit(E->getRHS()); }
-  bool VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
-  bool VisitUnaryDeref(UnaryOperator *E) {
+  bool VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *E) { return true; }
+  bool VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) {
     if (Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).isVolatileQualified())
       return true;
     return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
   }
-  bool VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
     
   // Has side effects if any element does.
-  bool VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *E) {
+  bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
     for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumInits(); i != e; ++i)
       if (Visit(E->getInit(i))) return true;
-    if (Expr *filler = E->getArrayFiller())
+    if (const Expr *filler = E->getArrayFiller())
       return Visit(filler);
     return false;
   }
     
-  bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(SizeOfPackExpr *) { return false; }
+  bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *) { return false; }
 };
 
 class OpaqueValueEvaluation {
@@ -354,15 +354,89 @@ public:
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// Generic Evaluation
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+namespace {
+
+template <class Derived, typename RetTy=void>
+class ExprEvaluatorBase
+  : public ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, RetTy> {
+private:
+  RetTy DerivedSuccess(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
+    return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->Success(V, E);
+  }
+  RetTy DerivedError(const Expr *E) {
+    return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->Error(E);
+  }
+
+protected:
+  EvalInfo &Info;
+  typedef ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, RetTy> StmtVisitorTy;
+  typedef ExprEvaluatorBase ExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
+
+public:
+  ExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info) : Info(Info) {}
+
+  RetTy VisitStmt(const Stmt *) {
+    assert(0 && "Expression evaluator should not be called on stmts");
+    return DerivedError(0);
+  }
+  RetTy VisitExpr(const Expr *E) {
+    return DerivedError(E);
+  }
+
+  RetTy VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
+    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  RetTy VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
+    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  RetTy VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E)
+    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  RetTy VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
+    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
+  RetTy VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
+    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getResultExpr()); }
+
+  RetTy VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
+    OpaqueValueEvaluation opaque(Info, E->getOpaqueValue(), E->getCommon());
+    if (opaque.hasError())
+      return DerivedError(E);
+
+    bool cond;
+    if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), cond, Info))
+      return DerivedError(E);
+
+    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(cond ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr());
+  }
+
+  RetTy VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
+    bool BoolResult;
+    if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info))
+      return DerivedError(E);
+
+    Expr* EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr();
+    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(EvalExpr);
+  }
+
+  RetTy VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
+    const APValue *value = Info.getOpaqueValue(E);
+    if (!value)
+      return (E->getSourceExpr() ? StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSourceExpr())
+                                 : DerivedError(E));
+    return DerivedSuccess(*value, E);
+  }
+};
+
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // LValue Evaluation
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 namespace {
 class LValueExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<LValueExprEvaluator, bool> {
-  EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<LValueExprEvaluator, bool> {
   LValue &Result;
 
-  bool Success(Expr *E) {
+  bool Success(const Expr *E) {
     Result.Base = E;
     Result.Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
     return true;
@@ -370,30 +444,26 @@ class LValueExprEvaluator
 public:
 
   LValueExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, LValue &Result) :
-    Info(info), Result(Result) {}
+    ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
 
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
+    Result.setFrom(V);
+    return true;
+  }
+  bool Error(const Expr *E) {
     return false;
   }
   
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
-  }
-  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E);
-  bool VisitPredefinedExpr(PredefinedExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
-  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
-  bool VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E);
-  bool VisitStringLiteral(StringLiteral *E) { return Success(E); }
-  bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
-  bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
-  bool VisitUnaryDeref(UnaryOperator *E);
-  bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
-
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
+  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E);
+  bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
+  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
+  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E);
+  bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { return Success(E); }
+  bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
+  bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
+  bool VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E);
+
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
     switch (E->getCastKind()) {
     default:
       return false;
@@ -403,36 +473,37 @@ public:
     }
   }
   // FIXME: Missing: __real__, __imag__
+
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
 static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr* E, LValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
-  return LValueExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  return LValueExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 }
 
-bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
+bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(E->getDecl())) {
     return Success(E);
-  } else if (VarDecl* VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) {
+  } else if (const VarDecl* VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) {
     if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
       return Success(E);
     // Reference parameters can refer to anything even if they have an
     // "initializer" in the form of a default argument.
-    if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD))
-      return false;
-    // FIXME: Check whether VD might be overridden!
-    if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer())
-      return Visit(const_cast<Expr *>(Init));
+    if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD))
+      // FIXME: Check whether VD might be overridden!
+      if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer())
+        return Visit(Init);
   }
 
-  return false;
+  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E);
 }
 
-bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
+bool
+LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
   return Success(E);
 }
 
-bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
+bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
   QualType Ty;
   if (E->isArrow()) {
     if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getBase(), Result, Info))
@@ -444,10 +515,10 @@ bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
     Ty = E->getBase()->getType();
   }
 
-  RecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
+  const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
   const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 
-  FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
+  const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
   if (!FD) // FIXME: deal with other kinds of member expressions
     return false;
 
@@ -467,7 +538,7 @@ bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
   return true;
 }
 
-bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
+bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
   if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getBase(), Result, Info))
     return false;
 
@@ -480,7 +551,7 @@ bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
   return true;
 }
 
-bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(UnaryOperator *E) {
+bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   return EvaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info);
 }
 
@@ -490,11 +561,10 @@ bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(UnaryOperator *E) {
 
 namespace {
 class PointerExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<PointerExprEvaluator, bool> {
-  EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<PointerExprEvaluator, bool> {
   LValue &Result;
 
-  bool Success(Expr *E) {
+  bool Success(const Expr *E) {
     Result.Base = E;
     Result.Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
     return true;
@@ -502,49 +572,41 @@ class PointerExprEvaluator
 public:
 
   PointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, LValue &Result)
-    : Info(info), Result(Result) {}
+    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
 
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
-    return false;
+  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
+    Result.setFrom(V);
+    return true;
   }
-
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
+  bool Error(const Stmt *S) {
+    return false;
   }
 
   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr* E);
-  bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
-      { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
   bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E);
-  bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(ObjCStringLiteral *E)
+  bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
       { return Success(E); }
-  bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(AddrLabelExpr *E)
+  bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
       { return Success(E); }
-  bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
-  bool VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) {
+  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
+  bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E) {
     if (!E->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
       return Success(E);
     return false;
   }
-  bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
+  bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
       { return Success((Expr*)0); }
-  bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *E)
-      { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
-  bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
+  bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
       { return Success((Expr*)0); }
 
-  bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E);
   // FIXME: Missing: @protocol, @selector
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
 static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr* E, LValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   assert(E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation());
-  return PointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  return PointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 }
 
 bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
@@ -592,8 +654,8 @@ bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 }
 
 
-bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr* E) {
-  Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
+bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E) {
+  const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 
   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   default:
@@ -671,42 +733,14 @@ bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr* E) {
   return false;
 }
 
-bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
+bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   if (E->isBuiltinCall(Info.Ctx) ==
         Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
       E->isBuiltinCall(Info.Ctx) ==
         Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString)
     return Success(E);
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *e) {
-  const APValue *value = Info.getOpaqueValue(e);
-  if (!value)
-    return (e->getSourceExpr() ? Visit(e->getSourceExpr()) : false);
-  Result.setFrom(*value);
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool PointerExprEvaluator::
-VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *e) {
-  OpaqueValueEvaluation opaque(Info, e->getOpaqueValue(), e->getCommon());
-  if (opaque.hasError()) return false;
 
-  bool cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(e->getCond(), cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(cond ? e->getTrueExpr() : e->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
-bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *E) {
-  bool BoolResult;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  Expr* EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr();
-  return Visit(EvalExpr);
+  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -715,25 +749,15 @@ bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *E) {
 
 namespace {
   class VectorExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<VectorExprEvaluator, APValue> {
-    EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VectorExprEvaluator, APValue> {
     APValue GetZeroVector(QualType VecType);
   public:
 
-    VectorExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info) : Info(info) {}
+    VectorExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info) : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info) {}
 
-    APValue VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
-      return APValue();
-    }
+    APValue Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) { return V; }
+    APValue Error(const Expr *E) { return APValue(); }
 
-    APValue VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E)
-        { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-    APValue VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E)
-        { return Visit(E->getResultExpr()); }
-    APValue VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
-      { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-    APValue VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E)
-      { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
     APValue VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E)
       { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
     APValue VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
@@ -741,9 +765,6 @@ namespace {
     APValue VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
     APValue VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
     APValue VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
-    APValue VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E);
-    APValue VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
-      { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
     APValue VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
     // FIXME: Missing: unary -, unary ~, binary add/sub/mul/div,
     //                 binary comparisons, binary and/or/xor,
@@ -756,7 +777,7 @@ namespace {
 static bool EvaluateVector(const Expr* E, APValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
     return false;
-  Result = VectorExprEvaluator(Info).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  Result = VectorExprEvaluator(Info).Visit(E);
   return !Result.isUninit();
 }
 
@@ -792,7 +813,7 @@ APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E) {
   }
   case CK_BitCast: {
     if (SETy->isVectorType())
-      return Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(SE));
+      return Visit(SE);
 
     if (!SETy->isIntegerType())
       return APValue();
@@ -819,7 +840,7 @@ APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E) {
   }
   case CK_LValueToRValue:
   case CK_NoOp:
-    return Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(SE));
+    return Visit(SE);
   default:
     return APValue();
   }
@@ -827,7 +848,7 @@ APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E) {
 
 APValue
 VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
-  return this->Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E->getInitializer()));
+  return this->Visit(E->getInitializer());
 }
 
 APValue
@@ -905,19 +926,6 @@ VectorExprEvaluator::GetZeroVector(QualType T) {
   return APValue(&Elements[0], Elements.size());
 }
 
-APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
-  bool BoolResult;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info))
-    return APValue();
-
-  Expr* EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr();
-
-  APValue Result;
-  if (EvaluateVector(EvalExpr, Result, Info))
-    return Result;
-  return APValue();
-}
-
 APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   if (!E->getSubExpr()->isEvaluatable(Info.Ctx))
     Info.EvalResult.HasSideEffects = true;
@@ -930,17 +938,16 @@ APValue VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 
 namespace {
 class IntExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<IntExprEvaluator, bool> {
-  EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<IntExprEvaluator, bool> {
   APValue &Result;
 public:
   IntExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result)
-    : Info(info), Result(result) {}
+    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
 
   bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E) {
     assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 
            "Invalid evaluation result.");
-    assert(SI.isSigned() == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() &&
+    assert(SI.isSigned() == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() &&
            "Invalid evaluation result.");
     assert(SI.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
            "Invalid evaluation result.");
@@ -954,7 +961,8 @@ public:
     assert(I.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
            "Invalid evaluation result.");
     Result = APValue(APSInt(I));
-    Result.getInt().setIsUnsigned(E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType());
+    Result.getInt().setIsUnsigned(
+                            E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
     return true;
   }
 
@@ -980,23 +988,16 @@ public:
     return false;
   }
 
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  //                            Visitor Methods
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *) {
-    assert(0 && "This should be called on integers, stmts are not integers");
-    return false;
+  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
+    return Success(V.getInt(), E);
   }
-
-  bool VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
+  bool Error(const Expr *E) {
     return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
   }
 
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
-  }
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                            Visitor Methods
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
   bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) {
     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
@@ -1005,18 +1006,12 @@ public:
     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   }
 
-  bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *e) {
-    const APValue *value = Info.getOpaqueValue(e);
-    if (!value) {
-      if (e->getSourceExpr()) return Visit(e->getSourceExpr());
-      return Error(e->getExprLoc(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, e);
-    }
-    return Success(value->getInt(), e);
-  }
-
   bool CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr *E, const Decl *D);
   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
-    return CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getDecl());
+    if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getDecl()))
+      return true;
+
+    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E);
   }
   bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
     if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl())) {
@@ -1024,17 +1019,16 @@ public:
       Info.EvalResult.HasSideEffects = true;
       return true;
     }
-    return false;
+
+    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E);
   }
 
-  bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
+  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E);
   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
-  bool VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E);
 
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr* E);
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
   bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
 
   bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
@@ -1069,10 +1063,6 @@ public:
     return Success(E->getValue(), E);
   }
 
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx));
-  }
-
   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 
@@ -1083,14 +1073,14 @@ private:
   CharUnits GetAlignOfExpr(const Expr *E);
   CharUnits GetAlignOfType(QualType T);
   static QualType GetObjectType(const Expr *E);
-  bool TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *E);
+  bool TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(const CallExpr *E);
   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
 static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr* E, APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
-  return IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  return IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 }
 
 static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr* E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
@@ -1114,18 +1104,18 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr* E, const Decl* D) {
                                                         == Qualifiers::Const) {
 
     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
-      return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
+      return false;
 
     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
       if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
         if (APValue *V = VD->getEvaluatedValue()) {
           if (V->isInt())
             return Success(V->getInt(), E);
-          return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
+          return false;
         }
 
         if (VD->isEvaluatingValue())
-          return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
+          return false;
 
         VD->setEvaluatingValue();
 
@@ -1144,7 +1134,7 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr* E, const Decl* D) {
   }
 
   // Otherwise, random variable references are not constants.
-  return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
+  return false;
 }
 
 /// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way
@@ -1216,7 +1206,7 @@ QualType IntExprEvaluator::GetObjectType(const Expr *E) {
   return QualType();
 }
 
-bool IntExprEvaluator::TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *E) {
+bool IntExprEvaluator::TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(const CallExpr *E) {
   // TODO: Perhaps we should let LLVM lower this?
   LValue Base;
   if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Base, Info))
@@ -1244,10 +1234,10 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *E) {
   return Success(Size, E);
 }
 
-bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
+bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   switch (E->isBuiltinCall(Info.Ctx)) {
   default:
-    return Error(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice, E);
+    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: {
     if (TryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(E))
@@ -1285,7 +1275,7 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strlen:
     // As an extension, we support strlen() and __builtin_strlen() as constant
     // expressions when the argument is a string literal.
-    if (StringLiteral *S
+    if (const StringLiteral *S
                = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(E->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
       // The string literal may have embedded null characters. Find the first
       // one and truncate there.
@@ -1574,26 +1564,6 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
   }
 }
 
-bool IntExprEvaluator::
-VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *e) {
-  OpaqueValueEvaluation opaque(Info, e->getOpaqueValue(), e->getCommon());
-  if (opaque.hasError()) return false;
-
-  bool cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(e->getCond(), cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(cond ? e->getTrueExpr() : e->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
-bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
-  bool Cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), Cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(Cond ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
 CharUnits IntExprEvaluator::GetAlignOfType(QualType T) {
   // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
   //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
@@ -1679,18 +1649,17 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
   return false;
 }
 
-bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E) {
+bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *OOE) {
   CharUnits Result;
-  unsigned n = E->getNumComponents();
-  OffsetOfExpr* OOE = const_cast<OffsetOfExpr*>(E);
+  unsigned n = OOE->getNumComponents();
   if (n == 0)
     return false;
-  QualType CurrentType = E->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
+  QualType CurrentType = OOE->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
   for (unsigned i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
     OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode ON = OOE->getComponent(i);
     switch (ON.getKind()) {
     case OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode::Array: {
-      Expr *Idx = OOE->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
+      const Expr *Idx = OOE->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
       APSInt IdxResult;
       if (!EvaluateInteger(Idx, IdxResult, Info))
         return false;
@@ -1745,7 +1714,7 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E) {
     }
     }
   }
-  return Success(Result, E);
+  return Success(Result, OOE);
 }
 
 bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
@@ -1788,8 +1757,8 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 
 /// HandleCast - This is used to evaluate implicit or explicit casts where the
 /// result type is integer.
-bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
-  Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
+bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
+  const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
   QualType DestType = E->getType();
   QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
 
@@ -1936,48 +1905,33 @@ bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E) {
 
 namespace {
 class FloatExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<FloatExprEvaluator, bool> {
-  EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FloatExprEvaluator, bool> {
   APFloat &Result;
 public:
   FloatExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APFloat &result)
-    : Info(info), Result(result) {}
+    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
 
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
+    Result = V.getFloat();
+    return true;
+  }
+  bool Error(const Stmt *S) {
     return false;
   }
 
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
-  }
   bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 
   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E);
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E);
-  bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
-  bool VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E);
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
+  bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E);
 
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
-  bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
   bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 
   bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E);
 
-  bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) {
-    const APValue *value = Info.getOpaqueValue(e);
-    if (!value)
-      return (e->getSourceExpr() ? Visit(e->getSourceExpr()) : false);
-    Result = value->getFloat();
-    return true;
-  }
-
   // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector,
   //                 ImplicitValueInitExpr
 };
@@ -1985,7 +1939,7 @@ public:
 
 static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr* E, APFloat& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
   assert(E->getType()->isRealFloatingType());
-  return FloatExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  return FloatExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 }
 
 static bool TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(const ASTContext &Context,
@@ -2015,7 +1969,9 @@ static bool TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(const ASTContext &Context,
 
 bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
   switch (E->isBuiltinCall(Info.Ctx)) {
-  default: return false;
+  default:
+    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
+
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_val:
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf:
   case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_vall:
@@ -2066,6 +2022,9 @@ bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 }
 
 bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
+  if (ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E))
+    return true;
+
   const Decl *D = E->getDecl();
   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) return false;
   const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
@@ -2196,8 +2155,8 @@ bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) {
   return true;
 }
 
-bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
-  Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
+bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
+  const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 
   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   default:
@@ -2236,77 +2195,42 @@ bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
   return false;
 }
 
-bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
+bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
   Result = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()));
   return true;
 }
 
-bool FloatExprEvaluator::
-VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *e) {
-  OpaqueValueEvaluation opaque(Info, e->getOpaqueValue(), e->getCommon());
-  if (opaque.hasError()) return false;
-
-  bool cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(e->getCond(), cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(cond ? e->getTrueExpr() : e->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
-bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(ConditionalOperator *E) {
-  bool Cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), Cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(Cond ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Complex Evaluation (for float and integer)
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 namespace {
 class ComplexExprEvaluator
-  : public StmtVisitor<ComplexExprEvaluator, bool> {
-  EvalInfo &Info;
+  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ComplexExprEvaluator, bool> {
   ComplexValue &Result;
 
 public:
   ComplexExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, ComplexValue &Result)
-    : Info(info), Result(Result) {}
+    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
 
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  //                            Visitor Methods
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-  bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
+  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
+    Result.setFrom(V);
+    return true;
+  }
+  bool Error(const Expr *E) {
     return false;
   }
 
-  bool VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(GenericSelectionExpr *E) {
-    return Visit(E->getResultExpr());
-  }
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+  //                            Visitor Methods
+  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
-  bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(ImaginaryLiteral *E);
+  bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E);
 
-  bool VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E);
+  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 
   bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
   bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
-  bool VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E);
-  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr(Info.Ctx)); }
-  bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
-    { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
-  bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *e) {
-    const APValue *value = Info.getOpaqueValue(e);
-    if (!value)
-      return (e->getSourceExpr() ? Visit(e->getSourceExpr()) : false);
-    Result.setFrom(*value);
-    return true;
-  }
   // FIXME Missing: ImplicitValueInitExpr
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
@@ -2314,11 +2238,11 @@ public:
 static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Result,
                             EvalInfo &Info) {
   assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
-  return ComplexExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E));
+  return ComplexExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 }
 
-bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(ImaginaryLiteral *E) {
-  Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
+bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E) {
+  const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 
   if (SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
     Result.makeComplexFloat();
@@ -2342,7 +2266,7 @@ bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(ImaginaryLiteral *E) {
   }
 }
 
-bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
+bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 
   switch (E->getCastKind()) {
   case CK_BitCast:
@@ -2627,26 +2551,6 @@ bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
   }
 }
 
-bool ComplexExprEvaluator::
-VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *e) {
-  OpaqueValueEvaluation opaque(Info, e->getOpaqueValue(), e->getCommon());
-  if (opaque.hasError()) return false;
-
-  bool cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(e->getCond(), cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(cond ? e->getTrueExpr() : e->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
-bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
-  bool Cond;
-  if (!HandleConversionToBool(E->getCond(), Cond, Info))
-    return false;
-
-  return Visit(Cond ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr());
-}
-
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Top level Expr::Evaluate method.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -2655,8 +2559,8 @@ static bool Evaluate(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) {
   if (E->getType()->isVectorType()) {
     if (!EvaluateVector(E, Info.EvalResult.Val, Info))
       return false;
-  } else if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
-    if (!IntExprEvaluator(Info, Info.EvalResult.Val).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(E)))
+  } else if (E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
+    if (!IntExprEvaluator(Info, Info.EvalResult.Val).Visit(E))
       return false;
     if (Info.EvalResult.Val.isLValue() &&
         !IsGlobalLValue(Info.EvalResult.Val.getLValueBase()))
@@ -2737,7 +2641,7 @@ bool Expr::isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
 bool Expr::HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
   Expr::EvalResult Result;
   EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result);
-  return HasSideEffect(Info).Visit(const_cast<Expr*>(this));
+  return HasSideEffect(Info).Visit(this);
 }
 
 APSInt Expr::EvaluateAsInt(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
@@ -2866,6 +2770,7 @@ static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, ASTContext &Ctx) {
   case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass:
   case Expr::PackExpansionExprClass:
   case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass:
+  case Expr::AsTypeExprClass:
     return ICEDiag(2, E->getLocStart());
 
   case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass:
@@ -3053,6 +2958,21 @@ static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, ASTContext &Ctx) {
     case BO_LAnd:
     case BO_LOr: {
       ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx);
+
+      // C++0x [expr.const]p2:
+      //   [...] subexpressions of logical AND (5.14), logical OR
+      //   (5.15), and condi- tional (5.16) operations that are not
+      //   evaluated are not considered.
+      if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && LHSResult.Val == 0) {
+        if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && 
+            Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(Ctx) == 0)
+          return LHSResult;
+
+        if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_LOr &&
+            Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(Ctx) != 0)
+          return LHSResult;
+      }
+
       ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx);
       if (LHSResult.Val == 0 && RHSResult.Val == 1) {
         // Rare case where the RHS has a comma "side-effect"; we need
@@ -3111,10 +3031,22 @@ static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, ASTContext &Ctx) {
         return NoDiag();
       }
     ICEDiag CondResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCond(), Ctx);
-    ICEDiag TrueResult = CheckICE(Exp->getTrueExpr(), Ctx);
-    ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
     if (CondResult.Val == 2)
       return CondResult;
+
+    // C++0x [expr.const]p2:
+    //   subexpressions of [...] conditional (5.16) operations that
+    //   are not evaluated are not considered
+    bool TrueBranch = Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
+      ? Exp->getCond()->EvaluateAsInt(Ctx) != 0
+      : false;
+    ICEDiag TrueResult = NoDiag();
+    if (!Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x || TrueBranch)
+      TrueResult = CheckICE(Exp->getTrueExpr(), Ctx);
+    ICEDiag FalseResult = NoDiag();
+    if (!Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x || !TrueBranch)
+      FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
+
     if (TrueResult.Val == 2)
       return TrueResult;
     if (FalseResult.Val == 2)
diff --git a/lib/AST/ExternalASTSource.cpp b/lib/AST/ExternalASTSource.cpp
index 89bf56db1af7..f428318a21e3 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ExternalASTSource.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ExternalASTSource.cpp
@@ -57,3 +57,5 @@ ExternalASTSource::FindExternalLexicalDecls(const DeclContext *DC,
                                          llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl*> &Result) {
   return true;
 }
+
+void ExternalASTSource::getMemoryBufferSizes(MemoryBufferSizes &sizes) const { }
diff --git a/lib/AST/ItaniumMangle.cpp b/lib/AST/ItaniumMangle.cpp
index c460929c461d..e81ec7e54b62 100644
--- a/lib/AST/ItaniumMangle.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/ItaniumMangle.cpp
@@ -255,7 +255,8 @@ private:
                             DeclarationName name,
                             unsigned KnownArity = UnknownArity);
 
-  void mangleUnresolvedType(QualType type);
+  static bool isUnresolvedType(const Type *type);
+  void mangleUnresolvedType(const Type *type);
 
   void mangleName(const TemplateDecl *TD,
                   const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
@@ -277,6 +278,7 @@ private:
                         unsigned NumTemplateArgs);
   void manglePrefix(NestedNameSpecifier *qualifier);
   void manglePrefix(const DeclContext *DC, bool NoFunction=false);
+  void manglePrefix(QualType type);
   void mangleTemplatePrefix(const TemplateDecl *ND);
   void mangleTemplatePrefix(TemplateName Template);
   void mangleOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, unsigned Arity);
@@ -317,6 +319,8 @@ private:
   void mangleTemplateArgs(const TemplateParameterList &PL,
                           const TemplateArgumentList &AL);
   void mangleTemplateArg(const NamedDecl *P, const TemplateArgument &A);
+  void mangleUnresolvedTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgument *args,
+                                    unsigned numArgs);
 
   void mangleTemplateParameter(unsigned Index);
 
@@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleCallOffset(int64_t NonVirtual, int64_t Virtual) {
   Out << '_';
 }
 
-void CXXNameMangler::mangleUnresolvedType(QualType type) {
+void CXXNameMangler::manglePrefix(QualType type) {
   if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
         type->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
     if (!mangleSubstitution(QualType(TST, 0))) {
@@ -698,6 +702,31 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleUnresolvedType(QualType type) {
   }
 }
 
+/// Returns true if the given type, appearing within an
+/// unresolved-name, should be mangled as an unresolved-type.
+bool CXXNameMangler::isUnresolvedType(const Type *type) {
+  // <unresolved-type> ::= <template-param>
+  //                   ::= <decltype>
+  //                   ::= <template-template-param> <template-args>
+  // (this last is not official yet)
+
+  if (isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(type)) return true;
+  if (isa<DecltypeType>(type)) return true;
+  // typeof?
+  if (const TemplateSpecializationType *tst =
+        dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(type)) {
+    TemplateDecl *temp = tst->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
+    if (temp && isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(temp))
+      return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+void CXXNameMangler::mangleUnresolvedType(const Type *type) {
+  // This seems to be do everything we want.
+  mangleType(QualType(type, 0));
+}
+
 /// Mangle everything prior to the base-unresolved-name in an unresolved-name.
 ///
 /// \param firstQualifierLookup - the entity found by unqualified lookup
@@ -752,17 +781,60 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleUnresolvedPrefix(NestedNameSpecifier *qualifier,
 
   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
-    // Both cases want this.
-    Out << "sr";
+    const Type *type = qualifier->getAsType();
 
-    // We only get here recursively if we're followed by identifiers.
-    if (recursive) Out << 'N';
+    // We only want to use an unresolved-type encoding if this is one of:
+    //   - a decltype
+    //   - a template type parameter
+    //   - a template template parameter with arguments
+    // In all of these cases, we should have no prefix.
+    if (qualifier->getPrefix()) {
+      mangleUnresolvedPrefix(qualifier->getPrefix(), firstQualifierLookup,
+                             /*recursive*/ true);
+    } else {
+      // Otherwise, all the cases want this.
+      Out << "sr";
 
-    mangleUnresolvedType(QualType(qualifier->getAsType(), 0));
+      if (isUnresolvedType(type)) {
+        // We only get here recursively if we're followed by identifiers.
+        if (recursive) Out << 'N';
+        mangleUnresolvedType(type);
 
-    // We never want to print 'E' directly after an unresolved-type,
-    // so we return directly.
-    return;
+        // We never want to print 'E' directly after an unresolved-type,
+        // so we return directly.
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+
+    assert(!isUnresolvedType(type));
+
+    // Only certain other types are valid as prefixes;  enumerate them.
+    // FIXME: can we get ElaboratedTypes here?
+    // FIXME: SubstTemplateTypeParmType?
+    if (const TagType *t = dyn_cast<TagType>(type)) {
+      mangleSourceName(t->getDecl()->getIdentifier());
+    } else if (const TypedefType *t = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(type)) {
+      mangleSourceName(t->getDecl()->getIdentifier());
+    } else if (const UnresolvedUsingType *t
+                 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingType>(type)) {
+      mangleSourceName(t->getDecl()->getIdentifier());
+    } else if (const DependentNameType *t
+                 = dyn_cast<DependentNameType>(type)) {
+      mangleSourceName(t->getIdentifier());
+    } else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *tst
+                 = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(type)) {
+      TemplateDecl *temp = tst->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
+      assert(temp && "no template for template specialization type");
+      mangleSourceName(temp->getIdentifier());
+      mangleUnresolvedTemplateArgs(tst->getArgs(), tst->getNumArgs());
+    } else if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *tst
+                 = dyn_cast<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>(type)) {
+      mangleSourceName(tst->getIdentifier());
+      mangleUnresolvedTemplateArgs(tst->getArgs(), tst->getNumArgs());
+    } else {
+      llvm_unreachable("unexpected type in nested name specifier!");
+    }
+    break;
   }
 
   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
@@ -1050,6 +1122,12 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleLocalName(const NamedDecl *ND) {
   //              := Z <function encoding> E s [<discriminator>]
   // <discriminator> := _ <non-negative number>
   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext();
+  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC) && isa<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
+    // Don't add objc method name mangling to locally declared function
+    mangleUnqualifiedName(ND);
+    return;
+  }
+
   Out << 'Z';
 
   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) {
@@ -1097,7 +1175,7 @@ void CXXNameMangler::manglePrefix(NestedNameSpecifier *qualifier) {
 
   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
-    mangleUnresolvedType(QualType(qualifier->getAsType(), 0));
+    manglePrefix(QualType(qualifier->getAsType(), 0));
     return;
 
   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
@@ -1867,6 +1945,22 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DecltypeType *T) {
   Out << 'E';
 }
 
+void CXXNameMangler::mangleType(const UnaryTransformType *T) {
+  // If this is dependent, we need to record that. If not, we simply
+  // mangle it as the underlying type since they are equivalent.
+  if (T->isDependentType()) {
+    Out << 'U';
+    
+    switch (T->getUTTKind()) {
+      case UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType:
+        Out << "3eut";
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  mangleType(T->getUnderlyingType());
+}
+
 void CXXNameMangler::mangleType(const AutoType *T) {
   QualType D = T->getDeducedType();
   // <builtin-type> ::= Da  # dependent auto
@@ -1951,6 +2045,7 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleExpression(const Expr *E, unsigned Arity) {
   //              ::= <function-param>
   //              ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name>                   # dependent name
   //              ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name> <template-args>   # dependent template-id
+  //              ::= ds <expression> <expression>                   # expr.*expr
   //              ::= sZ <template-param>                            # size of a parameter pack
   //              ::= sZ <function-param>    # size of a function parameter pack
   //              ::= <expr-primary>
@@ -2005,7 +2100,9 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleExpression(const Expr *E, unsigned Arity) {
   case Expr::VAArgExprClass:
   case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass:
   case Expr::CXXNoexceptExprClass:
-  case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass: {
+  case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass:
+  case Expr::AsTypeExprClass:
+  {
     // As bad as this diagnostic is, it's better than crashing.
     Diagnostic &Diags = Context.getDiags();
     unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(Diagnostic::Error,
@@ -2227,8 +2324,11 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleExpression(const Expr *E, unsigned Arity) {
   case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass: // fallthrough
   case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: {
     const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
-    mangleOperatorName(BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(BO->getOpcode()),
-                       /*Arity=*/2);
+    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD)
+      Out << "ds";
+    else
+      mangleOperatorName(BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(BO->getOpcode()),
+                         /*Arity=*/2);
     mangleExpression(BO->getLHS());
     mangleExpression(BO->getRHS());
     break;
@@ -2552,8 +2652,8 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateArgs(
                           const ExplicitTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs) {
   // <template-args> ::= I <template-arg>+ E
   Out << 'I';
-  for (unsigned I = 0, E = TemplateArgs.NumTemplateArgs; I != E; ++I)
-    mangleTemplateArg(0, TemplateArgs.getTemplateArgs()[I].getArgument());
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = TemplateArgs.NumTemplateArgs; i != e; ++i)
+    mangleTemplateArg(0, TemplateArgs.getTemplateArgs()[i].getArgument());
   Out << 'E';
 }
 
@@ -2564,10 +2664,15 @@ void CXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateArgs(TemplateName Template,
     return mangleTemplateArgs(*TD->getTemplateParameters(), TemplateArgs,
                               NumTemplateArgs);
   
+  mangleUnresolvedTemplateArgs(TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs);
+}
+
+void CXXNameMangler::mangleUnresolvedTemplateArgs(const TemplateArgument *args,
+                                                  unsigned numArgs) {
   // <template-args> ::= I <template-arg>+ E
   Out << 'I';
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumTemplateArgs; ++i)
-    mangleTemplateArg(0, TemplateArgs[i]);
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i != numArgs; ++i)
+    mangleTemplateArg(0, args[i]);
   Out << 'E';
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/AST/Mangle.cpp b/lib/AST/Mangle.cpp
index 3a0b9094307f..c3f3b11caccf 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Mangle.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Mangle.cpp
@@ -48,6 +48,11 @@ static void checkMangleDC(const DeclContext *DC, const BlockDecl *BD) {
   const DeclContext *ExpectedDC = BD->getDeclContext();
   while (isa<BlockDecl>(ExpectedDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(ExpectedDC))
     ExpectedDC = ExpectedDC->getParent();
+  // In-class initializers for non-static data members are lexically defined
+  // within the class, but are mangled as if they were specified as constructor
+  // member initializers.
+  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ExpectedDC) && DC != ExpectedDC)
+    DC = DC->getParent();
   assert(DC == ExpectedDC && "Given decl context did not match expected!");
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp b/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp
index 5424bebc81b0..4f920f9aaca7 100644
--- a/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp
@@ -1113,6 +1113,10 @@ void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DecltypeType *T) {
   assert(false && "Don't know how to mangle DecltypeTypes yet!");
 }
 
+void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const UnaryTransformType *T) {
+  assert(false && "Don't know how to mangle UnaryTransformationTypes yet!");
+}
+
 void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const AutoType *T) {
   assert(false && "Don't know how to mangle AutoTypes yet!");
 }
diff --git a/lib/AST/RecordLayoutBuilder.cpp b/lib/AST/RecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
index 0770e1f15143..de0b1d0ed9db 100644
--- a/lib/AST/RecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/RecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ protected:
   CharUnits NonVirtualSize;
   CharUnits NonVirtualAlignment;
 
-  CharUnits ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment;
+  FieldDecl *ZeroLengthBitfield;
 
   /// PrimaryBase - the primary base class (if one exists) of the class
   /// we're laying out.
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ protected:
       UnfilledBitsInLastByte(0), MaxFieldAlignment(CharUnits::Zero()), 
       DataSize(0), NonVirtualSize(CharUnits::Zero()), 
       NonVirtualAlignment(CharUnits::One()), 
-      ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment(CharUnits::Zero()), PrimaryBase(0), 
+      ZeroLengthBitfield(0), PrimaryBase(0), 
       PrimaryBaseIsVirtual(false), FirstNearlyEmptyVBase(0) { }
 
   void Layout(const RecordDecl *D);
@@ -1258,27 +1258,112 @@ void RecordLayoutBuilder::LayoutFields(const RecordDecl *D) {
   // Layout each field, for now, just sequentially, respecting alignment.  In
   // the future, this will need to be tweakable by targets.
   const FieldDecl *LastFD = 0;
+  ZeroLengthBitfield = 0;
+  unsigned RemainingInAlignment = 0;
   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = D->field_begin(),
        FieldEnd = D->field_end(); Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
     if (IsMsStruct) {
-      const FieldDecl *FD =  (*Field);
-      if (Context.ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
-        // FIXME. Multiple zero bitfields may follow a bitfield.
-        // set ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment to max. of its
-        // currrent and alignment of 'FD'.
-        std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> FieldInfo = 
-          Context.getTypeInfoInChars(FD->getType());
-        ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = FieldInfo.second;
-        continue;
-      }
+      FieldDecl *FD =  (*Field);
+      if (Context.ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD))
+        ZeroLengthBitfield = FD;
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are
       // ignored:
-      if (Context.ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD))
+      else if (Context.ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD))
         continue;
+      // FIXME. streamline these conditions into a simple one.
+      else if (Context.BitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD) ||
+               Context.BitfieldFollowsNoneBitfield(FD, LastFD) ||
+               Context.NoneBitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
+        // 1) Adjacent bit fields are packed into the same 1-, 2-, or
+        // 4-byte allocation unit if the integral types are the same
+        // size and if the next bit field fits into the current
+        // allocation unit without crossing the boundary imposed by the
+        // common alignment requirements of the bit fields.
+        // 2) Establish a new alignment for a bitfield following
+        // a non-bitfield if size of their types differ.
+        // 3) Establish a new alignment for a non-bitfield following
+        // a bitfield if size of their types differ.
+        std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = 
+          Context.getTypeInfo(FD->getType());
+        uint64_t TypeSize = FieldInfo.first;
+        unsigned FieldAlign = FieldInfo.second;
+        // This check is needed for 'long long' in -m32 mode.
+        if (TypeSize > FieldAlign)
+          FieldAlign = TypeSize;
+        FieldInfo = Context.getTypeInfo(LastFD->getType());
+        uint64_t TypeSizeLastFD = FieldInfo.first;
+        unsigned FieldAlignLastFD = FieldInfo.second;
+        // This check is needed for 'long long' in -m32 mode.
+        if (TypeSizeLastFD > FieldAlignLastFD)
+          FieldAlignLastFD = TypeSizeLastFD;
+        
+        if (TypeSizeLastFD != TypeSize) {
+          if (RemainingInAlignment &&
+              LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
+              LastFD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue()) {
+            // If previous field was a bitfield with some remaining unfilled
+            // bits, pad the field so current field starts on its type boundary.
+            uint64_t FieldOffset = 
+            getDataSizeInBits() - UnfilledBitsInLastByte;
+            uint64_t NewSizeInBits = RemainingInAlignment + FieldOffset;
+            setDataSize(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NewSizeInBits,
+                                                 Context.Target.getCharAlign()));
+            setSize(std::max(getSizeInBits(), getDataSizeInBits()));
+            RemainingInAlignment = 0;
+          }
+          
+          uint64_t UnpaddedFieldOffset = 
+            getDataSizeInBits() - UnfilledBitsInLastByte;
+          FieldAlign = std::max(FieldAlign, FieldAlignLastFD);
+          
+          // The maximum field alignment overrides the aligned attribute.
+          if (!MaxFieldAlignment.isZero()) {
+            unsigned MaxFieldAlignmentInBits = 
+              Context.toBits(MaxFieldAlignment);
+            FieldAlign = std::min(FieldAlign, MaxFieldAlignmentInBits);
+          }
+          
+          uint64_t NewSizeInBits = 
+            llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(UnpaddedFieldOffset, FieldAlign);
+          setDataSize(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NewSizeInBits,
+                                               Context.Target.getCharAlign()));
+          UnfilledBitsInLastByte = getDataSizeInBits() - NewSizeInBits;
+          setSize(std::max(getSizeInBits(), getDataSizeInBits()));
+        }
+        if (FD->isBitField()) {
+          uint64_t FieldSize = 
+            FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue();
+          assert (FieldSize > 0 && "LayoutFields - ms_struct layout");
+          if (RemainingInAlignment < FieldSize)
+            RemainingInAlignment = TypeSize - FieldSize;
+          else
+            RemainingInAlignment -= FieldSize;
+        }
+      }
+      else if (FD->isBitField()) {
+        uint64_t FieldSize = 
+          FD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue();
+        std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = 
+          Context.getTypeInfo(FD->getType());
+        uint64_t TypeSize = FieldInfo.first;
+        RemainingInAlignment = TypeSize - FieldSize;
+      }
       LastFD = FD;
     }
     LayoutField(*Field);
   }
+  if (IsMsStruct && RemainingInAlignment &&
+      LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
+      LastFD->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue()) {
+    // If we ended a bitfield before the full length of the type then
+    // pad the struct out to the full length of the last type.
+    uint64_t FieldOffset = 
+      getDataSizeInBits() - UnfilledBitsInLastByte;
+    uint64_t NewSizeInBits = RemainingInAlignment + FieldOffset;
+    setDataSize(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NewSizeInBits,
+                                         Context.Target.getCharAlign()));
+    setSize(std::max(getSizeInBits(), getDataSizeInBits()));
+  }
 }
 
 void RecordLayoutBuilder::LayoutWideBitField(uint64_t FieldSize,
@@ -1355,6 +1440,27 @@ void RecordLayoutBuilder::LayoutBitField(const FieldDecl *D) {
   std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = Context.getTypeInfo(D->getType());
   uint64_t TypeSize = FieldInfo.first;
   unsigned FieldAlign = FieldInfo.second;
+  
+  // This check is needed for 'long long' in -m32 mode.
+  if (IsMsStruct && (TypeSize > FieldAlign))
+    FieldAlign = TypeSize;
+  
+  if (ZeroLengthBitfield) {
+    // If a zero-length bitfield is inserted after a bitfield,
+    // and the alignment of the zero-length bitfield is
+    // greater than the member that follows it, `bar', `bar' 
+    // will be aligned as the type of the zero-length bitfield.
+    if (ZeroLengthBitfield != D) {
+      std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = 
+        Context.getTypeInfo(ZeroLengthBitfield->getType());
+      unsigned ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = FieldInfo.second;
+      // Ignore alignment of subsequent zero-length bitfields.
+      if ((ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment > FieldAlign) || (FieldSize == 0))
+        FieldAlign = ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment;
+      if (FieldSize)
+        ZeroLengthBitfield = 0;
+    }
+  }
 
   if (FieldSize > TypeSize) {
     LayoutWideBitField(FieldSize, TypeSize, FieldPacked, D);
@@ -1455,11 +1561,21 @@ void RecordLayoutBuilder::LayoutField(const FieldDecl *D) {
       Context.getTypeInfoInChars(D->getType());
     FieldSize = FieldInfo.first;
     FieldAlign = FieldInfo.second;
-    if (ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment > FieldAlign)
-      FieldAlign = ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment;
-    ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = CharUnits::Zero();
+    
+    if (ZeroLengthBitfield) {
+      // If a zero-length bitfield is inserted after a bitfield,
+      // and the alignment of the zero-length bitfield is
+      // greater than the member that follows it, `bar', `bar' 
+      // will be aligned as the type of the zero-length bitfield.
+      std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> FieldInfo = 
+        Context.getTypeInfoInChars(ZeroLengthBitfield->getType());
+      CharUnits ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment = FieldInfo.second;
+      if (ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment > FieldAlign)
+        FieldAlign = ZeroLengthBitfieldAlignment;
+      ZeroLengthBitfield = 0;
+    }
 
-    if (Context.getLangOptions().MSBitfields) {
+    if (Context.getLangOptions().MSBitfields || IsMsStruct) {
       // If MS bitfield layout is required, figure out what type is being
       // laid out and align the field to the width of that type.
       
@@ -1641,10 +1757,10 @@ RecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
   if (!RD->isPolymorphic())
     return 0;
 
-  // A class inside an anonymous namespace doesn't have a key function.  (Or
+  // A class that is not externally visible doesn't have a key function. (Or
   // at least, there's no point to assigning a key function to such a class;
   // this doesn't affect the ABI.)
-  if (RD->isInAnonymousNamespace())
+  if (RD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
     return 0;
 
   // Template instantiations don't have key functions,see Itanium C++ ABI 5.2.6.
diff --git a/lib/AST/StmtPrinter.cpp b/lib/AST/StmtPrinter.cpp
index 0d13502e8d58..87588e451884 100644
--- a/lib/AST/StmtPrinter.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/StmtPrinter.cpp
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ static const char *getTypeTraitName(UnaryTypeTrait UTT) {
   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: return "__has_nothrow_constructor";
   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:          return "__has_nothrow_copy";
   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:      return "__has_trivial_assign";
-  case UTT_HasTrivialConstructor: return "__has_trivial_constructor";
+  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: return "__has_trivial_constructor";
   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:          return "__has_trivial_copy";
   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:  return "__has_trivial_destructor";
   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:  return "__has_virtual_destructor";
@@ -1329,6 +1329,7 @@ static const char *getTypeTraitName(UnaryTypeTrait UTT) {
   case UTT_IsSigned:                return "__is_signed";
   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:        return "__is_standard_layout";
   case UTT_IsTrivial:               return "__is_trivial";
+  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:     return "__is_trivially_copyable";
   case UTT_IsUnion:               return "__is_union";
   case UTT_IsUnsigned:              return "__is_unsigned";
   case UTT_IsVoid:                  return "__is_void";
@@ -1498,6 +1499,13 @@ void StmtPrinter::VisitBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *Node) {
 
 void StmtPrinter::VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *Node) {}
 
+void StmtPrinter::VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *Node) {
+  OS << "__builtin_astype(";
+  PrintExpr(Node->getSrcExpr());
+  OS << ", " << Node->getType().getAsString();
+  OS << ")";
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Stmt method implementations
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/AST/StmtProfile.cpp b/lib/AST/StmtProfile.cpp
index 44818e8c0847..b117cd9a525f 100644
--- a/lib/AST/StmtProfile.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/StmtProfile.cpp
@@ -679,6 +679,10 @@ void StmtProfiler::VisitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CUDAKernelCallExpr *S) {
   VisitCallExpr(S);
 }
 
+void StmtProfiler::VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *S) {
+  VisitExpr(S);
+}
+
 void StmtProfiler::VisitCXXNamedCastExpr(CXXNamedCastExpr *S) {
   VisitExplicitCastExpr(S);
 }
diff --git a/lib/AST/Type.cpp b/lib/AST/Type.cpp
index 9eb497bea629..d28755284477 100644
--- a/lib/AST/Type.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/Type.cpp
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
   if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
     // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
     // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
-    return ET->getDecl()->isComplete();
+    return ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
   return false;
 }
 
@@ -641,13 +641,27 @@ bool Type::isSignedIntegerType() const {
   if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
     // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
     // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
-    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete())
+    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped())
       return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()->isSignedIntegerType();
   }
 
   return false;
 }
 
+bool Type::isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
+    return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Char_S &&
+    BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
+  }
+  
+  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
+    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete())
+      return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
 bool Type::hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const {
   if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CanonicalType))
     return VT->getElementType()->isSignedIntegerType();
@@ -667,13 +681,27 @@ bool Type::isUnsignedIntegerType() const {
   if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
     // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
     // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
-    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete())
+    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped())
       return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()->isUnsignedIntegerType();
   }
 
   return false;
 }
 
+bool Type::isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const {
+  if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
+    return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
+    BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::UInt128;
+  }
+  
+  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
+    if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete())
+      return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()->isUnsignedIntegerType();
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
 bool Type::hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const {
   if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(CanonicalType))
     return VT->getElementType()->isUnsignedIntegerType();
@@ -954,10 +982,37 @@ bool Type::isTrivialType() const {
   if (const RecordType *RT = BaseTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl =
         dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
-      // C++0x [class]p5:
-      //   A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor
-      if (!ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) return false;
-      //   and is trivially copyable.
+      if (!ClassDecl->isTrivial()) return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // No other types can match.
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool Type::isTriviallyCopyableType() const {
+  if (isDependentType())
+    return false;
+
+  // C++0x [basic.types]p9
+  //   Scalar types, trivially copyable class types, arrays of such types, and
+  //   cv-qualified versions of these types are collectively called trivial
+  //   types.
+  const Type *BaseTy = getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
+  assert(BaseTy && "NULL element type");
+
+  // Return false for incomplete types after skipping any incomplete array types
+  // which are expressly allowed by the standard and thus our API.
+  if (BaseTy->isIncompleteType())
+    return false;
+ 
+  // As an extension, Clang treats vector types as Scalar types.
+  if (BaseTy->isScalarType() || BaseTy->isVectorType()) return true;
+  if (const RecordType *RT = BaseTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
+    if (const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl =
+        dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
       if (!ClassDecl->isTriviallyCopyable()) return false;
     }
 
@@ -1027,11 +1082,7 @@ bool Type::isCXX11PODType() const {
         dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
       // C++11 [class]p10:
       //   A POD struct is a non-union class that is both a trivial class [...]
-      // C++11 [class]p5:
-      //   A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor
-      if (!ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) return false;
-      //   and is trivially copyable.
-      if (!ClassDecl->isTriviallyCopyable()) return false;
+      if (!ClassDecl->isTrivial()) return false;
 
       // C++11 [class]p10:
       //   A POD struct is a non-union class that is both a trivial class and
@@ -1484,6 +1535,16 @@ static TagDecl *getInterestingTagDecl(TagDecl *decl) {
   return decl;
 }
 
+UnaryTransformType::UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                       QualType UnderlyingType,
+                                       UTTKind UKind,
+                                       QualType CanonicalType)
+  : Type(UnaryTransform, CanonicalType, UnderlyingType->isDependentType(),
+         UnderlyingType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
+         BaseType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
+  , BaseType(BaseType), UnderlyingType(UnderlyingType), UKind(UKind)
+{}
+
 TagDecl *TagType::getDecl() const {
   return getInterestingTagDecl(decl);
 }
@@ -1559,13 +1620,13 @@ anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned N) {
 
 TemplateSpecializationType::
 TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
-                           const TemplateArgument *Args,
-                           unsigned NumArgs, QualType Canon)
+                           const TemplateArgument *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+                           QualType Canon, QualType AliasedType)
   : Type(TemplateSpecialization,
          Canon.isNull()? QualType(this, 0) : Canon,
-         T.isDependent(), false, T.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
-    Template(T), NumArgs(NumArgs) 
-{
+         Canon.isNull()? T.isDependent() : Canon->isDependentType(),
+         false, T.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
+    Template(T), NumArgs(NumArgs) {
   assert(!T.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 
          "Use DependentTemplateSpecializationType for dependent template-name");
   assert((!Canon.isNull() ||
@@ -1576,7 +1637,12 @@ TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
     = reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
   for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg) {
     // Update dependent and variably-modified bits.
-    if (Args[Arg].isDependent())
+    // If the canonical type exists and is non-dependent, the template
+    // specialization type can be non-dependent even if one of the type
+    // arguments is. Given:
+    //   template<typename T> using U = int;
+    // U<T> is always non-dependent, irrespective of the type T.
+    if (Canon.isNull() && Args[Arg].isDependent())
       setDependent();
     if (Args[Arg].getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&
         Args[Arg].getAsType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
@@ -1586,6 +1652,15 @@ TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T,
 
     new (&TemplateArgs[Arg]) TemplateArgument(Args[Arg]);
   }
+
+  // Store the aliased type if this is a type alias template specialization.
+  bool IsTypeAlias = !AliasedType.isNull();
+  assert(IsTypeAlias == isTypeAlias() &&
+         "allocated wrong size for type alias");
+  if (IsTypeAlias) {
+    TemplateArgument *Begin = reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
+    *reinterpret_cast<QualType*>(Begin + getNumArgs()) = AliasedType;
+  }
 }
 
 void
@@ -1599,6 +1674,11 @@ TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
     Args[Idx].Profile(ID, Context);
 }
 
+bool TemplateSpecializationType::isTypeAlias() const {
+  TemplateDecl *D = Template.getAsTemplateDecl();
+  return D && isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(D);
+}
+
 QualType
 QualifierCollector::apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const {
   if (!hasNonFastQualifiers())
diff --git a/lib/AST/TypePrinter.cpp b/lib/AST/TypePrinter.cpp
index 0c5df7fae671..4519606f6e82 100644
--- a/lib/AST/TypePrinter.cpp
+++ b/lib/AST/TypePrinter.cpp
@@ -94,6 +94,7 @@ void TypePrinter::print(const Type *T, Qualifiers Quals, std::string &buffer) {
     case Type::TypeOfExpr:
     case Type::TypeOf:
     case Type::Decltype:
+    case Type::UnaryTransform:
     case Type::Record:
     case Type::Enum:
     case Type::Elaborated:
@@ -512,6 +513,20 @@ void TypePrinter::printDecltype(const DecltypeType *T, std::string &S) {
   S = "decltype(" + s.str() + ")" + S;
 }
 
+void TypePrinter::printUnaryTransform(const UnaryTransformType *T,
+                                           std::string &S) {
+  if (!S.empty())
+    S = ' ' + S;
+  std::string Str;
+  print(T->getBaseType(), Str);
+
+  switch (T->getUTTKind()) {
+    case UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType:
+      S = "__underlying_type(" + Str + ")" + S;
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
 void TypePrinter::printAuto(const AutoType *T, std::string &S) { 
   // If the type has been deduced, do not print 'auto'.
   if (T->isDeduced()) {
@@ -963,7 +978,7 @@ TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
     SpecString += '<';
   
   for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg) {
-    if (SpecString.size() > !SkipBrackets)
+    if (SpecString.size() > unsigned(!SkipBrackets))
       SpecString += ", ";
     
     // Print the argument into a string.
diff --git a/lib/Analysis/AnalysisContext.cpp b/lib/Analysis/AnalysisContext.cpp
index ddc5e887031b..678f02fd71fb 100644
--- a/lib/Analysis/AnalysisContext.cpp
+++ b/lib/Analysis/AnalysisContext.cpp
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@ void AnalysisContext::registerForcedBlockExpression(const Stmt *stmt) {
   if (!forcedBlkExprs)
     forcedBlkExprs = new CFG::BuildOptions::ForcedBlkExprs();
   // Default construct an entry for 'stmt'.
-  if (const ParenExpr *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(stmt))
-    stmt = pe->IgnoreParens();
+  if (const Expr *e = dyn_cast<Expr>(stmt))
+    stmt = e->IgnoreParens();
   (void) (*forcedBlkExprs)[stmt];
 }
 
 const CFGBlock *
 AnalysisContext::getBlockForRegisteredExpression(const Stmt *stmt) {
   assert(forcedBlkExprs);
-  if (const ParenExpr *pe = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(stmt))
-    stmt = pe->IgnoreParens();
+  if (const Expr *e = dyn_cast<Expr>(stmt))
+    stmt = e->IgnoreParens();
   CFG::BuildOptions::ForcedBlkExprs::const_iterator itr = 
     forcedBlkExprs->find(stmt);
   assert(itr != forcedBlkExprs->end());
diff --git a/lib/Analysis/CFG.cpp b/lib/Analysis/CFG.cpp
index de16334ce137..3e540203eaa0 100644
--- a/lib/Analysis/CFG.cpp
+++ b/lib/Analysis/CFG.cpp
@@ -320,7 +320,6 @@ private:
                                        AddStmtChoice asc);
   CFGBlock *VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *C, 
                                         AddStmtChoice asc);
-  CFGBlock *VisitCXXMemberCallExpr(CXXMemberCallExpr *C, AddStmtChoice asc);
   CFGBlock *VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *C, AddStmtChoice asc);
   CFGBlock *VisitCaseStmt(CaseStmt *C);
   CFGBlock *VisitChooseExpr(ChooseExpr *C, AddStmtChoice asc);
@@ -398,6 +397,8 @@ private:
     if (alwaysAdd(S))
       cachedEntry->second = B;
 
+    // All block-level expressions should have already been IgnoreParens()ed.
+    assert(!isa<Expr>(S) || cast<Expr>(S)->IgnoreParens() == S);
     B->appendStmt(const_cast<Stmt*>(S), cfg->getBumpVectorContext());
   }
   void appendInitializer(CFGBlock *B, CXXCtorInitializer *I) {
@@ -444,7 +445,7 @@ private:
       return Result.Val.getInt().getBoolValue();
 
     if (Result.Val.isLValue()) {
-      Expr *e = Result.Val.getLValueBase();
+      const Expr *e = Result.Val.getLValueBase();
       const CharUnits &c = Result.Val.getLValueOffset();        
       if (!e && c.isZero())
         return false;        
@@ -842,11 +843,14 @@ void CFGBuilder::prependAutomaticObjDtorsWithTerminator(CFGBlock* Blk,
 ///   blocks for ternary operators, &&, and ||.  We also process "," and
 ///   DeclStmts (which may contain nested control-flow).
 CFGBlock* CFGBuilder::Visit(Stmt * S, AddStmtChoice asc) {
-tryAgain:
   if (!S) {
     badCFG = true;
     return 0;
   }
+
+  if (Expr *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
+    S = E->IgnoreParens();
+
   switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
     default:
       return VisitStmt(S, asc);
@@ -868,6 +872,7 @@ tryAgain:
 
     case Stmt::CallExprClass:
     case Stmt::CXXOperatorCallExprClass:
+    case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass:
       return VisitCallExpr(cast<CallExpr>(S), asc);
 
     case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
@@ -903,9 +908,6 @@ tryAgain:
     case Stmt::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass:
       return VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(cast<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(S), asc);
 
-    case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass:
-      return VisitCXXMemberCallExpr(cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(S), asc);
-
     case Stmt::CXXThrowExprClass:
       return VisitCXXThrowExpr(cast<CXXThrowExpr>(S));
 
@@ -960,10 +962,6 @@ tryAgain:
     case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass:
       return VisitObjCForCollectionStmt(cast<ObjCForCollectionStmt>(S));
 
-    case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
-      S = cast<ParenExpr>(S)->getSubExpr();
-      goto tryAgain;
-
     case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
       return Block;
 
@@ -1153,12 +1151,19 @@ static bool CanThrow(Expr *E, ASTContext &Ctx) {
 }
 
 CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *C, AddStmtChoice asc) {
-  // If this is a call to a no-return function, this stops the block here.
-  bool NoReturn = false;
-  if (getFunctionExtInfo(*C->getCallee()->getType()).getNoReturn()) {
-    NoReturn = true;
+  // Compute the callee type.
+  QualType calleeType = C->getCallee()->getType();
+  if (calleeType == Context->BoundMemberTy) {
+    QualType boundType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(C->getCallee());
+
+    // We should only get a null bound type if processing a dependent
+    // CFG.  Recover by assuming nothing.
+    if (!boundType.isNull()) calleeType = boundType;
   }
 
+  // If this is a call to a no-return function, this stops the block here.
+  bool NoReturn = getFunctionExtInfo(*calleeType).getNoReturn();
+
   bool AddEHEdge = false;
 
   // Languages without exceptions are assumed to not throw.
@@ -1314,6 +1319,12 @@ CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *C,
 }
 
 CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *DS) {
+  // Check if the Decl is for an __label__.  If so, elide it from the
+  // CFG entirely.
+  if (isa<LabelDecl>(*DS->decl_begin()))
+    return Block;
+  
+  // This case also handles static_asserts.
   if (DS->isSingleDecl())
     return VisitDeclSubExpr(DS);
 
@@ -1346,7 +1357,14 @@ CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitDeclStmt(DeclStmt *DS) {
 /// DeclStmts and initializers in them.
 CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitDeclSubExpr(DeclStmt* DS) {
   assert(DS->isSingleDecl() && "Can handle single declarations only.");
-
+  Decl *D = DS->getSingleDecl();
+ 
+  if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D)) {
+    // static_asserts aren't added to the CFG because they do not impact
+    // runtime semantics.
+    return Block;
+  }
+  
   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DS->getSingleDecl());
 
   if (!VD) {
@@ -2686,13 +2704,6 @@ CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitCXXTemporaryObjectExpr(CXXTemporaryObjectExpr *C,
   return VisitChildren(C);
 }
 
-CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitCXXMemberCallExpr(CXXMemberCallExpr *C,
-                                             AddStmtChoice asc) {
-  autoCreateBlock();
-  appendStmt(Block, C);
-  return VisitChildren(C);
-}
-
 CFGBlock *CFGBuilder::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E,
                                             AddStmtChoice asc) {
   if (asc.alwaysAdd(*this, E)) {
@@ -3039,6 +3050,7 @@ static BlkExprMapTy* PopulateBlkExprMap(CFG& cfg) {
       if (!CS)
         continue;
       if (Expr* Exp = dyn_cast<Expr>(CS->getStmt())) {
+        assert((Exp->IgnoreParens() == Exp) && "No parens on block-level exps");
 
         if (BinaryOperator* B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Exp)) {
           // Assignment expressions that are not nested within another
@@ -3046,13 +3058,16 @@ static BlkExprMapTy* PopulateBlkExprMap(CFG& cfg) {
           // another expression.
           if (B->isAssignmentOp() && !SubExprAssignments.count(Exp))
             continue;
-        } else if (const StmtExpr* Terminator = dyn_cast<StmtExpr>(Exp)) {
+        } else if (const StmtExpr* SE = dyn_cast<StmtExpr>(Exp)) {
           // Special handling for statement expressions.  The last statement in
           // the statement expression is also a block-level expr.
-          const CompoundStmt* C = Terminator->getSubStmt();
+          const CompoundStmt* C = SE->getSubStmt();
           if (!C->body_empty()) {
+            const Stmt *Last = C->body_back();
+            if (const Expr *LastEx = dyn_cast<Expr>(Last))
+              Last = LastEx->IgnoreParens();
             unsigned x = M->size();
-            (*M)[C->body_back()] = x;
+            (*M)[Last] = x;
           }
         }
 
@@ -3066,8 +3081,8 @@ static BlkExprMapTy* PopulateBlkExprMap(CFG& cfg) {
     Stmt* S = (*I)->getTerminatorCondition();
 
     if (S && M->find(S) == M->end()) {
-        unsigned x = M->size();
-        (*M)[S] = x;
+      unsigned x = M->size();
+      (*M)[S] = x;
     }
   }
 
diff --git a/lib/Analysis/CocoaConventions.cpp b/lib/Analysis/CocoaConventions.cpp
index 4c62f36e6c92..946c38c875d5 100644
--- a/lib/Analysis/CocoaConventions.cpp
+++ b/lib/Analysis/CocoaConventions.cpp
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ cocoa::NamingConvention cocoa::deriveNamingConvention(Selector S) {
   case OMF_release:
   case OMF_retain:
   case OMF_retainCount:
+  case OMF_self:
     return NoConvention;
 
   case OMF_init:
diff --git a/lib/Analysis/LiveVariables.cpp b/lib/Analysis/LiveVariables.cpp
index 303dc0f604d7..7b36f85ab62c 100644
--- a/lib/Analysis/LiveVariables.cpp
+++ b/lib/Analysis/LiveVariables.cpp
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ void TransferFuncs::Visit(Stmt *S) {
   }
   else {
     // For block-level expressions, mark that they are live.
-    LiveState(S,AD) = Alive;
+    LiveState(S, AD) = Alive;
   }
 }
   
diff --git a/lib/Analysis/UninitializedValues.cpp b/lib/Analysis/UninitializedValues.cpp
index 88a2db751a43..e80e282813af 100644
--- a/lib/Analysis/UninitializedValues.cpp
+++ b/lib/Analysis/UninitializedValues.cpp
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #include <utility>
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
+#include "llvm/ADT/PackedVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
 #include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h"
@@ -93,39 +93,8 @@ static bool isAlwaysUninit(const Value v) {
 }
 
 namespace {
-class ValueVector {
-  llvm::BitVector vec;
-public:
-  ValueVector() {}
-  ValueVector(unsigned size) : vec(size << 1) {}
-  void resize(unsigned n) { vec.resize(n << 1); }
-  void merge(const ValueVector &rhs) { vec |= rhs.vec; }
-  bool operator!=(const ValueVector &rhs) const { return vec != rhs.vec; }
-  void reset() { vec.reset(); }
-  
-  class reference {
-    ValueVector &vv;
-    const unsigned idx;
-
-    reference();  // Undefined    
-  public:
-    reference(ValueVector &vv, unsigned idx) : vv(vv), idx(idx) {}    
-    ~reference() {}
-    
-    reference &operator=(Value v) {
-      vv.vec[idx << 1] = (((unsigned) v) & 0x1) ? true : false;
-      vv.vec[(idx << 1) | 1] = (((unsigned) v) & 0x2) ? true : false;
-      return *this;
-    }
-    operator Value() {
-      unsigned x = (vv.vec[idx << 1] ? 1 : 0) | (vv.vec[(idx << 1) | 1] ? 2 :0);
-      return (Value) x;      
-    }
-  };
-    
-  reference operator[](unsigned idx) { return reference(*this, idx); }
-};
 
+typedef llvm::PackedVector<Value, 2> ValueVector;
 typedef std::pair<ValueVector *, ValueVector *> BVPair;
 
 class CFGBlockValues {
@@ -214,11 +183,15 @@ static BinaryOperator *getLogicalOperatorInChain(const CFGBlock *block) {
   if (!b || !b->isLogicalOp())
     return 0;
   
-  if (block->pred_size() == 2 &&
-      ((block->succ_size() == 2 && block->getTerminatorCondition() == b) ||
-       block->size() == 1))
-    return b;
-  
+  if (block->pred_size() == 2) {
+    if (block->getTerminatorCondition() == b) {
+      if (block->succ_size() == 2)
+      return b;
+    }
+    else if (block->size() == 1)
+      return b;
+  }
+
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -255,7 +228,7 @@ void CFGBlockValues::mergeIntoScratch(ValueVector const &source,
   if (isFirst)
     scratch = source;
   else
-    scratch.merge(source);
+    scratch |= source;
 }
 #if 0
 static void printVector(const CFGBlock *block, ValueVector &bv,
diff --git a/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp b/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp
index e8cd21885d22..11887ab0fe95 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/Diagnostic.cpp
@@ -212,6 +212,42 @@ void Diagnostic::setDiagnosticMapping(diag::kind Diag, diag::Mapping Map,
                                                FullSourceLoc(Loc, *SourceMgr)));
 }
 
+void Diagnostic::Report(const StoredDiagnostic &storedDiag) {
+  assert(CurDiagID == ~0U && "Multiple diagnostics in flight at once!");
+
+  CurDiagLoc = storedDiag.getLocation();
+  CurDiagID = storedDiag.getID();
+  NumDiagArgs = 0;
+
+  NumDiagRanges = storedDiag.range_size();
+  assert(NumDiagRanges < sizeof(DiagRanges)/sizeof(DiagRanges[0]) &&
+         "Too many arguments to diagnostic!");
+  unsigned i = 0;
+  for (StoredDiagnostic::range_iterator
+         RI = storedDiag.range_begin(),
+         RE = storedDiag.range_end(); RI != RE; ++RI)
+    DiagRanges[i++] = *RI;
+
+  NumFixItHints = storedDiag.fixit_size();
+  assert(NumFixItHints < Diagnostic::MaxFixItHints && "Too many fix-it hints!");
+  i = 0;
+  for (StoredDiagnostic::fixit_iterator
+         FI = storedDiag.fixit_begin(),
+         FE = storedDiag.fixit_end(); FI != FE; ++FI)
+    FixItHints[i++] = *FI;
+
+  assert(Client && "DiagnosticClient not set!");
+  Level DiagLevel = storedDiag.getLevel();
+  DiagnosticInfo Info(this, storedDiag.getMessage());
+  Client->HandleDiagnostic(DiagLevel, Info);
+  if (Client->IncludeInDiagnosticCounts()) {
+    if (DiagLevel == Diagnostic::Warning)
+      ++NumWarnings;
+  }
+
+  CurDiagID = ~0U;
+}
+
 void DiagnosticBuilder::FlushCounts() {
   DiagObj->NumDiagArgs = NumArgs;
   DiagObj->NumDiagRanges = NumRanges;
@@ -486,10 +522,15 @@ static void HandlePluralModifier(const DiagnosticInfo &DInfo, unsigned ValNo,
 /// array.
 void DiagnosticInfo::
 FormatDiagnostic(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<char> &OutStr) const {
-  const char *DiagStr = getDiags()->getDiagnosticIDs()->getDescription(getID());
-  const char *DiagEnd = DiagStr+strlen(DiagStr);
+  if (!StoredDiagMessage.empty()) {
+    OutStr.append(StoredDiagMessage.begin(), StoredDiagMessage.end());
+    return;
+  }
+
+  llvm::StringRef Diag = 
+    getDiags()->getDiagnosticIDs()->getDescription(getID());
 
-  FormatDiagnostic(DiagStr, DiagEnd, OutStr);
+  FormatDiagnostic(Diag.begin(), Diag.end(), OutStr);
 }
 
 void DiagnosticInfo::
diff --git a/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp b/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp
index b4dd575a9684..6d7e3204cba3 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.cpp
@@ -45,14 +45,37 @@ struct StaticDiagInfoRec {
   unsigned SFINAE : 1;
   unsigned AccessControl : 1;
   unsigned Category : 5;
-  
-  const char *Name;
-  
-  const char *Description;
-  const char *OptionGroup;
 
-  const char *BriefExplanation;
-  const char *FullExplanation;
+  uint8_t  NameLen;
+  uint8_t  OptionGroupLen;
+
+  uint16_t DescriptionLen;
+  uint16_t BriefExplanationLen;
+  uint16_t FullExplanationLen;
+
+  const char *NameStr;
+  const char *OptionGroupStr;
+
+  const char *DescriptionStr;
+  const char *BriefExplanationStr;
+  const char *FullExplanationStr;
+
+  llvm::StringRef getName() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(NameStr, NameLen);
+  }
+  llvm::StringRef getOptionGroup() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(OptionGroupStr, OptionGroupLen);
+  }
+
+  llvm::StringRef getDescription() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(DescriptionStr, DescriptionLen);
+  }
+  llvm::StringRef getBriefExplanation() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(BriefExplanationStr, BriefExplanationLen);
+  }
+  llvm::StringRef getFullExplanation() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(FullExplanationStr, FullExplanationLen);
+  }
 
   bool operator<(const StaticDiagInfoRec &RHS) const {
     return DiagID < RHS.DiagID;
@@ -60,27 +83,42 @@ struct StaticDiagInfoRec {
 };
 
 struct StaticDiagNameIndexRec {
-  const char *Name;
+  const char *NameStr;
   unsigned short DiagID;
-  
+  uint8_t NameLen;
+
+  llvm::StringRef getName() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(NameStr, NameLen);
+  }
+
   bool operator<(const StaticDiagNameIndexRec &RHS) const {
-    assert(Name && RHS.Name && "Null Diagnostic Name");
-    return strcmp(Name, RHS.Name) == -1;
+    return getName() < RHS.getName();
   }
   
   bool operator==(const StaticDiagNameIndexRec &RHS) const {
-    assert(Name && RHS.Name && "Null Diagnostic Name");
-    return strcmp(Name, RHS.Name) == 0;
+    return getName() == RHS.getName();
   }
 };
 
-}
+template <size_t SizeOfStr, typename FieldType>
+class StringSizerHelper {
+  char FIELD_TOO_SMALL[SizeOfStr <= FieldType(~0U) ? 1 : -1];
+public:
+  enum { Size = SizeOfStr };
+};
+
+} // namespace anonymous
+
+#define STR_SIZE(str, fieldTy) StringSizerHelper<sizeof(str)-1, fieldTy>::Size 
 
 static const StaticDiagInfoRec StaticDiagInfo[] = {
-#define DIAG(ENUM,CLASS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,     \
-             SFINAE,ACCESS,CATEGORY,BRIEF,FULL)         \
-  { diag::ENUM, DEFAULT_MAPPING, CLASS, SFINAE,         \
-   ACCESS, CATEGORY, #ENUM, DESC, GROUP, BRIEF, FULL },
+#define DIAG(ENUM,CLASS,DEFAULT_MAPPING,DESC,GROUP,               \
+             SFINAE,ACCESS,CATEGORY,BRIEF,FULL)                   \
+  { diag::ENUM, DEFAULT_MAPPING, CLASS, SFINAE, ACCESS, CATEGORY, \
+    STR_SIZE(#ENUM, uint8_t), STR_SIZE(GROUP, uint8_t),           \
+    STR_SIZE(DESC, uint16_t), STR_SIZE(BRIEF, uint16_t),          \
+    STR_SIZE(FULL, uint16_t),                                     \
+    #ENUM, GROUP, DESC, BRIEF, FULL },
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticCommonKinds.inc"
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticDriverKinds.inc"
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticFrontendKinds.inc"
@@ -90,7 +128,7 @@ static const StaticDiagInfoRec StaticDiagInfo[] = {
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSemaKinds.inc"
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticAnalysisKinds.inc"
 #undef DIAG
-  { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
+  { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
 static const unsigned StaticDiagInfoSize =
@@ -98,10 +136,10 @@ static const unsigned StaticDiagInfoSize =
 
 /// To be sorted before first use (since it's splitted among multiple files)
 static StaticDiagNameIndexRec StaticDiagNameIndex[] = {
-#define DIAG_NAME_INDEX(ENUM) { #ENUM, diag::ENUM },
+#define DIAG_NAME_INDEX(ENUM) { #ENUM, diag::ENUM, STR_SIZE(#ENUM, uint8_t) },
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIndexName.inc"
 #undef DIAG_NAME_INDEX
-  { 0, 0 }
+  { 0, 0, 0 }
 };
 
 static const unsigned StaticDiagNameIndexSize =
@@ -127,7 +165,7 @@ static const StaticDiagInfoRec *GetDiagInfo(unsigned DiagID) {
 #endif
 
   // Search the diagnostic table with a binary search.
-  StaticDiagInfoRec Find = { DiagID, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+  StaticDiagInfoRec Find = { DiagID, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,0,0 };
 
   const StaticDiagInfoRec *Found =
     std::lower_bound(StaticDiagInfo, StaticDiagInfo + StaticDiagInfoSize, Find);
@@ -147,10 +185,10 @@ static unsigned GetDefaultDiagMapping(unsigned DiagID) {
 /// getWarningOptionForDiag - Return the lowest-level warning option that
 /// enables the specified diagnostic.  If there is no -Wfoo flag that controls
 /// the diagnostic, this returns null.
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getWarningOptionForDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getWarningOptionForDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
   if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
-    return Info->OptionGroup;
-  return 0;
+    return Info->getOptionGroup();
+  return llvm::StringRef();
 }
 
 /// getCategoryNumberForDiag - Return the category number that a specified
@@ -161,23 +199,36 @@ unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNumberForDiag(unsigned DiagID) {
   return 0;
 }
 
-/// getCategoryNameFromID - Given a category ID, return the name of the
-/// category, an empty string if CategoryID is zero, or null if CategoryID is
-/// invalid.
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(unsigned CategoryID) {
-  // Second the table of options, sorted by name for fast binary lookup.
-  static const char *CategoryNameTable[] = {
+// The diagnostic category names.
+struct StaticDiagCategoryRec {
+  const char *NameStr;
+  uint8_t NameLen;
+
+  llvm::StringRef getName() const {
+    return llvm::StringRef(NameStr, NameLen);
+  }
+};
+
+static StaticDiagCategoryRec CategoryNameTable[] = {
 #define GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
-#define CATEGORY(X) X,
+#define CATEGORY(X) { X, STR_SIZE(X, uint8_t) },
 #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticGroups.inc"
 #undef GET_CATEGORY_TABLE
-    "<<END>>"
-  };
-  static const size_t CategoryNameTableSize =
-    sizeof(CategoryNameTable) / sizeof(CategoryNameTable[0])-1;
-  
-  if (CategoryID >= CategoryNameTableSize) return 0;
-  return CategoryNameTable[CategoryID];
+  { 0, 0 }
+};
+
+/// getNumberOfCategories - Return the number of categories
+unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getNumberOfCategories() {
+  return sizeof(CategoryNameTable) / sizeof(CategoryNameTable[0])-1;
+}
+
+/// getCategoryNameFromID - Given a category ID, return the name of the
+/// category, an empty string if CategoryID is zero, or null if CategoryID is
+/// invalid.
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(unsigned CategoryID) {
+  if (CategoryID >= getNumberOfCategories())
+   return llvm::StringRef();
+  return CategoryNameTable[CategoryID].getName();
 }
 
 
@@ -202,25 +253,25 @@ DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticSFINAEResponse(unsigned DiagID) {
 }
 
 /// getName - Given a diagnostic ID, return its name
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getName(unsigned DiagID) {
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getName(unsigned DiagID) {
   if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
-    return Info->Name;
-  return 0;
+    return Info->getName();
+  return llvm::StringRef();
 }
 
 /// getIdFromName - Given a diagnostic name, return its ID, or 0
-unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getIdFromName(char const *Name) {
+unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getIdFromName(llvm::StringRef Name) {
   StaticDiagNameIndexRec *StaticDiagNameIndexEnd =
     StaticDiagNameIndex + StaticDiagNameIndexSize;
   
-  if (Name == 0) { return diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT; }
+  if (Name.empty()) { return diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT; }
   
-  StaticDiagNameIndexRec Find = { Name, 0 };
+  StaticDiagNameIndexRec Find = { Name.data(), 0, Name.size() };
   
   const StaticDiagNameIndexRec *Found =
     std::lower_bound( StaticDiagNameIndex, StaticDiagNameIndexEnd, Find);
   if (Found == StaticDiagNameIndexEnd ||
-      strcmp(Found->Name, Name) != 0)
+      Found->getName() != Name)
     return diag::DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT;
   
   return Found->DiagID;
@@ -228,18 +279,18 @@ unsigned DiagnosticIDs::getIdFromName(char const *Name) {
 
 /// getBriefExplanation - Given a diagnostic ID, return a brief explanation
 /// of the issue
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getBriefExplanation(unsigned DiagID) {
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getBriefExplanation(unsigned DiagID) {
   if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
-    return Info->BriefExplanation;
-  return 0;
+    return Info->getBriefExplanation();
+  return llvm::StringRef();
 }
 
 /// getFullExplanation - Given a diagnostic ID, return a full explanation
 /// of the issue
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getFullExplanation(unsigned DiagID) {
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getFullExplanation(unsigned DiagID) {
   if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
-    return Info->FullExplanation;
-  return 0;
+    return Info->getFullExplanation();
+  return llvm::StringRef();
 }
 
 /// getBuiltinDiagClass - Return the class field of the diagnostic.
@@ -264,10 +315,10 @@ namespace clang {
 
       /// getDescription - Return the description of the specified custom
       /// diagnostic.
-      const char *getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
+      llvm::StringRef getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
         assert(this && DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT < DiagInfo.size() &&
                "Invalid diagnosic ID");
-        return DiagInfo[DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT].second.c_str();
+        return DiagInfo[DiagID-DIAG_UPPER_LIMIT].second;
       }
 
       /// getLevel - Return the level of the specified custom diagnostic.
@@ -352,9 +403,9 @@ bool DiagnosticIDs::isBuiltinExtensionDiag(unsigned DiagID,
 
 /// getDescription - Given a diagnostic ID, return a description of the
 /// issue.
-const char *DiagnosticIDs::getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
+llvm::StringRef DiagnosticIDs::getDescription(unsigned DiagID) const {
   if (const StaticDiagInfoRec *Info = GetDiagInfo(DiagID))
-    return Info->Description;
+    return Info->getDescription();
   return CustomDiagInfo->getDescription(DiagID);
 }
 
@@ -493,9 +544,15 @@ DiagnosticIDs::getDiagnosticLevel(unsigned DiagID, unsigned DiagClass,
 }
 
 struct WarningOption {
-  const char  *Name;
+  // Be safe with the size of 'NameLen' because we don't statically check if the
+  // size will fit in the field; the struct size won't decrease with a shorter
+  // type anyway.
+  size_t NameLen;
+  const char *NameStr;
   const short *Members;
   const short *SubGroups;
+
+  llvm::StringRef getName() const { return llvm::StringRef(NameStr, NameLen); }
 };
 
 #define GET_DIAG_ARRAYS
@@ -513,7 +570,7 @@ sizeof(OptionTable) / sizeof(OptionTable[0]);
 
 static bool WarningOptionCompare(const WarningOption &LHS,
                                  const WarningOption &RHS) {
-  return strcmp(LHS.Name, RHS.Name) < 0;
+  return LHS.getName() < RHS.getName();
 }
 
 static void MapGroupMembers(const WarningOption *Group, diag::Mapping Mapping,
@@ -534,10 +591,10 @@ static void MapGroupMembers(const WarningOption *Group, diag::Mapping Mapping,
 /// setDiagnosticGroupMapping - Change an entire diagnostic group (e.g.
 /// "unknown-pragmas" to have the specified mapping.  This returns true and
 /// ignores the request if "Group" was unknown, false otherwise.
-bool DiagnosticIDs::setDiagnosticGroupMapping(const char *Group,
-                                           diag::Mapping Map,
-                                           SourceLocation Loc,
-                                           Diagnostic &Diag) const {
+bool DiagnosticIDs::setDiagnosticGroupMapping(llvm::StringRef Group,
+                                              diag::Mapping Map,
+                                              SourceLocation Loc,
+                                              Diagnostic &Diag) const {
   assert((Loc.isValid() ||
           Diag.DiagStatePoints.empty() ||
           Diag.DiagStatePoints.back().Loc.isInvalid()) &&
@@ -548,12 +605,12 @@ bool DiagnosticIDs::setDiagnosticGroupMapping(const char *Group,
                                             Diag.DiagStatePoints.back().Loc)) &&
          "Source location of new mapping is before the previous one!");
 
-  WarningOption Key = { Group, 0, 0 };
+  WarningOption Key = { Group.size(), Group.data(), 0, 0 };
   const WarningOption *Found =
   std::lower_bound(OptionTable, OptionTable + OptionTableSize, Key,
                    WarningOptionCompare);
   if (Found == OptionTable + OptionTableSize ||
-      strcmp(Found->Name, Group) != 0)
+      Found->getName() != Group)
     return true;  // Option not found.
 
   MapGroupMembers(Found, Map, Loc, Diag);
diff --git a/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp b/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp
index 4e5a129082f4..f747c534c0ed 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/FileManager.cpp
@@ -264,10 +264,6 @@ void FileManager::addAncestorsAsVirtualDirs(llvm::StringRef Path) {
 /// exist.
 ///
 const DirectoryEntry *FileManager::getDirectory(llvm::StringRef DirName) {
-  // stat doesn't like trailing separators (at least on Windows).
-  if (DirName.size() > 1 && llvm::sys::path::is_separator(DirName.back()))
-    DirName = DirName.substr(0, DirName.size()-1);
-
   ++NumDirLookups;
   llvm::StringMapEntry<DirectoryEntry *> &NamedDirEnt =
     SeenDirEntries.GetOrCreateValue(DirName);
diff --git a/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp b/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp
index cb1f55b75773..4711faa1a519 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/IdentifierTable.cpp
@@ -392,6 +392,7 @@ ObjCMethodFamily Selector::getMethodFamilyImpl(Selector sel) {
     if (name == "release") return OMF_release;
     if (name == "retain") return OMF_retain;
     if (name == "retainCount") return OMF_retainCount;
+    if (name == "self") return OMF_self;
   }
 
   // The other method families may begin with a prefix of underscores.
diff --git a/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp b/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp
index c3e03933e5e5..2de8ab7528ab 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/SourceManager.cpp
@@ -961,6 +961,12 @@ static void ComputeLineNumbers(Diagnostic &Diag, ContentCache *FI,
 /// about to emit a diagnostic.
 unsigned SourceManager::getLineNumber(FileID FID, unsigned FilePos, 
                                       bool *Invalid) const {
+  if (FID.isInvalid()) {
+    if (Invalid)
+      *Invalid = true;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
   ContentCache *Content;
   if (LastLineNoFileIDQuery == FID)
     Content = LastLineNoContentCache;
@@ -1207,6 +1213,73 @@ PresumedLoc SourceManager::getPresumedLoc(SourceLocation Loc) const {
   return PresumedLoc(Filename, LineNo, ColNo, IncludeLoc);
 }
 
+/// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the first
+/// token of the macro instantiation.
+bool SourceManager::isAtStartOfMacroInstantiation(SourceLocation loc) const {
+  assert(loc.isValid() && loc.isMacroID() && "Expected a valid macro loc");
+
+  unsigned FID = getFileID(loc).ID;
+  assert(FID > 1);
+  std::pair<SourceLocation, SourceLocation>
+    instRange = getImmediateInstantiationRange(loc);
+
+  bool invalid = false;
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID-1, &invalid);
+  if (invalid)
+    return false;
+
+  // If the FileID immediately before it is a file then this is the first token
+  // in the macro.
+  if (Entry.isFile())
+    return true;
+
+  // If the FileID immediately before it (which is a macro token) is the
+  // immediate instantiated macro, check this macro token's location.
+  if (getFileID(instRange.second).ID == FID-1)
+    return isAtStartOfMacroInstantiation(instRange.first);
+
+  // If the FileID immediately before it (which is a macro token) came from a
+  // different instantiation, then this is the first token in the macro.
+  if (getInstantiationLoc(Entry.getInstantiation().getInstantiationLocStart())
+        != getInstantiationLoc(loc))
+    return true;
+
+  // It is inside the macro or the last token in the macro.
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Returns true if the given MacroID location points at the last
+/// token of the macro instantiation.
+bool SourceManager::isAtEndOfMacroInstantiation(SourceLocation loc) const {
+  assert(loc.isValid() && loc.isMacroID() && "Expected a valid macro loc");
+
+  unsigned FID = getFileID(loc).ID;
+  assert(FID > 1);
+  std::pair<SourceLocation, SourceLocation>
+    instRange = getInstantiationRange(loc);
+
+  // If there's no FileID after it, it is the last token in the macro.
+  if (FID+1 == sloc_entry_size())
+    return true;
+
+  bool invalid = false;
+  const SrcMgr::SLocEntry &Entry = getSLocEntry(FID+1, &invalid);
+  if (invalid)
+    return false;
+
+  // If the FileID immediately after it is a file or a macro token which
+  // came from a different instantiation, then this is the last token in the
+  // macro.
+  if (Entry.isFile())
+    return true;
+  if (getInstantiationLoc(Entry.getInstantiation().getInstantiationLocStart())
+        != instRange.first)
+    return true;
+
+  // It is inside the macro or the first token in the macro.
+  return false;
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Other miscellaneous methods.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp b/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
index 97109caf1237..dd167dca47b2 100644
--- a/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
+++ b/lib/Basic/Targets.cpp
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ public:
   }
   virtual bool validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
                                      TargetInfo::ConstraintInfo &info) const;
-  virtual std::string convertConstraint(const char Constraint) const;
+  virtual std::string convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const;
   virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
     return "~{dirflag},~{fpsr},~{flags}";
   }
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ void X86TargetInfo::getDefaultFeatures(const std::string &CPU,
   else if (CPU == "corei7") {
     setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
     setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
-  } else if (CPU == "sandybridge") {
+  } else if (CPU == "corei7-avx") {
     setFeatureEnabled(Features, "sse4", true);
     setFeatureEnabled(Features, "aes", true);
 //    setFeatureEnabled(Features, "avx", true);
@@ -1449,8 +1449,8 @@ X86TargetInfo::validateAsmConstraint(const char *&Name,
 
 
 std::string
-X86TargetInfo::convertConstraint(const char Constraint) const {
-  switch (Constraint) {
+X86TargetInfo::convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const {
+  switch (*Constraint) {
   case 'a': return std::string("{ax}");
   case 'b': return std::string("{bx}");
   case 'c': return std::string("{cx}");
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ X86TargetInfo::convertConstraint(const char Constraint) const {
   case 'u': // second from top of floating point stack.
     return std::string("{st(1)}"); // second from top of floating point stack.
   default:
-    return std::string(1, Constraint);
+    return std::string(1, *Constraint);
   }
 }
 } // end anonymous namespace
@@ -1993,11 +1993,11 @@ public:
     if (CPU == "xscale")
       Builder.defineMacro("__XSCALE__");
 
-    bool IsThumb2 = IsThumb && (CPUArch == "6T2" || CPUArch.startswith("7"));
+    bool IsARMv7 = CPUArch.startswith("7");
     if (IsThumb) {
       Builder.defineMacro("__THUMBEL__");
       Builder.defineMacro("__thumb__");
-      if (IsThumb2)
+      if (CPUArch == "6T2" || IsARMv7)
         Builder.defineMacro("__thumb2__");
     }
 
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ public:
     // the VFP define, hence the soft float and arch check. This is subtly
     // different from gcc, we follow the intent which was that it should be set
     // when Neon instructions are actually available.
-    if (FPU == NeonFPU && !SoftFloat && IsThumb2)
+    if (FPU == NeonFPU && !SoftFloat && IsARMv7)
       Builder.defineMacro("__ARM_NEON__");
   }
   virtual void getTargetBuiltins(const Builtin::Info *&Records,
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ public:
     NumRecords = clang::ARM::LastTSBuiltin-Builtin::FirstTSBuiltin;
   }
   virtual const char *getVAListDeclaration() const {
-    return "typedef char* __builtin_va_list;";
+    return "typedef void* __builtin_va_list;";
   }
   virtual void getGCCRegNames(const char * const *&Names,
                               unsigned &NumNames) const;
@@ -2037,9 +2037,31 @@ public:
     case 'P': // VFP Floating point register double precision
       Info.setAllowsRegister();
       return true;
+    case 'U': // a memory reference...
+      switch (Name[1]) {
+      case 'q': // ...ARMV4 ldrsb
+      case 'v': // ...VFP load/store (reg+constant offset)
+      case 'y': // ...iWMMXt load/store
+        Info.setAllowsMemory();
+        Name++;
+        return true;
+      }
     }
     return false;
   }
+  std::string
+  virtual convertConstraint(const char *&Constraint) const {
+    std::string R;
+    switch (*Constraint) {
+    case 'U':   // Two-character constraint; add "^" hint for later parsing.
+      R = std::string("^") + std::string(Constraint, 2);
+      Constraint++;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return std::string(1, *Constraint);
+    }
+    return R;
+  }
   virtual const char *getClobbers() const {
     // FIXME: Is this really right?
     return "";
@@ -2531,7 +2553,9 @@ class MipsTargetInfo : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   MipsTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : TargetInfo(triple), ABI("o32") {
     DescriptionString = "E-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
-                        "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+                        "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+    SizeType = UnsignedInt;
+    PtrDiffType = SignedInt;
   }
   virtual const char *getABI() const { return ABI.c_str(); }
   virtual bool setABI(const std::string &Name) {
@@ -2663,7 +2687,7 @@ class MipselTargetInfo : public MipsTargetInfo {
 public:
   MipselTargetInfo(const std::string& triple) : MipsTargetInfo(triple) {
     DescriptionString = "e-p:32:32:32-i1:8:8-i8:8:32-i16:16:32-i32:32:32-"
-                        "i64:32:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
+                        "i64:64:64-f32:32:32-f64:64:64-v64:64:64-n32";
   }
 
   virtual void getTargetDefines(const LangOptions &Opts,
diff --git a/lib/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/CMakeLists.txt
index 0943e2b1c785..b4574344bc5f 100644
--- a/lib/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/lib/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -13,4 +13,3 @@ add_subdirectory(Frontend)
 add_subdirectory(FrontendTool)
 add_subdirectory(Index)
 add_subdirectory(StaticAnalyzer)
-add_subdirectory(Tooling)
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
index 1264473dabce..01d15ff7f7fd 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/BackendUtil.cpp
@@ -21,12 +21,11 @@
 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FormattedStream.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/PrettyStackTrace.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/StandardPasses.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/PassManagerBuilder.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Timer.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/SubtargetFeature.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetMachine.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetRegistry.h"
@@ -109,67 +108,62 @@ void EmitAssemblyHelper::CreatePasses() {
     OptLevel = 0;
     Inlining = CodeGenOpts.NoInlining;
   }
-
-  FunctionPassManager *FPM = getPerFunctionPasses();
-
-  TargetLibraryInfo *TLI =
-    new TargetLibraryInfo(Triple(TheModule->getTargetTriple()));
+  
+  PassManagerBuilder PMBuilder;
+  PMBuilder.OptLevel = OptLevel;
+  PMBuilder.SizeLevel = CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize;
+
+  PMBuilder.DisableSimplifyLibCalls = !CodeGenOpts.SimplifyLibCalls;
+  PMBuilder.DisableUnitAtATime = !CodeGenOpts.UnitAtATime;
+  PMBuilder.DisableUnrollLoops = !CodeGenOpts.UnrollLoops;
+  
+  // Figure out TargetLibraryInfo.
+  Triple TargetTriple(TheModule->getTargetTriple());
+  PMBuilder.LibraryInfo = new TargetLibraryInfo(TargetTriple);
   if (!CodeGenOpts.SimplifyLibCalls)
-    TLI->disableAllFunctions();
-  FPM->add(TLI);
-
-  // In -O0 if checking is disabled, we don't even have per-function passes.
-  if (CodeGenOpts.VerifyModule)
-    FPM->add(createVerifierPass());
-
-  // Assume that standard function passes aren't run for -O0.
-  if (OptLevel > 0)
-    llvm::createStandardFunctionPasses(FPM, OptLevel);
-
-  llvm::Pass *InliningPass = 0;
+    PMBuilder.LibraryInfo->disableAllFunctions();
+  
   switch (Inlining) {
   case CodeGenOptions::NoInlining: break;
   case CodeGenOptions::NormalInlining: {
-    // Set the inline threshold following llvm-gcc.
-    //
     // FIXME: Derive these constants in a principled fashion.
     unsigned Threshold = 225;
-    if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize == 1) //-Os
+    if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize == 1)      // -Os
       Threshold = 75;
-    else if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize == 2) //-Oz
+    else if (CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize == 2) // -Oz
       Threshold = 25;
     else if (OptLevel > 2)
       Threshold = 275;
-    InliningPass = createFunctionInliningPass(Threshold);
+    PMBuilder.Inliner = createFunctionInliningPass(Threshold);
     break;
   }
   case CodeGenOptions::OnlyAlwaysInlining:
-    InliningPass = createAlwaysInlinerPass();         // Respect always_inline
+    // Respect always_inline.
+    PMBuilder.Inliner = createAlwaysInlinerPass();
     break;
   }
 
-  PassManager *MPM = getPerModulePasses();
+ 
+  // Set up the per-function pass manager.
+  FunctionPassManager *FPM = getPerFunctionPasses();
+  if (CodeGenOpts.VerifyModule)
+    FPM->add(createVerifierPass());
+  PMBuilder.populateFunctionPassManager(*FPM);
 
-  TLI = new TargetLibraryInfo(Triple(TheModule->getTargetTriple()));
-  if (!CodeGenOpts.SimplifyLibCalls)
-    TLI->disableAllFunctions();
-  MPM->add(TLI);
+  // Set up the per-module pass manager.
+  PassManager *MPM = getPerModulePasses();
 
   if (CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovArcs || CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovNotes) {
     MPM->add(createGCOVProfilerPass(CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovNotes,
-                                    CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovArcs));
+                                    CodeGenOpts.EmitGcovArcs,
+                                    TargetTriple.isMacOSX()));
+
     if (!CodeGenOpts.DebugInfo)
       MPM->add(createStripSymbolsPass(true));
   }
-
-  // For now we always create per module passes.
-  llvm::createStandardModulePasses(MPM, OptLevel,
-                                   CodeGenOpts.OptimizeSize,
-                                   CodeGenOpts.UnitAtATime,
-                                   CodeGenOpts.UnrollLoops,
-                                   CodeGenOpts.SimplifyLibCalls,
-                                   /*HaveExceptions=*/true,
-                                   InliningPass);
+  
+  
+  PMBuilder.populateModulePassManager(*MPM);
 }
 
 bool EmitAssemblyHelper::AddEmitPasses(BackendAction Action,
@@ -215,7 +209,6 @@ bool EmitAssemblyHelper::AddEmitPasses(BackendAction Action,
   NoZerosInBSS = CodeGenOpts.NoZeroInitializedInBSS;
   llvm::UnsafeFPMath = CodeGenOpts.UnsafeFPMath;
   llvm::UseSoftFloat = CodeGenOpts.SoftFloat;
-  UnwindTablesMandatory = CodeGenOpts.UnwindTables;
 
   TargetMachine::setAsmVerbosityDefault(CodeGenOpts.AsmVerbose);
 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
index 99a69a4f4a93..e5da703a61b2 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGBlocks.cpp
@@ -189,23 +189,6 @@ namespace {
   }
 }
 
-/// Determines if the given record type has a mutable field.
-static bool hasMutableField(const CXXRecordDecl *record) {
-  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator
-         i = record->field_begin(), e = record->field_end(); i != e; ++i)
-    if ((*i)->isMutable())
-      return true;
-
-  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
-         i = record->bases_begin(), e = record->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) {
-    const RecordType *record = i->getType()->castAs<RecordType>();
-    if (hasMutableField(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(record->getDecl())))
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
 /// Determines if the given type is safe for constant capture in C++.
 static bool isSafeForCXXConstantCapture(QualType type) {
   const RecordType *recordType =
@@ -222,7 +205,7 @@ static bool isSafeForCXXConstantCapture(QualType type) {
 
   // Otherwise, we just have to make sure there aren't any mutable
   // fields that might have changed since initialization.
-  return !hasMutableField(record);
+  return !record->hasMutableFields();
 }
 
 /// It is illegal to modify a const object after initialization.
@@ -262,7 +245,7 @@ static CharUnits getLowBit(CharUnits v) {
 }
 
 static void initializeForBlockHeader(CodeGenModule &CGM, CGBlockInfo &info,
-                                std::vector<const llvm::Type*> &elementTypes) {
+                    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const llvm::Type*> &elementTypes) {
   ASTContext &C = CGM.getContext();
 
   // The header is basically a 'struct { void *; int; int; void *; void *; }'.
@@ -299,7 +282,7 @@ static void computeBlockInfo(CodeGenModule &CGM, CGBlockInfo &info) {
   ASTContext &C = CGM.getContext();
   const BlockDecl *block = info.getBlockDecl();
 
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> elementTypes;
+  llvm::SmallVector<const llvm::Type*, 8> elementTypes;
   initializeForBlockHeader(CGM, info, elementTypes);
 
   if (!block->hasCaptures()) {
@@ -321,7 +304,11 @@ static void computeBlockInfo(CodeGenModule &CGM, CGBlockInfo &info) {
     const DeclContext *DC = block->getDeclContext();
     for (; isa<BlockDecl>(DC); DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext())
       ;
-    QualType thisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getThisType(C);
+    QualType thisType;
+    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
+      thisType = C.getPointerType(C.getRecordType(RD));
+    else
+      thisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getThisType(C);
 
     const llvm::Type *llvmType = CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(thisType);
     std::pair<CharUnits,CharUnits> tinfo
@@ -720,9 +707,8 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitBlockCallExpr(const CallExpr* E,
   BlockLiteral = Builder.CreateBitCast(BlockLiteral, VoidPtrTy, "tmp");
 
   // Add the block literal.
-  QualType VoidPtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(getContext().VoidTy);
   CallArgList Args;
-  Args.add(RValue::get(BlockLiteral), VoidPtrTy);
+  Args.add(RValue::get(BlockLiteral), getContext().VoidPtrTy);
 
   QualType FnType = BPT->getPointeeType();
 
@@ -1063,6 +1049,10 @@ CodeGenFunction::GenerateCopyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) {
   IdentifierInfo *II
     = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("__copy_helper_block_");
 
+  // Check if we should generate debug info for this block helper function.
+  if (CGM.getModuleDebugInfo())
+    DebugInfo = CGM.getModuleDebugInfo();
+
   FunctionDecl *FD = FunctionDecl::Create(C,
                                           C.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
                                           SourceLocation(),
@@ -1150,6 +1140,10 @@ CodeGenFunction::GenerateDestroyHelperFunction(const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) {
     llvm::Function::Create(LTy, llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage,
                            "__destroy_helper_block_", &CGM.getModule());
 
+  // Check if we should generate debug info for this block destroy function.
+  if (CGM.getModuleDebugInfo())
+    DebugInfo = CGM.getModuleDebugInfo();
+
   IdentifierInfo *II
     = &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("__destroy_helper_block_");
 
@@ -1508,29 +1502,29 @@ const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::BuildByRefType(const VarDecl *D) {
   
   QualType Ty = D->getType();
 
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type *> Types;
+  llvm::SmallVector<const llvm::Type *, 8> types;
   
   llvm::PATypeHolder ByRefTypeHolder = llvm::OpaqueType::get(getLLVMContext());
   
   // void *__isa;
-  Types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
+  types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
   
   // void *__forwarding;
-  Types.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ByRefTypeHolder));
+  types.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ByRefTypeHolder));
   
   // int32_t __flags;
-  Types.push_back(Int32Ty);
+  types.push_back(Int32Ty);
     
   // int32_t __size;
-  Types.push_back(Int32Ty);
+  types.push_back(Int32Ty);
 
   bool HasCopyAndDispose = getContext().BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
   if (HasCopyAndDispose) {
     /// void *__copy_helper;
-    Types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
+    types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
     
     /// void *__destroy_helper;
-    Types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
+    types.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
   }
 
   bool Packed = false;
@@ -1553,11 +1547,11 @@ const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::BuildByRefType(const VarDecl *D) {
     if (NumPaddingBytes > 0) {
       const llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getLLVMContext());
       // FIXME: We need a sema error for alignment larger than the minimum of
-      // the maximal stack alignmint and the alignment of malloc on the system.
+      // the maximal stack alignment and the alignment of malloc on the system.
       if (NumPaddingBytes > 1)
         Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumPaddingBytes);
     
-      Types.push_back(Ty);
+      types.push_back(Ty);
 
       // We want a packed struct.
       Packed = true;
@@ -1565,9 +1559,9 @@ const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::BuildByRefType(const VarDecl *D) {
   }
 
   // T x;
-  Types.push_back(ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
+  types.push_back(ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
   
-  const llvm::Type *T = llvm::StructType::get(getLLVMContext(), Types, Packed);
+  const llvm::Type *T = llvm::StructType::get(getLLVMContext(), types, Packed);
   
   cast<llvm::OpaqueType>(ByRefTypeHolder.get())->refineAbstractTypeTo(T);
   CGM.getModule().addTypeName("struct.__block_byref_" + D->getNameAsString(), 
@@ -1575,7 +1569,7 @@ const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::BuildByRefType(const VarDecl *D) {
   
   Info.first = ByRefTypeHolder.get();
   
-  Info.second = Types.size() - 1;
+  Info.second = types.size() - 1;
   
   return Info.first;
 }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
index 7a0c8da50248..14bebaf3c1cb 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGBuiltin.cpp
@@ -164,9 +164,8 @@ static Value *EmitFAbs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Value *V, QualType ValTy) {
   }
   
   // The prototype is something that takes and returns whatever V's type is.
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args;
-  Args.push_back(V->getType());
-  llvm::FunctionType *FT = llvm::FunctionType::get(V->getType(), Args, false);
+  llvm::FunctionType *FT = llvm::FunctionType::get(V->getType(), V->getType(),
+                                                   false);
   llvm::Value *Fn = CGF.CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FT, FnName);
 
   return CGF.Builder.CreateCall(Fn, V, "abs");
@@ -1186,6 +1185,41 @@ Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitARMBuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID,
                               Ops.begin(), Ops.end());
   }
 
+  if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrexd) {
+    Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(Intrinsic::arm_ldrexd);
+
+    Value *LdPtr = EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(0));
+    Value *Val = Builder.CreateCall(F, LdPtr, "ldrexd");
+
+    Value *Val0 = Builder.CreateExtractValue(Val, 1);
+    Value *Val1 = Builder.CreateExtractValue(Val, 0);
+    Val0 = Builder.CreateZExt(Val0, Int64Ty);
+    Val1 = Builder.CreateZExt(Val1, Int64Ty);
+
+    Value *ShiftCst = llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int64Ty, 32);
+    Val = Builder.CreateShl(Val0, ShiftCst, "shl", true /* nuw */);
+    return Builder.CreateOr(Val, Val1);
+  }
+
+  if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strexd) {
+    Function *F = CGM.getIntrinsic(Intrinsic::arm_strexd);
+    llvm::Type *STy = llvm::StructType::get(getLLVMContext(), Int32Ty, Int32Ty,
+                                            NULL);
+
+    Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 1);
+    Value *Tmp = Builder.CreateAlloca(Int64Ty, One, "tmp");
+    Value *Val = EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(0));
+    Builder.CreateStore(Val, Tmp);
+
+    Value *LdPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(STy));
+    Val = Builder.CreateLoad(LdPtr);
+
+    Value *Arg0 = Builder.CreateExtractValue(Val, 0);
+    Value *Arg1 = Builder.CreateExtractValue(Val, 1);
+    Value *StPtr = EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(1));
+    return Builder.CreateCall3(F, Arg0, Arg1, StPtr, "strexd");
+  }
+
   llvm::SmallVector<Value*, 4> Ops;
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs() - 1; i != e; i++)
     Ops.push_back(EmitScalarExpr(E->getArg(i)));
@@ -2143,16 +2177,21 @@ Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitX86BuiltinExpr(unsigned BuiltinID,
     // If palignr is shifting the pair of vectors more than 32 bytes, emit zero.
     return llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ConvertType(E->getType()));
   }
-  case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_loaddqu: {
-    const llvm::Type *VecTy = ConvertType(E->getType());
-    const llvm::Type *IntTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getLLVMContext(), 128);
+  case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_movntps:
+  case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_movntpd:
+  case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_movntdq:
+  case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_movnti: {
+    llvm::MDNode *Node = llvm::MDNode::get(getLLVMContext(),
+                                           Builder.getInt32(1));
 
+    // Convert the type of the pointer to a pointer to the stored type.
     Value *BC = Builder.CreateBitCast(Ops[0],
-                                      llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(IntTy),
+                                llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Ops[1]->getType()),
                                       "cast");
-    LoadInst *LI = Builder.CreateLoad(BC);
-    LI->setAlignment(1); // Unaligned load.
-    return Builder.CreateBitCast(LI, VecTy, "loadu.cast");
+    StoreInst *SI = Builder.CreateStore(Ops[1], BC);
+    SI->setMetadata(CGM.getModule().getMDKindID("nontemporal"), Node);
+    SI->setAlignment(16);
+    return SI;
   }
   // 3DNow!
   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pavgusb:
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGCXX.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGCXX.cpp
index 184147cb728d..f6fc202eaae2 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGCXX.cpp
@@ -28,17 +28,6 @@
 using namespace clang;
 using namespace CodeGen;
 
-/// Determines whether the given function has a trivial body that does
-/// not require any specific codegen.
-static bool HasTrivialBody(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
-  Stmt *S = FD->getBody();
-  if (!S)
-    return true;
-  if (isa<CompoundStmt>(S) && cast<CompoundStmt>(S)->body_empty())
-    return true;
-  return false;
-}
-
 /// Try to emit a base destructor as an alias to its primary
 /// base-class destructor.
 bool CodeGenModule::TryEmitBaseDestructorAsAlias(const CXXDestructorDecl *D) {
@@ -47,7 +36,7 @@ bool CodeGenModule::TryEmitBaseDestructorAsAlias(const CXXDestructorDecl *D) {
 
   // If the destructor doesn't have a trivial body, we have to emit it
   // separately.
-  if (!HasTrivialBody(D))
+  if (!D->hasTrivialBody())
     return true;
 
   const CXXRecordDecl *Class = D->getParent();
@@ -187,7 +176,10 @@ bool CodeGenModule::TryEmitDefinitionAsAlias(GlobalDecl AliasDecl,
 void CodeGenModule::EmitCXXConstructors(const CXXConstructorDecl *D) {
   // The constructor used for constructing this as a complete class;
   // constucts the virtual bases, then calls the base constructor.
-  EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl(D, Ctor_Complete));
+  if (!D->getParent()->isAbstract()) {
+    // We don't need to emit the complete ctor if the class is abstract.
+    EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl(D, Ctor_Complete));
+  }
 
   // The constructor used for constructing this as a base class;
   // ignores virtual bases.
@@ -244,7 +236,11 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitCXXDestructors(const CXXDestructorDecl *D) {
 
   // The destructor used for destructing this as a most-derived class;
   // call the base destructor and then destructs any virtual bases.
-  EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl(D, Dtor_Complete));
+  if (!D->getParent()->isAbstract() || D->isVirtual()) {
+    // We don't need to emit the complete ctor if the class is abstract,
+    // unless the destructor is virtual and needs to be in the vtable.
+    EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl(D, Dtor_Complete));
+  }
 
   // The destructor used for destructing this as a base class; ignores
   // virtual bases.
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.cpp
index a765f0f3439a..712ae89a4888 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.cpp
@@ -309,10 +309,10 @@ CGFunctionInfo::CGFunctionInfo(unsigned _CallingConvention,
 
 /***/
 
-void CodeGenTypes::GetExpandedTypes(QualType Ty,
-                                    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> &ArgTys,
-                                    bool IsRecursive) {
-  const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType();
+void CodeGenTypes::GetExpandedTypes(QualType type,
+                     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const llvm::Type*> &expandedTypes,
+                                    bool isRecursive) {
+  const RecordType *RT = type->getAsStructureType();
   assert(RT && "Can only expand structure types.");
   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
   assert(!RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember() &&
@@ -324,11 +324,11 @@ void CodeGenTypes::GetExpandedTypes(QualType Ty,
     assert(!FD->isBitField() &&
            "Cannot expand structure with bit-field members.");
 
-    QualType FT = FD->getType();
-    if (CodeGenFunction::hasAggregateLLVMType(FT))
-      GetExpandedTypes(FT, ArgTys, IsRecursive);
+    QualType fieldType = FD->getType();
+    if (fieldType->isRecordType())
+      GetExpandedTypes(fieldType, expandedTypes, isRecursive);
     else
-      ArgTys.push_back(ConvertType(FT, IsRecursive));
+      expandedTypes.push_back(ConvertType(fieldType, isRecursive));
   }
 }
 
@@ -513,6 +513,29 @@ static llvm::Value *CreateCoercedLoad(llvm::Value *SrcPtr,
   return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Tmp);
 }
 
+// Function to store a first-class aggregate into memory.  We prefer to
+// store the elements rather than the aggregate to be more friendly to
+// fast-isel.
+// FIXME: Do we need to recurse here?
+static void BuildAggStore(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *Val,
+                          llvm::Value *DestPtr, bool DestIsVolatile,
+                          bool LowAlignment) {
+  // Prefer scalar stores to first-class aggregate stores.
+  if (const llvm::StructType *STy =
+        dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(Val->getType())) {
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
+      llvm::Value *EltPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP2_32(DestPtr, 0, i);
+      llvm::Value *Elt = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(Val, i);
+      llvm::StoreInst *SI = CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elt, EltPtr,
+                                                    DestIsVolatile);
+      if (LowAlignment)
+        SI->setAlignment(1);
+    }
+  } else {
+    CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Val, DestPtr, DestIsVolatile);
+  }
+}
+
 /// CreateCoercedStore - Create a store to \arg DstPtr from \arg Src,
 /// where the source and destination may have different types.
 ///
@@ -553,7 +576,7 @@ static void CreateCoercedStore(llvm::Value *Src,
     llvm::Value *Casted =
       CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(DstPtr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SrcTy));
     // FIXME: Use better alignment / avoid requiring aligned store.
-    CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Src, Casted, DstIsVolatile)->setAlignment(1);
+    BuildAggStore(CGF, Src, Casted, DstIsVolatile, true);
   } else {
     // Otherwise do coercion through memory. This is stupid, but
     // simple.
@@ -612,49 +635,49 @@ const llvm::FunctionType *CodeGenTypes::GetFunctionType(GlobalDecl GD) {
 }
 
 const llvm::FunctionType *
-CodeGenTypes::GetFunctionType(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, bool IsVariadic,
-                              bool IsRecursive) {
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> ArgTys;
+CodeGenTypes::GetFunctionType(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, bool isVariadic,
+                              bool isRecursive) {
+  llvm::SmallVector<const llvm::Type*, 8> argTypes;
+  const llvm::Type *resultType = 0;
 
-  const llvm::Type *ResultType = 0;
-
-  QualType RetTy = FI.getReturnType();
-  const ABIArgInfo &RetAI = FI.getReturnInfo();
-  switch (RetAI.getKind()) {
+  const ABIArgInfo &retAI = FI.getReturnInfo();
+  switch (retAI.getKind()) {
   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
-    assert(0 && "Invalid ABI kind for return argument");
+    llvm_unreachable("Invalid ABI kind for return argument");
 
   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
-    ResultType = RetAI.getCoerceToType();
+    resultType = retAI.getCoerceToType();
     break;
 
   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: {
-    assert(!RetAI.getIndirectAlign() && "Align unused on indirect return.");
-    ResultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext());
-    const llvm::Type *STy = ConvertType(RetTy, IsRecursive);
-    unsigned AS = Context.getTargetAddressSpace(RetTy);
-    ArgTys.push_back(llvm::PointerType::get(STy, AS));
+    assert(!retAI.getIndirectAlign() && "Align unused on indirect return.");
+    resultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext());
+
+    QualType ret = FI.getReturnType();
+    const llvm::Type *ty = ConvertType(ret, isRecursive);
+    unsigned addressSpace = Context.getTargetAddressSpace(ret);
+    argTypes.push_back(llvm::PointerType::get(ty, addressSpace));
     break;
   }
 
   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
-    ResultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext());
+    resultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext());
     break;
   }
 
   for (CGFunctionInfo::const_arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(),
          ie = FI.arg_end(); it != ie; ++it) {
-    const ABIArgInfo &AI = it->info;
+    const ABIArgInfo &argAI = it->info;
 
-    switch (AI.getKind()) {
+    switch (argAI.getKind()) {
     case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
       break;
 
     case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: {
       // indirect arguments are always on the stack, which is addr space #0.
-      const llvm::Type *LTy = ConvertTypeForMem(it->type, IsRecursive);
-      ArgTys.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
+      const llvm::Type *LTy = ConvertTypeForMem(it->type, isRecursive);
+      argTypes.push_back(LTy->getPointerTo());
       break;
     }
 
@@ -663,23 +686,23 @@ CodeGenTypes::GetFunctionType(const CGFunctionInfo &FI, bool IsVariadic,
       // If the coerce-to type is a first class aggregate, flatten it.  Either
       // way is semantically identical, but fast-isel and the optimizer
       // generally likes scalar values better than FCAs.
-      const llvm::Type *ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
-      if (const llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(ArgTy)) {
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
-          ArgTys.push_back(STy->getElementType(i));
+      const llvm::Type *argType = argAI.getCoerceToType();
+      if (const llvm::StructType *st = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(argType)) {
+        for (unsigned i = 0, e = st->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
+          argTypes.push_back(st->getElementType(i));
       } else {
-        ArgTys.push_back(ArgTy);
+        argTypes.push_back(argType);
       }
       break;
     }
 
     case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
-      GetExpandedTypes(it->type, ArgTys, IsRecursive);
+      GetExpandedTypes(it->type, argTypes, isRecursive);
       break;
     }
   }
 
-  return llvm::FunctionType::get(ResultType, ArgTys, IsVariadic);
+  return llvm::FunctionType::get(resultType, argTypes, isVariadic);
 }
 
 const llvm::Type *CodeGenTypes::GetFunctionTypeForVTable(GlobalDecl GD) {
@@ -786,9 +809,9 @@ void CodeGenModule::ConstructAttributeList(const CGFunctionInfo &FI,
     // sense to do it here because parameters are so messed up.
     switch (AI.getKind()) {
     case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
-      if (ParamType->isSignedIntegerType())
+      if (ParamType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         Attributes |= llvm::Attribute::SExt;
-      else if (ParamType->isUnsignedIntegerType())
+      else if (ParamType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         Attributes |= llvm::Attribute::ZExt;
       // FALL THROUGH
     case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
@@ -822,12 +845,12 @@ void CodeGenModule::ConstructAttributeList(const CGFunctionInfo &FI,
       continue;
 
     case ABIArgInfo::Expand: {
-      std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Tys;
+      llvm::SmallVector<const llvm::Type*, 8> types;
       // FIXME: This is rather inefficient. Do we ever actually need to do
       // anything here? The result should be just reconstructed on the other
       // side, so extension should be a non-issue.
-      getTypes().GetExpandedTypes(ParamType, Tys, false);
-      Index += Tys.size();
+      getTypes().GetExpandedTypes(ParamType, types, false);
+      Index += types.size();
       continue;
     }
     }
@@ -1166,6 +1189,15 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitCallArg(CallArgList &args, const Expr *E,
     return args.add(EmitReferenceBindingToExpr(E, /*InitializedDecl=*/0),
                     type);
 
+  if (hasAggregateLLVMType(type) && isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(E) &&
+      cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
+    LValue L = EmitLValue(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
+    assert(L.isSimple());
+    args.add(RValue::getAggregate(L.getAddress(), L.isVolatileQualified()),
+             type, /*NeedsCopy*/true);
+    return;
+  }
+
   args.add(EmitAnyExprToTemp(E), type);
 }
 
@@ -1231,6 +1263,10 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCall(const CGFunctionInfo &CallInfo,
                             Alignment, I->Ty);
         else
           StoreComplexToAddr(RV.getComplexVal(), Args.back(), false);
+      } else if (I->NeedsCopy && !ArgInfo.getIndirectByVal()) {
+        Args.push_back(CreateMemTemp(I->Ty));
+        EmitAggregateCopy(Args.back(), RV.getAggregateAddr(), I->Ty,
+                          RV.isVolatileQualified());
       } else {
         Args.push_back(RV.getAggregateAddr());
       }
@@ -1409,7 +1445,7 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitCall(const CGFunctionInfo &CallInfo,
           DestPtr = CreateMemTemp(RetTy, "agg.tmp");
           DestIsVolatile = false;
         }
-        Builder.CreateStore(CI, DestPtr, DestIsVolatile);
+        BuildAggStore(*this, CI, DestPtr, DestIsVolatile, false);
         return RValue::getAggregate(DestPtr);
       }
       return RValue::get(CI);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.h b/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.h
index 3f600c04e59d..160a62eab367 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGCall.h
@@ -47,8 +47,9 @@ namespace CodeGen {
   struct CallArg {
     RValue RV;
     QualType Ty;
-    CallArg(RValue rv, QualType ty)
-    : RV(rv), Ty(ty)
+    bool NeedsCopy;
+    CallArg(RValue rv, QualType ty, bool needscopy)
+    : RV(rv), Ty(ty), NeedsCopy(needscopy)
     { }
   };
 
@@ -57,8 +58,8 @@ namespace CodeGen {
   class CallArgList :
     public llvm::SmallVector<CallArg, 16> {
   public:
-    void add(RValue rvalue, QualType type) {
-      push_back(CallArg(rvalue, type));
+    void add(RValue rvalue, QualType type, bool needscopy = false) {
+      push_back(CallArg(rvalue, type, needscopy));
     }
   };
 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGClass.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGClass.cpp
index ca8b6576c7ad..5725d80b7d03 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGClass.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGClass.cpp
@@ -520,6 +520,7 @@ static void EmitMemberInitializer(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                   FunctionArgList &Args) {
   assert(MemberInit->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
          "Must have member initializer!");
+  assert(MemberInit->getInit() && "Must have initializer!");
   
   // non-static data member initializers.
   FieldDecl *Field = MemberInit->getAnyMember();
@@ -726,12 +727,13 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitCtorPrologue(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
        B != E; ++B) {
     CXXCtorInitializer *Member = (*B);
     
-    if (Member->isBaseInitializer())
+    if (Member->isBaseInitializer()) {
       EmitBaseInitializer(*this, ClassDecl, Member, CtorType);
-    else if (Member->isAnyMemberInitializer())
+    } else {
+      assert(Member->isAnyMemberInitializer() &&
+            "Delegating initializer on non-delegating constructor");
       MemberInitializers.push_back(Member);
-    else
-      llvm_unreachable("Delegating initializer on non-delegating constructor");
+    }
   }
 
   InitializeVTablePointers(ClassDecl);
@@ -740,6 +742,94 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitCtorPrologue(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
     EmitMemberInitializer(*this, ClassDecl, MemberInitializers[I], CD, Args);
 }
 
+static bool
+FieldHasTrivialDestructorBody(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *Field);
+
+static bool
+HasTrivialDestructorBody(ASTContext &Context, 
+                         const CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl,
+                         const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl)
+{
+  // If the destructor is trivial we don't have to check anything else.
+  if (BaseClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
+    return true;
+
+  if (!BaseClassDecl->getDestructor()->hasTrivialBody())
+    return false;
+
+  // Check fields.
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator I = BaseClassDecl->field_begin(),
+       E = BaseClassDecl->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+    const FieldDecl *Field = *I;
+    
+    if (!FieldHasTrivialDestructorBody(Context, Field))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  // Check non-virtual bases.
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 
+       BaseClassDecl->bases_begin(), E = BaseClassDecl->bases_end();
+       I != E; ++I) {
+    if (I->isVirtual())
+      continue;
+
+    const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase =
+      cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
+    if (!HasTrivialDestructorBody(Context, NonVirtualBase,
+                                  MostDerivedClassDecl))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  if (BaseClassDecl == MostDerivedClassDecl) {
+    // Check virtual bases.
+    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 
+         BaseClassDecl->vbases_begin(), E = BaseClassDecl->vbases_end();
+         I != E; ++I) {
+      const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase =
+        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
+      if (!HasTrivialDestructorBody(Context, VirtualBase,
+                                    MostDerivedClassDecl))
+        return false;      
+    }
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+FieldHasTrivialDestructorBody(ASTContext &Context,
+                              const FieldDecl *Field)
+{
+  QualType FieldBaseElementType = Context.getBaseElementType(Field->getType());
+
+  const RecordType *RT = FieldBaseElementType->getAs<RecordType>();
+  if (!RT)
+    return true;
+  
+  CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
+  return HasTrivialDestructorBody(Context, FieldClassDecl, FieldClassDecl);
+}
+
+/// CanSkipVTablePointerInitialization - Check whether we need to initialize
+/// any vtable pointers before calling this destructor.
+static bool CanSkipVTablePointerInitialization(ASTContext &Context,
+                                               const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
+  if (!Dtor->hasTrivialBody())
+    return false;
+
+  // Check the fields.
+  const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Dtor->getParent();
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator I = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
+       E = ClassDecl->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+    const FieldDecl *Field = *I;
+
+    if (!FieldHasTrivialDestructorBody(Context, Field))
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
 /// EmitDestructorBody - Emits the body of the current destructor.
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitDestructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args) {
   const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurGD.getDecl());
@@ -791,7 +881,8 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitDestructorBody(FunctionArgList &Args) {
     EnterDtorCleanups(Dtor, Dtor_Base);
 
     // Initialize the vtable pointers before entering the body.
-    InitializeVTablePointers(Dtor->getParent());
+    if (!CanSkipVTablePointerInitialization(getContext(), Dtor))
+        InitializeVTablePointers(Dtor->getParent());
 
     if (isTryBody)
       EmitStmt(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock());
@@ -1269,6 +1360,23 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitDelegateCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor,
            ReturnValueSlot(), DelegateArgs, Ctor);
 }
 
+namespace {
+  struct CallDelegatingCtorDtor : EHScopeStack::Cleanup {
+    const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor;
+    llvm::Value *Addr;
+    CXXDtorType Type;
+
+    CallDelegatingCtorDtor(const CXXDestructorDecl *D, llvm::Value *Addr,
+                           CXXDtorType Type)
+      : Dtor(D), Addr(Addr), Type(Type) {}
+
+    void Emit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, bool IsForEH) {
+      CGF.EmitCXXDestructorCall(Dtor, Type, /*ForVirtualBase=*/false,
+                                Addr);
+    }
+  };
+}
+
 void
 CodeGenFunction::EmitDelegatingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor,
                                                   const FunctionArgList &Args) {
@@ -1279,8 +1387,17 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitDelegatingCXXConstructorCall(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor
   AggValueSlot AggSlot = AggValueSlot::forAddr(ThisPtr, false, /*Lifetime*/ true);
 
   EmitAggExpr(Ctor->init_begin()[0]->getInit(), AggSlot);
-}
 
+  const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Ctor->getParent();
+  if (CGM.getLangOptions().Exceptions && !ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
+    CXXDtorType Type =
+      CurGD.getCtorType() == Ctor_Complete ? Dtor_Complete : Dtor_Base;
+
+    EHStack.pushCleanup<CallDelegatingCtorDtor>(EHCleanup,
+                                                ClassDecl->getDestructor(),
+                                                ThisPtr, Type);
+  }
+}
 
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXDestructorCall(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD,
                                             CXXDtorType Type,
@@ -1494,3 +1611,136 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::GetVTablePtr(llvm::Value *This,
   llvm::Value *VTablePtrSrc = Builder.CreateBitCast(This, Ty->getPointerTo());
   return Builder.CreateLoad(VTablePtrSrc, "vtable");
 }
+
+static const CXXRecordDecl *getMostDerivedClassDecl(const Expr *Base) {
+  const Expr *E = Base;
+  
+  while (true) {
+    E = E->IgnoreParens();
+    if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
+      if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase || 
+          CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase ||
+          CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) {
+        E = CE->getSubExpr();
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+
+    break;
+  }
+
+  QualType DerivedType = E->getType();
+  if (const PointerType *PTy = DerivedType->getAs<PointerType>())
+    DerivedType = PTy->getPointeeType();
+
+  return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DerivedType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
+}
+
+// FIXME: Ideally Expr::IgnoreParenNoopCasts should do this, but it doesn't do
+// quite what we want.
+static const Expr *skipNoOpCastsAndParens(const Expr *E) {
+  while (true) {
+    if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
+      E = PE->getSubExpr();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
+      if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) {
+        E = CE->getSubExpr();
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    if (const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
+      if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Extension) {
+        E = UO->getSubExpr();
+        continue;
+      }
+    }
+    return E;
+  }
+}
+
+/// canDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCall - Checks whether the given virtual member
+/// function call on the given expr can be devirtualized.
+/// expr can be devirtualized.
+static bool canDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCall(const Expr *Base, 
+                                              const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+  // If the most derived class is marked final, we know that no subclass can
+  // override this member function and so we can devirtualize it. For example:
+  //
+  // struct A { virtual void f(); }
+  // struct B final : A { };
+  //
+  // void f(B *b) {
+  //   b->f();
+  // }
+  //
+  const CXXRecordDecl *MostDerivedClassDecl = getMostDerivedClassDecl(Base);
+  if (MostDerivedClassDecl->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
+    return true;
+
+  // If the member function is marked 'final', we know that it can't be
+  // overridden and can therefore devirtualize it.
+  if (MD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
+    return true;
+
+  // Similarly, if the class itself is marked 'final' it can't be overridden
+  // and we can therefore devirtualize the member function call.
+  if (MD->getParent()->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
+    return true;
+
+  Base = skipNoOpCastsAndParens(Base);
+  if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
+    if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
+      // This is a record decl. We know the type and can devirtualize it.
+      return VD->getType()->isRecordType();
+    }
+    
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  // We can always devirtualize calls on temporary object expressions.
+  if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Base))
+    return true;
+  
+  // And calls on bound temporaries.
+  if (isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Base))
+    return true;
+  
+  // Check if this is a call expr that returns a record type.
+  if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base))
+    return CE->getCallReturnType()->isRecordType();
+
+  // We can't devirtualize the call.
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool UseVirtualCall(ASTContext &Context,
+                           const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CE,
+                           const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+  if (!MD->isVirtual())
+    return false;
+  
+  // When building with -fapple-kext, all calls must go through the vtable since
+  // the kernel linker can do runtime patching of vtables.
+  if (Context.getLangOptions().AppleKext)
+    return true;
+
+  return !canDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCall(CE->getArg(0), MD);
+}
+
+llvm::Value *
+CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallee(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E,
+                                             const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
+                                             llvm::Value *This) {
+  const FunctionProtoType *FPT = MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+  const llvm::Type *Ty =
+    CGM.getTypes().GetFunctionType(CGM.getTypes().getFunctionInfo(MD),
+                                   FPT->isVariadic());
+
+  if (UseVirtualCall(getContext(), E, MD))
+    return BuildVirtualCall(MD, This, Ty);
+
+  return CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(MD, Ty);
+}
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
index f2e1c024dd05..98d30db647d5 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.cpp
@@ -335,10 +335,12 @@ llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::CreateType(const BuiltinType *BT) {
   case BuiltinType::SChar: Encoding = llvm::dwarf::DW_ATE_signed_char; break;
   case BuiltinType::UShort:
   case BuiltinType::UInt:
+  case BuiltinType::UInt128:
   case BuiltinType::ULong:
   case BuiltinType::ULongLong: Encoding = llvm::dwarf::DW_ATE_unsigned; break;
   case BuiltinType::Short:
   case BuiltinType::Int:
+  case BuiltinType::Int128:
   case BuiltinType::Long:
   case BuiltinType::LongLong:  Encoding = llvm::dwarf::DW_ATE_signed; break;
   case BuiltinType::Bool:      Encoding = llvm::dwarf::DW_ATE_boolean; break;
@@ -553,9 +555,12 @@ llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::CreateType(const TypedefType *Ty,
   // We don't set size information, but do specify where the typedef was
   // declared.
   unsigned Line = getLineNumber(Ty->getDecl()->getLocation());
-  llvm::DIType DbgTy = DBuilder.createTypedef(Src, Ty->getDecl()->getName(),
-                                              Unit, Line);
-  return DbgTy;
+  const TypedefNameDecl *TyDecl = Ty->getDecl();
+  llvm::DIDescriptor TydefContext =
+    getContextDescriptor(cast<Decl>(Ty->getDecl()->getDeclContext()));
+
+  return  
+    DBuilder.createTypedef(Src, TyDecl->getName(), Unit, Line, TydefContext);
 }
 
 llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::CreateType(const FunctionType *Ty,
@@ -628,8 +633,7 @@ CollectRecordFields(const RecordDecl *record, llvm::DIFile tunit,
     FieldDecl *field = *I;
     if (IsMsStruct) {
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are ignored
-      if (CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((field), LastFD) ||
-          CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield((field), LastFD)) {
+      if (CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((field), LastFD)) {
         --fieldNo;
         continue;
       }
@@ -1240,9 +1244,13 @@ llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::CreateType(const ObjCInterfaceType *Ty,
   uint64_t Size = CGM.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
   uint64_t Align = CGM.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
 
+  unsigned Flags = 0;
+  if (ID->getImplementation())
+    Flags |= llvm::DIDescriptor::FlagObjcClassComplete;
+
   llvm::DIType RealDecl =
     DBuilder.createStructType(Unit, ID->getName(), DefUnit,
-                                  Line, Size, Align, 0,
+                                  Line, Size, Align, Flags,
                                   Elements, RuntimeLang);
 
   // Now that we have a real decl for the struct, replace anything using the
@@ -1439,6 +1447,9 @@ static QualType UnwrapTypeForDebugInfo(QualType T) {
     case Type::Decltype:
       T = cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingType();
       break;
+    case Type::UnaryTransform:
+      T = cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType();
+      break;
     case Type::Attributed:
       T = cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType();
       break;
@@ -1554,6 +1565,7 @@ llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::CreateTypeNode(QualType Ty,
   case Type::TypeOfExpr:
   case Type::TypeOf:
   case Type::Decltype:
+  case Type::UnaryTransform:
   case Type::Auto:
     llvm_unreachable("type should have been unwrapped!");
     return llvm::DIType();      
@@ -1612,6 +1624,33 @@ llvm::DISubprogram CGDebugInfo::getFunctionDeclaration(const Decl *D) {
   return llvm::DISubprogram();
 }
 
+// getOrCreateFunctionType - Construct DIType. If it is a c++ method, include
+// implicit parameter "this".
+llvm::DIType CGDebugInfo::getOrCreateFunctionType(const Decl * D, QualType FnType,
+                                                  llvm::DIFile F) {
+  if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
+    return getOrCreateMethodType(Method, F);
+  else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMethod = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
+    // Add "self" and "_cmd"
+    llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 16> Elts;
+
+    // First element is always return type. For 'void' functions it is NULL.
+    Elts.push_back(getOrCreateType(OMethod->getResultType(), F));
+    // "self" pointer is always first argument.
+    Elts.push_back(getOrCreateType(OMethod->getSelfDecl()->getType(), F));
+    // "cmd" pointer is always second argument.
+    Elts.push_back(getOrCreateType(OMethod->getCmdDecl()->getType(), F));
+    // Get rest of the arguments.
+    for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = OMethod->param_begin(), 
+           PE = OMethod->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
+      Elts.push_back(getOrCreateType((*PI)->getType(), F));
+
+    llvm::DIArray EltTypeArray = DBuilder.getOrCreateArray(Elts);
+    return DBuilder.createSubroutineType(F, EltTypeArray);
+  }
+  return getOrCreateType(FnType, F);
+}
+
 /// EmitFunctionStart - Constructs the debug code for entering a function -
 /// "llvm.dbg.func.start.".
 void CGDebugInfo::EmitFunctionStart(GlobalDecl GD, QualType FnType,
@@ -1644,7 +1683,8 @@ void CGDebugInfo::EmitFunctionStart(GlobalDecl GD, QualType FnType,
     }
     Name = getFunctionName(FD);
     // Use mangled name as linkage name for c/c++ functions.
-    LinkageName = CGM.getMangledName(GD);
+    if (!Fn->hasInternalLinkage())
+      LinkageName = CGM.getMangledName(GD);
     if (LinkageName == Name)
       LinkageName = llvm::StringRef();
     if (FD->hasPrototype())
@@ -1652,6 +1692,9 @@ void CGDebugInfo::EmitFunctionStart(GlobalDecl GD, QualType FnType,
     if (const NamespaceDecl *NSDecl =
         dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()))
       FDContext = getOrCreateNameSpace(NSDecl);
+    else if (const RecordDecl *RDecl =
+             dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()))
+      FDContext = getContextDescriptor(cast<Decl>(RDecl->getDeclContext()));
 
     // Collect template parameters.
     TParamsArray = CollectFunctionTemplateParams(FD, Unit);
@@ -1672,11 +1715,10 @@ void CGDebugInfo::EmitFunctionStart(GlobalDecl GD, QualType FnType,
   unsigned LineNo = getLineNumber(CurLoc);
   if (D->isImplicit())
     Flags |= llvm::DIDescriptor::FlagArtificial;
-  llvm::DIType SPTy = getOrCreateType(FnType, Unit);
   llvm::DISubprogram SPDecl = getFunctionDeclaration(D);
   llvm::DISubprogram SP =
     DBuilder.createFunction(FDContext, Name, LinkageName, Unit,
-                            LineNo, SPTy,
+                            LineNo, getOrCreateFunctionType(D, FnType, Unit),
                             Fn->hasInternalLinkage(), true/*definition*/,
                             Flags, CGM.getLangOptions().Optimize, Fn,
                             TParamsArray, SPDecl);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
index 27d991bbee42..6ec6b65f5e01 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDebugInfo.h
@@ -98,6 +98,8 @@ class CGDebugInfo {
   llvm::DIType CreateEnumType(const EnumDecl *ED);
   llvm::DIType getOrCreateMethodType(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                      llvm::DIFile F);
+  llvm::DIType getOrCreateFunctionType(const Decl *D, QualType FnType,
+                                       llvm::DIFile F);
   llvm::DIType getOrCreateVTablePtrType(llvm::DIFile F);
   llvm::DINameSpace getOrCreateNameSpace(const NamespaceDecl *N);
   llvm::DIType CreatePointeeType(QualType PointeeTy, llvm::DIFile F);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
index c02737581814..8a1a8536dab1 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp
@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitDecl(const Decl &D) {
   case Decl::ImplicitParam:
   case Decl::ClassTemplate:
   case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
+  case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
   case Decl::TemplateTemplateParm:
   case Decl::ObjCMethod:
   case Decl::ObjCCategory:
@@ -628,15 +629,14 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitAutoVarAlloca(const VarDecl &D) {
   emission.Address = DeclPtr;
 
   // Emit debug info for local var declaration.
-  if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) {
-    assert(HaveInsertPoint() && "Unexpected unreachable point!");
-
-    DI->setLocation(D.getLocation());
-    if (Target.useGlobalsForAutomaticVariables()) {
-      DI->EmitGlobalVariable(static_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable *>(DeclPtr), &D);
-    } else
-      DI->EmitDeclareOfAutoVariable(&D, DeclPtr, Builder);
-  }
+  if (HaveInsertPoint())
+    if (CGDebugInfo *DI = getDebugInfo()) {
+      DI->setLocation(D.getLocation());
+      if (Target.useGlobalsForAutomaticVariables()) {
+        DI->EmitGlobalVariable(static_cast<llvm::GlobalVariable *>(DeclPtr), &D);
+      } else
+        DI->EmitDeclareOfAutoVariable(&D, DeclPtr, Builder);
+    }
 
   return emission;
 }
@@ -741,6 +741,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitAutoVarInit(const AutoVarEmission &emission) {
                                llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage,
                                constant, Name, 0, false, 0);
     GV->setAlignment(alignment.getQuantity());
+    GV->setUnnamedAddr(true);
         
     llvm::Value *SrcPtr = GV;
     if (SrcPtr->getType() != BP)
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGDeclCXX.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGDeclCXX.cpp
index 45b0b969be67..178badd44d81 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGDeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGDeclCXX.cpp
@@ -117,19 +117,13 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXGlobalDtorRegistration(llvm::Constant *DtorFn,
     return;
   }
 
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type *> Params;
-  Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-
   // Get the destructor function type
   const llvm::Type *DtorFnTy =
     llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext()),
-                            Params, false);
+                            Int8PtrTy, false);
   DtorFnTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DtorFnTy);
 
-  Params.clear();
-  Params.push_back(DtorFnTy);
-  Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-  Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
+  const llvm::Type *Params[] = { DtorFnTy, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy };
 
   // Get the __cxa_atexit function type
   // extern "C" int __cxa_atexit ( void (*f)(void *), void *p, void *d );
@@ -248,6 +242,8 @@ CodeGenModule::EmitCXXGlobalInitFunc() {
                                                      &CXXGlobalInits[0],
                                                      CXXGlobalInits.size());
   AddGlobalCtor(Fn);
+  CXXGlobalInits.clear();
+  PrioritizedCXXGlobalInits.clear();
 }
 
 void CodeGenModule::EmitCXXGlobalDtorFunc() {
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
index 6cb9599e257d..e8ad6da2f980 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGException.cpp
@@ -112,11 +112,18 @@ static llvm::Constant *getUnexpectedFn(CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
   return CGF.CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "__cxa_call_unexpected");
 }
 
+llvm::Constant *CodeGenFunction::getUnwindResumeFn() {
+  const llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
+    llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, Int8PtrTy, /*IsVarArgs=*/false);
+
+  if (CGM.getLangOptions().SjLjExceptions)
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "_Unwind_SjLj_Resume");
+  return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "_Unwind_Resume");
+}
+
 llvm::Constant *CodeGenFunction::getUnwindResumeOrRethrowFn() {
-  const llvm::Type *Int8PtrTy = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(getLLVMContext());
   const llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-    llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext()), Int8PtrTy,
-                            /*IsVarArgs=*/false);
+    llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, Int8PtrTy, /*IsVarArgs=*/false);
 
   if (CGM.getLangOptions().SjLjExceptions)
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "_Unwind_SjLj_Resume_or_Rethrow");
@@ -354,13 +361,17 @@ static void EmitAnyExprToExn(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const Expr *e,
 }
 
 llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::getExceptionSlot() {
-  if (!ExceptionSlot) {
-    const llvm::Type *i8p = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(getLLVMContext());
-    ExceptionSlot = CreateTempAlloca(i8p, "exn.slot");
-  }
+  if (!ExceptionSlot)
+    ExceptionSlot = CreateTempAlloca(Int8PtrTy, "exn.slot");
   return ExceptionSlot;
 }
 
+llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::getEHSelectorSlot() {
+  if (!EHSelectorSlot)
+    EHSelectorSlot = CreateTempAlloca(Int32Ty, "ehselector.slot");
+  return EHSelectorSlot;
+}
+
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E) {
   if (!E->getSubExpr()) {
     if (getInvokeDest()) {
@@ -563,47 +574,59 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::getInvokeDestImpl() {
   return LP;
 }
 
+// This code contains a hack to work around a design flaw in
+// LLVM's EH IR which breaks semantics after inlining.  This same
+// hack is implemented in llvm-gcc.
+//
+// The LLVM EH abstraction is basically a thin veneer over the
+// traditional GCC zero-cost design: for each range of instructions
+// in the function, there is (at most) one "landing pad" with an
+// associated chain of EH actions.  A language-specific personality
+// function interprets this chain of actions and (1) decides whether
+// or not to resume execution at the landing pad and (2) if so,
+// provides an integer indicating why it's stopping.  In LLVM IR,
+// the association of a landing pad with a range of instructions is
+// achieved via an invoke instruction, the chain of actions becomes
+// the arguments to the @llvm.eh.selector call, and the selector
+// call returns the integer indicator.  Other than the required
+// presence of two intrinsic function calls in the landing pad,
+// the IR exactly describes the layout of the output code.
+//
+// A principal advantage of this design is that it is completely
+// language-agnostic; in theory, the LLVM optimizers can treat
+// landing pads neutrally, and targets need only know how to lower
+// the intrinsics to have a functioning exceptions system (assuming
+// that platform exceptions follow something approximately like the
+// GCC design).  Unfortunately, landing pads cannot be combined in a
+// language-agnostic way: given selectors A and B, there is no way
+// to make a single landing pad which faithfully represents the
+// semantics of propagating an exception first through A, then
+// through B, without knowing how the personality will interpret the
+// (lowered form of the) selectors.  This means that inlining has no
+// choice but to crudely chain invokes (i.e., to ignore invokes in
+// the inlined function, but to turn all unwindable calls into
+// invokes), which is only semantically valid if every unwind stops
+// at every landing pad.
+//
+// Therefore, the invoke-inline hack is to guarantee that every
+// landing pad has a catch-all.
+enum CleanupHackLevel_t {
+  /// A level of hack that requires that all landing pads have
+  /// catch-alls.
+  CHL_MandatoryCatchall,
+
+  /// A level of hack that requires that all landing pads handle
+  /// cleanups.
+  CHL_MandatoryCleanup,
+
+  /// No hacks at all;  ideal IR generation.
+  CHL_Ideal
+};
+const CleanupHackLevel_t CleanupHackLevel = CHL_MandatoryCleanup;
+
 llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
   assert(EHStack.requiresLandingPad());
 
-  // This function contains a hack to work around a design flaw in
-  // LLVM's EH IR which breaks semantics after inlining.  This same
-  // hack is implemented in llvm-gcc.
-  //
-  // The LLVM EH abstraction is basically a thin veneer over the
-  // traditional GCC zero-cost design: for each range of instructions
-  // in the function, there is (at most) one "landing pad" with an
-  // associated chain of EH actions.  A language-specific personality
-  // function interprets this chain of actions and (1) decides whether
-  // or not to resume execution at the landing pad and (2) if so,
-  // provides an integer indicating why it's stopping.  In LLVM IR,
-  // the association of a landing pad with a range of instructions is
-  // achieved via an invoke instruction, the chain of actions becomes
-  // the arguments to the @llvm.eh.selector call, and the selector
-  // call returns the integer indicator.  Other than the required
-  // presence of two intrinsic function calls in the landing pad,
-  // the IR exactly describes the layout of the output code.
-  //
-  // A principal advantage of this design is that it is completely
-  // language-agnostic; in theory, the LLVM optimizers can treat
-  // landing pads neutrally, and targets need only know how to lower
-  // the intrinsics to have a functioning exceptions system (assuming
-  // that platform exceptions follow something approximately like the
-  // GCC design).  Unfortunately, landing pads cannot be combined in a
-  // language-agnostic way: given selectors A and B, there is no way
-  // to make a single landing pad which faithfully represents the
-  // semantics of propagating an exception first through A, then
-  // through B, without knowing how the personality will interpret the
-  // (lowered form of the) selectors.  This means that inlining has no
-  // choice but to crudely chain invokes (i.e., to ignore invokes in
-  // the inlined function, but to turn all unwindable calls into
-  // invokes), which is only semantically valid if every unwind stops
-  // at every landing pad.
-  //
-  // Therefore, the invoke-inline hack is to guarantee that every
-  // landing pad has a catch-all.
-  const bool UseInvokeInlineHack = true;
-
   for (EHScopeStack::iterator ir = EHStack.begin(); ; ) {
     assert(ir != EHStack.end() &&
            "stack requiring landing pad is nothing but non-EH scopes?");
@@ -736,16 +759,23 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
     EHSelector.append(EHFilters.begin(), EHFilters.end());
 
     // Also check whether we need a cleanup.
-    if (UseInvokeInlineHack || HasEHCleanup)
-      EHSelector.push_back(UseInvokeInlineHack
+    if (CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCatchall || HasEHCleanup)
+      EHSelector.push_back(CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCatchall
                            ? getCatchAllValue(*this)
                            : getCleanupValue(*this));
 
   // Otherwise, signal that we at least have cleanups.
-  } else if (UseInvokeInlineHack || HasEHCleanup) {
-    EHSelector.push_back(UseInvokeInlineHack
+  } else if (CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCatchall || HasEHCleanup) {
+    EHSelector.push_back(CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCatchall
                          ? getCatchAllValue(*this)
                          : getCleanupValue(*this));
+
+  // At the MandatoryCleanup hack level, we don't need to actually
+  // spuriously tell the unwinder that we have cleanups, but we do
+  // need to always be prepared to handle cleanups.
+  } else if (CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCleanup) {
+    // Just don't decrement LastToEmitInLoop.
+
   } else {
     assert(LastToEmitInLoop > 2);
     LastToEmitInLoop--;
@@ -758,6 +788,10 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
     Builder.CreateCall(CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::eh_selector),
                        EHSelector.begin(), EHSelector.end(), "eh.selector");
   Selection->setDoesNotThrow();
+
+  // Save the selector value in mandatory-cleanup mode.
+  if (CleanupHackLevel == CHL_MandatoryCleanup)
+    Builder.CreateStore(Selection, getEHSelectorSlot());
   
   // Select the right handler.
   llvm::Value *llvm_eh_typeid_for =
@@ -833,22 +867,13 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
 
     // If there was a cleanup, we'll need to actually check whether we
     // landed here because the filter triggered.
-    if (UseInvokeInlineHack || HasEHCleanup) {
-      llvm::BasicBlock *RethrowBB = createBasicBlock("cleanup");
+    if (CleanupHackLevel != CHL_Ideal || HasEHCleanup) {
       llvm::BasicBlock *UnexpectedBB = createBasicBlock("ehspec.unexpected");
 
-      llvm::Constant *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::get(Builder.getInt32Ty(), 0);
+      llvm::Constant *Zero = llvm::ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, 0);
       llvm::Value *FailsFilter =
         Builder.CreateICmpSLT(SavedSelection, Zero, "ehspec.fails");
-      Builder.CreateCondBr(FailsFilter, UnexpectedBB, RethrowBB);
-
-      // The rethrow block is where we land if this was a cleanup.
-      // TODO: can this be _Unwind_Resume if the InvokeInlineHack is off?
-      EmitBlock(RethrowBB);
-      Builder.CreateCall(getUnwindResumeOrRethrowFn(),
-                         Builder.CreateLoad(getExceptionSlot()))
-        ->setDoesNotReturn();
-      Builder.CreateUnreachable();
+      Builder.CreateCondBr(FailsFilter, UnexpectedBB, getRethrowDest().getBlock());
 
       EmitBlock(UnexpectedBB);
     }
@@ -863,7 +888,7 @@ llvm::BasicBlock *CodeGenFunction::EmitLandingPad() {
     Builder.CreateUnreachable();
 
   // ...or a normal catch handler...
-  } else if (!UseInvokeInlineHack && !HasEHCleanup) {
+  } else if (CleanupHackLevel == CHL_Ideal && !HasEHCleanup) {
     llvm::Value *Type = EHSelector.back();
     EmitBranchThroughEHCleanup(EHHandlers[Type]);
 
@@ -1440,14 +1465,39 @@ CodeGenFunction::UnwindDest CodeGenFunction::getRethrowDest() {
   // This can always be a call because we necessarily didn't find
   // anything on the EH stack which needs our help.
   llvm::StringRef RethrowName = Personality.getCatchallRethrowFnName();
-  llvm::Constant *RethrowFn;
-  if (!RethrowName.empty())
-    RethrowFn = getCatchallRethrowFn(*this, RethrowName);
-  else
-    RethrowFn = getUnwindResumeOrRethrowFn();
+  if (!RethrowName.empty()) {
+    Builder.CreateCall(getCatchallRethrowFn(*this, RethrowName),
+                       Builder.CreateLoad(getExceptionSlot()))
+      ->setDoesNotReturn();
+  } else {
+    llvm::Value *Exn = Builder.CreateLoad(getExceptionSlot());
+
+    switch (CleanupHackLevel) {
+    case CHL_MandatoryCatchall:
+      // In mandatory-catchall mode, we need to use
+      // _Unwind_Resume_or_Rethrow, or whatever the personality's
+      // equivalent is.
+      Builder.CreateCall(getUnwindResumeOrRethrowFn(), Exn)
+        ->setDoesNotReturn();
+      break;
+    case CHL_MandatoryCleanup: {
+      // In mandatory-cleanup mode, we should use llvm.eh.resume.
+      llvm::Value *Selector = Builder.CreateLoad(getEHSelectorSlot());
+      Builder.CreateCall2(CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::eh_resume),
+                          Exn, Selector)
+        ->setDoesNotReturn();
+      break;
+    }
+    case CHL_Ideal:
+      // In an idealized mode where we don't have to worry about the
+      // optimizer combining landing pads, we should just use
+      // _Unwind_Resume (or the personality's equivalent).
+      Builder.CreateCall(getUnwindResumeFn(), Exn)
+        ->setDoesNotReturn();
+      break;
+    }
+  }
 
-  Builder.CreateCall(RethrowFn, Builder.CreateLoad(getExceptionSlot()))
-    ->setDoesNotReturn();
   Builder.CreateUnreachable();
 
   Builder.restoreIP(SavedIP);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
index bc2cd35bc591..2f6b55bd7b0b 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExpr.cpp
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
   // The index must always be an integer, which is not an aggregate.  Emit it.
   llvm::Value *Idx = EmitScalarExpr(E->getIdx());
   QualType IdxTy  = E->getIdx()->getType();
-  bool IdxSigned = IdxTy->isSignedIntegerType();
+  bool IdxSigned = IdxTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 
   // If the base is a vector type, then we are forming a vector element lvalue
   // with this subscript.
@@ -1635,7 +1635,8 @@ LValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLValueForAnonRecordField(llvm::Value *BaseValue,
   IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator I = Field->chain_begin(),
     IEnd = Field->chain_end();
   while (true) {
-    LValue LV = EmitLValueForField(BaseValue, cast<FieldDecl>(*I), CVRQualifiers);
+    LValue LV = EmitLValueForField(BaseValue, cast<FieldDecl>(*I),
+                                   CVRQualifiers);
     if (++I == IEnd) return LV;
 
     assert(LV.isSimple());
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
index 29c76887a7c9..d8da642a6b38 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprAgg.cpp
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ void AggExprEmitter::VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *E) {
       if (const RecordType *RT = CGF.getContext()
                         .getBaseElementType(ElementType)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
         const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-        hasNonTrivialCXXConstructor = !RD->hasTrivialConstructor();
+        hasNonTrivialCXXConstructor = !RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
       }
 
     // FIXME: were we intentionally ignoring address spaces and GC attributes?
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprCXX.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprCXX.cpp
index bdaa873f1832..81fee677f61a 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprCXX.cpp
@@ -345,18 +345,7 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E,
     }
   }
 
-  const FunctionProtoType *FPT = MD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-  const llvm::Type *Ty =
-    CGM.getTypes().GetFunctionType(CGM.getTypes().getFunctionInfo(MD),
-                                   FPT->isVariadic());
-  llvm::Value *Callee;
-  if (MD->isVirtual() && 
-      !canDevirtualizeMemberFunctionCalls(getContext(),
-                                           E->getArg(0), MD))
-    Callee = BuildVirtualCall(MD, This, Ty);
-  else
-    Callee = CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(MD, Ty);
-
+  llvm::Value *Callee = EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallee(E, MD, This);
   return EmitCXXMemberCall(MD, Callee, ReturnValue, This, /*VTT=*/0,
                            E->arg_begin() + 1, E->arg_end());
 }
@@ -403,18 +392,26 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
                                E->arg_begin(), E->arg_end());
   }
   else {
-    CXXCtorType Type;
-    CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind K = E->getConstructionKind();
-    if (K == CXXConstructExpr::CK_Delegating) {
+    CXXCtorType Type = Ctor_Complete;
+    bool ForVirtualBase = false;
+
+    switch (E->getConstructionKind()) {
+     case CXXConstructExpr::CK_Delegating:
       // We should be emitting a constructor; GlobalDecl will assert this
       Type = CurGD.getCtorType();
-    } else {
-      Type = (E->getConstructionKind() == CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete)
-             ? Ctor_Complete : Ctor_Base;
-    }
+      break;
+
+     case CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete:
+      Type = Ctor_Complete;
+      break;
+
+     case CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase:
+      ForVirtualBase = true;
+      // fall-through
 
-    bool ForVirtualBase = 
-      E->getConstructionKind() == CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase;
+     case CXXConstructExpr::CK_NonVirtualBase:
+      Type = Ctor_Base;
+    }
     
     // Call the constructor.
     EmitCXXConstructorCall(CD, Type, ForVirtualBase, Dest.getAddr(),
@@ -447,204 +444,256 @@ CodeGenFunction::EmitSynthesizedCXXCopyCtor(llvm::Value *Dest,
                                  E->arg_begin(), E->arg_end());
 }
 
-/// Check whether the given operator new[] is the global placement
-/// operator new[].
-static bool IsPlacementOperatorNewArray(ASTContext &Ctx,
-                                        const FunctionDecl *Fn) {
-  // Must be in global scope.  Note that allocation functions can't be
-  // declared in namespaces.
-  if (!Fn->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext())
-    return false;
-
-  // Signature must be void *operator new[](size_t, void*).
-  // The size_t is common to all operator new[]s.
-  if (Fn->getNumParams() != 2)
-    return false;
-
-  CanQualType ParamType = Ctx.getCanonicalType(Fn->getParamDecl(1)->getType());
-  return (ParamType == Ctx.VoidPtrTy);
-}
-
 static CharUnits CalculateCookiePadding(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                         const CXXNewExpr *E) {
   if (!E->isArray())
     return CharUnits::Zero();
 
-  // No cookie is required if the new operator being used is 
-  // ::operator new[](size_t, void*).
-  const FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
-  if (IsPlacementOperatorNewArray(CGF.getContext(), OperatorNew))
+  // No cookie is required if the operator new[] being used is the
+  // reserved placement operator new[].
+  if (E->getOperatorNew()->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator())
     return CharUnits::Zero();
 
   return CGF.CGM.getCXXABI().GetArrayCookieSize(E);
 }
 
-static llvm::Value *EmitCXXNewAllocSize(ASTContext &Context,
-                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-                                        const CXXNewExpr *E,
-                                        llvm::Value *&NumElements,
-                                        llvm::Value *&SizeWithoutCookie) {
-  QualType ElemType = E->getAllocatedType();
-
-  const llvm::IntegerType *SizeTy =
-    cast<llvm::IntegerType>(CGF.ConvertType(CGF.getContext().getSizeType()));
-  
-  CharUnits TypeSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(ElemType);
-
-  if (!E->isArray()) {
-    SizeWithoutCookie = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, TypeSize.getQuantity());
-    return SizeWithoutCookie;
+static llvm::Value *EmitCXXNewAllocSize(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                        const CXXNewExpr *e,
+                                        llvm::Value *&numElements,
+                                        llvm::Value *&sizeWithoutCookie) {
+  QualType type = e->getAllocatedType();
+
+  if (!e->isArray()) {
+    CharUnits typeSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(type);
+    sizeWithoutCookie
+      = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, typeSize.getQuantity());
+    return sizeWithoutCookie;
   }
 
+  // The width of size_t.
+  unsigned sizeWidth = CGF.SizeTy->getBitWidth();
+
   // Figure out the cookie size.
-  CharUnits CookieSize = CalculateCookiePadding(CGF, E);
+  llvm::APInt cookieSize(sizeWidth,
+                         CalculateCookiePadding(CGF, e).getQuantity());
 
   // Emit the array size expression.
   // We multiply the size of all dimensions for NumElements.
   // e.g for 'int[2][3]', ElemType is 'int' and NumElements is 6.
-  NumElements = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getArraySize());
-  assert(NumElements->getType() == SizeTy && "element count not a size_t");
-
-  uint64_t ArraySizeMultiplier = 1;
+  numElements = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(e->getArraySize());
+  assert(isa<llvm::IntegerType>(numElements->getType()));
+
+  // The number of elements can be have an arbitrary integer type;
+  // essentially, we need to multiply it by a constant factor, add a
+  // cookie size, and verify that the result is representable as a
+  // size_t.  That's just a gloss, though, and it's wrong in one
+  // important way: if the count is negative, it's an error even if
+  // the cookie size would bring the total size >= 0.
+  bool isSigned 
+    = e->getArraySize()->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
+  const llvm::IntegerType *numElementsType
+    = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(numElements->getType());
+  unsigned numElementsWidth = numElementsType->getBitWidth();
+
+  // Compute the constant factor.
+  llvm::APInt arraySizeMultiplier(sizeWidth, 1);
   while (const ConstantArrayType *CAT
-             = CGF.getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(ElemType)) {
-    ElemType = CAT->getElementType();
-    ArraySizeMultiplier *= CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
+             = CGF.getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(type)) {
+    type = CAT->getElementType();
+    arraySizeMultiplier *= CAT->getSize();
   }
 
-  llvm::Value *Size;
+  CharUnits typeSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(type);
+  llvm::APInt typeSizeMultiplier(sizeWidth, typeSize.getQuantity());
+  typeSizeMultiplier *= arraySizeMultiplier;
+
+  // This will be a size_t.
+  llvm::Value *size;
   
   // If someone is doing 'new int[42]' there is no need to do a dynamic check.
   // Don't bloat the -O0 code.
-  if (llvm::ConstantInt *NumElementsC =
-        dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(NumElements)) {
-    llvm::APInt NEC = NumElementsC->getValue();
-    unsigned SizeWidth = NEC.getBitWidth();
-
-    // Determine if there is an overflow here by doing an extended multiply.
-    NEC = NEC.zext(SizeWidth*2);
-    llvm::APInt SC(SizeWidth*2, TypeSize.getQuantity());
-    SC *= NEC;
-
-    if (!CookieSize.isZero()) {
-      // Save the current size without a cookie.  We don't care if an
-      // overflow's already happened because SizeWithoutCookie isn't
-      // used if the allocator returns null or throws, as it should
-      // always do on an overflow.
-      llvm::APInt SWC = SC.trunc(SizeWidth);
-      SizeWithoutCookie = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, SWC);
-
-      // Add the cookie size.
-      SC += llvm::APInt(SizeWidth*2, CookieSize.getQuantity());
+  if (llvm::ConstantInt *numElementsC =
+        dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(numElements)) {
+    const llvm::APInt &count = numElementsC->getValue();
+
+    bool hasAnyOverflow = false;
+
+    // If 'count' was a negative number, it's an overflow.
+    if (isSigned && count.isNegative())
+      hasAnyOverflow = true;
+
+    // We want to do all this arithmetic in size_t.  If numElements is
+    // wider than that, check whether it's already too big, and if so,
+    // overflow.
+    else if (numElementsWidth > sizeWidth &&
+             numElementsWidth - sizeWidth > count.countLeadingZeros())
+      hasAnyOverflow = true;
+
+    // Okay, compute a count at the right width.
+    llvm::APInt adjustedCount = count.zextOrTrunc(sizeWidth);
+
+    // Scale numElements by that.  This might overflow, but we don't
+    // care because it only overflows if allocationSize does, too, and
+    // if that overflows then we shouldn't use this.
+    numElements = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy,
+                                         adjustedCount * arraySizeMultiplier);
+
+    // Compute the size before cookie, and track whether it overflowed.
+    bool overflow;
+    llvm::APInt allocationSize
+      = adjustedCount.umul_ov(typeSizeMultiplier, overflow);
+    hasAnyOverflow |= overflow;
+
+    // Add in the cookie, and check whether it's overflowed.
+    if (cookieSize != 0) {
+      // Save the current size without a cookie.  This shouldn't be
+      // used if there was overflow.
+      sizeWithoutCookie = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, allocationSize);
+
+      allocationSize = allocationSize.uadd_ov(cookieSize, overflow);
+      hasAnyOverflow |= overflow;
     }
-    
-    if (SC.countLeadingZeros() >= SizeWidth) {
-      SC = SC.trunc(SizeWidth);
-      Size = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, SC);
+
+    // On overflow, produce a -1 so operator new will fail.
+    if (hasAnyOverflow) {
+      size = llvm::Constant::getAllOnesValue(CGF.SizeTy);
     } else {
-      // On overflow, produce a -1 so operator new throws.
-      Size = llvm::Constant::getAllOnesValue(SizeTy);
+      size = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, allocationSize);
     }
 
-    // Scale NumElements while we're at it.
-    uint64_t N = NEC.getZExtValue() * ArraySizeMultiplier;
-    NumElements = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, N);
-
-  // Otherwise, we don't need to do an overflow-checked multiplication if
-  // we're multiplying by one.
-  } else if (TypeSize.isOne()) {
-    assert(ArraySizeMultiplier == 1);
-
-    Size = NumElements;
-
-    // If we need a cookie, add its size in with an overflow check.
-    // This is maybe a little paranoid.
-    if (!CookieSize.isZero()) {
-      SizeWithoutCookie = Size;
+  // Otherwise, we might need to use the overflow intrinsics.
+  } else {
+    // There are up to four conditions we need to test for:
+    // 1) if isSigned, we need to check whether numElements is negative;
+    // 2) if numElementsWidth > sizeWidth, we need to check whether
+    //   numElements is larger than something representable in size_t;
+    // 3) we need to compute
+    //      sizeWithoutCookie := numElements * typeSizeMultiplier
+    //    and check whether it overflows; and
+    // 4) if we need a cookie, we need to compute
+    //      size := sizeWithoutCookie + cookieSize
+    //    and check whether it overflows.
+
+    llvm::Value *hasOverflow = 0;
+
+    // If numElementsWidth > sizeWidth, then one way or another, we're
+    // going to have to do a comparison for (2), and this happens to
+    // take care of (1), too.
+    if (numElementsWidth > sizeWidth) {
+      llvm::APInt threshold(numElementsWidth, 1);
+      threshold <<= sizeWidth;
+
+      llvm::Value *thresholdV
+        = llvm::ConstantInt::get(numElementsType, threshold);
+
+      hasOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpUGE(numElements, thresholdV);
+      numElements = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(numElements, CGF.SizeTy);
+
+    // Otherwise, if we're signed, we want to sext up to size_t.
+    } else if (isSigned) {
+      if (numElementsWidth < sizeWidth)
+        numElements = CGF.Builder.CreateSExt(numElements, CGF.SizeTy);
+      
+      // If there's a non-1 type size multiplier, then we can do the
+      // signedness check at the same time as we do the multiply
+      // because a negative number times anything will cause an
+      // unsigned overflow.  Otherwise, we have to do it here.
+      if (typeSizeMultiplier == 1)
+        hasOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLT(numElements,
+                                      llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, 0));
+
+    // Otherwise, zext up to size_t if necessary.
+    } else if (numElementsWidth < sizeWidth) {
+      numElements = CGF.Builder.CreateZExt(numElements, CGF.SizeTy);
+    }
 
-      llvm::Value *CookieSizeV
-        = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, CookieSize.getQuantity());
+    assert(numElements->getType() == CGF.SizeTy);
 
-      const llvm::Type *Types[] = { SizeTy };
-      llvm::Value *UAddF
-        = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Types, 1);
-      llvm::Value *AddRes
-        = CGF.Builder.CreateCall2(UAddF, Size, CookieSizeV);
+    size = numElements;
 
-      Size = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(AddRes, 0);
-      llvm::Value *DidOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(AddRes, 1);
-      Size = CGF.Builder.CreateSelect(DidOverflow,
-                                      llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, -1),
-                                      Size);
+    // Multiply by the type size if necessary.  This multiplier
+    // includes all the factors for nested arrays.
+    //
+    // This step also causes numElements to be scaled up by the
+    // nested-array factor if necessary.  Overflow on this computation
+    // can be ignored because the result shouldn't be used if
+    // allocation fails.
+    if (typeSizeMultiplier != 1) {
+      const llvm::Type *intrinsicTypes[] = { CGF.SizeTy };
+      llvm::Value *umul_with_overflow
+        = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow,
+                               intrinsicTypes, 1);
+
+      llvm::Value *tsmV =
+        llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, typeSizeMultiplier);
+      llvm::Value *result =
+        CGF.Builder.CreateCall2(umul_with_overflow, size, tsmV);
+
+      llvm::Value *overflowed = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(result, 1);
+      if (hasOverflow)
+        hasOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateOr(hasOverflow, overflowed);
+      else
+        hasOverflow = overflowed;
+
+      size = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(result, 0);
+
+      // Also scale up numElements by the array size multiplier.
+      if (arraySizeMultiplier != 1) {
+        // If the base element type size is 1, then we can re-use the
+        // multiply we just did.
+        if (typeSize.isOne()) {
+          assert(arraySizeMultiplier == typeSizeMultiplier);
+          numElements = size;
+
+        // Otherwise we need a separate multiply.
+        } else {
+          llvm::Value *asmV =
+            llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, arraySizeMultiplier);
+          numElements = CGF.Builder.CreateMul(numElements, asmV);
+        }
+      }
+    } else {
+      // numElements doesn't need to be scaled.
+      assert(arraySizeMultiplier == 1);
     }
+    
+    // Add in the cookie size if necessary.
+    if (cookieSize != 0) {
+      sizeWithoutCookie = size;
+
+      const llvm::Type *intrinsicTypes[] = { CGF.SizeTy };
+      llvm::Value *uadd_with_overflow
+        = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow,
+                               intrinsicTypes, 1);
+
+      llvm::Value *cookieSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.SizeTy, cookieSize);
+      llvm::Value *result =
+        CGF.Builder.CreateCall2(uadd_with_overflow, size, cookieSizeV);
+
+      llvm::Value *overflowed = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(result, 1);
+      if (hasOverflow)
+        hasOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateOr(hasOverflow, overflowed);
+      else
+        hasOverflow = overflowed;
 
-  // Otherwise use the int.umul.with.overflow intrinsic.
-  } else {
-    llvm::Value *OutermostElementSize
-      = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, TypeSize.getQuantity());
-
-    llvm::Value *NumOutermostElements = NumElements;
-
-    // Scale NumElements by the array size multiplier.  This might
-    // overflow, but only if the multiplication below also overflows,
-    // in which case this multiplication isn't used.
-    if (ArraySizeMultiplier != 1)
-      NumElements = CGF.Builder.CreateMul(NumElements,
-                         llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, ArraySizeMultiplier));
-
-    // The requested size of the outermost array is non-constant.
-    // Multiply that by the static size of the elements of that array;
-    // on unsigned overflow, set the size to -1 to trigger an
-    // exception from the allocation routine.  This is sufficient to
-    // prevent buffer overruns from the allocator returning a
-    // seemingly valid pointer to insufficient space.  This idea comes
-    // originally from MSVC, and GCC has an open bug requesting
-    // similar behavior:
-    //   http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19351
-    //
-    // This will not be sufficient for C++0x, which requires a
-    // specific exception class (std::bad_array_new_length).
-    // That will require ABI support that has not yet been specified.
-    const llvm::Type *Types[] = { SizeTy };
-    llvm::Value *UMulF
-      = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow, Types, 1);
-    llvm::Value *MulRes = CGF.Builder.CreateCall2(UMulF, NumOutermostElements,
-                                                  OutermostElementSize);
-
-    // The overflow bit.
-    llvm::Value *DidOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(MulRes, 1);
-
-    // The result of the multiplication.
-    Size = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(MulRes, 0);
-
-    // If we have a cookie, we need to add that size in, too.
-    if (!CookieSize.isZero()) {
-      SizeWithoutCookie = Size;
-
-      llvm::Value *CookieSizeV
-        = llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, CookieSize.getQuantity());
-      llvm::Value *UAddF
-        = CGF.CGM.getIntrinsic(llvm::Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow, Types, 1);
-      llvm::Value *AddRes
-        = CGF.Builder.CreateCall2(UAddF, SizeWithoutCookie, CookieSizeV);
-
-      Size = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(AddRes, 0);
-
-      llvm::Value *AddDidOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(AddRes, 1);
-      DidOverflow = CGF.Builder.CreateOr(DidOverflow, AddDidOverflow);
+      size = CGF.Builder.CreateExtractValue(result, 0);
     }
 
-    Size = CGF.Builder.CreateSelect(DidOverflow,
-                                    llvm::ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, -1),
-                                    Size);
+    // If we had any possibility of dynamic overflow, make a select to
+    // overwrite 'size' with an all-ones value, which should cause
+    // operator new to throw.
+    if (hasOverflow)
+      size = CGF.Builder.CreateSelect(hasOverflow,
+                                 llvm::Constant::getAllOnesValue(CGF.SizeTy),
+                                      size);
   }
 
-  if (CookieSize.isZero())
-    SizeWithoutCookie = Size;
+  if (cookieSize == 0)
+    sizeWithoutCookie = size;
   else
-    assert(SizeWithoutCookie && "didn't set SizeWithoutCookie?");
+    assert(sizeWithoutCookie && "didn't set sizeWithoutCookie?");
 
-  return Size;
+  return size;
 }
 
 static void StoreAnyExprIntoOneUnit(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const CXXNewExpr *E,
@@ -741,7 +790,7 @@ static void EmitNewInitializer(CodeGenFunction &CGF, const CXXNewExpr *E,
   if (E->isArray()) {
     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor()) {
       bool RequiresZeroInitialization = false;
-      if (Ctor->getParent()->hasTrivialConstructor()) {
+      if (Ctor->getParent()->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
         // If new expression did not specify value-initialization, then there
         // is no initialization.
         if (!E->hasInitializer() || Ctor->getParent()->isEmpty())
@@ -972,8 +1021,7 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
   llvm::Value *numElements = 0;
   llvm::Value *allocSizeWithoutCookie = 0;
   llvm::Value *allocSize =
-    EmitCXXNewAllocSize(getContext(), *this, E, numElements,
-                        allocSizeWithoutCookie);
+    EmitCXXNewAllocSize(*this, E, numElements, allocSizeWithoutCookie);
   
   allocatorArgs.add(RValue::get(allocSize), sizeType);
 
@@ -1007,11 +1055,19 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
     EmitCallArg(allocatorArgs, *placementArg, placementArg->getType());
   }
 
-  // Emit the allocation call.
-  RValue RV =
-    EmitCall(CGM.getTypes().getFunctionInfo(allocatorArgs, allocatorType),
-             CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(allocator), ReturnValueSlot(),
-             allocatorArgs, allocator);
+  // Emit the allocation call.  If the allocator is a global placement
+  // operator, just "inline" it directly.
+  RValue RV;
+  if (allocator->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator()) {
+    assert(allocatorArgs.size() == 2);
+    RV = allocatorArgs[1].RV;
+    // TODO: kill any unnecessary computations done for the size
+    // argument.
+  } else {
+    RV = EmitCall(CGM.getTypes().getFunctionInfo(allocatorArgs, allocatorType),
+                  CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(allocator), ReturnValueSlot(),
+                  allocatorArgs, allocator);
+  }
 
   // Emit a null check on the allocation result if the allocation
   // function is allowed to return null (because it has a non-throwing
@@ -1056,7 +1112,8 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
   // If there's an operator delete, enter a cleanup to call it if an
   // exception is thrown.
   EHScopeStack::stable_iterator operatorDeleteCleanup;
-  if (E->getOperatorDelete()) {
+  if (E->getOperatorDelete() &&
+      !E->getOperatorDelete()->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator()) {
     EnterNewDeleteCleanup(*this, E, allocation, allocSize, allocatorArgs);
     operatorDeleteCleanup = EHStack.stable_begin();
   }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
index 463b913d9285..da37bd5b0a1f 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprConstant.cpp
@@ -352,8 +352,7 @@ bool ConstStructBuilder::Build(InitListExpr *ILE) {
     if (IsMsStruct) {
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are
       // ignored:
-      if (CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((*Field), LastFD) ||
-          CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield((*Field), LastFD)) {
+      if (CGM.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield((*Field), LastFD)) {
         --FieldNo;
         continue;
       }
@@ -611,12 +610,12 @@ public:
       return llvm::ConstantPointerNull::get(cast<llvm::PointerType>(destType));
 
     case CK_IntegralCast: {
-      bool isSigned = subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+      bool isSigned = subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
       return llvm::ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, destType, isSigned);
     }
 
     case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
-      bool isSigned = subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+      bool isSigned = subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
       C = llvm::ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, CGM.IntPtrTy, isSigned);
       return llvm::ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(C, destType);
     }
@@ -626,13 +625,13 @@ public:
                              llvm::Constant::getNullValue(C->getType()));
 
     case CK_IntegralToFloating:
-      if (subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerType())
+      if (subExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         return llvm::ConstantExpr::getSIToFP(C, destType);
       else
         return llvm::ConstantExpr::getUIToFP(C, destType);
 
     case CK_FloatingToIntegral:
-      if (E->getType()->isSignedIntegerType())
+      if (E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         return llvm::ConstantExpr::getFPToSI(C, destType);
       else
         return llvm::ConstantExpr::getFPToUI(C, destType);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
index 6bcc425ce62f..dff7bf45e0c3 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGExprScalar.cpp
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ public:
 
   // Binary Operators.
   Value *EmitMul(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
-    if (Ops.Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
+    if (Ops.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
       switch (CGF.getContext().getLangOptions().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
       case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
         return Builder.CreateNSWMul(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "mul");
@@ -508,6 +508,7 @@ public:
   Value *VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E) {
     return CGF.EmitObjCStringLiteral(E);
   }
+  Value *VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *CE);
 };
 }  // end anonymous namespace.
 
@@ -568,7 +569,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
     // First, convert to the correct width so that we control the kind of
     // extension.
     const llvm::Type *MiddleTy = CGF.IntPtrTy;
-    bool InputSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerType();
+    bool InputSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
     llvm::Value* IntResult =
         Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, MiddleTy, InputSigned, "conv");
     // Then, cast to pointer.
@@ -610,7 +611,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
 
   // Finally, we have the arithmetic types: real int/float.
   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(Src->getType())) {
-    bool InputSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerType();
+    bool InputSigned = SrcType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
     if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy))
       return Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, DstTy, InputSigned, "conv");
     else if (InputSigned)
@@ -621,7 +622,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarConversion(Value *Src, QualType SrcType,
 
   assert(Src->getType()->isFloatingPointTy() && "Unknown real conversion");
   if (isa<llvm::IntegerType>(DstTy)) {
-    if (DstType->isSignedIntegerType())
+    if (DstType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
       return Builder.CreateFPToSI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
     else
       return Builder.CreateFPToUI(Src, DstTy, "conv");
@@ -758,19 +759,13 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitShuffleVectorExpr(ShuffleVectorExpr *E) {
   Value* V2 = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(1));
   
   // Handle vec3 special since the index will be off by one for the RHS.
+  const llvm::VectorType *VTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(V1->getType());
   llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 32> indices;
   for (unsigned i = 2; i < E->getNumSubExprs(); i++) {
-    llvm::Constant *C = cast<llvm::Constant>(CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getExpr(i)));
-    const llvm::VectorType *VTy = cast<llvm::VectorType>(V1->getType());
-    if (VTy->getNumElements() == 3) {
-      if (llvm::ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<llvm::ConstantInt>(C)) {
-        uint64_t cVal = CI->getZExtValue();
-        if (cVal > 3) {
-          C = llvm::ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), cVal-1);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    indices.push_back(C);
+    unsigned Idx = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(CGF.getContext(), i-2);
+    if (VTy->getNumElements() == 3 && Idx > 3)
+      Idx -= 1;
+    indices.push_back(Builder.getInt32(Idx));
   }
 
   Value *SV = llvm::ConstantVector::get(indices);
@@ -813,7 +808,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
   // integer value.
   Value *Base = Visit(E->getBase());
   Value *Idx  = Visit(E->getIdx());
-  bool IdxSigned = E->getIdx()->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+  bool IdxSigned = E->getIdx()->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
   Idx = Builder.CreateIntCast(Idx, CGF.Int32Ty, IdxSigned, "vecidxcast");
   return Builder.CreateExtractElement(Base, Idx, "vecext");
 }
@@ -1142,7 +1137,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitCastExpr(CastExpr *CE) {
     // First, convert to the correct width so that we control the kind of
     // extension.
     const llvm::Type *MiddleTy = CGF.IntPtrTy;
-    bool InputSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+    bool InputSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
     llvm::Value* IntResult =
       Builder.CreateIntCast(Src, MiddleTy, InputSigned, "conv");
 
@@ -1285,7 +1280,7 @@ ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV,
 
     // Note that signed integer inc/dec with width less than int can't
     // overflow because of promotion rules; we're just eliding a few steps here.
-    if (type->isSignedIntegerType() &&
+    if (type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() &&
         value->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >=
             CGF.CGM.IntTy->getBitWidth())
       value = EmitAddConsiderOverflowBehavior(E, value, amt, isInc);
@@ -1333,10 +1328,7 @@ ScalarExprEmitter::EmitScalarPrePostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *E, LValue LV,
     if (type->hasIntegerRepresentation()) {
       llvm::Value *amt = llvm::ConstantInt::get(value->getType(), amount);
 
-      if (type->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
-        value = EmitAddConsiderOverflowBehavior(E, value, amt, isInc);
-      else
-        value = Builder.CreateAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
+      value = Builder.CreateAdd(value, amt, isInc ? "inc" : "dec");
     } else {
       value = Builder.CreateFAdd(
                   value,
@@ -1447,7 +1439,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitOffsetOfExpr(OffsetOfExpr *E) {
       // Compute the index
       Expr *IdxExpr = E->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
       llvm::Value* Idx = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(IdxExpr);
-      bool IdxSigned = IdxExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+      bool IdxSigned = IdxExpr->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
       Idx = Builder.CreateIntCast(Idx, ResultType, IdxSigned, "conv");
 
       // Save the element type
@@ -1797,9 +1789,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
 
   // Get the overflow handler.
   const llvm::Type *Int8Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(VMContext);
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> argTypes;
-  argTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); argTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
-  argTypes.push_back(Int8Ty); argTypes.push_back(Int8Ty);
+  const llvm::Type *argTypes[] = { CGF.Int64Ty, CGF.Int64Ty, Int8Ty, Int8Ty };
   llvm::FunctionType *handlerTy =
       llvm::FunctionType::get(CGF.Int64Ty, argTypes, true);
   llvm::Value *handler = CGF.CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(handlerTy, *handlerName);
@@ -1829,7 +1819,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitOverflowCheckedBinOp(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
 
 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitAdd(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
   if (!Ops.Ty->isAnyPointerType()) {
-    if (Ops.Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
+    if (Ops.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
       switch (CGF.getContext().getLangOptions().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
       case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
         return Builder.CreateNSWAdd(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "add");
@@ -1879,7 +1869,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitAdd(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
     // Zero or sign extend the pointer value based on whether the index is
     // signed or not.
     const llvm::Type *IdxType = CGF.IntPtrTy;
-    if (IdxExp->getType()->isSignedIntegerType())
+    if (IdxExp->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
       Idx = Builder.CreateSExt(Idx, IdxType, "idx.ext");
     else
       Idx = Builder.CreateZExt(Idx, IdxType, "idx.ext");
@@ -1914,7 +1904,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitAdd(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
 
 Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitSub(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
   if (!isa<llvm::PointerType>(Ops.LHS->getType())) {
-    if (Ops.Ty->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
+    if (Ops.Ty->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) {
       switch (CGF.getContext().getLangOptions().getSignedOverflowBehavior()) {
       case LangOptions::SOB_Undefined:
         return Builder.CreateNSWSub(Ops.LHS, Ops.RHS, "sub");
@@ -1954,7 +1944,7 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::EmitSub(const BinOpInfo &Ops) {
       // Zero or sign extend the pointer value based on whether the index is
       // signed or not.
       const llvm::Type *IdxType = CGF.IntPtrTy;
-      if (BinOp->getRHS()->getType()->isSignedIntegerType())
+      if (BinOp->getRHS()->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         Idx = Builder.CreateSExt(Idx, IdxType, "idx.ext");
       else
         Idx = Builder.CreateZExt(Idx, IdxType, "idx.ext");
@@ -2556,6 +2546,56 @@ Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *block) {
   return CGF.EmitBlockLiteral(block);
 }
 
+Value *ScalarExprEmitter::VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *E) {
+  Value *Src  = CGF.EmitScalarExpr(E->getSrcExpr());
+  const llvm::Type * DstTy = ConvertType(E->getDstType());
+  
+  // Going from vec4->vec3 or vec3->vec4 is a special case and requires
+  // a shuffle vector instead of a bitcast.
+  const llvm::Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
+  if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy) && isa<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)) {
+    unsigned numElementsDst = cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getNumElements();
+    unsigned numElementsSrc = cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)->getNumElements();
+    if ((numElementsDst == 3 && numElementsSrc == 4) 
+        || (numElementsDst == 4 && numElementsSrc == 3)) {
+      
+      
+      // In the case of going from int4->float3, a bitcast is needed before
+      // doing a shuffle.
+      const llvm::Type *srcElemTy = 
+      cast<llvm::VectorType>(SrcTy)->getElementType();
+      const llvm::Type *dstElemTy = 
+      cast<llvm::VectorType>(DstTy)->getElementType();
+      
+      if ((srcElemTy->isIntegerTy() && dstElemTy->isFloatTy())
+          || (srcElemTy->isFloatTy() && dstElemTy->isIntegerTy())) {
+        // Create a float type of the same size as the source or destination.
+        const llvm::VectorType *newSrcTy = llvm::VectorType::get(dstElemTy,
+                                                                 numElementsSrc);
+        
+        Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, newSrcTy, "astypeCast");
+      }
+      
+      llvm::Value *UnV = llvm::UndefValue::get(Src->getType());
+      
+      llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Constant*, 3> Args;
+      Args.push_back(Builder.getInt32(0));
+      Args.push_back(Builder.getInt32(1));
+      Args.push_back(Builder.getInt32(2));
+ 
+      if (numElementsDst == 4)
+        Args.push_back(llvm::UndefValue::get(
+                                             llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(CGF.getLLVMContext())));
+      
+      llvm::Constant *Mask = llvm::ConstantVector::get(Args);
+      
+      return Builder.CreateShuffleVector(Src, UnV, Mask, "astype");
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return Builder.CreateBitCast(Src, DstTy, "astype");
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //                         Entry Point into this File
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjC.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjC.cpp
index 5b0d41e776f2..fa42cd1f36ab 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjC.cpp
@@ -47,6 +47,23 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCProtocolExpr(const ObjCProtocolExpr *E) {
   return CGM.getObjCRuntime().GenerateProtocolRef(Builder, E->getProtocol());
 }
 
+/// \brief Adjust the type of the result of an Objective-C message send 
+/// expression when the method has a related result type.
+static RValue AdjustRelatedResultType(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                      const Expr *E,
+                                      const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                      RValue Result) {
+  if (!Method)
+    return Result;
+  if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType() ||
+      CGF.getContext().hasSameType(E->getType(), Method->getResultType()) ||
+      !Result.isScalar())
+    return Result;
+  
+  // We have applied a related result type. Cast the rvalue appropriately.
+  return RValue::get(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Result.getScalarVal(),
+                                               CGF.ConvertType(E->getType())));
+}
 
 RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E,
                                             ReturnValueSlot Return) {
@@ -59,15 +76,17 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E,
   bool isClassMessage = false;
   ObjCInterfaceDecl *OID = 0;
   // Find the receiver
+  QualType ReceiverType;
   llvm::Value *Receiver = 0;
   switch (E->getReceiverKind()) {
   case ObjCMessageExpr::Instance:
     Receiver = EmitScalarExpr(E->getInstanceReceiver());
+    ReceiverType = E->getInstanceReceiver()->getType();
     break;
 
   case ObjCMessageExpr::Class: {
-    const ObjCObjectType *ObjTy
-      = E->getClassReceiver()->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
+    ReceiverType = E->getClassReceiver();
+    const ObjCObjectType *ObjTy = ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
     assert(ObjTy && "Invalid Objective-C class message send");
     OID = ObjTy->getInterface();
     assert(OID && "Invalid Objective-C class message send");
@@ -77,11 +96,13 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E,
   }
 
   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance:
+    ReceiverType = E->getSuperType();
     Receiver = LoadObjCSelf();
     isSuperMessage = true;
     break;
 
   case ObjCMessageExpr::SuperClass:
+    ReceiverType = E->getSuperType();
     Receiver = LoadObjCSelf();
     isSuperMessage = true;
     isClassMessage = true;
@@ -94,31 +115,35 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitObjCMessageExpr(const ObjCMessageExpr *E,
   QualType ResultType =
     E->getMethodDecl() ? E->getMethodDecl()->getResultType() : E->getType();
 
+  RValue result;
   if (isSuperMessage) {
     // super is only valid in an Objective-C method
     const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurFuncDecl);
     bool isCategoryImpl = isa<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(OMD->getDeclContext());
-    return Runtime.GenerateMessageSendSuper(*this, Return, ResultType,
-                                            E->getSelector(),
-                                            OMD->getClassInterface(),
-                                            isCategoryImpl,
-                                            Receiver,
-                                            isClassMessage,
-                                            Args,
-                                            E->getMethodDecl());
+    result = Runtime.GenerateMessageSendSuper(*this, Return, ResultType,
+                                              E->getSelector(),
+                                              OMD->getClassInterface(),
+                                              isCategoryImpl,
+                                              Receiver,
+                                              isClassMessage,
+                                              Args,
+                                              E->getMethodDecl());
+  } else {
+    result = Runtime.GenerateMessageSend(*this, Return, ResultType,
+                                         E->getSelector(),
+                                         Receiver, Args, OID,
+                                         E->getMethodDecl());
   }
-
-  return Runtime.GenerateMessageSend(*this, Return, ResultType,
-                                     E->getSelector(),
-                                     Receiver, Args, OID,
-                                     E->getMethodDecl());
+  
+  return AdjustRelatedResultType(*this, E, E->getMethodDecl(), result);
 }
 
 /// StartObjCMethod - Begin emission of an ObjCMethod. This generates
 /// the LLVM function and sets the other context used by
 /// CodeGenFunction.
 void CodeGenFunction::StartObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD,
-                                      const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) {
+                                      const ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
+                                      SourceLocation StartLoc) {
   FunctionArgList args;
   // Check if we should generate debug info for this method.
   if (CGM.getModuleDebugInfo() && !OMD->hasAttr<NoDebugAttr>())
@@ -138,7 +163,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::StartObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD,
 
   CurGD = OMD;
 
-  StartFunction(OMD, OMD->getResultType(), Fn, FI, args, OMD->getLocStart());
+  StartFunction(OMD, OMD->getResultType(), Fn, FI, args, StartLoc);
 }
 
 void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCGetterBody(ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, 
@@ -151,16 +176,14 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCGetterBody(ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar,
   // objc_copyStruct (ReturnValue, &structIvar, 
   //                  sizeof (Type of Ivar), isAtomic, false);
   CallArgList Args;
-  RValue RV = RValue::get(Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnValue,
-                                                Types.ConvertType(getContext().VoidPtrTy)));
+  RValue RV = RValue::get(Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnValue, VoidPtrTy));
   Args.add(RV, getContext().VoidPtrTy);
-  RV = RValue::get(Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.getAddress(),
-                                         Types.ConvertType(getContext().VoidPtrTy)));
+  RV = RValue::get(Builder.CreateBitCast(LV.getAddress(), VoidPtrTy));
   Args.add(RV, getContext().VoidPtrTy);
   // sizeof (Type of Ivar)
   CharUnits Size =  getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ivar->getType());
   llvm::Value *SizeVal =
-  llvm::ConstantInt::get(Types.ConvertType(getContext().LongTy), 
+  llvm::ConstantInt::get(Types.ConvertType(getContext().LongTy),
                          Size.getQuantity());
   Args.add(RValue::get(SizeVal), getContext().LongTy);
   llvm::Value *isAtomic =
@@ -179,7 +202,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCGetterBody(ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar,
 /// Generate an Objective-C method.  An Objective-C method is a C function with
 /// its pointer, name, and types registered in the class struture.
 void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD) {
-  StartObjCMethod(OMD, OMD->getClassInterface());
+  StartObjCMethod(OMD, OMD->getClassInterface(), OMD->getLocStart());
   EmitStmt(OMD->getBody());
   FinishFunction(OMD->getBodyRBrace());
 }
@@ -199,7 +222,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCGetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
     !(PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic);
   ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PD->getGetterMethodDecl();
   assert(OMD && "Invalid call to generate getter (empty method)");
-  StartObjCMethod(OMD, IMP->getClassInterface());
+  StartObjCMethod(OMD, IMP->getClassInterface(), PID->getLocStart());
   
   // Determine if we should use an objc_getProperty call for
   // this. Non-atomic properties are directly evaluated.
@@ -292,7 +315,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCGetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
         const CXXRecordDecl *classDecl = IVART->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
         
         if (PID->getGetterCXXConstructor() &&
-            classDecl && !classDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) {
+            classDecl && !classDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
           ReturnStmt *Stmt = 
             new (getContext()) ReturnStmt(SourceLocation(), 
                                           PID->getGetterCXXConstructor(),
@@ -398,7 +421,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCSetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
   const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PID->getPropertyDecl();
   ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PD->getSetterMethodDecl();
   assert(OMD && "Invalid call to generate setter (empty method)");
-  StartObjCMethod(OMD, IMP->getClassInterface());
+  StartObjCMethod(OMD, IMP->getClassInterface(), PID->getLocStart());
   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getContext().Target.getTriple();
   QualType IVART = Ivar->getType();
   bool IsCopy = PD->getSetterKind() == ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy;
@@ -496,7 +519,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCSetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
     }
     else {
       // FIXME: Find a clean way to avoid AST node creation.
-      SourceLocation Loc = PD->getLocation();
+      SourceLocation Loc = PID->getLocStart();
       ValueDecl *Self = OMD->getSelfDecl();
       ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = PID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
       DeclRefExpr Base(Self, Self->getType(), VK_RValue, Loc);
@@ -618,7 +641,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateObjCCtorDtorMethod(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
                                                  ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
                                                  bool ctor) {
   MD->createImplicitParams(CGM.getContext(), IMP->getClassInterface());
-  StartObjCMethod(MD, IMP->getClassInterface());
+  StartObjCMethod(MD, IMP->getClassInterface(), MD->getLocStart());
 
   // Emit .cxx_construct.
   if (ctor) {
@@ -712,26 +735,31 @@ RValue CodeGenFunction::EmitLoadOfPropertyRefLValue(LValue LV,
   const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E = LV.getPropertyRefExpr();
   QualType ResultType = E->getGetterResultType();
   Selector S;
+  const ObjCMethodDecl *method;
   if (E->isExplicitProperty()) {
     const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = E->getExplicitProperty();
     S = Property->getGetterName();
+    method = Property->getGetterMethodDecl();
   } else {
-    const ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = E->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
-    S = Getter->getSelector();
+    method = E->getImplicitPropertyGetter();
+    S = method->getSelector();
   }
 
   llvm::Value *Receiver = LV.getPropertyRefBaseAddr();
 
   // Accesses to 'super' follow a different code path.
   if (E->isSuperReceiver())
-    return GenerateMessageSendSuper(*this, Return, ResultType,
-                                    S, Receiver, CallArgList());
-
+    return AdjustRelatedResultType(*this, E, method,
+                                   GenerateMessageSendSuper(*this, Return, 
+                                                            ResultType,
+                                                            S, Receiver, 
+                                                            CallArgList()));
   const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ReceiverClass
     = (E->isClassReceiver() ? E->getClassReceiver() : 0);
-  return CGM.getObjCRuntime().
-             GenerateMessageSend(*this, Return, ResultType, S,
-                                 Receiver, CallArgList(), ReceiverClass);
+  return AdjustRelatedResultType(*this, E, method,
+                                 CGM.getObjCRuntime().
+                 GenerateMessageSend(*this, Return, ResultType, S,
+                                     Receiver, CallArgList(), ReceiverClass));
 }
 
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitStoreThroughPropertyRefLValue(RValue Src,
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
index c4dc4c41da6d..f0993c5dadbb 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCGNU.cpp
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ class LazyRuntimeFunction {
   CodeGenModule *CGM;
   std::vector<const llvm::Type*> ArgTys;
   const char *FunctionName;
-  llvm::Function *Function;
+  llvm::Constant *Function;
   public:
     /// Constructor leaves this class uninitialized, because it is intended to
     /// be used as a field in another class and not all of the types that are
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ class LazyRuntimeFunction {
    }
    /// Overloaded cast operator, allows the class to be implicitly cast to an
    /// LLVM constant.
-   operator llvm::Function*() {
+   operator llvm::Constant*() {
      if (!Function) {
        if (0 == FunctionName) return 0;
        // We put the return type on the end of the vector, so pop it back off
@@ -86,13 +86,17 @@ class LazyRuntimeFunction {
        ArgTys.pop_back();
        llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(RetTy, ArgTys, false);
        Function =
-         cast<llvm::Function>(CGM->CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, FunctionName));
+         cast<llvm::Constant>(CGM->CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, FunctionName));
        // We won't need to use the types again, so we may as well clean up the
        // vector now
        ArgTys.resize(0);
      }
      return Function;
    }
+   operator llvm::Function*() {
+     return cast<llvm::Function>((llvm::Constant*)*this);
+   }
+
 };
 
 
@@ -314,7 +318,7 @@ private:
 
   /// The version of the runtime that this class targets.  Must match the
   /// version in the runtime.
-  const int RuntimeVersion;
+  int RuntimeVersion;
   /// The version of the protocol class.  Used to differentiate between ObjC1
   /// and ObjC2 protocols.  Objective-C 1 protocols can not contain optional
   /// components and can not contain declared properties.  We always emit
@@ -444,10 +448,10 @@ public:
                                            const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD);
   virtual void GenerateProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD);
   virtual llvm::Function *ModuleInitFunction();
-  virtual llvm::Function *GetPropertyGetFunction();
-  virtual llvm::Function *GetPropertySetFunction();
-  virtual llvm::Function *GetSetStructFunction();
-  virtual llvm::Function *GetGetStructFunction();
+  virtual llvm::Constant *GetPropertyGetFunction();
+  virtual llvm::Constant *GetPropertySetFunction();
+  virtual llvm::Constant *GetSetStructFunction();
+  virtual llvm::Constant *GetGetStructFunction();
   virtual llvm::Constant *EnumerationMutationFunction();
 
   virtual void EmitTryStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
@@ -484,6 +488,10 @@ public:
                                              const CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) {
     return NULLPtr;
   }
+  
+  virtual llvm::GlobalVariable *GetClassGlobal(const std::string &Name) {
+    return 0;
+  }
 };
 /// Class representing the legacy GCC Objective-C ABI.  This is the default when
 /// -fobjc-nonfragile-abi is not specified.
@@ -654,7 +662,6 @@ CGObjCGNU::CGObjCGNU(CodeGenModule &cgm, unsigned runtimeABIVersion,
   : CGM(cgm), TheModule(CGM.getModule()), VMContext(cgm.getLLVMContext()),
   ClassPtrAlias(0), MetaClassPtrAlias(0), RuntimeVersion(runtimeABIVersion),
   ProtocolVersion(protocolClassVersion) {
-    
 
   msgSendMDKind = VMContext.getMDKindID("GNUObjCMessageSend");
 
@@ -729,14 +736,16 @@ CGObjCGNU::CGObjCGNU(CodeGenModule &cgm, unsigned runtimeABIVersion,
       PtrDiffTy, BoolTy, BoolTy, NULL);
 
   // IMP type
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> IMPArgs;
-  IMPArgs.push_back(IdTy);
-  IMPArgs.push_back(SelectorTy);
+  const llvm::Type *IMPArgs[] = { IdTy, SelectorTy };
   IMPTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(llvm::FunctionType::get(IdTy, IMPArgs,
               true));
 
   // Don't bother initialising the GC stuff unless we're compiling in GC mode
   if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
+    // This is a bit of an hack.  We should sort this out by having a proper
+    // CGObjCGNUstep subclass for GC, but we may want to really support the old
+    // ABI and GC added in ObjectiveC2.framework, so we fudge it a bit for now
+    RuntimeVersion = 10;
     // Get selectors needed in GC mode
     RetainSel = GetNullarySelector("retain", CGM.getContext());
     ReleaseSel = GetNullarySelector("release", CGM.getContext());
@@ -775,11 +784,8 @@ llvm::Value *CGObjCGNU::GetClass(CGBuilderTy &Builder,
   EmitClassRef(OID->getNameAsString());
   ClassName = Builder.CreateStructGEP(ClassName, 0);
 
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params(1, PtrToInt8Ty);
   llvm::Constant *ClassLookupFn =
-    CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(IdTy,
-                                                      Params,
-                                                      true),
+    CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(IdTy, PtrToInt8Ty, true),
                               "objc_lookup_class");
   return Builder.CreateCall(ClassLookupFn, ClassName);
 }
@@ -945,16 +951,17 @@ CGObjCGNU::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                     bool IsClassMessage,
                                     const CallArgList &CallArgs,
                                     const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
-  if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
+  CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
+  if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::GCOnly) {
     if (Sel == RetainSel || Sel == AutoreleaseSel) {
-      return RValue::get(Receiver);
+      return RValue::get(EnforceType(Builder, Receiver,
+                  CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(ResultType)));
     }
     if (Sel == ReleaseSel) {
       return RValue::get(0);
     }
   }
 
-  CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
   llvm::Value *cmd = GetSelector(Builder, Sel);
 
 
@@ -971,14 +978,12 @@ CGObjCGNU::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
   llvm::Value *ReceiverClass = 0;
   if (isCategoryImpl) {
     llvm::Constant *classLookupFunction = 0;
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(PtrTy);
     if (IsClassMessage)  {
       classLookupFunction = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(
-            IdTy, Params, true), "objc_get_meta_class");
+            IdTy, PtrTy, true), "objc_get_meta_class");
     } else {
       classLookupFunction = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(
-            IdTy, Params, true), "objc_get_class");
+            IdTy, PtrTy, true), "objc_get_class");
     }
     ReceiverClass = Builder.CreateCall(classLookupFunction,
         MakeConstantString(Class->getNameAsString()));
@@ -1052,18 +1057,19 @@ CGObjCGNU::GenerateMessageSend(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                const CallArgList &CallArgs,
                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class,
                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
+  CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
+
   // Strip out message sends to retain / release in GC mode
-  if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
+  if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::GCOnly) {
     if (Sel == RetainSel || Sel == AutoreleaseSel) {
-      return RValue::get(Receiver);
+      return RValue::get(EnforceType(Builder, Receiver,
+                  CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(ResultType)));
     }
     if (Sel == ReleaseSel) {
       return RValue::get(0);
     }
   }
 
-  CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
-
   // If the return type is something that goes in an integer register, the
   // runtime will handle 0 returns.  For other cases, we fill in the 0 value
   // ourselves.
@@ -2127,7 +2133,9 @@ llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::ModuleInitFunction() {
   // The symbol table is contained in a module which has some version-checking
   // constants
   llvm::StructType * ModuleTy = llvm::StructType::get(VMContext, LongTy, LongTy,
-      PtrToInt8Ty, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SymTabTy), NULL);
+      PtrToInt8Ty, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(SymTabTy), 
+      (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC) ? NULL : IntTy,
+      NULL);
   Elements.clear();
   // Runtime version, used for ABI compatibility checking.
   Elements.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::get(LongTy, RuntimeVersion));
@@ -2144,8 +2152,17 @@ llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::ModuleInitFunction() {
   std::string path =
     std::string(mainFile->getDir()->getName()) + '/' + mainFile->getName();
   Elements.push_back(MakeConstantString(path, ".objc_source_file_name"));
-
   Elements.push_back(SymTab);
+
+  switch (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode()) {
+    case LangOptions::GCOnly:
+        Elements.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, 2));
+    case LangOptions::NonGC:
+        break;
+    case LangOptions::HybridGC:
+        Elements.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, 1));
+  }
+
   llvm::Value *Module = MakeGlobal(ModuleTy, Elements);
 
   // Create the load function calling the runtime entry point with the module
@@ -2159,10 +2176,10 @@ llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::ModuleInitFunction() {
   CGBuilderTy Builder(VMContext);
   Builder.SetInsertPoint(EntryBB);
 
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params(1,
-      llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ModuleTy));
-  llvm::Value *Register = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(
-        llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), Params, true), "__objc_exec_class");
+  llvm::FunctionType *FT =
+    llvm::FunctionType::get(Builder.getVoidTy(),
+                            llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ModuleTy), true);
+  llvm::Value *Register = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FT, "__objc_exec_class");
   Builder.CreateCall(Register, Module);
   Builder.CreateRetVoid();
 
@@ -2192,18 +2209,18 @@ llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::GenerateMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD,
   return Method;
 }
 
-llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::GetPropertyGetFunction() {
+llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GetPropertyGetFunction() {
   return GetPropertyFn;
 }
 
-llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::GetPropertySetFunction() {
+llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GetPropertySetFunction() {
   return SetPropertyFn;
 }
 
-llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::GetGetStructFunction() {
+llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GetGetStructFunction() {
   return GetStructPropertyFn;
 }
-llvm::Function *CGObjCGNU::GetSetStructFunction() {
+llvm::Constant *CGObjCGNU::GetSetStructFunction() {
   return SetStructPropertyFn;
 }
 
@@ -2273,7 +2290,7 @@ void CGObjCGNU::EmitThrowStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
 llvm::Value * CGObjCGNU::EmitObjCWeakRead(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                           llvm::Value *AddrWeakObj) {
   CGBuilderTy B = CGF.Builder;
-  AddrWeakObj = EnforceType(B, AddrWeakObj, IdTy);
+  AddrWeakObj = EnforceType(B, AddrWeakObj, PtrToIdTy);
   return B.CreateCall(WeakReadFn, AddrWeakObj);
 }
 
@@ -2303,7 +2320,7 @@ void CGObjCGNU::EmitObjCIvarAssign(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                    llvm::Value *ivarOffset) {
   CGBuilderTy B = CGF.Builder;
   src = EnforceType(B, src, IdTy);
-  dst = EnforceType(B, dst, PtrToIdTy);
+  dst = EnforceType(B, dst, IdTy);
   B.CreateCall3(IvarAssignFn, src, dst, ivarOffset);
 }
 
@@ -2320,8 +2337,8 @@ void CGObjCGNU::EmitGCMemmoveCollectable(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                          llvm::Value *SrcPtr,
                                          llvm::Value *Size) {
   CGBuilderTy B = CGF.Builder;
-  DestPtr = EnforceType(B, DestPtr, IdTy);
-  SrcPtr = EnforceType(B, SrcPtr, PtrToIdTy);
+  DestPtr = EnforceType(B, DestPtr, PtrTy);
+  SrcPtr = EnforceType(B, SrcPtr, PtrTy);
 
   B.CreateCall3(MemMoveFn, DestPtr, SrcPtr, Size);
 }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
index 2b1cfe3da5bd..8c3e9a36e307 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCMac.cpp
@@ -43,18 +43,6 @@ using namespace clang;
 using namespace CodeGen;
 
 
-static void EmitNullReturnInitialization(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-                                         ReturnValueSlot &returnSlot,
-                                         QualType resultType) {
-  // Force the return slot to exist.
-  if (!returnSlot.getValue())
-    returnSlot = ReturnValueSlot(CGF.CreateMemTemp(resultType), false);
-  CGF.EmitNullInitialization(returnSlot.getValue(), resultType);
-}
-
-
-///
-
 namespace {
 
 typedef std::vector<llvm::Constant*> ConstantVector;
@@ -67,89 +55,89 @@ protected:
   llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext;
 
 private:
+  // The types of these functions don't really matter because we
+  // should always bitcast before calling them.
+
+  /// id objc_msgSend (id, SEL, ...)
+  /// 
+  /// The default messenger, used for sends whose ABI is unchanged from
+  /// the all-integer/pointer case.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendFn() const {
-    // id objc_msgSend (id, SEL, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
-    return
-      CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                        Params, true),
-                                "objc_msgSend");
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
+                                                             params, true),
+                                     "objc_msgSend");
   }
 
+  /// void objc_msgSend_stret (id, SEL, ...)
+  ///
+  /// The messenger used when the return value is an aggregate returned
+  /// by indirect reference in the first argument, and therefore the
+  /// self and selector parameters are shifted over by one.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendStretFn() const {
-    // id objc_msgSend_stret (id, SEL, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
-    return
-      CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                                                        Params, true),
-                                "objc_msgSend_stret");
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy,
+                                                             params, true),
+                                     "objc_msgSend_stret");
 
   }
 
+  /// [double | long double] objc_msgSend_fpret(id self, SEL op, ...)
+  ///
+  /// The messenger used when the return value is returned on the x87
+  /// floating-point stack; without a special entrypoint, the nil case
+  /// would be unbalanced.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendFpretFn() const {
-    // FIXME: This should be long double on x86_64?
-    // [double | long double] objc_msgSend_fpret(id self, SEL op, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
-    return
-      CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(
                                              llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(VMContext),
-                                                        Params,
-                                                        true),
-                                "objc_msgSend_fpret");
+                                                        params, true),
+                                     "objc_msgSend_fpret");
 
   }
 
+  /// id objc_msgSendSuper(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
+  ///
+  /// The messenger used for super calls, which have different dispatch
+  /// semantics.  The class passed is the superclass of the current
+  /// class.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuperFn() const {
-    // id objc_msgSendSuper(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
-    const char *SuperName = "objc_msgSendSuper";
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, true),
-                                     SuperName);
+                                                             params, true),
+                                     "objc_msgSendSuper");
   }
 
+  /// id objc_msgSendSuper2(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
+  ///
+  /// A slightly different messenger used for super calls.  The class
+  /// passed is the current class.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuperFn2() const {
-    // id objc_msgSendSuper2(struct objc_super *super, SEL op, ...)
-    const char *SuperName = "objc_msgSendSuper2";
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, true),
-                                     SuperName);
+                                                             params, true),
+                                     "objc_msgSendSuper2");
   }
 
+  /// void objc_msgSendSuper_stret(void *stretAddr, struct objc_super *super,
+  ///                              SEL op, ...)
+  ///
+  /// The messenger used for super calls which return an aggregate indirectly.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuperStretFn() const {
-    // void objc_msgSendSuper_stret(void * stretAddr, struct objc_super *super,
-    //                              SEL op, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy, SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                              Params, true),
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, true),
       "objc_msgSendSuper_stret");
   }
 
+  /// void objc_msgSendSuper2_stret(void * stretAddr, struct objc_super *super,
+  ///                               SEL op, ...)
+  ///
+  /// objc_msgSendSuper_stret with the super2 semantics.
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuperStretFn2() const {
-    // void objc_msgSendSuper2_stret(void * stretAddr, struct objc_super *super,
-    //                               SEL op, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy, SuperPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                              Params, true),
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, true),
       "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret");
   }
 
@@ -282,107 +270,97 @@ public:
   /// GcReadWeakFn -- LLVM objc_read_weak (id *src) function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcReadWeakFn() {
     // id objc_read_weak (id *)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args;
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_read_weak");
   }
 
   /// GcAssignWeakFn -- LLVM objc_assign_weak function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcAssignWeakFn() {
     // id objc_assign_weak (id, id *)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_weak");
   }
 
   /// GcAssignGlobalFn -- LLVM objc_assign_global function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcAssignGlobalFn() {
     // id objc_assign_global(id, id *)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_global");
   }
 
   /// GcAssignThreadLocalFn -- LLVM objc_assign_threadlocal function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcAssignThreadLocalFn() {
     // id objc_assign_threadlocal(id src, id * dest)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-    llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_threadlocal");
   }
   
   /// GcAssignIvarFn -- LLVM objc_assign_ivar function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcAssignIvarFn() {
     // id objc_assign_ivar(id, id *, ptrdiff_t)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
-    Args.push_back(LongTy);
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo(),
+                                 CGM.PtrDiffTy };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_ivar");
   }
 
   /// GcMemmoveCollectableFn -- LLVM objc_memmove_collectable function.
   llvm::Constant *GcMemmoveCollectableFn() {
     // void *objc_memmove_collectable(void *dst, const void *src, size_t size)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, Int8PtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(LongTy);
-    llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(Int8PtrTy, Args, false);
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, LongTy };
+    llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(Int8PtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_memmove_collectable");
   }
 
   /// GcAssignStrongCastFn -- LLVM objc_assign_strongCast function.
   llvm::Constant *getGcAssignStrongCastFn() {
     // id objc_assign_strongCast(id, id *)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
-    Args.push_back(ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo());
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy->getPointerTo() };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_assign_strongCast");
   }
 
   /// ExceptionThrowFn - LLVM objc_exception_throw function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionThrowFn() {
     // void objc_exception_throw(id)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_exception_throw");
   }
 
   /// ExceptionRethrowFn - LLVM objc_exception_rethrow function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionRethrowFn() {
     // void objc_exception_rethrow(void)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args;
-    llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), Args, false);
+    llvm::FunctionType *FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_exception_rethrow");
   }
   
   /// SyncEnterFn - LLVM object_sync_enter function.
   llvm::Constant *getSyncEnterFn() {
     // void objc_sync_enter (id)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_sync_enter");
   }
 
   /// SyncExitFn - LLVM object_sync_exit function.
   llvm::Constant *getSyncExitFn() {
     // void objc_sync_exit (id)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, ObjectPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *args[] = { ObjectPtrTy };
     llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), Args, false);
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, args, false);
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "objc_sync_exit");
   }
 
@@ -474,55 +452,44 @@ public:
 
   /// ExceptionTryEnterFn - LLVM objc_exception_try_enter function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionTryEnterFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ExceptionDataTy));
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                              Params, false),
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, false),
       "objc_exception_try_enter");
   }
 
   /// ExceptionTryExitFn - LLVM objc_exception_try_exit function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionTryExitFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ExceptionDataTy));
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                              Params, false),
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, params, false),
       "objc_exception_try_exit");
   }
 
   /// ExceptionExtractFn - LLVM objc_exception_extract function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionExtractFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ExceptionDataTy));
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ExceptionDataTy->getPointerTo() };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, false),
+                                                             params, false),
                                      "objc_exception_extract");
-
   }
 
   /// ExceptionMatchFn - LLVM objc_exception_match function.
   llvm::Constant *getExceptionMatchFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ClassPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ClassPtrTy, ObjectPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(
-      llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext),
-                              Params, false),
+      llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.Int32Ty, params, false),
       "objc_exception_match");
 
   }
 
   /// SetJmpFn - LLVM _setjmp function.
   llvm::Constant *getSetJmpFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt32PtrTy(VMContext));
-    return
-      CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext),
-                                                        Params, false),
-                                "_setjmp");
-
+    // This is specifically the prototype for x86.
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { CGM.Int32Ty->getPointerTo() };
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.Int32Ty,
+                                                             params, false),
+                                     "_setjmp");
   }
 
 public:
@@ -608,68 +575,56 @@ public:
 
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendFixupFn() {
     // id objc_msgSend_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(MessageRefPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, true),
+                                                             params, true),
                                      "objc_msgSend_fixup");
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendFpretFixupFn() {
     // id objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(MessageRefPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, true),
+                                                             params, true),
                                      "objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup");
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendStretFixupFn() {
     // id objc_msgSend_stret_fixup(id, struct message_ref_t*, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(MessageRefPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, MessageRefPtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                             Params, true),
+                                                             params, true),
                                      "objc_msgSend_stret_fixup");
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuper2FixupFn() {
     // id objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup (struct objc_super *,
     //                              struct _super_message_ref_t*, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SuperMessageRefPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SuperMessageRefPtrTy };
     return  CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                              Params, true),
+                                                              params, true),
                                       "objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup");
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getMessageSendSuper2StretFixupFn() {
     // id objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup(struct objc_super *,
     //                                   struct _super_message_ref_t*, ...)
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(SuperPtrTy);
-    Params.push_back(SuperMessageRefPtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { SuperPtrTy, SuperMessageRefPtrTy };
     return  CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy,
-                                                              Params, true),
+                                                              params, true),
                                       "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup");
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getObjCEndCatchFn() {
-    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext),
-                                                             false),
+    return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.VoidTy, false),
                                      "objc_end_catch");
 
   }
 
   llvm::Constant *getObjCBeginCatchFn() {
-    std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-    Params.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
+    const llvm::Type *params[] = { Int8PtrTy };
     return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(llvm::FunctionType::get(Int8PtrTy,
-                                                             Params, false),
+                                                             params, false),
                                      "objc_begin_catch");
   }
 
@@ -865,16 +820,16 @@ protected:
                                           unsigned Align,
                                           bool AddToUsed);
 
-  CodeGen::RValue EmitLegacyMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-                                        ReturnValueSlot Return,
-                                        QualType ResultType,
-                                        llvm::Value *Sel,
-                                        llvm::Value *Arg0,
-                                        QualType Arg0Ty,
-                                        bool IsSuper,
-                                        const CallArgList &CallArgs,
-                                        const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD,
-                                        const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes);
+  CodeGen::RValue EmitMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                  ReturnValueSlot Return,
+                                  QualType ResultType,
+                                  llvm::Value *Sel,
+                                  llvm::Value *Arg0,
+                                  QualType Arg0Ty,
+                                  bool IsSuper,
+                                  const CallArgList &CallArgs,
+                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD,
+                                  const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes);
 
   /// EmitImageInfo - Emit the image info marker used to encode some module
   /// level information.
@@ -1093,6 +1048,13 @@ public:
   virtual llvm::Value *EmitIvarOffset(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                       const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface,
                                       const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar);
+  
+  /// GetClassGlobal - Return the global variable for the Objective-C
+  /// class of the given name.
+  virtual llvm::GlobalVariable *GetClassGlobal(const std::string &Name) {
+    assert(false && "CGObjCMac::GetClassGlobal");
+    return 0;
+  }
 };
 
 class CGObjCNonFragileABIMac : public CGObjCCommonMac {
@@ -1110,16 +1072,16 @@ private:
   /// EHTypeReferences - uniqued class ehtype references.
   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, llvm::GlobalVariable*> EHTypeReferences;
 
-  /// NonLegacyDispatchMethods - List of methods for which we do *not* generate
-  /// legacy messaging dispatch.
-  llvm::DenseSet<Selector> NonLegacyDispatchMethods;
+  /// VTableDispatchMethods - List of methods for which we generate
+  /// vtable-based message dispatch.
+  llvm::DenseSet<Selector> VTableDispatchMethods;
 
   /// DefinedMetaClasses - List of defined meta-classes.
   std::vector<llvm::GlobalValue*> DefinedMetaClasses;
   
-  /// LegacyDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is not in the list of
-  /// NonLegacyDispatchMethods; false otherwise.
-  bool LegacyDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel);
+  /// isVTableDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is a
+  /// vtable-based selector.
+  bool isVTableDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel);
 
   /// FinishNonFragileABIModule - Write out global data structures at the end of
   /// processing a translation unit.
@@ -1178,20 +1140,20 @@ private:
                                    ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator begin,
                                    ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator end);
 
-  CodeGen::RValue EmitMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-                                  ReturnValueSlot Return,
-                                  QualType ResultType,
-                                  Selector Sel,
-                                  llvm::Value *Receiver,
-                                  QualType Arg0Ty,
-                                  bool IsSuper,
-                                  const CallArgList &CallArgs,
-                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
-
+  CodeGen::RValue EmitVTableMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                        ReturnValueSlot Return,
+                                        QualType ResultType,
+                                        Selector Sel,
+                                        llvm::Value *Receiver,
+                                        QualType Arg0Ty,
+                                        bool IsSuper,
+                                        const CallArgList &CallArgs,
+                                        const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
+  
   /// GetClassGlobal - Return the global variable for the Objective-C
   /// class of the given name.
   llvm::GlobalVariable *GetClassGlobal(const std::string &Name);
-
+    
   /// EmitClassRef - Return a Value*, of type ObjCTypes.ClassPtrTy,
   /// for the given class reference.
   llvm::Value *EmitClassRef(CGBuilderTy &Builder,
@@ -1347,6 +1309,46 @@ public:
                                       const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar);
 };
 
+/// A helper class for performing the null-initialization of a return
+/// value.
+struct NullReturnState {
+  llvm::BasicBlock *NullBB;
+
+  NullReturnState() : NullBB(0) {}
+
+  void init(CodeGenFunction &CGF, llvm::Value *receiver) {
+    // Make blocks for the null-init and call edges.
+    NullBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.nullinit");
+    llvm::BasicBlock *callBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.call");
+
+    // Check for a null receiver and, if there is one, jump to the
+    // null-init test.
+    llvm::Value *isNull = CGF.Builder.CreateIsNull(receiver);
+    CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(isNull, NullBB, callBB);
+
+    // Otherwise, start performing the call.
+    CGF.EmitBlock(callBB);
+  }
+
+  RValue complete(CodeGenFunction &CGF, RValue result, QualType resultType) {
+    if (!NullBB) return result;
+
+    // Finish the call path.
+    llvm::BasicBlock *contBB = CGF.createBasicBlock("msgSend.cont");
+    if (CGF.HaveInsertPoint()) CGF.Builder.CreateBr(contBB);
+
+    // Emit the null-init block and perform the null-initialization there.
+    CGF.EmitBlock(NullBB);
+    assert(result.isAggregate() && "null init of non-aggregate result?");
+    CGF.EmitNullInitialization(result.getAggregateAddr(), resultType);
+
+    // Jump to the continuation block.
+    CGF.EmitBlock(contBB);
+
+    return result;
+  }
+};
+
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
 /* *** Helper Functions *** */
@@ -1487,10 +1489,10 @@ CGObjCMac::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
   Target = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Target, ClassTy);
   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Target,
                           CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 1));
-  return EmitLegacyMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
-                               EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
-                               ObjCSuper, ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy,
-                               true, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
+  return EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
+                         EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
+                         ObjCSuper, ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy,
+                         true, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
 }
 
 /// Generate code for a message send expression.
@@ -1502,23 +1504,23 @@ CodeGen::RValue CGObjCMac::GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                                const CallArgList &CallArgs,
                                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class,
                                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
-  return EmitLegacyMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
-                               EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
-                               Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(),
-                               false, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
+  return EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
+                         EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
+                         Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(),
+                         false, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
 }
 
 CodeGen::RValue
-CGObjCCommonMac::EmitLegacyMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-                                       ReturnValueSlot Return,
-                                       QualType ResultType,
-                                       llvm::Value *Sel,
-                                       llvm::Value *Arg0,
-                                       QualType Arg0Ty,
-                                       bool IsSuper,
-                                       const CallArgList &CallArgs,
-                                       const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
-                                       const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) {
+CGObjCCommonMac::EmitMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                 ReturnValueSlot Return,
+                                 QualType ResultType,
+                                 llvm::Value *Sel,
+                                 llvm::Value *Arg0,
+                                 QualType Arg0Ty,
+                                 bool IsSuper,
+                                 const CallArgList &CallArgs,
+                                 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                 const ObjCCommonTypesHelper &ObjCTypes) {
   CallArgList ActualArgs;
   if (!IsSuper)
     Arg0 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg0, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy, "tmp");
@@ -1537,9 +1539,11 @@ CGObjCCommonMac::EmitLegacyMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
            CGM.getContext().getCanonicalType(ResultType) &&
            "Result type mismatch!");
 
+  NullReturnState nullReturn;
+
   llvm::Constant *Fn = NULL;
   if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesSRet(FnInfo)) {
-    EmitNullReturnInitialization(CGF, Return, ResultType);
+    if (!IsSuper) nullReturn.init(CGF, Arg0);
     Fn = (ObjCABI == 2) ?  ObjCTypes.getSendStretFn2(IsSuper)
       : ObjCTypes.getSendStretFn(IsSuper);
   } else if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFPRet(ResultType)) {
@@ -1550,7 +1554,8 @@ CGObjCCommonMac::EmitLegacyMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
       : ObjCTypes.getSendFn(IsSuper);
   }
   Fn = llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Fn, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(FTy));
-  return CGF.EmitCall(FnInfo, Fn, Return, ActualArgs);
+  RValue rvalue = CGF.EmitCall(FnInfo, Fn, Return, ActualArgs);
+  return nullReturn.complete(CGF, rvalue, ResultType);
 }
 
 static Qualifiers::GC GetGCAttrTypeForType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType FQT) {
@@ -1681,6 +1686,7 @@ void CGObjCCommonMac::GenerateProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
 llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetProtocolRef(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
   if (DefinedProtocols.count(PD->getIdentifier()))
     return GetOrEmitProtocol(PD);
+  
   return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD);
 }
 
@@ -1714,6 +1720,9 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::GetOrEmitProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
          i = PD->instmeth_begin(), e = PD->instmeth_end(); i != e; ++i) {
     ObjCMethodDecl *MD = *i;
     llvm::Constant *C = GetMethodDescriptionConstant(MD);
+    if (!C)
+      return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD);
+    
     if (MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional) {
       OptInstanceMethods.push_back(C);
     } else {
@@ -1725,6 +1734,9 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCMac::GetOrEmitProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
          i = PD->classmeth_begin(), e = PD->classmeth_end(); i != e; ++i) {
     ObjCMethodDecl *MD = *i;
     llvm::Constant *C = GetMethodDescriptionConstant(MD);
+    if (!C)
+      return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD);
+
     if (MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional) {
       OptClassMethods.push_back(C);
     } else {
@@ -1968,6 +1980,9 @@ CGObjCMac::GetMethodDescriptionConstant(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
     llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetMethodVarName(MD->getSelector()),
                                    ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy);
   Desc[1] = GetMethodVarType(MD);
+  if (!Desc[1])
+    return 0;
+  
   return llvm::ConstantStruct::get(ObjCTypes.MethodDescriptionTy,
                                    Desc);
 }
@@ -2730,10 +2745,10 @@ void FragileHazards::collectLocals() {
 }
 
 llvm::FunctionType *FragileHazards::GetAsmFnType() {
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type *> Tys(Locals.size());
-  for (unsigned I = 0, E = Locals.size(); I != E; ++I)
-    Tys[I] = Locals[I]->getType();
-  return llvm::FunctionType::get(CGF.Builder.getVoidTy(), Tys, false);
+  llvm::SmallVector<const llvm::Type *, 16> tys(Locals.size());
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Locals.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    tys[i] = Locals[i]->getType();
+  return llvm::FunctionType::get(CGF.VoidTy, tys, false);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -3930,8 +3945,10 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarType(const FieldDecl *Field) {
 
 llvm::Constant *CGObjCCommonMac::GetMethodVarType(const ObjCMethodDecl *D) {
   std::string TypeStr;
-  CGM.getContext().getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const_cast<ObjCMethodDecl*>(D),
-                                                TypeStr);
+  if (CGM.getContext().getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(
+                                                const_cast<ObjCMethodDecl*>(D),
+                                                    TypeStr))
+    return 0;
 
   llvm::GlobalVariable *&Entry = MethodVarTypes[TypeStr];
 
@@ -4081,9 +4098,9 @@ ObjCCommonTypesHelper::ObjCCommonTypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &cgm)
                                       SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                       &Ctx.Idents.get("_objc_super"));
   RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 0,
-                                Ctx.getObjCIdType(), 0, 0, false));
+                                Ctx.getObjCIdType(), 0, 0, false, false));
   RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 0,
-                                Ctx.getObjCClassType(), 0, 0, false));
+                                Ctx.getObjCClassType(), 0, 0, false, false));
   RD->completeDefinition();
 
   SuperCTy = Ctx.getTagDeclType(RD);
@@ -4480,11 +4497,9 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
                               ClassRonfABITy);
 
   // ImpnfABITy - LLVM for id (*)(id, SEL, ...)
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Params;
-  Params.push_back(ObjectPtrTy);
-  Params.push_back(SelectorPtrTy);
-  ImpnfABITy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(
-    llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, Params, false));
+  const llvm::Type *params[] = { ObjectPtrTy, SelectorPtrTy };
+  ImpnfABITy = llvm::FunctionType::get(ObjectPtrTy, params, false)
+                 ->getPointerTo();
 
   // struct _class_t {
   //   struct _class_t *isa;
@@ -4544,9 +4559,9 @@ ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper::ObjCNonFragileABITypesHelper(CodeGen::CodeGenModul
                                       SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                                       &Ctx.Idents.get("_message_ref_t"));
   RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 0,
-                                Ctx.VoidPtrTy, 0, 0, false));
+                                Ctx.VoidPtrTy, 0, 0, false, false));
   RD->addDecl(FieldDecl::Create(Ctx, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 0,
-                                Ctx.getObjCSelType(), 0, 0, false));
+                                Ctx.getObjCSelType(), 0, 0, false, false));
   RD->completeDefinition();
 
   MessageRefCTy = Ctx.getTagDeclType(RD);
@@ -4658,56 +4673,68 @@ void CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::FinishNonFragileABIModule() {
   EmitImageInfo();
 }
 
-/// LegacyDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is not in the list of
-/// NonLegacyDispatchMethods; false otherwise. What this means is that
+/// isVTableDispatchedSelector - Returns true if SEL is not in the list of
+/// VTableDispatchMethods; false otherwise. What this means is that
 /// except for the 19 selectors in the list, we generate 32bit-style
 /// message dispatch call for all the rest.
-///
-bool CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::LegacyDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel) {
+bool CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::isVTableDispatchedSelector(Selector Sel) {
+  // At various points we've experimented with using vtable-based
+  // dispatch for all methods.
   switch (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().getObjCDispatchMethod()) {
   default:
-    assert(0 && "Invalid dispatch method!");
+    llvm_unreachable("Invalid dispatch method!");
   case CodeGenOptions::Legacy:
-    return true;
-  case CodeGenOptions::NonLegacy:
     return false;
+  case CodeGenOptions::NonLegacy:
+    return true;
   case CodeGenOptions::Mixed:
     break;
   }
 
   // If so, see whether this selector is in the white-list of things which must
   // use the new dispatch convention. We lazily build a dense set for this.
-  if (NonLegacyDispatchMethods.empty()) {
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("alloc"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("class"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("self"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("isFlipped"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("length"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("count"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("retain"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("release"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("autorelease"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("hash"));
-
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("allocWithZone"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isKindOfClass"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("respondsToSelector"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectForKey"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectAtIndex"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqualToString"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqual"));
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("addObject"));
-    // "countByEnumeratingWithState:objects:count"
-    IdentifierInfo *KeyIdents[] = {
-      &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("countByEnumeratingWithState"),
-      &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("objects"),
-      &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("count")
-    };
-    NonLegacyDispatchMethods.insert(
-      CGM.getContext().Selectors.getSelector(3, KeyIdents));
-  }
-
-  return (NonLegacyDispatchMethods.count(Sel) == 0);
+  if (VTableDispatchMethods.empty()) {
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("alloc"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("class"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("self"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("isFlipped"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("length"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("count"));
+
+    // These are vtable-based if GC is disabled.
+    // Optimistically use vtable dispatch for hybrid compiles.
+    if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::GCOnly) {
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("retain"));
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("release"));
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("autorelease"));
+    }
+
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("allocWithZone"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isKindOfClass"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("respondsToSelector"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectForKey"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("objectAtIndex"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqualToString"));
+    VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("isEqual"));
+
+    // These are vtable-based if GC is enabled.
+    // Optimistically use vtable dispatch for hybrid compiles.
+    if (CGM.getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetNullarySelector("hash"));
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(GetUnarySelector("addObject"));
+    
+      // "countByEnumeratingWithState:objects:count"
+      IdentifierInfo *KeyIdents[] = {
+        &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("countByEnumeratingWithState"),
+        &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("objects"),
+        &CGM.getContext().Idents.get("count")
+      };
+      VTableDispatchMethods.insert(
+        CGM.getContext().Selectors.getSelector(3, KeyIdents));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return VTableDispatchMethods.count(Sel);
 }
 
 // Metadata flags
@@ -5209,7 +5236,7 @@ CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarOffsetVar(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID,
     IvarOffsetGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility);
   else
     IvarOffsetGV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility);
-  IvarOffsetGV->setSection("__DATA, __objc_const");
+  IvarOffsetGV->setSection("__DATA, __objc_ivar");
   return IvarOffsetGV;
 }
 
@@ -5344,6 +5371,9 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetOrEmitProtocol(
          i = PD->instmeth_begin(), e = PD->instmeth_end(); i != e; ++i) {
     ObjCMethodDecl *MD = *i;
     llvm::Constant *C = GetMethodDescriptionConstant(MD);
+    if (!C)
+      return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD);
+    
     if (MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional) {
       OptInstanceMethods.push_back(C);
     } else {
@@ -5355,6 +5385,9 @@ llvm::Constant *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetOrEmitProtocol(
          i = PD->classmeth_begin(), e = PD->classmeth_end(); i != e; ++i) {
     ObjCMethodDecl *MD = *i;
     llvm::Constant *C = GetMethodDescriptionConstant(MD);
+    if (!C)
+      return GetOrEmitProtocolRef(PD);
+
     if (MD->getImplementationControl() == ObjCMethodDecl::Optional) {
       OptClassMethods.push_back(C);
     } else {
@@ -5494,6 +5527,9 @@ CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GetMethodDescriptionConstant(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
     llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GetMethodVarName(MD->getSelector()),
                                    ObjCTypes.SelectorPtrTy);
   Desc[1] = GetMethodVarType(MD);
+  if (!Desc[1])
+    return 0;
+  
   // Protocol methods have no implementation. So, this entry is always NULL.
   Desc[2] = llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ObjCTypes.Int8PtrTy);
   return llvm::ConstantStruct::get(ObjCTypes.MethodTy, Desc);
@@ -5523,90 +5559,131 @@ llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitIvarOffset(
   return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ObjCIvarOffsetVariable(Interface, Ivar),"ivar");
 }
 
-CodeGen::RValue CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend(
-  CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
-  ReturnValueSlot Return,
-  QualType ResultType,
-  Selector Sel,
-  llvm::Value *Receiver,
-  QualType Arg0Ty,
-  bool IsSuper,
-  const CallArgList &CallArgs,
-  const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
-  // FIXME. Even though IsSuper is passes. This function doese not handle calls
-  // to 'super' receivers.
-  CodeGenTypes &Types = CGM.getTypes();
-  llvm::Value *Arg0 = Receiver;
-  if (!IsSuper)
-    Arg0 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Arg0, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy, "tmp");
+static void appendSelectorForMessageRefTable(std::string &buffer,
+                                             Selector selector) {
+  if (selector.isUnarySelector()) {
+    buffer += selector.getNameForSlot(0);
+    return;
+  }
 
-  // Find the message function name.
-  // FIXME. This is too much work to get the ABI-specific result type needed to
-  // find the message name.
-  const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo
-      = Types.getFunctionInfo(ResultType, CallArgList(),
-                              FunctionType::ExtInfo());
-  llvm::Constant *Fn = 0;
-  std::string Name("\01l_");
-  if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesSRet(FnInfo)) {
-    EmitNullReturnInitialization(CGF, Return, ResultType);
-    if (IsSuper) {
-      Fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2StretFixupFn();
-      Name += "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup";
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = selector.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
+    buffer += selector.getNameForSlot(i);
+    buffer += '_';
+  }
+}
+
+/// Emit a "v-table" message send.  We emit a weak hidden-visibility
+/// struct, initially containing the selector pointer and a pointer to
+/// a "fixup" variant of the appropriate objc_msgSend.  To call, we
+/// load and call the function pointer, passing the address of the
+/// struct as the second parameter.  The runtime determines whether
+/// the selector is currently emitted using vtable dispatch; if so, it
+/// substitutes a stub function which simply tail-calls through the
+/// appropriate vtable slot, and if not, it substitues a stub function
+/// which tail-calls objc_msgSend.  Both stubs adjust the selector
+/// argument to correctly point to the selector.
+RValue
+CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitVTableMessageSend(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                              ReturnValueSlot returnSlot,
+                                              QualType resultType,
+                                              Selector selector,
+                                              llvm::Value *arg0,
+                                              QualType arg0Type,
+                                              bool isSuper,
+                                              const CallArgList &formalArgs,
+                                              const ObjCMethodDecl *method) {
+  // Compute the actual arguments.
+  CallArgList args;
+
+  // First argument: the receiver / super-call structure.
+  if (!isSuper)
+    arg0 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(arg0, ObjCTypes.ObjectPtrTy);
+  args.add(RValue::get(arg0), arg0Type);
+
+  // Second argument: a pointer to the message ref structure.  Leave
+  // the actual argument value blank for now.
+  args.add(RValue::get(0), ObjCTypes.MessageRefCPtrTy);
+
+  args.insert(args.end(), formalArgs.begin(), formalArgs.end());
+
+  const CGFunctionInfo &fnInfo =
+    CGM.getTypes().getFunctionInfo(resultType, args,
+                                   FunctionType::ExtInfo());
+
+  NullReturnState nullReturn;
+
+  // Find the function to call and the mangled name for the message
+  // ref structure.  Using a different mangled name wouldn't actually
+  // be a problem; it would just be a waste.
+  //
+  // The runtime currently never uses vtable dispatch for anything
+  // except normal, non-super message-sends.
+  // FIXME: don't use this for that.
+  llvm::Constant *fn = 0;
+  std::string messageRefName("\01l_");
+  if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesSRet(fnInfo)) {
+    if (isSuper) {
+      fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2StretFixupFn();
+      messageRefName += "objc_msgSendSuper2_stret_fixup";
     } else {
-      Fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendStretFixupFn();
-      Name += "objc_msgSend_stret_fixup";
+      nullReturn.init(CGF, arg0);
+      fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendStretFixupFn();
+      messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_stret_fixup";
     }
-  } else if (!IsSuper && CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFPRet(ResultType)) {
-    Fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFpretFixupFn();
-    Name += "objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup";
+  } else if (!isSuper && CGM.ReturnTypeUsesFPRet(resultType)) {
+    fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFpretFixupFn();
+    messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_fpret_fixup";
   } else {
-    if (IsSuper) {
-      Fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2FixupFn();
-      Name += "objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup";
+    if (isSuper) {
+      fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendSuper2FixupFn();
+      messageRefName += "objc_msgSendSuper2_fixup";
     } else {
-      Fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFixupFn();
-      Name += "objc_msgSend_fixup";
+      fn = ObjCTypes.getMessageSendFixupFn();
+      messageRefName += "objc_msgSend_fixup";
     }
   }
-  assert(Fn && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend");
-  Name += '_';
-  std::string SelName(Sel.getAsString());
-  // Replace all ':' in selector name with '_'  ouch!
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < SelName.size(); i++)
-    if (SelName[i] == ':')
-      SelName[i] = '_';
-  Name += SelName;
-  llvm::GlobalVariable *GV = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(Name);
-  if (!GV) {
-    // Build message ref table entry.
-    std::vector<llvm::Constant*> Values(2);
-    Values[0] = Fn;
-    Values[1] = GetMethodVarName(Sel);
-    llvm::Constant *Init = llvm::ConstantStruct::get(VMContext, Values, false);
-    GV =  new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), Init->getType(), false,
-                                   llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage,
-                                   Init,
-                                   Name);
-    GV->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility);
-    GV->setAlignment(16);
-    GV->setSection("__DATA, __objc_msgrefs, coalesced");
-  }
-  llvm::Value *Arg1 = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(GV, ObjCTypes.MessageRefPtrTy);
-
-  CallArgList ActualArgs;
-  ActualArgs.add(RValue::get(Arg0), Arg0Ty);
-  ActualArgs.add(RValue::get(Arg1), ObjCTypes.MessageRefCPtrTy);
-  ActualArgs.insert(ActualArgs.end(), CallArgs.begin(), CallArgs.end());
-  const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo1 = Types.getFunctionInfo(ResultType, ActualArgs,
-                                                      FunctionType::ExtInfo());
-  llvm::Value *Callee = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Arg1, 0);
-  Callee = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Callee);
-  const llvm::FunctionType *FTy = 
-    Types.GetFunctionType(FnInfo1, Method ? Method->isVariadic() : false);
-  Callee = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Callee,
-                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(FTy));
-  return CGF.EmitCall(FnInfo1, Callee, Return, ActualArgs);
+  assert(fn && "CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitMessageSend");
+  messageRefName += '_';
+
+  // Append the selector name, except use underscores anywhere we
+  // would have used colons.
+  appendSelectorForMessageRefTable(messageRefName, selector);
+
+  llvm::GlobalVariable *messageRef
+    = CGM.getModule().getGlobalVariable(messageRefName);
+  if (!messageRef) {
+    // Build the message ref structure.
+    llvm::Constant *values[] = { fn, GetMethodVarName(selector) };
+    llvm::Constant *init =
+      llvm::ConstantStruct::get(VMContext, values, 2, false);
+    messageRef = new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(),
+                                          init->getType(),
+                                          /*constant*/ false,
+                                          llvm::GlobalValue::WeakAnyLinkage,
+                                          init,
+                                          messageRefName);
+    messageRef->setVisibility(llvm::GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility);
+    messageRef->setAlignment(16);
+    messageRef->setSection("__DATA, __objc_msgrefs, coalesced");
+  }
+  llvm::Value *mref =
+    CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(messageRef, ObjCTypes.MessageRefPtrTy);
+
+  // Update the message ref argument.
+  args[1].RV = RValue::get(mref);
+
+  // Load the function to call from the message ref table.
+  llvm::Value *callee = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(mref, 0);
+  callee = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(callee, "msgSend_fn");
+
+  bool variadic = method ? method->isVariadic() : false;
+  const llvm::FunctionType *fnType = 
+    CGF.getTypes().GetFunctionType(fnInfo, variadic);
+  callee = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(callee,
+                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(fnType));
+
+  RValue result = CGF.EmitCall(fnInfo, callee, returnSlot, args);
+  return nullReturn.complete(CGF, result, resultType);
 }
 
 /// Generate code for a message send expression in the nonfragile abi.
@@ -5619,14 +5696,14 @@ CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateMessageSend(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                             const CallArgList &CallArgs,
                                             const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class,
                                             const ObjCMethodDecl *Method) {
-  return LegacyDispatchedSelector(Sel)
-    ? EmitLegacyMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
-                            EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
+  return isVTableDispatchedSelector(Sel)
+    ? EmitVTableMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel,
                             Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(),
-                            false, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes)
-    : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel,
+                            false, CallArgs, Method)
+    : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
+                      EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
                       Receiver, CGF.getContext().getObjCIdType(),
-                      false, CallArgs, Method);
+                      false, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
 }
 
 llvm::GlobalVariable *
@@ -5773,14 +5850,14 @@ CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::GenerateMessageSendSuper(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Target,
                           CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(ObjCSuper, 1));
 
-  return (LegacyDispatchedSelector(Sel))
-    ? EmitLegacyMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
-                            EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
+  return (isVTableDispatchedSelector(Sel))
+    ? EmitVTableMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel,
                             ObjCSuper, ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy,
-                            true, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes)
-    : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType, Sel,
+                            true, CallArgs, Method)
+    : EmitMessageSend(CGF, Return, ResultType,
+                      EmitSelector(CGF.Builder, Sel),
                       ObjCSuper, ObjCTypes.SuperPtrCTy,
-                      true, CallArgs, Method);
+                      true, CallArgs, Method, ObjCTypes);
 }
 
 llvm::Value *CGObjCNonFragileABIMac::EmitSelector(CGBuilderTy &Builder,
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.cpp
index 3d854d41acbe..21150f1f848c 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.cpp
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ namespace {
 
 void CGObjCRuntime::EmitTryCatchStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                      const ObjCAtTryStmt &S,
-                                     llvm::Function *beginCatchFn,
-                                     llvm::Function *endCatchFn,
-                                     llvm::Function *exceptionRethrowFn) {
+                                     llvm::Constant *beginCatchFn,
+                                     llvm::Constant *endCatchFn,
+                                     llvm::Constant *exceptionRethrowFn) {
   // Jump destination for falling out of catch bodies.
   CodeGenFunction::JumpDest Cont;
   if (S.getNumCatchStmts())
@@ -233,6 +233,8 @@ void CGObjCRuntime::EmitTryCatchStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
       cast<llvm::CallInst>(Exn)->setDoesNotThrow();
     }
 
+    CodeGenFunction::RunCleanupsScope cleanups(CGF);
+
     if (endCatchFn) {
       // Add a cleanup to leave the catch.
       bool EndCatchMightThrow = (Handler.Variable == 0);
@@ -255,9 +257,8 @@ void CGObjCRuntime::EmitTryCatchStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
     CGF.EmitStmt(Handler.Body);
     CGF.ObjCEHValueStack.pop_back();
 
-    // Leave the earlier cleanup.
-    if (endCatchFn) 
-      CGF.PopCleanupBlock();
+    // Leave any cleanups associated with the catch.
+    cleanups.ForceCleanup();
 
     CGF.EmitBranchThroughCleanup(Cont);
   }  
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.h b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.h
index 0cc2d824d401..866d5d83fe60 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGObjCRuntime.h
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ protected:
   /// thrown object directly.
   void EmitTryCatchStmt(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                         const ObjCAtTryStmt &S,
-                        llvm::Function *beginCatchFn,
-                        llvm::Function *endCatchFn,
-                        llvm::Function *exceptionRethrowFn);
+                        llvm::Constant *beginCatchFn,
+                        llvm::Constant *endCatchFn,
+                        llvm::Constant *exceptionRethrowFn);
   /// Emits an @synchronize() statement, using the syncEnterFn and syncExitFn
   /// arguments as the functions called to lock and unlock the object.  This
   /// function can be called by subclasses that use zero-cost exception
@@ -243,6 +243,7 @@ public:
                                         llvm::Value *Size) = 0;
   virtual llvm::Constant *BuildGCBlockLayout(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                   const CodeGen::CGBlockInfo &blockInfo) = 0;
+  virtual llvm::GlobalVariable *GetClassGlobal(const std::string &Name) = 0;
 };
 
 /// Creates an instance of an Objective-C runtime class.
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGRecordLayoutBuilder.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGRecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
index a4ac390dd98c..0d72f854ba3e 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGRecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGRecordLayoutBuilder.cpp
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ CGBitFieldInfo CGBitFieldInfo::MakeInfo(CodeGenTypes &Types,
     CharUnits::fromQuantity(Types.getTargetData().getTypeAllocSize(Ty));
   uint64_t TypeSizeInBits = Types.getContext().toBits(TypeSizeInBytes);
 
-  bool IsSigned = FD->getType()->isSignedIntegerType();
+  bool IsSigned = FD->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 
   if (FieldSize > TypeSizeInBits) {
     // We have a wide bit-field. The extra bits are only used for padding, so
@@ -753,8 +753,7 @@ bool CGRecordLayoutBuilder::LayoutFields(const RecordDecl *D) {
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are
       // ignored:
       const FieldDecl *FD =  (*Field);
-      if (Types.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD) ||
-          Types.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
+      if (Types.getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
         --FieldNo;
         continue;
       }
@@ -997,8 +996,7 @@ CGRecordLayout *CodeGenTypes::ComputeRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
     if (IsMsStruct) {
       // Zero-length bitfields following non-bitfield members are
       // ignored:
-      if (getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD) ||
-          getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
+      if (getContext().ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(FD, LastFD)) {
         --i;
         continue;
       }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGStmt.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGStmt.cpp
index 99bc3f49ce92..a982621be79a 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGStmt.cpp
@@ -773,10 +773,8 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt &S) {
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt &S) {
   // As long as debug info is modeled with instructions, we have to ensure we
   // have a place to insert here and write the stop point here.
-  if (getDebugInfo()) {
-    EnsureInsertPoint();
+  if (getDebugInfo() && HaveInsertPoint())
     EmitStopPoint(&S);
-  }
 
   for (DeclStmt::const_decl_iterator I = S.decl_begin(), E = S.decl_end();
        I != E; ++I)
@@ -999,7 +997,7 @@ static CSFC_Result CollectStatementsForCase(const Stmt *S,
       // If we're looking for the case, just see if we can skip each of the
       // substatements.
       for (; Case && I != E; ++I) {
-        HadSkippedDecl |= isa<DeclStmt>(I);
+        HadSkippedDecl |= isa<DeclStmt>(*I);
         
         switch (CollectStatementsForCase(*I, Case, FoundCase, ResultStmts)) {
         case CSFC_Failure: return CSFC_Failure;
@@ -1224,7 +1222,7 @@ SimplifyConstraint(const char *Constraint, const TargetInfo &Target,
   while (*Constraint) {
     switch (*Constraint) {
     default:
-      Result += Target.convertConstraint(*Constraint);
+      Result += Target.convertConstraint(Constraint);
       break;
     // Ignore these
     case '*':
@@ -1422,8 +1420,8 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitAsmStmt(const AsmStmt &S) {
     const Expr *OutExpr = S.getOutputExpr(i);
     OutExpr = OutExpr->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(getContext());
 
-    OutputConstraint = AddVariableConstraints(OutputConstraint, *OutExpr, Target,
-                                             CGM, S);
+    OutputConstraint = AddVariableConstraints(OutputConstraint, *OutExpr,
+                                              Target, CGM, S);
 
     LValue Dest = EmitLValue(OutExpr);
     if (!Constraints.empty())
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGVTT.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGVTT.cpp
index a6849f8f3d21..aefc41e50002 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGVTT.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGVTT.cpp
@@ -411,6 +411,8 @@ llvm::GlobalVariable *CodeGenVTables::GetAddrOfVTT(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
   Out.flush();
   llvm::StringRef Name = OutName.str();
 
+  ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(RD, /*VTableRequired=*/true);
+
   VTTBuilder Builder(CGM, RD, /*GenerateDefinition=*/false);
 
   const llvm::Type *Int8PtrTy = 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CGVTables.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CGVTables.cpp
index 581467c53751..9ac5e67ada4d 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CGVTables.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CGVTables.cpp
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
+#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Cloning.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cstdio>
 
@@ -2636,6 +2637,131 @@ static bool similar(const ABIArgInfo &infoL, CanQualType typeL,
 }
 #endif
 
+static RValue PerformReturnAdjustment(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                                      QualType ResultType, RValue RV,
+                                      const ThunkInfo &Thunk) {
+  // Emit the return adjustment.
+  bool NullCheckValue = !ResultType->isReferenceType();
+  
+  llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustNull = 0;
+  llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustNotNull = 0;
+  llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustEnd = 0;
+  
+  llvm::Value *ReturnValue = RV.getScalarVal();
+
+  if (NullCheckValue) {
+    AdjustNull = CGF.createBasicBlock("adjust.null");
+    AdjustNotNull = CGF.createBasicBlock("adjust.notnull");
+    AdjustEnd = CGF.createBasicBlock("adjust.end");
+  
+    llvm::Value *IsNull = CGF.Builder.CreateIsNull(ReturnValue);
+    CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(IsNull, AdjustNull, AdjustNotNull);
+    CGF.EmitBlock(AdjustNotNull);
+  }
+  
+  ReturnValue = PerformTypeAdjustment(CGF, ReturnValue, 
+                                      Thunk.Return.NonVirtual, 
+                                      Thunk.Return.VBaseOffsetOffset);
+  
+  if (NullCheckValue) {
+    CGF.Builder.CreateBr(AdjustEnd);
+    CGF.EmitBlock(AdjustNull);
+    CGF.Builder.CreateBr(AdjustEnd);
+    CGF.EmitBlock(AdjustEnd);
+  
+    llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(ReturnValue->getType(), 2);
+    PHI->addIncoming(ReturnValue, AdjustNotNull);
+    PHI->addIncoming(llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ReturnValue->getType()), 
+                     AdjustNull);
+    ReturnValue = PHI;
+  }
+  
+  return RValue::get(ReturnValue);
+}
+
+// This function does roughly the same thing as GenerateThunk, but in a
+// very different way, so that va_start and va_end work correctly.
+// FIXME: This function assumes "this" is the first non-sret LLVM argument of
+//        a function, and that there is an alloca built in the entry block
+//        for all accesses to "this".
+// FIXME: This function assumes there is only one "ret" statement per function.
+// FIXME: Cloning isn't correct in the presence of indirect goto!
+// FIXME: This implementation of thunks bloats codesize by duplicating the
+//        function definition.  There are alternatives:
+//        1. Add some sort of stub support to LLVM for cases where we can
+//           do a this adjustment, then a sibcall.
+//        2. We could transform the definition to take a va_list instead of an
+//           actual variable argument list, then have the thunks (including a
+//           no-op thunk for the regular definition) call va_start/va_end.
+//           There's a bit of per-call overhead for this solution, but it's
+//           better for codesize if the definition is long.
+void CodeGenFunction::GenerateVarArgsThunk(
+                                      llvm::Function *Fn,
+                                      const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo,
+                                      GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk) {
+  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(GD.getDecl());
+  const FunctionProtoType *FPT = MD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+  QualType ResultType = FPT->getResultType();
+
+  // Get the original function
+  const llvm::Type *Ty =
+    CGM.getTypes().GetFunctionType(FnInfo, /*IsVariadic*/true);
+  llvm::Value *Callee = CGM.GetAddrOfFunction(GD, Ty, /*ForVTable=*/true);
+  llvm::Function *BaseFn = cast<llvm::Function>(Callee);
+
+  // Clone to thunk.
+  llvm::Function *NewFn = llvm::CloneFunction(BaseFn);
+  CGM.getModule().getFunctionList().push_back(NewFn);
+  Fn->replaceAllUsesWith(NewFn);
+  NewFn->takeName(Fn);
+  Fn->eraseFromParent();
+  Fn = NewFn;
+
+  // "Initialize" CGF (minimally).
+  CurFn = Fn;
+
+  // Get the "this" value
+  llvm::Function::arg_iterator AI = Fn->arg_begin();
+  if (CGM.ReturnTypeUsesSRet(FnInfo))
+    ++AI;
+
+  // Find the first store of "this", which will be to the alloca associated
+  // with "this".
+  llvm::Value *ThisPtr = &*AI;
+  llvm::BasicBlock *EntryBB = Fn->begin();
+  llvm::Instruction *ThisStore = 0;
+  for (llvm::BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB->begin(), E = EntryBB->end();
+       I != E; I++) {
+    if (isa<llvm::StoreInst>(I) && I->getOperand(0) == ThisPtr) {
+      ThisStore = cast<llvm::StoreInst>(I);
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  assert(ThisStore && "Store of this should be in entry block?");
+  // Adjust "this", if necessary.
+  Builder.SetInsertPoint(ThisStore);
+  llvm::Value *AdjustedThisPtr = 
+    PerformTypeAdjustment(*this, ThisPtr, 
+                          Thunk.This.NonVirtual, 
+                          Thunk.This.VCallOffsetOffset);
+  ThisStore->setOperand(0, AdjustedThisPtr);
+
+  if (!Thunk.Return.isEmpty()) {
+    // Fix up the returned value, if necessary.
+    for (llvm::Function::iterator I = Fn->begin(), E = Fn->end(); I != E; I++) {
+      llvm::Instruction *T = I->getTerminator();
+      if (isa<llvm::ReturnInst>(T)) {
+        RValue RV = RValue::get(T->getOperand(0));
+        T->eraseFromParent();
+        Builder.SetInsertPoint(&*I);
+        RV = PerformReturnAdjustment(*this, ResultType, RV, Thunk);
+        Builder.CreateRet(RV.getScalarVal());
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
 void CodeGenFunction::GenerateThunk(llvm::Function *Fn,
                                     const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo,
                                     GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk) {
@@ -2715,45 +2841,8 @@ void CodeGenFunction::GenerateThunk(llvm::Function *Fn,
   // Now emit our call.
   RValue RV = EmitCall(FnInfo, Callee, Slot, CallArgs, MD);
   
-  if (!Thunk.Return.isEmpty()) {
-    // Emit the return adjustment.
-    bool NullCheckValue = !ResultType->isReferenceType();
-    
-    llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustNull = 0;
-    llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustNotNull = 0;
-    llvm::BasicBlock *AdjustEnd = 0;
-    
-    llvm::Value *ReturnValue = RV.getScalarVal();
-
-    if (NullCheckValue) {
-      AdjustNull = createBasicBlock("adjust.null");
-      AdjustNotNull = createBasicBlock("adjust.notnull");
-      AdjustEnd = createBasicBlock("adjust.end");
-    
-      llvm::Value *IsNull = Builder.CreateIsNull(ReturnValue);
-      Builder.CreateCondBr(IsNull, AdjustNull, AdjustNotNull);
-      EmitBlock(AdjustNotNull);
-    }
-    
-    ReturnValue = PerformTypeAdjustment(*this, ReturnValue, 
-                                        Thunk.Return.NonVirtual, 
-                                        Thunk.Return.VBaseOffsetOffset);
-    
-    if (NullCheckValue) {
-      Builder.CreateBr(AdjustEnd);
-      EmitBlock(AdjustNull);
-      Builder.CreateBr(AdjustEnd);
-      EmitBlock(AdjustEnd);
-    
-      llvm::PHINode *PHI = Builder.CreatePHI(ReturnValue->getType(), 2);
-      PHI->addIncoming(ReturnValue, AdjustNotNull);
-      PHI->addIncoming(llvm::Constant::getNullValue(ReturnValue->getType()), 
-                       AdjustNull);
-      ReturnValue = PHI;
-    }
-    
-    RV = RValue::get(ReturnValue);
-  }
+  if (!Thunk.Return.isEmpty())
+    RV = PerformReturnAdjustment(*this, ResultType, RV, Thunk);
 
   if (!ResultType->isVoidType() && Slot.isNull())
     CGM.getCXXABI().EmitReturnFromThunk(*this, RV, ResultType);
@@ -2823,8 +2912,18 @@ void CodeGenVTables::EmitThunk(GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk,
     return;
   }
 
-  // Actually generate the thunk body.
-  CodeGenFunction(CGM).GenerateThunk(ThunkFn, FnInfo, GD, Thunk);
+  if (ThunkFn->isVarArg()) {
+    // Varargs thunks are special; we can't just generate a call because
+    // we can't copy the varargs.  Our implementation is rather
+    // expensive/sucky at the moment, so don't generate the thunk unless
+    // we have to.
+    // FIXME: Do something better here; GenerateVarArgsThunk is extremely ugly.
+    if (!UseAvailableExternallyLinkage)
+      CodeGenFunction(CGM).GenerateVarArgsThunk(ThunkFn, FnInfo, GD, Thunk);
+  } else {
+    // Normal thunk body generation.
+    CodeGenFunction(CGM).GenerateThunk(ThunkFn, FnInfo, GD, Thunk);
+  }
 
   if (UseAvailableExternallyLinkage)
     ThunkFn->setLinkage(llvm::GlobalValue::AvailableExternallyLinkage);
@@ -3076,7 +3175,7 @@ llvm::GlobalVariable *CodeGenVTables::GetAddrOfVTable(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
   Out.flush();
   llvm::StringRef Name = OutName.str();
 
-  ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(RD, true);
+  ComputeVTableRelatedInformation(RD, /*VTableRequired=*/true);
   
   const llvm::Type *Int8PtrTy = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGM.getLLVMContext());
   llvm::ArrayType *ArrayType = 
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp
index 626c2b09a032..150cb69b4d1a 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.cpp
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ CodeGenFunction::CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm)
     Target(CGM.getContext().Target), Builder(cgm.getModule().getContext()),
     BlockInfo(0), BlockPointer(0),
     NormalCleanupDest(0), EHCleanupDest(0), NextCleanupDestIndex(1),
-    ExceptionSlot(0), DebugInfo(0), DisableDebugInfo(false), IndirectBranch(0),
-    SwitchInsn(0), CaseRangeBlock(0),
-    DidCallStackSave(false), UnreachableBlock(0),
+    ExceptionSlot(0), EHSelectorSlot(0),
+    DebugInfo(0), DisableDebugInfo(false), DidCallStackSave(false),
+    IndirectBranch(0), SwitchInsn(0), CaseRangeBlock(0), UnreachableBlock(0),
     CXXThisDecl(0), CXXThisValue(0), CXXVTTDecl(0), CXXVTTValue(0),
     OutermostConditional(0), TerminateLandingPad(0), TerminateHandler(0),
     TrapBB(0) {
@@ -44,10 +44,6 @@ CodeGenFunction::CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm)
   CGM.getCXXABI().getMangleContext().startNewFunction();
 }
 
-ASTContext &CodeGenFunction::getContext() const {
-  return CGM.getContext();
-}
-
 
 const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::ConvertTypeForMem(QualType T) {
   return CGM.getTypes().ConvertTypeForMem(T);
@@ -57,9 +53,41 @@ const llvm::Type *CodeGenFunction::ConvertType(QualType T) {
   return CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(T);
 }
 
-bool CodeGenFunction::hasAggregateLLVMType(QualType T) {
-  return T->isRecordType() || T->isArrayType() || T->isAnyComplexType() ||
-    T->isObjCObjectType();
+bool CodeGenFunction::hasAggregateLLVMType(QualType type) {
+  switch (type.getCanonicalType()->getTypeClass()) {
+#define TYPE(name, parent)
+#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(name, parent)
+#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name:
+#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name:
+#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(name, parent) case Type::name:
+#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
+    llvm_unreachable("non-canonical or dependent type in IR-generation");
+
+  case Type::Builtin:
+  case Type::Pointer:
+  case Type::BlockPointer:
+  case Type::LValueReference:
+  case Type::RValueReference:
+  case Type::MemberPointer:
+  case Type::Vector:
+  case Type::ExtVector:
+  case Type::FunctionProto:
+  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
+  case Type::Enum:
+  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
+    return false;
+
+  // Complexes, arrays, records, and Objective-C objects.
+  case Type::Complex:
+  case Type::ConstantArray:
+  case Type::IncompleteArray:
+  case Type::VariableArray:
+  case Type::Record:
+  case Type::ObjCObject:
+  case Type::ObjCInterface:
+    return true;
+  }
+  llvm_unreachable("unknown type kind!");
 }
 
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitReturnBlock() {
@@ -168,7 +196,7 @@ void CodeGenFunction::FinishFunction(SourceLocation EndLoc) {
 bool CodeGenFunction::ShouldInstrumentFunction() {
   if (!CGM.getCodeGenOpts().InstrumentFunctions)
     return false;
-  if (CurFuncDecl->hasAttr<NoInstrumentFunctionAttr>())
+  if (!CurFuncDecl || CurFuncDecl->hasAttr<NoInstrumentFunctionAttr>())
     return false;
   return true;
 }
@@ -177,16 +205,12 @@ bool CodeGenFunction::ShouldInstrumentFunction() {
 /// instrumentation function with the current function and the call site, if
 /// function instrumentation is enabled.
 void CodeGenFunction::EmitFunctionInstrumentation(const char *Fn) {
-  const llvm::PointerType *PointerTy;
-  const llvm::FunctionType *FunctionTy;
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> ProfileFuncArgs;
-
   // void __cyg_profile_func_{enter,exit} (void *this_fn, void *call_site);
-  PointerTy = Int8PtrTy;
-  ProfileFuncArgs.push_back(PointerTy);
-  ProfileFuncArgs.push_back(PointerTy);
-  FunctionTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext()),
-                                       ProfileFuncArgs, false);
+  const llvm::PointerType *PointerTy = Int8PtrTy;
+  const llvm::Type *ProfileFuncArgs[] = { PointerTy, PointerTy };
+  const llvm::FunctionType *FunctionTy =
+    llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(getLLVMContext()),
+                            ProfileFuncArgs, false);
 
   llvm::Constant *F = CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FunctionTy, Fn);
   llvm::CallInst *CallSite = Builder.CreateCall(
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.h b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.h
index 169c576f1a0e..bb8fd8e24306 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenFunction.h
@@ -603,6 +603,10 @@ public:
   /// exception pointer into this alloca.
   llvm::Value *ExceptionSlot;
 
+  /// The selector slot.  Under the MandatoryCleanup model, all
+  /// landing pads write the current selector value into this alloca.
+  llvm::AllocaInst *EHSelectorSlot;
+
   /// Emits a landing pad for the current EH stack.
   llvm::BasicBlock *EmitLandingPad();
 
@@ -951,6 +955,10 @@ private:
   CGDebugInfo *DebugInfo;
   bool DisableDebugInfo;
 
+  /// DidCallStackSave - Whether llvm.stacksave has been called. Used to avoid
+  /// calling llvm.stacksave for multiple VLAs in the same scope.
+  bool DidCallStackSave;
+
   /// IndirectBranch - The first time an indirect goto is seen we create a block
   /// with an indirect branch.  Every time we see the address of a label taken,
   /// we add the label to the indirect goto.  Every subsequent indirect goto is
@@ -997,10 +1005,6 @@ private:
   // enter/leave scopes.
   llvm::DenseMap<const Expr*, llvm::Value*> VLASizeMap;
 
-  /// DidCallStackSave - Whether llvm.stacksave has been called. Used to avoid
-  /// calling llvm.stacksave for multiple VLAs in the same scope.
-  bool DidCallStackSave;
-
   /// A block containing a single 'unreachable' instruction.  Created
   /// lazily by getUnreachableBlock().
   llvm::BasicBlock *UnreachableBlock;
@@ -1035,7 +1039,7 @@ public:
   CodeGenFunction(CodeGenModule &cgm);
 
   CodeGenTypes &getTypes() const { return CGM.getTypes(); }
-  ASTContext &getContext() const;
+  ASTContext &getContext() const { return CGM.getContext(); }
   CGDebugInfo *getDebugInfo() { 
     if (DisableDebugInfo) 
       return NULL;
@@ -1050,6 +1054,7 @@ public:
   /// Returns a pointer to the function's exception object slot, which
   /// is assigned in every landing pad.
   llvm::Value *getExceptionSlot();
+  llvm::Value *getEHSelectorSlot();
 
   llvm::Value *getNormalCleanupDestSlot();
   llvm::Value *getEHCleanupDestSlot();
@@ -1076,7 +1081,8 @@ public:
   void GenerateObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD);
 
   void StartObjCMethod(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
-                       const ObjCContainerDecl *CD);
+                       const ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
+                       SourceLocation StartLoc);
 
   /// GenerateObjCGetter - Synthesize an Objective-C property getter function.
   void GenerateObjCGetter(ObjCImplementationDecl *IMP,
@@ -1157,6 +1163,9 @@ public:
   void GenerateThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo,
                      GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk);
 
+  void GenerateVarArgsThunk(llvm::Function *Fn, const CGFunctionInfo &FnInfo,
+                            GlobalDecl GD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk);
+
   void EmitCtorPrologue(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, CXXCtorType Type,
                         FunctionArgList &Args);
 
@@ -1701,6 +1710,7 @@ public:
   void EmitObjCAtThrowStmt(const ObjCAtThrowStmt &S);
   void EmitObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(const ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt &S);
 
+  llvm::Constant *getUnwindResumeFn();
   llvm::Constant *getUnwindResumeOrRethrowFn();
   void EnterCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false);
   void ExitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt &S, bool IsFnTryBlock = false);
@@ -1915,6 +1925,9 @@ public:
   RValue EmitCXXMemberPointerCallExpr(const CXXMemberCallExpr *E,
                                       ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue);
 
+  llvm::Value *EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallee(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E,
+                                           const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
+                                           llvm::Value *This);
   RValue EmitCXXOperatorMemberCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *E,
                                        const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
                                        ReturnValueSlot ReturnValue);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
index 83e927fcadbc..7a1a968259f3 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.cpp
@@ -90,9 +90,10 @@ CodeGenModule::CodeGenModule(ASTContext &C, const CodeGenOptions &CGO,
 
   // Initialize the type cache.
   llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = M.getContext();
-  Int8Ty  = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(LLVMContext);
-  Int32Ty  = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
-  Int64Ty  = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(LLVMContext);
+  VoidTy = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(LLVMContext);
+  Int8Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(LLVMContext);
+  Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
+  Int64Ty = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(LLVMContext);
   PointerWidthInBits = C.Target.getPointerWidth(0);
   PointerAlignInBytes =
     C.toCharUnitsFromBits(C.Target.getPointerAlign(0)).getQuantity();
@@ -132,6 +133,9 @@ void CodeGenModule::Release() {
 
   if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitDeclMetadata)
     EmitDeclMetadata();
+
+  if (getCodeGenOpts().EmitGcovArcs || getCodeGenOpts().EmitGcovNotes)
+    EmitCoverageFile();
 }
 
 void CodeGenModule::UpdateCompletedType(const TagDecl *TD) {
@@ -339,8 +343,7 @@ void CodeGenModule::AddGlobalDtor(llvm::Function * Dtor, int Priority) {
 
 void CodeGenModule::EmitCtorList(const CtorList &Fns, const char *GlobalName) {
   // Ctor function type is void()*.
-  llvm::FunctionType* CtorFTy =
-    llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), false);
+  llvm::FunctionType* CtorFTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, false);
   llvm::Type *CtorPFTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CtorFTy);
 
   // Get the type of a ctor entry, { i32, void ()* }.
@@ -449,6 +452,9 @@ void CodeGenModule::SetLLVMFunctionAttributes(const Decl *D,
 
 void CodeGenModule::SetLLVMFunctionAttributesForDefinition(const Decl *D,
                                                            llvm::Function *F) {
+  if (CodeGenOpts.UnwindTables)
+    F->setHasUWTable();
+
   if (!Features.Exceptions && !Features.ObjCNonFragileABI)
     F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoUnwind);
 
@@ -724,7 +730,7 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobal(GlobalDecl GD) {
     }
 
     // Forward declarations are emitted lazily on first use.
-    if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+    if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
       return;
   } else {
     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(Global);
@@ -790,14 +796,19 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalDefinition(GlobalDecl GD) {
       return;
 
     if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
+      // Make sure to emit the definition(s) before we emit the thunks.
+      // This is necessary for the generation of certain thunks.
+      if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method))
+        EmitCXXConstructor(CD, GD.getCtorType());
+      else if (const CXXDestructorDecl *DD =dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method))
+        EmitCXXDestructor(DD, GD.getDtorType());
+      else
+        EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD);
+
       if (Method->isVirtual())
         getVTables().EmitThunks(GD);
 
-      if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method))
-        return EmitCXXConstructor(CD, GD.getCtorType());
-  
-      if (const CXXDestructorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method))
-        return EmitCXXDestructor(DD, GD.getDtorType());
+      return;
     }
 
     return EmitGlobalFunctionDefinition(GD);
@@ -848,7 +859,7 @@ CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(llvm::StringRef MangledName,
   if (isa<llvm::FunctionType>(Ty)) {
     FTy = cast<llvm::FunctionType>(Ty);
   } else {
-    FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext), false);
+    FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, false);
     IsIncompleteFunction = true;
   }
   
@@ -889,7 +900,7 @@ CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(llvm::StringRef MangledName,
           assert(FD->isUsed() && "Sema didn't mark implicit function as used!");
           DeferredDeclsToEmit.push_back(D.getWithDecl(FD));
           break;
-        } else if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+        } else if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) {
           DeferredDeclsToEmit.push_back(D.getWithDecl(FD));
           break;
         }
@@ -930,14 +941,19 @@ CodeGenModule::CreateRuntimeFunction(const llvm::FunctionType *FTy,
   return GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(Name, FTy, GlobalDecl(), /*ForVTable=*/false);
 }
 
-static bool DeclIsConstantGlobal(ASTContext &Context, const VarDecl *D) {
+static bool DeclIsConstantGlobal(ASTContext &Context, const VarDecl *D,
+                                 bool ConstantInit) {
   if (!D->getType().isConstant(Context) && !D->getType()->isReferenceType())
     return false;
-  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
-      Context.getBaseElementType(D->getType())->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-    // FIXME: We should do something fancier here!
-    return false;
+  
+  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
+    if (const RecordType *Record 
+          = Context.getBaseElementType(D->getType())->getAs<RecordType>())
+      return ConstantInit && 
+             cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD() &&
+             !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->hasMutableFields();
   }
+  
   return true;
 }
 
@@ -994,7 +1010,7 @@ CodeGenModule::GetOrCreateLLVMGlobal(llvm::StringRef MangledName,
   if (D) {
     // FIXME: This code is overly simple and should be merged with other global
     // handling.
-    GV->setConstant(DeclIsConstantGlobal(Context, D));
+    GV->setConstant(DeclIsConstantGlobal(Context, D, false));
 
     // Set linkage and visibility in case we never see a definition.
     NamedDecl::LinkageInfo LV = D->getLinkageAndVisibility();
@@ -1109,7 +1125,7 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitVTable(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool DefinitionRequired) {
 
 llvm::GlobalVariable::LinkageTypes 
 CodeGenModule::getVTableLinkage(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
-  if (RD->isInAnonymousNamespace() || !RD->hasLinkage())
+  if (RD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
     return llvm::GlobalVariable::InternalLinkage;
 
   if (const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction
@@ -1276,7 +1292,7 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitGlobalVarDefinition(const VarDecl *D) {
 
   // If it is safe to mark the global 'constant', do so now.
   GV->setConstant(false);
-  if (!NonConstInit && DeclIsConstantGlobal(Context, D))
+  if (!NonConstInit && DeclIsConstantGlobal(Context, D, true))
     GV->setConstant(true);
 
   GV->setAlignment(getContext().getDeclAlign(D).getQuantity());
@@ -1561,14 +1577,24 @@ llvm::Value *CodeGenModule::getBuiltinLibFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
          "isn't a lib fn");
 
   // Get the name, skip over the __builtin_ prefix (if necessary).
-  const char *Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BuiltinID);
-  if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isLibFunction(BuiltinID))
-    Name += 10;
+  llvm::StringRef Name;
+  GlobalDecl D(FD);
+
+  // If the builtin has been declared explicitly with an assembler label,
+  // use the mangled name. This differs from the plain label on platforms
+  // that prefix labels.
+  if (FD->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>())
+    Name = getMangledName(D);
+  else if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isLibFunction(BuiltinID))
+    Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BuiltinID) + 10;
+  else
+    Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BuiltinID);
+
 
   const llvm::FunctionType *Ty =
     cast<llvm::FunctionType>(getTypes().ConvertType(FD->getType()));
 
-  return GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(Name, Ty, GlobalDecl(FD), /*ForVTable=*/false);
+  return GetOrCreateLLVMFunction(Name, Ty, D, /*ForVTable=*/false);
 }
 
 llvm::Function *CodeGenModule::getIntrinsic(unsigned IID,const llvm::Type **Tys,
@@ -1628,6 +1654,16 @@ GetConstantCFStringEntry(llvm::StringMap<llvm::Constant*> &Map,
   return Map.GetOrCreateValue(llvm::StringRef(AsBytes.data(), AsBytes.size()));
 }
 
+static llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::Constant*> &
+GetConstantStringEntry(llvm::StringMap<llvm::Constant*> &Map,
+		       const StringLiteral *Literal,
+		       unsigned &StringLength)
+{
+	llvm::StringRef String = Literal->getString();
+	StringLength = String.size();
+	return Map.GetOrCreateValue(String);
+}
+
 llvm::Constant *
 CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantCFString(const StringLiteral *Literal) {
   unsigned StringLength = 0;
@@ -1721,11 +1757,8 @@ CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantCFString(const StringLiteral *Literal) {
 llvm::Constant *
 CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantString(const StringLiteral *Literal) {
   unsigned StringLength = 0;
-  bool isUTF16 = false;
   llvm::StringMapEntry<llvm::Constant*> &Entry =
-    GetConstantCFStringEntry(CFConstantStringMap, Literal,
-                             getTargetData().isLittleEndian(),
-                             isUTF16, StringLength);
+    GetConstantStringEntry(CFConstantStringMap, Literal, StringLength);
   
   if (llvm::Constant *C = Entry.getValue())
     return C;
@@ -1738,24 +1771,26 @@ CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantString(const StringLiteral *Literal) {
   if (!ConstantStringClassRef) {
     std::string StringClass(getLangOptions().ObjCConstantStringClass);
     const llvm::Type *Ty = getTypes().ConvertType(getContext().IntTy);
-    Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, 0);
     llvm::Constant *GV;
-    if (StringClass.empty())
-      GV = CreateRuntimeVariable(Ty, 
-                                 Features.ObjCNonFragileABI ?
-                                 "OBJC_CLASS_$_NSConstantString" :
-                                 "_NSConstantStringClassReference");
-    else {
-      std::string str;
-      if (Features.ObjCNonFragileABI)
-        str = "OBJC_CLASS_$_" + StringClass;
-      else
-        str = "_" + StringClass + "ClassReference";
-      GV = CreateRuntimeVariable(Ty, str);
+    if (Features.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
+      std::string str = 
+        StringClass.empty() ? "OBJC_CLASS_$_NSConstantString" 
+                            : "OBJC_CLASS_$_" + StringClass;
+      GV = getObjCRuntime().GetClassGlobal(str);
+      // Make sure the result is of the correct type.
+      const llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(Ty);
+      ConstantStringClassRef =
+        llvm::ConstantExpr::getBitCast(GV, PTy);
+    } else {
+      std::string str =
+        StringClass.empty() ? "_NSConstantStringClassReference"
+                            : "_" + StringClass + "ClassReference";
+      const llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, 0);
+      GV = CreateRuntimeVariable(PTy, str);
+      // Decay array -> ptr
+      ConstantStringClassRef = 
+        llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Zeros, 2);
     }
-    // Decay array -> ptr
-    ConstantStringClassRef = 
-    llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Zeros, 2);
   }
   
   QualType NSTy = getContext().getNSConstantStringType();
@@ -1773,28 +1808,15 @@ CodeGenModule::GetAddrOfConstantString(const StringLiteral *Literal) {
   
   llvm::GlobalValue::LinkageTypes Linkage;
   bool isConstant;
-  if (isUTF16) {
-    // FIXME: why do utf strings get "_" labels instead of "L" labels?
-    Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::InternalLinkage;
-    // Note: -fwritable-strings doesn't make unicode NSStrings writable, but
-    // does make plain ascii ones writable.
-    isConstant = true;
-  } else {
-    Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage;
-    isConstant = !Features.WritableStrings;
-  }
+  Linkage = llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage;
+  isConstant = !Features.WritableStrings;
   
   llvm::GlobalVariable *GV =
   new llvm::GlobalVariable(getModule(), C->getType(), isConstant, Linkage, C,
                            ".str");
   GV->setUnnamedAddr(true);
-  if (isUTF16) {
-    CharUnits Align = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(getContext().ShortTy);
-    GV->setAlignment(Align.getQuantity());
-  } else {
-    CharUnits Align = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(getContext().CharTy);
-    GV->setAlignment(Align.getQuantity());
-  }
+  CharUnits Align = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(getContext().CharTy);
+  GV->setAlignment(Align.getQuantity());
   Fields[1] = llvm::ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Zeros, 2);
   
   // String length.
@@ -1877,6 +1899,7 @@ static llvm::Constant *GenerateStringLiteral(llvm::StringRef str,
     new llvm::GlobalVariable(CGM.getModule(), C->getType(), constant,
                              llvm::GlobalValue::PrivateLinkage,
                              C, GlobalName);
+  GV->setAlignment(1);
   GV->setUnnamedAddr(true);
   return GV;
 }
@@ -2057,7 +2080,9 @@ void CodeGenModule::EmitTopLevelDecl(Decl *D) {
   case Decl::UsingDirective:
   case Decl::ClassTemplate:
   case Decl::FunctionTemplate:
+  case Decl::TypeAliasTemplate:
   case Decl::NamespaceAlias:
+  case Decl::Block:
     break;
   case Decl::CXXConstructor:
     // Skip function templates
@@ -2216,6 +2241,23 @@ void CodeGenFunction::EmitDeclMetadata() {
   }
 }
 
+void CodeGenModule::EmitCoverageFile() {
+  if (!getCodeGenOpts().CoverageFile.empty()) {
+    if (llvm::NamedMDNode *CUNode = TheModule.getNamedMetadata("llvm.dbg.cu")) {
+      llvm::NamedMDNode *GCov = TheModule.getOrInsertNamedMetadata("llvm.gcov");
+      llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = TheModule.getContext();
+      llvm::MDString *CoverageFile =
+          llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, getCodeGenOpts().CoverageFile);
+      for (int i = 0, e = CUNode->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
+        llvm::MDNode *CU = CUNode->getOperand(i);
+        llvm::Value *node[] = { CoverageFile, CU };
+        llvm::MDNode *N = llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, node);
+        GCov->addOperand(N);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
 ///@name Custom Runtime Function Interfaces
 ///@{
 //
@@ -2234,14 +2276,11 @@ llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::getBlockObjectDispose() {
   }
 
   // Otherwise construct the function by hand.
-  const llvm::FunctionType *FTy;
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> ArgTys;
-  const llvm::Type *ResultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
-  ArgTys.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-  ArgTys.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext));
-  FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(ResultType, ArgTys, false);
+  const llvm::Type *args[] = { Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty };
+  const llvm::FunctionType *fty
+    = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, args, false);
   return BlockObjectDispose =
-    CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "_Block_object_dispose");
+    CreateRuntimeFunction(fty, "_Block_object_dispose");
 }
 
 llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::getBlockObjectAssign() {
@@ -2256,15 +2295,11 @@ llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::getBlockObjectAssign() {
   }
 
   // Otherwise construct the function by hand.
-  const llvm::FunctionType *FTy;
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> ArgTys;
-  const llvm::Type *ResultType = llvm::Type::getVoidTy(VMContext);
-  ArgTys.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-  ArgTys.push_back(Int8PtrTy);
-  ArgTys.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(VMContext));
-  FTy = llvm::FunctionType::get(ResultType, ArgTys, false);
+  const llvm::Type *args[] = { Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, Int32Ty };
+  const llvm::FunctionType *fty
+    = llvm::FunctionType::get(VoidTy, args, false);
   return BlockObjectAssign =
-    CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "_Block_object_assign");
+    CreateRuntimeFunction(fty, "_Block_object_assign");
 }
 
 llvm::Constant *CodeGenModule::getNSConcreteGlobalBlock() {
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.h b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.h
index 99c973cce628..779a3523b7f6 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenModule.h
@@ -97,16 +97,20 @@ namespace CodeGen {
   };
 
   struct CodeGenTypeCache {
+    /// void
+    const llvm::Type *VoidTy;
+
     /// i8, i32, and i64
     const llvm::IntegerType *Int8Ty, *Int32Ty, *Int64Ty;
 
     /// int
     const llvm::IntegerType *IntTy;
 
-    /// intptr_t and size_t, which we assume are the same
+    /// intptr_t, size_t, and ptrdiff_t, which we assume are the same size.
     union {
       const llvm::IntegerType *IntPtrTy;
       const llvm::IntegerType *SizeTy;
+      const llvm::IntegerType *PtrDiffTy;
     };
 
     /// void* in address space 0
@@ -735,6 +739,10 @@ private:
 
   void EmitDeclMetadata();
 
+  /// EmitCoverageFile - Emit the llvm.gcov metadata used to tell LLVM where
+  /// to emit the .gcno and .gcda files in a way that persists in .bc files.
+  void EmitCoverageFile();
+
   /// MayDeferGeneration - Determine if the given decl can be emitted
   /// lazily; this is only relevant for definitions. The given decl
   /// must be either a function or var decl.
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.h b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.h
index dc383cb4db5d..ff1eb4c45b59 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.h
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/CodeGenTypes.h
@@ -220,8 +220,9 @@ public:  // These are internal details of CGT that shouldn't be used externally.
   /// GetExpandedTypes - Expand the type \arg Ty into the LLVM
   /// argument types it would be passed as on the provided vector \arg
   /// ArgTys. See ABIArgInfo::Expand.
-  void GetExpandedTypes(QualType Ty, std::vector<const llvm::Type*> &ArgTys,
-                        bool IsRecursive);
+  void GetExpandedTypes(QualType type,
+                        llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const llvm::Type*> &expanded,
+                        bool isRecursive);
 
   /// IsZeroInitializable - Return whether a type can be
   /// zero-initialized (in the C++ sense) with an LLVM zeroinitializer.
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
index 33abf3a4aaf7..12ef9bd030bd 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/ItaniumCXXABI.cpp
@@ -1007,11 +1007,9 @@ void ARMCXXABI::ReadArrayCookie(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
 static llvm::Constant *getGuardAcquireFn(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                          const llvm::PointerType *GuardPtrTy) {
   // int __cxa_guard_acquire(__guard *guard_object);
-  
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, GuardPtrTy);  
   const llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
     llvm::FunctionType::get(CGM.getTypes().ConvertType(CGM.getContext().IntTy),
-                            Args, /*isVarArg=*/false);
+                            GuardPtrTy, /*isVarArg=*/false);
   
   return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "__cxa_guard_acquire");
 }
@@ -1019,12 +1017,9 @@ static llvm::Constant *getGuardAcquireFn(CodeGenModule &CGM,
 static llvm::Constant *getGuardReleaseFn(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                          const llvm::PointerType *GuardPtrTy) {
   // void __cxa_guard_release(__guard *guard_object);
-  
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, GuardPtrTy);
-  
   const llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
     llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(CGM.getLLVMContext()),
-                            Args, /*isVarArg=*/false);
+                            GuardPtrTy, /*isVarArg=*/false);
   
   return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "__cxa_guard_release");
 }
@@ -1032,12 +1027,9 @@ static llvm::Constant *getGuardReleaseFn(CodeGenModule &CGM,
 static llvm::Constant *getGuardAbortFn(CodeGenModule &CGM,
                                        const llvm::PointerType *GuardPtrTy) {
   // void __cxa_guard_abort(__guard *guard_object);
-  
-  std::vector<const llvm::Type*> Args(1, GuardPtrTy);
-  
   const llvm::FunctionType *FTy =
     llvm::FunctionType::get(llvm::Type::getVoidTy(CGM.getLLVMContext()),
-                            Args, /*isVarArg=*/false);
+                            GuardPtrTy, /*isVarArg=*/false);
   
   return CGM.CreateRuntimeFunction(FTy, "__cxa_guard_abort");
 }
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.cpp
index 894502864464..4a2c4abbeb03 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/ModuleBuilder.cpp
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace {
                                      MEnd = D->decls_end();
              M != MEnd; ++M)
           if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*M))
-            if (Method->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+            if (Method->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
                 (Method->hasAttr<UsedAttr>() || 
                  Method->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()))
               Builder->EmitTopLevelDecl(Method);
diff --git a/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp b/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
index bc2472cebbeb..043ead7e62d9 100644
--- a/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/CodeGen/TargetInfo.cpp
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal) const {
   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
   if (StackAlign == 0)
-    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
+    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4);
 
   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
   // argument.
@@ -1315,13 +1315,10 @@ ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty) const {
   if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty))
     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
 
-  // Compute the byval alignment. We trust the back-end to honor the
-  // minimum ABI alignment for byval, to make cleaner IR.
-  const unsigned MinABIAlign = 8;
-  unsigned Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
-  if (Align > MinABIAlign)
-    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
-  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
+  // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
+  // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
+  unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
+  return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
 }
 
 /// Get16ByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
@@ -2279,6 +2276,22 @@ public:
   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
     return 13;
   }
+
+  bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
+                               llvm::Value *Address) const {
+    CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
+    llvm::LLVMContext &Context = CGF.getLLVMContext();
+
+    const llvm::IntegerType *i8 = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(Context);
+    llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
+
+    // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
+    AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
+
+    return false;
+  }
+
+
 };
 
 }
@@ -2845,10 +2858,21 @@ void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 namespace {
+class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
+public:
+  MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
+
+  ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
+  ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
+  virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
+  virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
+                                 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
+};
+
 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
 public:
   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
-    : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
+    : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT)) {}
 
   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
     return 29;
@@ -2859,6 +2883,54 @@ public:
 };
 }
 
+ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
+  if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
+    // Ignore empty aggregates.
+    if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 0)
+      return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
+
+    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
+  }
+
+  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
+  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
+    Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
+
+  return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
+          ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
+}
+
+ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
+  if (RetTy->isVoidType())
+    return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
+
+  if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
+    if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
+      return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
+
+    return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
+  }
+
+  // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
+  if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
+    RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
+
+  return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
+          ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
+}
+
+void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
+  FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
+  for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
+       it != ie; ++it)
+    it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type);
+}
+
+llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
+                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
+  return 0;
+}
+
 bool
 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
diff --git a/lib/Driver/Driver.cpp b/lib/Driver/Driver.cpp
index fc4d86c861c8..eb878a3f1c5e 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/Driver.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/Driver.cpp
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@
 using namespace clang::driver;
 using namespace clang;
 
-Driver::Driver(llvm::StringRef _ClangExecutable,
-               llvm::StringRef _DefaultHostTriple,
-               llvm::StringRef _DefaultImageName,
+Driver::Driver(llvm::StringRef ClangExecutable,
+               llvm::StringRef DefaultHostTriple,
+               llvm::StringRef DefaultImageName,
                bool IsProduction, bool CXXIsProduction,
-               Diagnostic &_Diags)
-  : Opts(createDriverOptTable()), Diags(_Diags),
-    ClangExecutable(_ClangExecutable), UseStdLib(true),
-    DefaultHostTriple(_DefaultHostTriple), DefaultImageName(_DefaultImageName),
+               Diagnostic &Diags)
+  : Opts(createDriverOptTable()), Diags(Diags),
+    ClangExecutable(ClangExecutable), UseStdLib(true),
+    DefaultHostTriple(DefaultHostTriple), DefaultImageName(DefaultImageName),
     DriverTitle("clang \"gcc-compatible\" driver"),
     Host(0),
     CCPrintOptionsFilename(0), CCPrintHeadersFilename(0),
@@ -398,9 +398,10 @@ void Driver::PrintVersion(const Compilation &C, llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const {
 /// PrintDiagnosticCategories - Implement the --print-diagnostic-categories
 /// option.
 static void PrintDiagnosticCategories(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) {
-  for (unsigned i = 1; // Skip the empty category.
-       const char *CategoryName = DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(i); ++i)
-    OS << i << ',' << CategoryName << '\n';
+  // Skip the empty category.
+  for (unsigned i = 1, max = DiagnosticIDs::getNumberOfCategories();
+       i != max; ++i)
+    OS << i << ',' << DiagnosticIDs::getCategoryNameFromID(i) << '\n';
 }
 
 bool Driver::HandleImmediateArgs(const Compilation &C) {
@@ -569,14 +570,14 @@ void Driver::PrintActions(const Compilation &C) const {
     PrintActions1(C, *it, Ids);
 }
 
-/// \brief Check whether the given input tree contains any compilation (or
-/// assembly) actions.
-static bool ContainsCompileAction(const Action *A) {
+/// \brief Check whether the given input tree contains any compilation or
+/// assembly actions.
+static bool ContainsCompileOrAssembleAction(const Action *A) {
   if (isa<CompileJobAction>(A) || isa<AssembleJobAction>(A))
     return true;
 
   for (Action::const_iterator it = A->begin(), ie = A->end(); it != ie; ++it)
-    if (ContainsCompileAction(*it))
+    if (ContainsCompileOrAssembleAction(*it))
       return true;
 
   return false;
@@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ void Driver::BuildUniversalActions(const ToolChain &TC,
       Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_g_Group);
       if (A && !A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_g0) &&
           !A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_gstabs) &&
-          ContainsCompileAction(Actions.back())) {
+          ContainsCompileOrAssembleAction(Actions.back())) {
         ActionList Inputs;
         Inputs.push_back(Actions.back());
         Actions.pop_back();
diff --git a/lib/Driver/HostInfo.cpp b/lib/Driver/HostInfo.cpp
index 198af54c035a..3b1c2c73fd74 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/HostInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/HostInfo.cpp
@@ -414,15 +414,20 @@ ToolChain *NetBSDHostInfo::CreateToolChain(const ArgList &Args,
         (A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_m32)) ? "powerpc" : "powerpc64";
     }
   }
+  llvm::Triple TargetTriple(getTriple());
+  TargetTriple.setArchName(ArchName);
 
-  ToolChain *&TC = ToolChains[ArchName];
-  if (!TC) {
-    llvm::Triple TCTriple(getTriple());
-    TCTriple.setArchName(ArchName);
+  ToolChain *TC;
 
-    TC = new toolchains::NetBSD(*this, TCTriple);
+  // XXX Cache toolchain even if -m32 is used
+  if (Arch == ArchName) {
+    TC = ToolChains[ArchName];
+    if (TC)
+      return TC;
   }
 
+  TC = new toolchains::NetBSD(*this, TargetTriple, getTriple());
+
   return TC;
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/Driver/ToolChains.cpp b/lib/Driver/ToolChains.cpp
index 4668d7303fc7..ca613e3d6c84 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/ToolChains.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/ToolChains.cpp
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
 
 #include "ToolChains.h"
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CLANG_CONFIG_H
+# include "clang/Config/config.h"
+#endif
+
 #include "clang/Driver/Arg.h"
 #include "clang/Driver/ArgList.h"
 #include "clang/Driver/Compilation.h"
@@ -115,7 +119,7 @@ llvm::StringRef Darwin::getDarwinArchName(const ArgList &Args) const {
   switch (getTriple().getArch()) {
   default:
     return getArchName();
-  
+
   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
   case llvm::Triple::arm: {
     if (const Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_march_EQ))
@@ -145,10 +149,10 @@ std::string Darwin::ComputeEffectiveClangTriple(const ArgList &Args) const {
   // the default triple).
   if (!isTargetInitialized())
     return Triple.getTriple();
-    
+
   unsigned Version[3];
   getTargetVersion(Version);
-  
+
   llvm::SmallString<16> Str;
   llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Str)
     << (isTargetIPhoneOS() ? "ios" : "macosx")
@@ -558,7 +562,7 @@ void DarwinClang::AddCCKextLibArgs(const ArgList &Args,
   P.appendComponent("lib");
   P.appendComponent("darwin");
   P.appendComponent("libclang_rt.cc_kext.a");
-  
+
   // For now, allow missing resource libraries to support developers who may
   // not have compiler-rt checked out or integrated into their build.
   bool Exists;
@@ -624,7 +628,7 @@ DerivedArgList *Darwin::TranslateArgs(const DerivedArgList &Args,
           DAL->AddSeparateArg(OriginalArg,
                               Opts.getOption(options::OPT_Zlinker_input),
                               A->getValue(Args, i));
-          
+
         }
         continue;
       }
@@ -915,8 +919,8 @@ TCEToolChain::~TCEToolChain() {
       delete it->second;
 }
 
-bool TCEToolChain::IsMathErrnoDefault() const { 
-  return true; 
+bool TCEToolChain::IsMathErrnoDefault() const {
+  return true;
 }
 
 bool TCEToolChain::IsUnwindTablesDefault() const {
@@ -931,7 +935,7 @@ const char *TCEToolChain::GetForcedPicModel() const {
   return 0;
 }
 
-Tool &TCEToolChain::SelectTool(const Compilation &C, 
+Tool &TCEToolChain::SelectTool(const Compilation &C,
                             const JobAction &JA,
                                const ActionList &Inputs) const {
   Action::ActionClass Key;
@@ -1002,7 +1006,12 @@ FreeBSD::FreeBSD(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple& Triple)
       llvm::Triple(getDriver().DefaultHostTriple).getArch() ==
         llvm::Triple::x86_64)
     Lib32 = true;
-    
+
+  if (Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc &&
+      llvm::Triple(getDriver().DefaultHostTriple).getArch() ==
+        llvm::Triple::ppc64)
+    Lib32 = true;
+
   if (Lib32) {
     getFilePaths().push_back("/usr/lib32");
   } else {
@@ -1043,14 +1052,14 @@ Tool &FreeBSD::SelectTool(const Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
 
 /// NetBSD - NetBSD tool chain which can call as(1) and ld(1) directly.
 
-NetBSD::NetBSD(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple& Triple)
-  : Generic_ELF(Host, Triple) {
+NetBSD::NetBSD(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple& Triple,
+               const llvm::Triple& ToolTriple)
+  : Generic_ELF(Host, Triple), ToolTriple(ToolTriple) {
 
   // Determine if we are compiling 32-bit code on an x86_64 platform.
   bool Lib32 = false;
-  if (Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 &&
-      llvm::Triple(getDriver().DefaultHostTriple).getArch() ==
-        llvm::Triple::x86_64)
+  if (ToolTriple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 &&
+      Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
     Lib32 = true;
 
   if (getDriver().UseStdLib) {
@@ -1080,10 +1089,11 @@ Tool &NetBSD::SelectTool(const Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
       if (UseIntegratedAs)
         T = new tools::ClangAs(*this);
       else
-        T = new tools::netbsd::Assemble(*this);
+        T = new tools::netbsd::Assemble(*this, ToolTriple);
       break;
     case Action::LinkJobClass:
-      T = new tools::netbsd::Link(*this); break;
+      T = new tools::netbsd::Link(*this, ToolTriple);
+      break;
     default:
       T = &Generic_GCC::SelectTool(C, JA, Inputs);
     }
@@ -1172,12 +1182,18 @@ enum LinuxDistro {
   ArchLinux,
   DebianLenny,
   DebianSqueeze,
+  DebianWheezy,
   Exherbo,
+  RHEL4,
+  RHEL5,
+  RHEL6,
   Fedora13,
   Fedora14,
   Fedora15,
   FedoraRawhide,
   OpenSuse11_3,
+  OpenSuse11_4,
+  OpenSuse12_1,
   UbuntuHardy,
   UbuntuIntrepid,
   UbuntuJaunty,
@@ -1185,27 +1201,31 @@ enum LinuxDistro {
   UbuntuLucid,
   UbuntuMaverick,
   UbuntuNatty,
+  UbuntuOneiric,
   UnknownDistro
 };
 
-static bool IsFedora(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
+static bool IsRedhat(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
   return Distro == Fedora13 || Distro == Fedora14 ||
-         Distro == Fedora15 || Distro == FedoraRawhide;
+         Distro == Fedora15 || Distro == FedoraRawhide ||
+         Distro == RHEL4 || Distro == RHEL5 || Distro == RHEL6;
 }
 
 static bool IsOpenSuse(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
-  return Distro == OpenSuse11_3;
+  return Distro == OpenSuse11_3 || Distro == OpenSuse11_4 ||
+         Distro == OpenSuse12_1;
 }
 
 static bool IsDebian(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
-  return Distro == DebianLenny || Distro == DebianSqueeze;
+  return Distro == DebianLenny || Distro == DebianSqueeze ||
+         Distro == DebianWheezy;
 }
 
 static bool IsUbuntu(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
   return Distro == UbuntuHardy  || Distro == UbuntuIntrepid ||
-         Distro == UbuntuLucid  || Distro == UbuntuMaverick || 
+         Distro == UbuntuLucid  || Distro == UbuntuMaverick ||
          Distro == UbuntuJaunty || Distro == UbuntuKarmic ||
-         Distro == UbuntuNatty;
+         Distro == UbuntuNatty  || Distro == UbuntuOneiric;
 }
 
 static bool IsDebianBased(enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
@@ -1223,7 +1243,8 @@ static bool HasMultilib(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch, enum LinuxDistro Distro) {
   }
   if (Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc64)
     return true;
-  if ((Arch == llvm::Triple::x86 || Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc) && IsDebianBased(Distro))
+  if ((Arch == llvm::Triple::x86 || Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc) && 
+      IsDebianBased(Distro))
     return true;
   return false;
 }
@@ -1249,6 +1270,8 @@ static LinuxDistro DetectLinuxDistro(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
         return UbuntuMaverick;
       else if (Lines[i] == "DISTRIB_CODENAME=natty")
         return UbuntuNatty;
+      else if (Lines[i] == "DISTRIB_CODENAME=oneiric")
+        return UbuntuOneiric;
     }
     return UnknownDistro;
   }
@@ -1264,6 +1287,17 @@ static LinuxDistro DetectLinuxDistro(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
     else if (Data.startswith("Fedora release") &&
              Data.find("Rawhide") != llvm::StringRef::npos)
       return FedoraRawhide;
+    else if (Data.startswith("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") &&
+             Data.find("release 6") != llvm::StringRef::npos)
+      return RHEL6;
+    else if ((Data.startswith("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") ||
+	      Data.startswith("CentOS")) &&
+             Data.find("release 5") != llvm::StringRef::npos)
+      return RHEL5;
+    else if ((Data.startswith("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") ||
+	      Data.startswith("CentOS")) &&
+             Data.find("release 4") != llvm::StringRef::npos)
+      return RHEL4;
     return UnknownDistro;
   }
 
@@ -1273,6 +1307,8 @@ static LinuxDistro DetectLinuxDistro(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
       return DebianLenny;
     else if (Data.startswith("squeeze/sid"))
       return DebianSqueeze;
+    else if (Data.startswith("wheezy/sid"))
+      return DebianWheezy;
     return UnknownDistro;
   }
 
@@ -1280,6 +1316,10 @@ static LinuxDistro DetectLinuxDistro(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
     llvm::StringRef Data = File.get()->getBuffer();
     if (Data.startswith("openSUSE 11.3"))
       return OpenSuse11_3;
+    else if (Data.startswith("openSUSE 11.4"))
+      return OpenSuse11_4;
+    else if (Data.startswith("openSUSE 12.1"))
+      return OpenSuse12_1;
     return UnknownDistro;
   }
 
@@ -1293,6 +1333,54 @@ static LinuxDistro DetectLinuxDistro(llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch) {
   return UnknownDistro;
 }
 
+static std::string findGCCBaseLibDir(const std::string &GccTriple) {
+  // FIXME: Using CXX_INCLUDE_ROOT is here is a bit of a hack, but
+  // avoids adding yet another option to configure/cmake.
+  // It would probably be cleaner to break it in two variables
+  // CXX_GCC_ROOT with just /foo/bar
+  // CXX_GCC_VER with 4.5.2
+  // Then we would have
+  // CXX_INCLUDE_ROOT = CXX_GCC_ROOT/include/c++/CXX_GCC_VER
+  // and this function would return
+  // CXX_GCC_ROOT/lib/gcc/CXX_INCLUDE_ARCH/CXX_GCC_VER
+  llvm::SmallString<128> CxxIncludeRoot(CXX_INCLUDE_ROOT);
+  if (CxxIncludeRoot != "") {
+    // This is of the form /foo/bar/include/c++/4.5.2/
+    if (CxxIncludeRoot.back() == '/')
+      llvm::sys::path::remove_filename(CxxIncludeRoot); // remove the /
+    llvm::StringRef Version = llvm::sys::path::filename(CxxIncludeRoot);
+    llvm::sys::path::remove_filename(CxxIncludeRoot); // remove the version
+    llvm::sys::path::remove_filename(CxxIncludeRoot); // remove the c++
+    llvm::sys::path::remove_filename(CxxIncludeRoot); // remove the include
+    std::string ret(CxxIncludeRoot.c_str());
+    ret.append("/lib/gcc/");
+    ret.append(CXX_INCLUDE_ARCH);
+    ret.append("/");
+    ret.append(Version);
+    return ret;
+  }
+  static const char* GccVersions[] = {"4.6.0", "4.6",
+                                      "4.5.2", "4.5.1", "4.5",
+                                      "4.4.5", "4.4.4", "4.4.3", "4.4",
+                                      "4.3.4", "4.3.3", "4.3.2", "4.3",
+                                      "4.2.4", "4.2.3", "4.2.2", "4.2.1",
+                                      "4.2", "4.1.1"};
+  bool Exists;
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i < sizeof(GccVersions)/sizeof(char*); ++i) {
+    std::string Suffix = GccTriple + "/" + GccVersions[i];
+    std::string t1 = "/usr/lib/gcc/" + Suffix;
+    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t1 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists)
+      return t1;
+    std::string t2 = "/usr/lib64/gcc/" + Suffix;
+    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t2 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists)
+      return t2;
+    std::string t3 = "/usr/lib/" + GccTriple + "/gcc/" + Suffix;
+    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t3 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists)
+      return t3;
+  }
+  return "";
+}
+
 Linux::Linux(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple &Triple)
   : Generic_ELF(Host, Triple) {
   llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch =
@@ -1366,42 +1454,23 @@ Linux::Linux(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple &Triple)
   } else if (Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc) {
     if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib/powerpc-linux-gnu", Exists) && Exists)
       GccTriple = "powerpc-linux-gnu";
-    else if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib/gcc/powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu", Exists) && Exists)
+    else if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib/gcc/powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu",
+                                    Exists) && Exists)
       GccTriple = "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu";
   } else if (Arch == llvm::Triple::ppc64) {
-    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib/gcc/powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu", Exists) && Exists)
+    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib/gcc/powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu",
+                               Exists) && Exists)
       GccTriple = "powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu";
-    else if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib64/gcc/powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu", Exists) && Exists)
+    else if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists("/usr/lib64/gcc/"
+                                    "powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu", Exists) && 
+             Exists)
       GccTriple = "powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu";
   }
 
-  const char* GccVersions[] = {"4.6.0",
-                               "4.5.2", "4.5.1", "4.5",
-                               "4.4.5", "4.4.4", "4.4.3", "4.4",
-                               "4.3.4", "4.3.3", "4.3.2", "4.3",
-                               "4.2.4", "4.2.3", "4.2.2", "4.2.1", "4.2"};
-  std::string Base = "";
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i < sizeof(GccVersions)/sizeof(char*); ++i) {
-    std::string Suffix = GccTriple + "/" + GccVersions[i];
-    std::string t1 = "/usr/lib/gcc/" + Suffix;
-    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t1 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists) {
-      Base = t1;
-      break;
-    }
-    std::string t2 = "/usr/lib64/gcc/" + Suffix;
-    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t2 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists) {
-      Base = t2;
-      break;
-    }
-    std::string t3 = "/usr/lib/" + GccTriple + "/gcc/" + Suffix;
-    if (!llvm::sys::fs::exists(t3 + "/crtbegin.o", Exists) && Exists) {
-      Base = t3;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
+  std::string Base = findGCCBaseLibDir(GccTriple);
   path_list &Paths = getFilePaths();
-  bool Is32Bits = (getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 || getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc);
+  bool Is32Bits = (getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 || 
+                   getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc);
 
   std::string Suffix;
   std::string Lib;
@@ -1422,7 +1491,7 @@ Linux::Linux(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple &Triple)
 
   LinuxDistro Distro = DetectLinuxDistro(Arch);
 
-  if (IsUbuntu(Distro)) {
+  if (IsOpenSuse(Distro) || IsUbuntu(Distro)) {
     ExtraOpts.push_back("-z");
     ExtraOpts.push_back("relro");
   }
@@ -1430,21 +1499,28 @@ Linux::Linux(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple &Triple)
   if (Arch == llvm::Triple::arm || Arch == llvm::Triple::thumb)
     ExtraOpts.push_back("-X");
 
-  if (IsFedora(Distro) || Distro == UbuntuMaverick || Distro == UbuntuNatty)
+  if (IsRedhat(Distro) || IsOpenSuse(Distro) || Distro == UbuntuMaverick ||
+      Distro == UbuntuNatty || Distro == UbuntuOneiric)
     ExtraOpts.push_back("--hash-style=gnu");
 
-  if (IsDebian(Distro) || Distro == UbuntuLucid || Distro == UbuntuJaunty ||
-      Distro == UbuntuKarmic)
+  if (IsDebian(Distro) || IsOpenSuse(Distro) || Distro == UbuntuLucid ||
+      Distro == UbuntuJaunty || Distro == UbuntuKarmic)
     ExtraOpts.push_back("--hash-style=both");
 
-  if (IsFedora(Distro))
+  if (IsRedhat(Distro))
     ExtraOpts.push_back("--no-add-needed");
 
-  if (Distro == DebianSqueeze || IsOpenSuse(Distro) ||
-      IsFedora(Distro) || Distro == UbuntuLucid || Distro == UbuntuMaverick ||
-      Distro == UbuntuKarmic || Distro == UbuntuNatty)
+  if (Distro == DebianSqueeze || Distro == DebianWheezy ||
+      IsOpenSuse(Distro) ||
+      (IsRedhat(Distro) && Distro != RHEL4 && Distro != RHEL5) ||
+      Distro == UbuntuLucid ||
+      Distro == UbuntuMaverick || Distro == UbuntuKarmic ||
+      Distro == UbuntuNatty || Distro == UbuntuOneiric)
     ExtraOpts.push_back("--build-id");
 
+  if (IsOpenSuse(Distro))
+    ExtraOpts.push_back("--enable-new-dtags");
+
   if (Distro == ArchLinux)
     Lib = "lib";
 
@@ -1453,9 +1529,14 @@ Linux::Linux(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple &Triple)
     if (IsOpenSuse(Distro) && Is32Bits)
       Paths.push_back(Base + "/../../../../" + GccTriple + "/lib/../lib");
     Paths.push_back(Base + "/../../../../" + Lib);
-    Paths.push_back("/lib/../" + Lib);
-    Paths.push_back("/usr/lib/../" + Lib);
   }
+
+  // FIXME: This is in here to find crt1.o. It is provided by libc, and
+  // libc (like gcc), can be installed in any directory. Once we are
+  // fetching this from a config file, we should have a libc prefix.
+  Paths.push_back("/lib/../" + Lib);
+  Paths.push_back("/usr/lib/../" + Lib);
+
   if (!Suffix.empty())
     Paths.push_back(Base);
   if (IsOpenSuse(Distro))
diff --git a/lib/Driver/ToolChains.h b/lib/Driver/ToolChains.h
index 7a1a05025296..ace9b847919f 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/ToolChains.h
+++ b/lib/Driver/ToolChains.h
@@ -308,8 +308,11 @@ public:
 };
 
 class LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY NetBSD : public Generic_ELF {
+  const llvm::Triple ToolTriple;
+
 public:
-  NetBSD(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple& Triple);
+  NetBSD(const HostInfo &Host, const llvm::Triple& Triple,
+         const llvm::Triple& ToolTriple);
 
   virtual Tool &SelectTool(const Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                            const ActionList &Inputs) const;
diff --git a/lib/Driver/Tools.cpp b/lib/Driver/Tools.cpp
index 60803ddf93c8..8cd7adc42e84 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/Tools.cpp
+++ b/lib/Driver/Tools.cpp
@@ -47,8 +47,9 @@ using namespace clang::driver::tools;
 /// FindTargetProgramPath - Return path of the target specific version of
 /// ProgName.  If it doesn't exist, return path of ProgName itself.
 static std::string FindTargetProgramPath(const ToolChain &TheToolChain,
+                                         const std::string TripleString,
                                          const char *ProgName) {
-  std::string Executable(TheToolChain.getTripleString() + "-" + ProgName);
+  std::string Executable(TripleString + "-" + ProgName);
   std::string Path(TheToolChain.GetProgramPath(Executable.c_str()));
   if (Path != Executable)
     return Path;
@@ -146,6 +147,22 @@ static void AddLinkerInputs(const ToolChain &TC,
   }
 }
 
+static void addProfileRT(const ToolChain &TC, const ArgList &Args,
+                         ArgStringList &CmdArgs) {
+  if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fprofile_arcs) ||
+      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fprofile_generate) ||
+      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fcreate_profile) ||
+      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_coverage)) {
+    // GCC links libgcov.a by adding -L<inst>/gcc/lib/gcc/<triple>/<ver> -lgcov
+    // to the link line. We cannot do the same thing because unlike gcov
+    // there is a libprofile_rt.so. We used to use the -l:libprofile_rt.a
+    // syntax, but that is not supported by old linkers.
+    const char *lib = Args.MakeArgString(TC.getDriver().Dir + "/../lib/" +
+                                         "libprofile_rt.a");
+    CmdArgs.push_back(lib);
+  }
+}
+
 void Clang::AddPreprocessingOptions(const Driver &D,
                                     const ArgList &Args,
                                     ArgStringList &CmdArgs,
@@ -428,6 +445,7 @@ static bool isSignedCharDefault(const llvm::Triple &Triple) {
   default:
     return true;
 
+  case llvm::Triple::arm:
   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin)
@@ -652,7 +670,7 @@ void Clang::AddMIPSTargetArgs(const ArgList &Args,
     else if (MArch == "r6000")
       CmdArgs.push_back("mips2");
     else
-      CmdArgs.push_back(MArch.str().c_str());
+      CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString(MArch));
   }
 
   // Select the float ABI as determined by -msoft-float, -mhard-float, and
@@ -761,34 +779,34 @@ void Clang::AddX86TargetArgs(const ArgList &Args,
   if (!CPUName) {
     // FIXME: Need target hooks.
     if (getToolChain().getOS().startswith("darwin")) {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "core2";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "yonah";
     } else if (getToolChain().getOS().startswith("haiku"))  {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "x86-64";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "i586";
     } else if (getToolChain().getOS().startswith("openbsd"))  {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "x86-64";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "i486";
     } else if (getToolChain().getOS().startswith("freebsd"))  {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "x86-64";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "i486";
     } else if (getToolChain().getOS().startswith("netbsd"))  {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "x86-64";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "i486";
     } else {
-      if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "x86_64")
+      if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64)
         CPUName = "x86-64";
-      else if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+      else if (getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
         CPUName = "pentium4";
     }
   }
@@ -907,21 +925,63 @@ static void addExceptionArgs(const ArgList &Args, types::ID InputType,
 
 static bool ShouldDisableCFI(const ArgList &Args,
                              const ToolChain &TC) {
+  if (TC.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) {
+    // The native darwin assembler doesn't support cfi directives, so
+    // we disable them if we think the .s file will be passed to it.
+
+    // FIXME: Duplicated code with ToolChains.cpp
+    // FIXME: This doesn't belong here, but ideally we will support static soon
+    // anyway.
+    bool HasStatic = (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_mkernel) ||
+                      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_static) ||
+                      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fapple_kext));
+    bool IsIADefault = TC.IsIntegratedAssemblerDefault() && !HasStatic;
+    bool UseIntegratedAs = Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_integrated_as,
+                                        options::OPT_no_integrated_as,
+                                        IsIADefault);
+    bool UseCFI = Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fdwarf2_cfi_asm,
+                               options::OPT_fno_dwarf2_cfi_asm,
+                               UseIntegratedAs);
+    return !UseCFI;
+  }
+
+  // For now we assume that every other assembler support CFI.
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Check whether the given input tree contains any compilation actions.
+static bool ContainsCompileAction(const Action *A) {
+  if (isa<CompileJobAction>(A))
+    return true;
+
+  for (Action::const_iterator it = A->begin(), ie = A->end(); it != ie; ++it)
+    if (ContainsCompileAction(*it))
+      return true;
 
-  // FIXME: Duplicated code with ToolChains.cpp
-  // FIXME: This doesn't belong here, but ideally we will support static soon
-  // anyway.
-  bool HasStatic = (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_mkernel) ||
-                    Args.hasArg(options::OPT_static) ||
-                    Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fapple_kext));
-  bool IsIADefault = TC.IsIntegratedAssemblerDefault() && !HasStatic;
-  bool UseIntegratedAs = Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_integrated_as,
-                                      options::OPT_no_integrated_as,
-                                      IsIADefault);
-  bool UseCFI = Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fdwarf2_cfi_asm,
-                             options::OPT_fno_dwarf2_cfi_asm,
-                             UseIntegratedAs);
-  return !UseCFI;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Check if -relax-all should be passed to the internal assembler.
+/// This is done by default when compiling non-assembler source with -O0.
+static bool UseRelaxAll(Compilation &C, const ArgList &Args) {
+  bool RelaxDefault = true;
+
+  if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_O_Group))
+    RelaxDefault = A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_O0);
+
+  if (RelaxDefault) {
+    RelaxDefault = false;
+    for (ActionList::const_iterator it = C.getActions().begin(),
+           ie = C.getActions().end(); it != ie; ++it) {
+      if (ContainsCompileAction(*it)) {
+        RelaxDefault = true;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_mrelax_all, options::OPT_mno_relax_all,
+    RelaxDefault);
 }
 
 void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
@@ -959,13 +1019,7 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   } else if (isa<AssembleJobAction>(JA)) {
     CmdArgs.push_back("-emit-obj");
 
-    // At -O0, we use -mrelax-all by default.
-    bool IsOpt = false;
-    if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_O_Group))
-      IsOpt = !A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_O0);
-    if (Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_mrelax_all,
-                     options::OPT_mno_relax_all,
-                     !IsOpt))
+    if (UseRelaxAll(C, Args))
       CmdArgs.push_back("-mrelax-all");
 
     // When using an integrated assembler, translate -Wa, and -Xassembler
@@ -983,6 +1037,9 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
           // Do nothing, this is the default and we don't support anything else.
         } else if (Value == "-L") {
           CmdArgs.push_back("-msave-temp-labels");
+        } else if (Value == "--fatal-warnings") {
+          CmdArgs.push_back("-mllvm");
+          CmdArgs.push_back("-fatal-assembler-warnings");
         } else {
           D.Diag(clang::diag::err_drv_unsupported_option_argument)
             << A->getOption().getName() << Value;
@@ -1303,6 +1360,14 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
       Args.hasArg(options::OPT_coverage))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-femit-coverage-data");
 
+  if (C.getArgs().hasArg(options::OPT_c) ||
+      C.getArgs().hasArg(options::OPT_S)) {
+    if (Output.isFilename()) {
+      CmdArgs.push_back("-coverage-file");
+      CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString(Output.getFilename()));
+    }
+  }
+
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_nostdinc);
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_nostdincxx);
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_nobuiltininc);
@@ -1477,6 +1542,12 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                     options::OPT_fno_lax_vector_conversions))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-fno-lax-vector-conversions");
 
+  // -fobjc-infer-related-result-type is the default.
+  if (Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fobjc_infer_related_result_type, 
+                   options::OPT_fno_objc_infer_related_result_type, 
+                   /*Default=*/true))
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fobjc-infer-related-result-type");
+  
   // Handle -fobjc-gc and -fobjc-gc-only. They are exclusive, and -fobjc-gc-only
   // takes precedence.
   const Arg *GCArg = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_fobjc_gc_only);
@@ -1495,7 +1566,6 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   if (Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_fapple_kext))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-fapple-kext");
 
-  Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_fno_show_column);
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_fobjc_sender_dependent_dispatch);
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_fdiagnostics_print_source_range_info);
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_fdiagnostics_parseable_fixits);
@@ -1546,6 +1616,12 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     CmdArgs.push_back(Args.MakeArgString(llvm::Twine(StackProtectorLevel)));
   }
 
+  // Translate -mstackrealign
+  if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_mstackrealign)) {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-backend-option");
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-force-align-stack");
+  }
+  
   // Forward -f options with positive and negative forms; we translate
   // these by hand.
 
@@ -1653,6 +1729,11 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                options::OPT_fno_gnu_keywords))
     A->render(Args, CmdArgs);
 
+  if (Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fgnu89_inline,
+                   options::OPT_fno_gnu89_inline,
+                   false))
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fgnu89-inline");
+
   // -fnext-runtime defaults to on Darwin and when rewriting Objective-C, and is
   // -the -cc1 default.
   bool NeXTRuntimeIsDefault =
@@ -1815,6 +1896,12 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     CmdArgs.push_back(A->getValue(Args));
   }
 
+  if (const Arg *A =
+        Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_fdiagnostics_format_EQ)) {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fdiagnostics-format");
+    CmdArgs.push_back(A->getValue(Args));
+  }
+
   if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(
       options::OPT_fdiagnostics_show_note_include_stack,
       options::OPT_fno_diagnostics_show_note_include_stack)) {
@@ -1836,6 +1923,11 @@ void Clang::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                     options::OPT_fno_show_source_location))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-fno-show-source-location");
 
+  if (!Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fshow_column,
+                    options::OPT_fno_show_column,
+                    true))
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-fno-show-column");
+
   if (!Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_fspell_checking,
                     options::OPT_fno_spell_checking))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-fno-spell-checking");
@@ -2005,13 +2097,7 @@ void ClangAs::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   CmdArgs.push_back("-filetype");
   CmdArgs.push_back("obj");
 
-  // At -O0, we use -mrelax-all by default.
-  bool IsOpt = false;
-  if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_O_Group))
-    IsOpt = !A->getOption().matches(options::OPT_O0);
-  if (Args.hasFlag(options::OPT_mrelax_all,
-                    options::OPT_mno_relax_all,
-                    !IsOpt))
+  if (UseRelaxAll(C, Args))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-relax-all");
 
   // Ignore explicit -force_cpusubtype_ALL option.
@@ -2893,12 +2979,17 @@ void darwin::Link::AddLinkArgs(Compilation &C,
   Args.AddAllArgs(CmdArgs, options::OPT_sub__library);
   Args.AddAllArgs(CmdArgs, options::OPT_sub__umbrella);
 
-  Args.AddAllArgsTranslated(CmdArgs, options::OPT_isysroot, "-syslibroot");
-  if (getDarwinToolChain().isTargetIPhoneOS()) {
-    if (!Args.hasArg(options::OPT_isysroot)) {
-      CmdArgs.push_back("-syslibroot");
-      CmdArgs.push_back("/Developer/SDKs/Extra");
-    }
+  // Give --sysroot= preference, over the Apple specific behavior to also use
+  // --isysroot as the syslibroot.
+  if (const Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT__sysroot_EQ)) {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-syslibroot");
+    CmdArgs.push_back(A->getValue(Args));
+  } else if (const Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(options::OPT_isysroot)) {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-syslibroot");
+    CmdArgs.push_back(A->getValue(Args));
+  } else if (getDarwinToolChain().isTargetIPhoneOS()) {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-syslibroot");
+    CmdArgs.push_back("/Developer/SDKs/Extra");
   }
 
   Args.AddLastArg(CmdArgs, options::OPT_twolevel__namespace);
@@ -3059,12 +3150,6 @@ void darwin::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     CmdArgs.push_back(LinkingOutput);
   }
 
-  if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fprofile_arcs) ||
-      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fprofile_generate) ||
-      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fcreate_profile) ||
-      Args.hasArg(options::OPT_coverage))
-    CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcov");
-
   if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_fnested_functions))
     CmdArgs.push_back("-allow_stack_execute");
 
@@ -3085,6 +3170,8 @@ void darwin::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     // endfile_spec is empty.
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   Args.AddAllArgs(CmdArgs, options::OPT_T_Group);
   Args.AddAllArgs(CmdArgs, options::OPT_F);
 
@@ -3124,14 +3211,14 @@ void darwin::Dsymutil::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                     const char *LinkingOutput) const {
   ArgStringList CmdArgs;
 
+  CmdArgs.push_back("-o");
+  CmdArgs.push_back(Output.getFilename());
+
   assert(Inputs.size() == 1 && "Unable to handle multiple inputs.");
   const InputInfo &Input = Inputs[0];
   assert(Input.isFilename() && "Unexpected dsymutil input.");
   CmdArgs.push_back(Input.getFilename());
 
-  CmdArgs.push_back("-o");
-  CmdArgs.push_back(Output.getFilename());
-
   const char *Exec =
     Args.MakeArgString(getToolChain().GetProgramPath("dsymutil"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
@@ -3242,6 +3329,8 @@ void auroraux::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                 getToolChain().GetFilePath("crtend.o")));
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   const char *Exec =
     Args.MakeArgString(getToolChain().GetProgramPath("ld"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
@@ -3377,6 +3466,8 @@ void freebsd::Assemble::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
     CmdArgs.push_back("--32");
 
+  if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "powerpc")
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-a32");
 
   // Set byte order explicitly
   if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "mips")
@@ -3433,6 +3524,11 @@ void freebsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     CmdArgs.push_back("elf_i386_fbsd");
   }
 
+  if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "powerpc") {
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-m");
+    CmdArgs.push_back("elf32ppc");
+  }
+
   if (Output.isFilename()) {
     CmdArgs.push_back("-o");
     CmdArgs.push_back(Output.getFilename());
@@ -3541,6 +3637,8 @@ void freebsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                                                     "crtn.o")));
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   const char *Exec =
     Args.MakeArgString(getToolChain().GetProgramPath("ld"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
@@ -3555,7 +3653,8 @@ void netbsd::Assemble::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
 
   // When building 32-bit code on NetBSD/amd64, we have to explicitly
   // instruct as in the base system to assemble 32-bit code.
-  if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386")
+  if (ToolTriple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 &&
+      getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
     CmdArgs.push_back("--32");
 
 
@@ -3578,7 +3677,8 @@ void netbsd::Assemble::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
   }
 
   const char *Exec = Args.MakeArgString(FindTargetProgramPath(getToolChain(),
-                                                              "as"));
+                                                      ToolTriple.getTriple(),
+                                                      "as"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
 }
 
@@ -3609,7 +3709,8 @@ void netbsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
 
   // When building 32-bit code on NetBSD/amd64, we have to explicitly
   // instruct ld in the base system to link 32-bit code.
-  if (getToolChain().getArchName() == "i386") {
+  if (ToolTriple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 &&
+      getToolChain().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) {
     CmdArgs.push_back("-m");
     CmdArgs.push_back("elf_i386");
   }
@@ -3656,7 +3757,6 @@ void netbsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     }
     // FIXME: For some reason GCC passes -lgcc and -lgcc_s before adding
     // the default system libraries. Just mimic this for now.
-    CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcc");
     if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_static)) {
       CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcc_eh");
     } else {
@@ -3664,6 +3764,7 @@ void netbsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
       CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcc_s");
       CmdArgs.push_back("--no-as-needed");
     }
+    CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcc");
 
     if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_pthread))
       CmdArgs.push_back("-lpthread");
@@ -3691,8 +3792,11 @@ void netbsd::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                                                     "crtn.o")));
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   const char *Exec = Args.MakeArgString(FindTargetProgramPath(getToolChain(),
-                                                              "ld"));
+                                                      ToolTriple.getTriple(),
+                                                      "ld"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
 }
 
@@ -3854,10 +3958,10 @@ void linuxtools::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     CmdArgs.push_back("-lm");
   }
 
-  if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_static))
-    CmdArgs.push_back("--start-group");
-
   if (!Args.hasArg(options::OPT_nostdlib)) {
+    if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_static))
+      CmdArgs.push_back("--start-group");
+
     if (!D.CCCIsCXX)
       CmdArgs.push_back("-lgcc");
 
@@ -3912,6 +4016,8 @@ void linuxtools::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
     }
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   if (Args.hasArg(options::OPT_use_gold_plugin)) {
     CmdArgs.push_back("-plugin");
     std::string Plugin = ToolChain.getDriver().Dir + "/../lib/LLVMgold.so";
@@ -3994,6 +4100,8 @@ void minix::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                                               "/usr/gnu/lib/libend.a")));
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   const char *Exec =
     Args.MakeArgString(getToolChain().GetProgramPath("/usr/gnu/bin/gld"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
@@ -4149,6 +4257,8 @@ void dragonfly::Link::ConstructJob(Compilation &C, const JobAction &JA,
                               getToolChain().GetFilePath("crtn.o")));
   }
 
+  addProfileRT(getToolChain(), Args, CmdArgs);
+
   const char *Exec =
     Args.MakeArgString(getToolChain().GetProgramPath("ld"));
   C.addCommand(new Command(JA, *this, Exec, CmdArgs));
diff --git a/lib/Driver/Tools.h b/lib/Driver/Tools.h
index 93abf75722eb..4a5a7e474526 100644
--- a/lib/Driver/Tools.h
+++ b/lib/Driver/Tools.h
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 #include "clang/Driver/Types.h"
 #include "clang/Driver/Util.h"
 
+#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
 
 namespace clang {
@@ -338,9 +339,12 @@ namespace freebsd {
   /// netbsd -- Directly call GNU Binutils assembler and linker
 namespace netbsd {
   class LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY Assemble : public Tool  {
+  private:
+    const llvm::Triple ToolTriple;
+
   public:
-    Assemble(const ToolChain &TC) : Tool("netbsd::Assemble", "assembler",
-                                         TC) {}
+    Assemble(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::Triple &ToolTriple)
+      : Tool("netbsd::Assemble", "assembler", TC), ToolTriple(ToolTriple) {}
 
     virtual bool hasIntegratedCPP() const { return false; }
 
@@ -351,8 +355,12 @@ namespace netbsd {
                               const char *LinkingOutput) const;
   };
   class LLVM_LIBRARY_VISIBILITY Link : public Tool  {
+  private:
+    const llvm::Triple ToolTriple;
+
   public:
-    Link(const ToolChain &TC) : Tool("netbsd::Link", "linker", TC) {}
+    Link(const ToolChain &TC, const llvm::Triple &ToolTriple)
+      : Tool("netbsd::Ling", "linker", TC), ToolTriple(ToolTriple) {}
 
     virtual bool hasIntegratedCPP() const { return false; }
 
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/ASTConsumers.cpp b/lib/Frontend/ASTConsumers.cpp
index ecd6ef442aea..28d312a2219b 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/ASTConsumers.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/ASTConsumers.cpp
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ void DeclContextPrinter::PrintDeclContext(const DeclContext* DC,
     break;
   case Decl::Function: {
     const FunctionDecl* FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DC);
-    if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+    if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
       Out << "[function] ";
     else
       Out << "<function> ";
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/ASTUnit.cpp b/lib/Frontend/ASTUnit.cpp
index 2a1244841e3b..8827116f2e40 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/ASTUnit.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/ASTUnit.cpp
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ ASTUnit::ASTUnit(bool _MainFileIsAST)
     ConcurrencyCheckValue(CheckUnlocked), 
     PreambleRebuildCounter(0), SavedMainFileBuffer(0), PreambleBuffer(0),
     ShouldCacheCodeCompletionResults(false),
+    NestedMacroInstantiations(true),
     CompletionCacheTopLevelHashValue(0),
     PreambleTopLevelHashValue(0),
     CurrentTopLevelHashValue(0),
@@ -579,6 +580,11 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(const std::string &Filename,
 
   Reader.reset(new ASTReader(AST->getSourceManager(), AST->getFileManager(),
                              AST->getDiagnostics()));
+  
+  // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
+  llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<ASTReader>
+    ReaderCleanup(Reader.get());
+
   Reader->setListener(new ASTInfoCollector(LangInfo, HeaderInfo, TargetTriple,
                                            Predefines, Counter));
 
@@ -633,6 +639,11 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromASTFile(const std::string &Filename,
   // AST file as needed.
   ASTReader *ReaderPtr = Reader.get();
   llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> Source(Reader.take());
+
+  // Unregister the cleanup for ASTReader.  It will get cleaned up
+  // by the ASTUnit cleanup.
+  ReaderCleanup.unregister();
+
   Context.setExternalSource(Source);
 
   // Create an AST consumer, even though it isn't used.
@@ -917,6 +928,8 @@ bool ASTUnit::Parse(llvm::MemoryBuffer *OverrideMainBuffer) {
   // If the main file has been overridden due to the use of a preamble,
   // make that override happen and introduce the preamble.
   PreprocessorOptions &PreprocessorOpts = Clang->getPreprocessorOpts();
+  PreprocessorOpts.DetailedRecordIncludesNestedMacroInstantiations
+    = NestedMacroInstantiations;
   std::string PriorImplicitPCHInclude;
   if (OverrideMainBuffer) {
     PreprocessorOpts.addRemappedFile(OriginalSourceFile, OverrideMainBuffer);
@@ -1554,6 +1567,119 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::create(CompilerInvocation *CI,
   return AST.take();
 }
 
+ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromCompilerInvocationAction(CompilerInvocation *CI,
+                                   llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<Diagnostic> Diags,
+                                             ASTFrontendAction *Action) {
+  assert(CI && "A CompilerInvocation is required");
+
+  // Create the AST unit.
+  llvm::OwningPtr<ASTUnit> AST;
+  AST.reset(new ASTUnit(false));
+  ConfigureDiags(Diags, 0, 0, *AST, /*CaptureDiagnostics*/false);
+  AST->Diagnostics = Diags;
+  AST->OnlyLocalDecls = false;
+  AST->CaptureDiagnostics = false;
+  AST->CompleteTranslationUnit = Action ? Action->usesCompleteTranslationUnit()
+                                        : true;
+  AST->ShouldCacheCodeCompletionResults = false;
+  AST->Invocation = CI;
+
+  // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
+  llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<ASTUnit>
+    ASTUnitCleanup(AST.get());
+  llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<Diagnostic,
+    llvm::CrashRecoveryContextReleaseRefCleanup<Diagnostic> >
+    DiagCleanup(Diags.getPtr());
+
+  // We'll manage file buffers ourselves.
+  CI->getPreprocessorOpts().RetainRemappedFileBuffers = true;
+  CI->getFrontendOpts().DisableFree = false;
+  ProcessWarningOptions(AST->getDiagnostics(), CI->getDiagnosticOpts());
+
+  // Save the target features.
+  AST->TargetFeatures = CI->getTargetOpts().Features;
+
+  // Create the compiler instance to use for building the AST.
+  llvm::OwningPtr<CompilerInstance> Clang(new CompilerInstance());
+
+  // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
+  llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<CompilerInstance>
+    CICleanup(Clang.get());
+
+  Clang->setInvocation(CI);
+  AST->OriginalSourceFile = Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].second;
+    
+  // Set up diagnostics, capturing any diagnostics that would
+  // otherwise be dropped.
+  Clang->setDiagnostics(&AST->getDiagnostics());
+  
+  // Create the target instance.
+  Clang->getTargetOpts().Features = AST->TargetFeatures;
+  Clang->setTarget(TargetInfo::CreateTargetInfo(Clang->getDiagnostics(),
+                   Clang->getTargetOpts()));
+  if (!Clang->hasTarget())
+    return 0;
+
+  // Inform the target of the language options.
+  //
+  // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this, the target should be immutable once
+  // created. This complexity should be lifted elsewhere.
+  Clang->getTarget().setForcedLangOptions(Clang->getLangOpts());
+  
+  assert(Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs.size() == 1 &&
+         "Invocation must have exactly one source file!");
+  assert(Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].first != IK_AST &&
+         "FIXME: AST inputs not yet supported here!");
+  assert(Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].first != IK_LLVM_IR &&
+         "IR inputs not supported here!");
+
+  // Configure the various subsystems.
+  AST->FileSystemOpts = Clang->getFileSystemOpts();
+  AST->FileMgr = new FileManager(AST->FileSystemOpts);
+  AST->SourceMgr = new SourceManager(AST->getDiagnostics(), *AST->FileMgr);
+  AST->TheSema.reset();
+  AST->Ctx = 0;
+  AST->PP = 0;
+  
+  // Create a file manager object to provide access to and cache the filesystem.
+  Clang->setFileManager(&AST->getFileManager());
+  
+  // Create the source manager.
+  Clang->setSourceManager(&AST->getSourceManager());
+
+  ASTFrontendAction *Act = Action;
+
+  llvm::OwningPtr<TopLevelDeclTrackerAction> TrackerAct;
+  if (!Act) {
+    TrackerAct.reset(new TopLevelDeclTrackerAction(*AST));
+    Act = TrackerAct.get();
+  }
+
+  // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
+  llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<TopLevelDeclTrackerAction>
+    ActCleanup(TrackerAct.get());
+
+  if (!Act->BeginSourceFile(*Clang.get(),
+                            Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].second,
+                            Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].first))
+    return 0;
+  
+  Act->Execute();
+  
+  // Steal the created target, context, and preprocessor.
+  AST->TheSema.reset(Clang->takeSema());
+  AST->Consumer.reset(Clang->takeASTConsumer());
+  AST->Ctx = &Clang->getASTContext();
+  AST->PP = &Clang->getPreprocessor();
+  Clang->setSourceManager(0);
+  Clang->setFileManager(0);
+  AST->Target = &Clang->getTarget();
+  
+  Act->EndSourceFile();
+
+  return AST.take();
+}
+
 bool ASTUnit::LoadFromCompilerInvocation(bool PrecompilePreamble) {
   if (!Invocation)
     return true;
@@ -1589,7 +1715,8 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromCompilerInvocation(CompilerInvocation *CI,
                                              bool CaptureDiagnostics,
                                              bool PrecompilePreamble,
                                              bool CompleteTranslationUnit,
-                                             bool CacheCodeCompletionResults) {  
+                                             bool CacheCodeCompletionResults,
+                                             bool NestedMacroInstantiations) {  
   // Create the AST unit.
   llvm::OwningPtr<ASTUnit> AST;
   AST.reset(new ASTUnit(false));
@@ -1600,6 +1727,7 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromCompilerInvocation(CompilerInvocation *CI,
   AST->CompleteTranslationUnit = CompleteTranslationUnit;
   AST->ShouldCacheCodeCompletionResults = CacheCodeCompletionResults;
   AST->Invocation = CI;
+  AST->NestedMacroInstantiations = NestedMacroInstantiations;
   
   // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
   llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<ASTUnit>
@@ -1624,7 +1752,8 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(const char **ArgBegin,
                                       bool CompleteTranslationUnit,
                                       bool CacheCodeCompletionResults,
                                       bool CXXPrecompilePreamble,
-                                      bool CXXChainedPCH) {
+                                      bool CXXChainedPCH,
+                                      bool NestedMacroInstantiations) {
   if (!Diags.getPtr()) {
     // No diagnostics engine was provided, so create our own diagnostics object
     // with the default options.
@@ -1691,6 +1820,7 @@ ASTUnit *ASTUnit::LoadFromCommandLine(const char **ArgBegin,
   AST->NumStoredDiagnosticsInPreamble = StoredDiagnostics.size();
   AST->StoredDiagnostics.swap(StoredDiagnostics);
   AST->Invocation = CI;
+  AST->NestedMacroInstantiations = NestedMacroInstantiations;
   
   // Recover resources if we crash before exiting this method.
   llvm::CrashRecoveryContextCleanupRegistrar<ASTUnit>
@@ -2142,6 +2272,9 @@ void ASTUnit::CodeComplete(llvm::StringRef File, unsigned Line, unsigned Column,
     PreprocessorOpts.PrecompiledPreambleBytes.second = false;
   }
 
+  // Disable the preprocessing record
+  PreprocessorOpts.DetailedRecord = false;
+  
   llvm::OwningPtr<SyntaxOnlyAction> Act;
   Act.reset(new SyntaxOnlyAction);
   if (Act->BeginSourceFile(*Clang.get(), Clang->getFrontendOpts().Inputs[0].second,
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/Frontend/CMakeLists.txt
index 9d49e9039d91..7dcbebff39b8 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/lib/Frontend/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ add_clang_library(clangFrontend
   CompilerInvocation.cpp
   CreateInvocationFromCommandLine.cpp
   DependencyFile.cpp
-  DiagChecker.cpp
   FrontendAction.cpp
   FrontendActions.cpp
   FrontendOptions.cpp
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInstance.cpp b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInstance.cpp
index ace3c5adb100..38fcfe3c4711 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInstance.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInstance.cpp
@@ -227,7 +227,8 @@ CompilerInstance::createPreprocessor(Diagnostic &Diags,
   }
 
   if (PPOpts.DetailedRecord)
-    PP->createPreprocessingRecord();
+    PP->createPreprocessingRecord(
+                       PPOpts.DetailedRecordIncludesNestedMacroInstantiations);
   
   InitializePreprocessor(*PP, PPOpts, HSOpts, FEOpts);
 
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
index 1d4cd15ac480..536512a121e9 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/CompilerInvocation.cpp
@@ -277,6 +277,14 @@ static void DiagnosticOptsToArgs(const DiagnosticOptions &Opts,
     Res.push_back("-fdiagnostics-show-category=id");
   else if (Opts.ShowCategories == 2)
     Res.push_back("-fdiagnostics-show-category=name");
+  switch (Opts.Format) {
+  case DiagnosticOptions::Clang: 
+    Res.push_back("-fdiagnostics-format=clang"); break;
+  case DiagnosticOptions::Msvc:  
+    Res.push_back("-fdiagnostics-format=msvc");  break;
+  case DiagnosticOptions::Vi:    
+    Res.push_back("-fdiagnostics-format=vi");    break;
+  }
   if (Opts.ErrorLimit) {
     Res.push_back("-ferror-limit");
     Res.push_back(llvm::utostr(Opts.ErrorLimit));
@@ -662,6 +670,9 @@ static void LangOptsToArgs(const LangOptions &Opts,
       Res.push_back("-fobjc-gc-only");
     }
   }
+  if (Opts.ObjCInferRelatedResultType)
+    Res.push_back("-fobjc-infer-related-result-type");
+  
   if (Opts.AppleKext)
     Res.push_back("-fapple-kext");
   
@@ -974,6 +985,7 @@ static void ParseCodeGenArgs(CodeGenOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args, InputKind IK,
   Opts.InstrumentForProfiling = Args.hasArg(OPT_pg);
   Opts.EmitGcovArcs = Args.hasArg(OPT_femit_coverage_data);
   Opts.EmitGcovNotes = Args.hasArg(OPT_femit_coverage_notes);
+  Opts.CoverageFile = Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_coverage_file);
 
   if (Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(OPT_fobjc_dispatch_method_EQ)) {
     llvm::StringRef Name = A->getValue(Args);
@@ -1010,7 +1022,9 @@ static void ParseDiagnosticArgs(DiagnosticOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args,
   Opts.PedanticErrors = Args.hasArg(OPT_pedantic_errors);
   Opts.ShowCarets = !Args.hasArg(OPT_fno_caret_diagnostics);
   Opts.ShowColors = Args.hasArg(OPT_fcolor_diagnostics);
-  Opts.ShowColumn = !Args.hasArg(OPT_fno_show_column);
+  Opts.ShowColumn = Args.hasFlag(OPT_fshow_column,
+                                 OPT_fno_show_column,
+                                 /*Default=*/true);
   Opts.ShowFixits = !Args.hasArg(OPT_fno_diagnostics_fixit_info);
   Opts.ShowLocation = !Args.hasArg(OPT_fno_show_source_location);
   Opts.ShowNames = Args.hasArg(OPT_fdiagnostics_show_name);
@@ -1047,6 +1061,19 @@ static void ParseDiagnosticArgs(DiagnosticOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args,
       << Args.getLastArg(OPT_fdiagnostics_show_category)->getAsString(Args)
       << ShowCategory;
 
+  llvm::StringRef Format =
+    Args.getLastArgValue(OPT_fdiagnostics_format, "clang");
+  if (Format == "clang")
+    Opts.Format = DiagnosticOptions::Clang;
+  else if (Format == "msvc") 
+    Opts.Format = DiagnosticOptions::Msvc;
+  else if (Format == "vi") 
+    Opts.Format = DiagnosticOptions::Vi;
+  else 
+    Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_invalid_value)
+      << Args.getLastArg(OPT_fdiagnostics_format)->getAsString(Args)
+      << Format;
+  
   Opts.ShowSourceRanges = Args.hasArg(OPT_fdiagnostics_print_source_range_info);
   Opts.ShowParseableFixits = Args.hasArg(OPT_fdiagnostics_parseable_fixits);
   Opts.VerifyDiagnostics = Args.hasArg(OPT_verify);
@@ -1397,6 +1424,40 @@ static void ParseLangArgs(LangOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args, InputKind IK,
     if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_unspecified)
       Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_invalid_value)
         << A->getAsString(Args) << A->getValue(Args);
+    else {
+      // Valid standard, check to make sure language and standard are compatable.    
+      const LangStandard &Std = LangStandard::getLangStandardForKind(LangStd);
+      switch (IK) {
+      case IK_C:
+      case IK_ObjC:
+      case IK_PreprocessedC:
+      case IK_PreprocessedObjC:
+        if (!(Std.isC89() || Std.isC99()))
+          Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_argument_not_allowed_with)
+            << A->getAsString(Args) << "C/ObjC";
+        break;
+      case IK_CXX:
+      case IK_ObjCXX:
+      case IK_PreprocessedCXX:
+      case IK_PreprocessedObjCXX:
+        if (!Std.isCPlusPlus())
+          Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_argument_not_allowed_with)
+            << A->getAsString(Args) << "C++/ObjC++";
+        break;
+      case IK_OpenCL:
+        if (!Std.isC99())
+          Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_argument_not_allowed_with)
+            << A->getAsString(Args) << "OpenCL";
+        break;
+      case IK_CUDA:
+        if (!Std.isCPlusPlus())
+          Diags.Report(diag::err_drv_argument_not_allowed_with)
+            << A->getAsString(Args) << "CUDA";
+        break;
+      default:
+        break;
+      }
+    }
   }
 
   if (const Arg *A = Args.getLastArg(OPT_cl_std_EQ)) {
@@ -1419,11 +1480,17 @@ static void ParseLangArgs(LangOptions &Opts, ArgList &Args, InputKind IK,
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fno_operator_names))
     Opts.CXXOperatorNames = 0;
 
+  if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fgnu89_inline))
+    Opts.GNUInline = 1;
+
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fobjc_gc_only))
     Opts.setGCMode(LangOptions::GCOnly);
   else if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fobjc_gc))
     Opts.setGCMode(LangOptions::HybridGC);
   
+  if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fobjc_infer_related_result_type))
+    Opts.ObjCInferRelatedResultType = 1;
+  
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fapple_kext)) {
     if (!Opts.CPlusPlus)
       Diags.Report(diag::warn_c_kext);
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/CreateInvocationFromCommandLine.cpp b/lib/Frontend/CreateInvocationFromCommandLine.cpp
index 0005f910d214..42b648aa6411 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/CreateInvocationFromCommandLine.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/CreateInvocationFromCommandLine.cpp
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ clang::createInvocationFromCommandLine(llvm::ArrayRef<const char *> ArgList,
   // We expect to get back exactly one command job, if we didn't something
   // failed.
   const driver::JobList &Jobs = C->getJobs();
-  if (Jobs.size() != 1 || !isa<driver::Command>(Jobs.begin())) {
+  if (Jobs.size() != 1 || !isa<driver::Command>(*Jobs.begin())) {
     llvm::SmallString<256> Msg;
     llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Msg);
     C->PrintJob(OS, C->getJobs(), "; ", true);
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/DiagChecker.cpp b/lib/Frontend/DiagChecker.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 66d7ed7cf40a..000000000000
--- a/lib/Frontend/DiagChecker.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-//===--- DiagChecker.cpp - Diagnostic Checking Functions ------------------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// Process the input files and check that the diagnostic messages are expected.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/Frontend/Utils.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticBuffer.h"
-#include "clang/Parse/ParseAST.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-using namespace clang;
-
-typedef TextDiagnosticBuffer::DiagList DiagList;
-typedef TextDiagnosticBuffer::const_iterator const_diag_iterator;
-
-static void EmitError(Preprocessor &PP, SourceLocation Pos, const char *String){
-  unsigned ID = PP.getDiagnostics().getCustomDiagID(Diagnostic::Error, String);
-  PP.Diag(Pos, ID);
-}
-
-
-// USING THE DIAGNOSTIC CHECKER:
-//
-// Indicating that a line expects an error or a warning is simple. Put a comment
-// on the line that has the diagnostic, use "expected-{error,warning}" to tag
-// if it's an expected error or warning, and place the expected text between {{
-// and }} markers. The full text doesn't have to be included, only enough to
-// ensure that the correct diagnostic was emitted.
-//
-// Here's an example:
-//
-//   int A = B; // expected-error {{use of undeclared identifier 'B'}}
-//
-// You can place as many diagnostics on one line as you wish. To make the code
-// more readable, you can use slash-newline to separate out the diagnostics.
-//
-// The simple syntax above allows each specification to match exactly one error.
-// You can use the extended syntax to customize this. The extended syntax is
-// "expected-<type> <n> {{diag text}}", where <type> is one of "error",
-// "warning" or "note", and <n> is a positive integer. This allows the
-// diagnostic to appear as many times as specified. Example:
-//
-//   void f(); // expected-note 2 {{previous declaration is here}}
-//
-
-/// FindDiagnostics - Go through the comment and see if it indicates expected
-/// diagnostics. If so, then put them in a diagnostic list.
-///
-static void FindDiagnostics(const char *CommentStart, unsigned CommentLen,
-                            DiagList &ExpectedDiags,
-                            Preprocessor &PP, SourceLocation Pos,
-                            const char *ExpectedStr) {
-  const char *CommentEnd = CommentStart+CommentLen;
-  unsigned ExpectedStrLen = strlen(ExpectedStr);
-
-  // Find all expected-foo diagnostics in the string and add them to
-  // ExpectedDiags.
-  while (CommentStart != CommentEnd) {
-    CommentStart = std::find(CommentStart, CommentEnd, 'e');
-    if (unsigned(CommentEnd-CommentStart) < ExpectedStrLen) return;
-
-    // If this isn't expected-foo, ignore it.
-    if (memcmp(CommentStart, ExpectedStr, ExpectedStrLen)) {
-      ++CommentStart;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    CommentStart += ExpectedStrLen;
-
-    // Skip whitespace.
-    while (CommentStart != CommentEnd &&
-           isspace(CommentStart[0]))
-      ++CommentStart;
-
-    // Default, if we find the '{' now, is 1 time.
-    int Times = 1;
-    int Temp = 0;
-    // In extended syntax, there could be a digit now.
-    while (CommentStart != CommentEnd &&
-           CommentStart[0] >= '0' && CommentStart[0] <= '9') {
-      Temp *= 10;
-      Temp += CommentStart[0] - '0';
-      ++CommentStart;
-    }
-    if (Temp > 0)
-      Times = Temp;
-
-    // Skip whitespace again.
-    while (CommentStart != CommentEnd &&
-           isspace(CommentStart[0]))
-      ++CommentStart;
-
-    // We should have a {{ now.
-    if (CommentEnd-CommentStart < 2 ||
-        CommentStart[0] != '{' || CommentStart[1] != '{') {
-      if (std::find(CommentStart, CommentEnd, '{') != CommentEnd)
-        EmitError(PP, Pos, "bogus characters before '{{' in expected string");
-      else
-        EmitError(PP, Pos, "cannot find start ('{{') of expected string");
-      return;
-    }
-    CommentStart += 2;
-
-    // Find the }}.
-    const char *ExpectedEnd = CommentStart;
-    while (1) {
-      ExpectedEnd = std::find(ExpectedEnd, CommentEnd, '}');
-      if (CommentEnd-ExpectedEnd < 2) {
-        EmitError(PP, Pos, "cannot find end ('}}') of expected string");
-        return;
-      }
-
-      if (ExpectedEnd[1] == '}')
-        break;
-
-      ++ExpectedEnd;  // Skip over singular }'s
-    }
-
-    std::string Msg(CommentStart, ExpectedEnd);
-    std::string::size_type FindPos;
-    while ((FindPos = Msg.find("\\n")) != std::string::npos)
-      Msg.replace(FindPos, 2, "\n");
-    // Add is possibly multiple times.
-    for (int i = 0; i < Times; ++i)
-      ExpectedDiags.push_back(std::make_pair(Pos, Msg));
-
-    CommentStart = ExpectedEnd;
-  }
-}
-
-/// FindExpectedDiags - Lex the main source file to find all of the
-//   expected errors and warnings.
-static void FindExpectedDiags(Preprocessor &PP,
-                              DiagList &ExpectedErrors,
-                              DiagList &ExpectedWarnings,
-                              DiagList &ExpectedNotes) {
-  // Create a raw lexer to pull all the comments out of the main file.  We don't
-  // want to look in #include'd headers for expected-error strings.
-  FileID FID = PP.getSourceManager().getMainFileID();
-
-  // Create a lexer to lex all the tokens of the main file in raw mode.
-  const llvm::MemoryBuffer *FromFile = PP.getSourceManager().getBuffer(FID);
-  Lexer RawLex(FID, FromFile, PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOptions());
-
-  // Return comments as tokens, this is how we find expected diagnostics.
-  RawLex.SetCommentRetentionState(true);
-
-  Token Tok;
-  Tok.setKind(tok::comment);
-  while (Tok.isNot(tok::eof)) {
-    RawLex.Lex(Tok);
-    if (!Tok.is(tok::comment)) continue;
-
-    std::string Comment = PP.getSpelling(Tok);
-    if (Comment.empty()) continue;
-
-
-    // Find all expected errors.
-    FindDiagnostics(&Comment[0], Comment.size(), ExpectedErrors, PP,
-                    Tok.getLocation(), "expected-error");
-
-    // Find all expected warnings.
-    FindDiagnostics(&Comment[0], Comment.size(), ExpectedWarnings, PP,
-                    Tok.getLocation(), "expected-warning");
-
-    // Find all expected notes.
-    FindDiagnostics(&Comment[0], Comment.size(), ExpectedNotes, PP,
-                    Tok.getLocation(), "expected-note");
-  };
-}
-
-/// PrintProblem - This takes a diagnostic map of the delta between expected and
-/// seen diagnostics. If there's anything in it, then something unexpected
-/// happened. Print the map out in a nice format and return "true". If the map
-/// is empty and we're not going to print things, then return "false".
-///
-static bool PrintProblem(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
-                         const_diag_iterator diag_begin,
-                         const_diag_iterator diag_end,
-                         const char *Msg) {
-  if (diag_begin == diag_end) return false;
-
-  llvm::errs() << Msg << "\n";
-  for (const_diag_iterator I = diag_begin, E = diag_end; I != E; ++I)
-    llvm::errs() << "  Line " << SourceMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(I->first)
-                 << " " << I->second << "\n";
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// CompareDiagLists - Compare two diagnostic lists and return the difference
-/// between them.
-///
-static bool CompareDiagLists(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
-                             const_diag_iterator d1_begin,
-                             const_diag_iterator d1_end,
-                             const_diag_iterator d2_begin,
-                             const_diag_iterator d2_end,
-                             const char *MsgLeftOnly,
-                             const char *MsgRightOnly) {
-  DiagList LeftOnly;
-  DiagList Left(d1_begin, d1_end);
-  DiagList Right(d2_begin, d2_end);
-
-  for (const_diag_iterator I = Left.begin(), E = Left.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    unsigned LineNo1 = SourceMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(I->first);
-    const std::string &Diag1 = I->second;
-
-    DiagList::iterator II, IE;
-    for (II = Right.begin(), IE = Right.end(); II != IE; ++II) {
-      unsigned LineNo2 = SourceMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(II->first);
-      if (LineNo1 != LineNo2) continue;
-
-      const std::string &Diag2 = II->second;
-      if (Diag2.find(Diag1) != std::string::npos ||
-          Diag1.find(Diag2) != std::string::npos) {
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if (II == IE) {
-      // Not found.
-      LeftOnly.push_back(*I);
-    } else {
-      // Found. The same cannot be found twice.
-      Right.erase(II);
-    }
-  }
-  // Now all that's left in Right are those that were not matched.
-
-  return PrintProblem(SourceMgr, LeftOnly.begin(), LeftOnly.end(), MsgLeftOnly)
-       | PrintProblem(SourceMgr, Right.begin(), Right.end(), MsgRightOnly);
-}
-
-/// CheckResults - This compares the expected results to those that
-/// were actually reported. It emits any discrepencies. Return "true" if there
-/// were problems. Return "false" otherwise.
-///
-static bool CheckResults(Preprocessor &PP,
-                         const DiagList &ExpectedErrors,
-                         const DiagList &ExpectedWarnings,
-                         const DiagList &ExpectedNotes) {
-  const DiagnosticClient *DiagClient = PP.getDiagnostics().getClient();
-  assert(DiagClient != 0 &&
-      "DiagChecker requires a valid TextDiagnosticBuffer");
-  const TextDiagnosticBuffer &Diags =
-    static_cast<const TextDiagnosticBuffer&>(*DiagClient);
-  SourceManager &SourceMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
-
-  // We want to capture the delta between what was expected and what was
-  // seen.
-  //
-  //   Expected \ Seen - set expected but not seen
-  //   Seen \ Expected - set seen but not expected
-  bool HadProblem = false;
-
-  // See if there are error mismatches.
-  HadProblem |= CompareDiagLists(SourceMgr,
-                                 ExpectedErrors.begin(), ExpectedErrors.end(),
-                                 Diags.err_begin(), Diags.err_end(),
-                                 "Errors expected but not seen:",
-                                 "Errors seen but not expected:");
-
-  // See if there are warning mismatches.
-  HadProblem |= CompareDiagLists(SourceMgr,
-                                 ExpectedWarnings.begin(),
-                                 ExpectedWarnings.end(),
-                                 Diags.warn_begin(), Diags.warn_end(),
-                                 "Warnings expected but not seen:",
-                                 "Warnings seen but not expected:");
-
-  // See if there are note mismatches.
-  HadProblem |= CompareDiagLists(SourceMgr,
-                                 ExpectedNotes.begin(),
-                                 ExpectedNotes.end(),
-                                 Diags.note_begin(), Diags.note_end(),
-                                 "Notes expected but not seen:",
-                                 "Notes seen but not expected:");
-
-  return HadProblem;
-}
-
-
-/// CheckDiagnostics - Gather the expected diagnostics and check them.
-bool clang::CheckDiagnostics(Preprocessor &PP) {
-  // Gather the set of expected diagnostics.
-  DiagList ExpectedErrors, ExpectedWarnings, ExpectedNotes;
-  FindExpectedDiags(PP, ExpectedErrors, ExpectedWarnings, ExpectedNotes);
-
-  // Check that the expected diagnostics occurred.
-  return CheckResults(PP, ExpectedErrors, ExpectedWarnings, ExpectedNotes);
-}
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/InitHeaderSearch.cpp b/lib/Frontend/InitHeaderSearch.cpp
index c552512dc957..ad931166b8fc 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/InitHeaderSearch.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/InitHeaderSearch.cpp
@@ -559,6 +559,19 @@ void InitHeaderSearch::AddDefaultCIncludePaths(const llvm::Triple &triple,
     AddPath("/mingw/include", System, true, false, false);
     AddPath("c:/mingw/include", System, true, false, false);
     break;
+  case llvm::Triple::Linux:
+    // Generic Debian multiarch support:
+    if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64) {
+      AddPath("/usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu", System, false, false, false);
+      AddPath("/usr/include/i686-linux-gnu/64", System, false, false, false);
+      AddPath("/usr/include/i486-linux-gnu/64", System, false, false, false);
+    } else if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86) {
+      AddPath("/usr/include/x86_64-linux-gnu/32", System, false, false, false);
+      AddPath("/usr/include/i686-linux-gnu", System, false, false, false);
+      AddPath("/usr/include/i486-linux-gnu", System, false, false, false);
+    } else if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::arm) {
+      AddPath("/usr/include/arm-linux-gnueabi", System, false, false, false);
+    }
   default:
     break;
   }
@@ -651,6 +664,27 @@ AddDefaultCPlusPlusIncludePaths(const llvm::Triple &triple) {
     // Debian based distros.
     // Note: these distros symlink /usr/include/c++/X.Y.Z -> X.Y
     //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+
+    // Ubuntu 11.11 "Oneiric Ocelot" -- gcc-4.6.0
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "x86_64-linux-gnu", "32", "", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "i686-linux-gnu", "", "64", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "i486-linux-gnu", "", "64", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "arm-linux-gnueabi", "", "", triple);
+
+    // Ubuntu 11.04 "Natty Narwhal" -- gcc-4.5.2
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.5",
+                                "x86_64-linux-gnu", "32", "", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.5",
+                                "i686-linux-gnu", "", "64", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.5",
+                                "i486-linux-gnu", "", "64", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.5",
+                                "arm-linux-gnueabi", "", "", triple);
+
     // Ubuntu 10.10 "Maverick Meerkat" -- gcc-4.4.5
     AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.4",
                                 "i686-linux-gnu", "", "64", triple);
@@ -734,6 +768,13 @@ AddDefaultCPlusPlusIncludePaths(const llvm::Triple &triple) {
                                 "x86_64-redhat-linux", "", "", triple);
     AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.1.2",
                                 "i386-redhat-linux", "", "", triple);
+      
+    // RHEL 5
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.1.1",
+                                "x86_64-redhat-linux", "32", "", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.1.1",
+                                "i386-redhat-linux", "", "", triple);
+
 
     //===------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -761,6 +802,11 @@ AddDefaultCPlusPlusIncludePaths(const llvm::Triple &triple) {
     AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.5",
                                 "x86_64-suse-linux", "", "", triple);
 
+    // openSUSE 12.1
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "i586-suse-linux", "", "", triple);
+    AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.6",
+                                "x86_64-suse-linux", "", "", triple);
     // Arch Linux 2008-06-24
     AddGnuCPlusPlusIncludePaths("/usr/include/c++/4.3.1",
                                 "i686-pc-linux-gnu", "", "", triple);
@@ -986,6 +1032,8 @@ void InitHeaderSearch::Realize(const LangOptions &Lang) {
     if (it->first == Angled)
       SearchList.push_back(it->second);
   }
+  RemoveDuplicates(SearchList, quoted, Verbose);
+  unsigned angled = SearchList.size();
 
   for (path_iterator it = IncludePath.begin(), ie = IncludePath.end();
        it != ie; ++it) {
@@ -999,10 +1047,10 @@ void InitHeaderSearch::Realize(const LangOptions &Lang) {
       SearchList.push_back(it->second);
   }
 
-  RemoveDuplicates(SearchList, quoted, Verbose);
+  RemoveDuplicates(SearchList, angled, Verbose);
 
   bool DontSearchCurDir = false;  // TODO: set to true if -I- is set?
-  Headers.SetSearchPaths(SearchList, quoted, DontSearchCurDir);
+  Headers.SetSearchPaths(SearchList, quoted, angled, DontSearchCurDir);
 
   // If verbose, print the list of directories that will be searched.
   if (Verbose) {
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/InitPreprocessor.cpp b/lib/Frontend/InitPreprocessor.cpp
index abe251d67df2..147a8df03760 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/InitPreprocessor.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/InitPreprocessor.cpp
@@ -221,6 +221,40 @@ static void DefineExactWidthIntType(TargetInfo::IntType Ty,
                         ConstSuffix);
 }
 
+static void InitializeStandardPredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
+                                               const LangOptions &LangOpts,
+                                               const FrontendOptions &FEOpts,
+                                               MacroBuilder &Builder) {
+  if (!LangOpts.Microsoft && !LangOpts.TraditionalCPP)
+    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC__");
+  if (LangOpts.Freestanding)
+    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_HOSTED__", "0");
+  else
+    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_HOSTED__");
+
+  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
+    if (LangOpts.C99)
+      Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
+    else if (!LangOpts.GNUMode && LangOpts.Digraphs)
+      Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_VERSION__", "199409L");
+  } else {
+    if (LangOpts.GNUMode)
+      Builder.defineMacro("__cplusplus");
+    else
+      // C++ [cpp.predefined]p1:
+      //   The name_ _cplusplus is defined to the value 199711L when compiling a
+      //   C++ translation unit.
+      Builder.defineMacro("__cplusplus", "199711L");
+  }
+
+  if (LangOpts.ObjC1)
+    Builder.defineMacro("__OBJC__");
+
+  // Not "standard" per se, but available even with the -undef flag.
+  if (LangOpts.AsmPreprocessor)
+    Builder.defineMacro("__ASSEMBLER__");
+}
+
 static void InitializePredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
                                        const LangOptions &LangOpts,
                                        const FrontendOptions &FEOpts,
@@ -256,20 +290,6 @@ static void InitializePredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
 
   // Initialize language-specific preprocessor defines.
 
-  // These should all be defined in the preprocessor according to the
-  // current language configuration.
-  if (!LangOpts.Microsoft && !LangOpts.TraditionalCPP)
-    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC__");
-  if (LangOpts.AsmPreprocessor)
-    Builder.defineMacro("__ASSEMBLER__");
-
-  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
-    if (LangOpts.C99)
-      Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
-    else if (!LangOpts.GNUMode && LangOpts.Digraphs)
-      Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_VERSION__", "199409L");
-  }
-
   // Standard conforming mode?
   if (!LangOpts.GNUMode)
     Builder.defineMacro("__STRICT_ANSI__");
@@ -277,13 +297,7 @@ static void InitializePredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
     Builder.defineMacro("__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__");
 
-  if (LangOpts.Freestanding)
-    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_HOSTED__", "0");
-  else
-    Builder.defineMacro("__STDC_HOSTED__");
-
   if (LangOpts.ObjC1) {
-    Builder.defineMacro("__OBJC__");
     if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
       Builder.defineMacro("__OBJC2__");
       Builder.defineMacro("OBJC_ZEROCOST_EXCEPTIONS");
@@ -324,13 +338,6 @@ static void InitializePredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
   if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
     Builder.defineMacro("__GNUG__", "4");
     Builder.defineMacro("__GXX_WEAK__");
-    if (LangOpts.GNUMode)
-      Builder.defineMacro("__cplusplus");
-    else
-      // C++ [cpp.predefined]p1:
-      //   The name_ _cplusplusis defined to the value 199711L when compiling a
-      //   C++ translation unit.
-      Builder.defineMacro("__cplusplus", "199711L");
     Builder.defineMacro("__private_extern__", "extern");
   }
 
@@ -343,6 +350,8 @@ static void InitializePredefinedMacros(const TargetInfo &TI,
       // Since we define wchar_t in C++ mode.
       Builder.defineMacro("_WCHAR_T_DEFINED");
       Builder.defineMacro("_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED");
+      // FIXME: Support Microsoft's __identifier extension in the lexer.
+      Builder.append("#define __identifier(x) x");
       Builder.append("class type_info;");
     }
 
@@ -570,6 +579,12 @@ void clang::InitializePreprocessor(Preprocessor &PP,
     InitializePredefinedMacros(PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getLangOptions(),
                                FEOpts, Builder);
 
+  // Even with predefines off, some macros are still predefined.
+  // These should all be defined in the preprocessor according to the
+  // current language configuration.
+  InitializeStandardPredefinedMacros(PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getLangOptions(),
+                                     FEOpts, Builder);
+
   // Add on the predefines from the driver.  Wrap in a #line directive to report
   // that they come from the command line.
   if (!PP.getLangOptions().AsmPreprocessor)
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.cpp b/lib/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
index 954bad4e7c54..78eb1b212836 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/LogDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void LogDiagnosticPrinter::HandleDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level Level,
   DiagnosticClient::HandleDiagnostic(Level, Info);
 
   // Initialize the main file name, if we haven't already fetched it.
-  if (MainFilename.empty()) {
+  if (MainFilename.empty() && Info.hasSourceManager()) {
     const SourceManager &SM = Info.getSourceManager();
     FileID FID = SM.getMainFileID();
     if (!FID.isInvalid()) {
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void LogDiagnosticPrinter::HandleDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level Level,
   // Set the location information.
   DE.Filename = "";
   DE.Line = DE.Column = 0;
-  if (Info.getLocation().isValid()) {
+  if (Info.getLocation().isValid() && Info.hasSourceManager()) {
     const SourceManager &SM = Info.getSourceManager();
     PresumedLoc PLoc = SM.getPresumedLoc(Info.getLocation());
 
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.cpp b/lib/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
index 47c942ca8dfa..1c47bf7bee93 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.cpp
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ void TextDiagnosticPrinter::EmitCaretDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level Level,
       // "included from" lines.
       if (LastWarningLoc != PLoc.getIncludeLoc()) {
         LastWarningLoc = PLoc.getIncludeLoc();
-        PrintIncludeStack(Level, LastWarningLoc, SM);
+        PrintIncludeStack(Diagnostic::Note, LastWarningLoc, SM);
       }
 
       if (DiagOpts->ShowLocation) {
@@ -819,16 +819,28 @@ void TextDiagnosticPrinter::HandleDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level Level,
         if (DiagOpts->ShowColors)
           OS.changeColor(savedColor, true);
 
-        // Emit a Visual Studio compatible line number syntax.
-        if (LangOpts && LangOpts->Microsoft) {
-          OS << PLoc.getFilename() << '(' << LineNo << ')';
-          OS << " : ";
-        } else {
-          OS << PLoc.getFilename() << ':' << LineNo << ':';
-          if (DiagOpts->ShowColumn)
-            if (unsigned ColNo = PLoc.getColumn())
-              OS << ColNo << ':';
+        OS << PLoc.getFilename();
+        switch (DiagOpts->Format) {
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Clang: OS << ':'  << LineNo; break;
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Msvc:  OS << '('  << LineNo; break;
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Vi:    OS << " +" << LineNo; break;
+        }
+        if (DiagOpts->ShowColumn)
+          if (unsigned ColNo = PLoc.getColumn()) {
+            if (DiagOpts->Format == DiagnosticOptions::Msvc) {
+              OS << ',';
+              ColNo--;
+            } else 
+              OS << ':';
+            OS << ColNo;
+          }
+        switch (DiagOpts->Format) {
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Clang: 
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Vi:    OS << ':';    break;
+        case DiagnosticOptions::Msvc:  OS << ") : "; break;
         }
+
+                
         if (DiagOpts->ShowSourceRanges && Info.getNumRanges()) {
           FileID CaretFileID =
             SM.getFileID(SM.getInstantiationLoc(Info.getLocation()));
@@ -927,8 +939,8 @@ void TextDiagnosticPrinter::HandleDiagnostic(Diagnostic::Level Level,
         OptionName += "-Werror";
     }
 
-    if (const char *
-          Opt = DiagnosticIDs::getWarningOptionForDiag(Info.getID())) {
+    llvm::StringRef Opt = DiagnosticIDs::getWarningOptionForDiag(Info.getID());
+    if (!Opt.empty()) {
       if (!OptionName.empty())
         OptionName += ',';
       OptionName += "-W";
diff --git a/lib/Frontend/Warnings.cpp b/lib/Frontend/Warnings.cpp
index 8cc56168e0f8..f12b484c05e6 100644
--- a/lib/Frontend/Warnings.cpp
+++ b/lib/Frontend/Warnings.cpp
@@ -55,17 +55,14 @@ void clang::ProcessWarningOptions(Diagnostic &Diags,
     Diags.setExtensionHandlingBehavior(Diagnostic::Ext_Ignore);
 
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Opts.Warnings.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    const std::string &Opt = Opts.Warnings[i];
-    const char *OptStart = &Opt[0];
-    const char *OptEnd = OptStart+Opt.size();
-    assert(*OptEnd == 0 && "Expect null termination for lower-bound search");
+    llvm::StringRef Opt = Opts.Warnings[i];
 
     // Check to see if this warning starts with "no-", if so, this is a negative
     // form of the option.
     bool isPositive = true;
-    if (OptEnd-OptStart > 3 && memcmp(OptStart, "no-", 3) == 0) {
+    if (Opt.startswith("no-")) {
       isPositive = false;
-      OptStart += 3;
+      Opt = Opt.substr(3);
     }
 
     // Figure out how this option affects the warning.  If -Wfoo, map the
@@ -74,49 +71,47 @@ void clang::ProcessWarningOptions(Diagnostic &Diags,
 
     // -Wsystem-headers is a special case, not driven by the option table.  It
     // cannot be controlled with -Werror.
-    if (OptEnd-OptStart == 14 && memcmp(OptStart, "system-headers", 14) == 0) {
+    if (Opt == "system-headers") {
       Diags.setSuppressSystemWarnings(!isPositive);
       continue;
     }
 
     // -Werror/-Wno-error is a special case, not controlled by the option table.
     // It also has the "specifier" form of -Werror=foo and -Werror-foo.
-    if (OptEnd-OptStart >= 5 && memcmp(OptStart, "error", 5) == 0) {
-      const char *Specifier = 0;
-      if (OptEnd-OptStart != 5) {  // Specifier must be present.
-        if ((OptStart[5] != '=' && OptStart[5] != '-') ||
-            OptEnd-OptStart == 6) {
+    if (Opt.startswith("error")) {
+      llvm::StringRef Specifier;
+      if (Opt.size() > 5) {  // Specifier must be present.
+        if ((Opt[5] != '=' && Opt[5] != '-') || Opt.size() == 6) {
           Diags.Report(diag::warn_unknown_warning_specifier)
-            << "-Werror" << ("-W" + Opt);
+            << "-Werror" << ("-W" + Opt.str());
           continue;
         }
-        Specifier = OptStart+6;
+        Specifier = Opt.substr(6);
       }
 
-      if (Specifier == 0) {
+      if (Specifier.empty()) {
         Diags.setWarningsAsErrors(isPositive);
         continue;
       }
 
       // -Werror=foo maps foo to Error, -Wno-error=foo maps it to Warning.
       Mapping = isPositive ? diag::MAP_ERROR : diag::MAP_WARNING_NO_WERROR;
-      OptStart = Specifier;
+      Opt = Specifier;
     }
 
     // -Wfatal-errors is yet another special case.
-    if (OptEnd-OptStart >= 12 && memcmp(OptStart, "fatal-errors", 12) == 0) {
-      const char* Specifier = 0;
-      if (OptEnd-OptStart != 12) {
-        if ((OptStart[12] != '=' && OptStart[12] != '-') ||
-            OptEnd-OptStart == 13) {
+    if (Opt.startswith("fatal-errors")) {
+      llvm::StringRef Specifier;
+      if (Opt.size() != 12) {
+        if ((Opt[12] != '=' && Opt[12] != '-') || Opt.size() == 13) {
           Diags.Report(diag::warn_unknown_warning_specifier)
-            << "-Wfatal-errors" << ("-W" + Opt);
+            << "-Wfatal-errors" << ("-W" + Opt.str());
           continue;
         }
-        Specifier = OptStart + 13;
+        Specifier = Opt.substr(13);
       }
 
-      if (Specifier == 0) {
+      if (Specifier.empty()) {
         Diags.setErrorsAsFatal(isPositive);
         continue;
       }
@@ -124,10 +119,12 @@ void clang::ProcessWarningOptions(Diagnostic &Diags,
       // -Wfatal-errors=foo maps foo to Fatal, -Wno-fatal-errors=foo
       // maps it to Error.
       Mapping = isPositive ? diag::MAP_FATAL : diag::MAP_ERROR_NO_WFATAL;
-      OptStart = Specifier;
+      Opt = Specifier;
     }
 
-    if (Diags.setDiagnosticGroupMapping(OptStart, Mapping))
-      Diags.Report(diag::warn_unknown_warning_option) << ("-W" + Opt);
+    if (Diags.setDiagnosticGroupMapping(Opt, Mapping))
+      Diags.Report(isPositive ? diag::warn_unknown_warning_option :
+                   diag::warn_unknown_negative_warning_option)
+          << ("-W" + Opt.str());
   }
 }
diff --git a/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
index 0c1d730f015d..ee12d3caef9c 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/emmintrin.h
@@ -466,7 +466,10 @@ _mm_loadr_pd(double const *dp)
 static __inline__ __m128d __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
 _mm_loadu_pd(double const *dp)
 {
-  return (__m128d){ dp[0], dp[1] };
+  struct __loadu_pd {
+    __m128d v;
+  } __attribute__((packed, may_alias));
+  return ((struct __loadu_pd*)dp)->v;
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m128d __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
@@ -478,13 +481,13 @@ _mm_load_sd(double const *dp)
 static __inline__ __m128d __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
 _mm_loadh_pd(__m128d a, double const *dp)
 {
-  return __builtin_shufflevector(a, *(__m128d *)dp, 0, 2);
+  return (__m128d){ a[0], *dp };
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m128d __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
 _mm_loadl_pd(__m128d a, double const *dp)
 {
-  return __builtin_shufflevector(a, *(__m128d *)dp, 2, 1);
+  return (__m128d){ *dp, a[1] };
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m128d __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
@@ -1011,7 +1014,10 @@ _mm_load_si128(__m128i const *p)
 static __inline__ __m128i __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
 _mm_loadu_si128(__m128i const *p)
 {
-  return (__m128i)__builtin_ia32_loaddqu((char const *)p);
+  struct __loadu_si128 {
+    __m128i v;
+  } __attribute__((packed, may_alias));
+  return ((struct __loadu_si128*)p)->v;
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m128i __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
diff --git a/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
index fefb42fd74e3..986870a96883 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/mmintrin.h
@@ -421,20 +421,20 @@ _mm_set1_pi8(char __b)
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m64 __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
-_mm_setr_pi32(int __i1, int __i0)
+_mm_setr_pi32(int __i0, int __i1)
 {
     return _mm_set_pi32(__i1, __i0);
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m64 __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
-_mm_setr_pi16(short __w3, short __w2, short __w1, short __w0)
+_mm_setr_pi16(short __w0, short __w1, short __w2, short __w3)
 {
     return _mm_set_pi16(__w3, __w2, __w1, __w0);
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m64 __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
-_mm_setr_pi8(char __b7, char __b6, char __b5, char __b4, char __b3, char __b2,
-             char __b1, char __b0)
+_mm_setr_pi8(char __b0, char __b1, char __b2, char __b3, char __b4, char __b5,
+             char __b6, char __b7)
 {
     return _mm_set_pi8(__b7, __b6, __b5, __b4, __b3, __b2, __b1, __b0);
 }
diff --git a/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h b/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
index 00760ed6d1ef..50f275dce054 100644
--- a/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
+++ b/lib/Headers/xmmintrin.h
@@ -539,7 +539,10 @@ _mm_load_ps(const float *p)
 static __inline__ __m128 __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
 _mm_loadu_ps(const float *p)
 {
-  return (__m128){ p[0], p[1], p[2], p[3] };
+  struct __loadu_ps {
+    __m128 v;
+  } __attribute__((packed, may_alias));
+  return ((struct __loadu_ps*)p)->v;
 }
 
 static __inline__ __m128 __attribute__((__always_inline__, __nodebug__))
diff --git a/lib/Index/CallGraph.cpp b/lib/Index/CallGraph.cpp
index bf3f5a8a8d24..94790b8fbc17 100644
--- a/lib/Index/CallGraph.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/CallGraph.cpp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ void CallGraph::addTU(ASTContext& Ctx) {
        I != E; ++I) {
 
     if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
-      if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
+      if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) {
         // Set caller's ASTContext.
         Entity Ent = Entity::get(FD, Prog);
         CallGraphNode *Node = getOrInsertFunction(Ent);
diff --git a/lib/Index/Indexer.cpp b/lib/Index/Indexer.cpp
index 7f21c4f3035a..ebba43c4747e 100644
--- a/lib/Index/Indexer.cpp
+++ b/lib/Index/Indexer.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ public:
 
     Decl *D = Ent.getDecl(TU->getASTContext());
     if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
-      if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+      if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
         DefMap[Ent] = std::make_pair(FD, TU);
   }
 };
diff --git a/lib/Lex/HeaderSearch.cpp b/lib/Lex/HeaderSearch.cpp
index 372078c60d20..bb4388195a32 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/HeaderSearch.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/HeaderSearch.cpp
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource::~ExternalHeaderFileInfoSource() {}
 
 HeaderSearch::HeaderSearch(FileManager &FM)
     : FileMgr(FM), FrameworkMap(64) {
+  AngledDirIdx = 0;
   SystemDirIdx = 0;
   NoCurDirSearch = false;
 
@@ -317,7 +318,7 @@ const FileEntry *HeaderSearch::LookupFile(
   CurDir = 0;
 
   // If this is a system #include, ignore the user #include locs.
-  unsigned i = isAngled ? SystemDirIdx : 0;
+  unsigned i = isAngled ? AngledDirIdx : 0;
 
   // If this is a #include_next request, start searching after the directory the
   // file was found in.
@@ -482,6 +483,21 @@ HeaderFileInfo &HeaderSearch::getFileInfo(const FileEntry *FE) {
   return HFI;
 }
 
+bool HeaderSearch::isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(const FileEntry *File) {
+  // Check if we've ever seen this file as a header.
+  if (File->getUID() >= FileInfo.size())
+    return false;
+
+  // Resolve header file info from the external source, if needed.
+  HeaderFileInfo &HFI = FileInfo[File->getUID()];
+  if (ExternalSource && !HFI.Resolved) {
+    HFI = ExternalSource->GetHeaderFileInfo(File);
+    HFI.Resolved = true;
+  }
+
+  return HFI.isPragmaOnce || HFI.ControllingMacro || HFI.ControllingMacroID;
+}
+
 void HeaderSearch::setHeaderFileInfoForUID(HeaderFileInfo HFI, unsigned UID) {
   if (UID >= FileInfo.size())
     FileInfo.resize(UID+1);
diff --git a/lib/Lex/Lexer.cpp b/lib/Lex/Lexer.cpp
index 16cc4f8fd54f..3b1149c08af3 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/Lexer.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/Lexer.cpp
@@ -76,7 +76,8 @@ void Lexer::InitLexer(const char *BufStart, const char *BufPtr,
   // skip the UTF-8 BOM if it's present.
   if (BufferStart == BufferPtr) {
     // Determine the size of the BOM.
-    size_t BOMLength = llvm::StringSwitch<size_t>(BufferStart)
+    llvm::StringRef Buf(BufferStart, BufferEnd - BufferStart);
+    size_t BOMLength = llvm::StringSwitch<size_t>(Buf)
       .StartsWith("\xEF\xBB\xBF", 3) // UTF-8 BOM
       .Default(0);
 
diff --git a/lib/Lex/LiteralSupport.cpp b/lib/Lex/LiteralSupport.cpp
index 37e7bf4d628e..2c96c4d4ee24 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/LiteralSupport.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/LiteralSupport.cpp
@@ -840,16 +840,27 @@ StringLiteralParser::
 StringLiteralParser(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
                     Preprocessor &PP, bool Complain)
   : SM(PP.getSourceManager()), Features(PP.getLangOptions()),
-    Target(PP.getTargetInfo()), Diags(Complain ? &PP.getDiagnostics() : 0) {
+    Target(PP.getTargetInfo()), Diags(Complain ? &PP.getDiagnostics() : 0),
+    MaxTokenLength(0), SizeBound(0), wchar_tByteWidth(0),
+    ResultPtr(ResultBuf.data()), hadError(false), AnyWide(false), Pascal(false) {
   init(StringToks, NumStringToks);
 }
 
 void StringLiteralParser::init(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks){
+  // The literal token may have come from an invalid source location (e.g. due
+  // to a PCH error), in which case the token length will be 0.
+  if (NumStringToks == 0 || StringToks[0].getLength() < 2) {
+    hadError = true;
+    return;
+  }
+
   // Scan all of the string portions, remember the max individual token length,
   // computing a bound on the concatenated string length, and see whether any
   // piece is a wide-string.  If any of the string portions is a wide-string
   // literal, the result is a wide-string literal [C99 6.4.5p4].
+  assert(NumStringToks && "expected at least one token");
   MaxTokenLength = StringToks[0].getLength();
+  assert(StringToks[0].getLength() >= 2 && "literal token is invalid!");
   SizeBound = StringToks[0].getLength()-2;  // -2 for "".
   AnyWide = StringToks[0].is(tok::wide_string_literal);
 
@@ -858,8 +869,14 @@ void StringLiteralParser::init(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks){
   // Implement Translation Phase #6: concatenation of string literals
   /// (C99 5.1.1.2p1).  The common case is only one string fragment.
   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumStringToks; ++i) {
+    if (StringToks[i].getLength() < 2) {
+      hadError = true;
+      return;
+    }
+
     // The string could be shorter than this if it needs cleaning, but this is a
     // reasonable bound, which is all we need.
+    assert(StringToks[i].getLength() >= 2 && "literal token is invalid!");
     SizeBound += StringToks[i].getLength()-2;  // -2 for "".
 
     // Remember maximum string piece length.
diff --git a/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp b/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
index c819011338e8..66d87a19386a 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/MacroInfo.cpp
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ MacroInfo::MacroInfo(const MacroInfo &MI, llvm::BumpPtrAllocator &PPAllocator) {
   IsDisabled = MI.IsDisabled;
   IsUsed = MI.IsUsed;
   IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning = MI.IsAllowRedefinitionsWithoutWarning;
+  IsWarnIfUnused = MI.IsWarnIfUnused;
   ArgumentList = 0;
   NumArguments = 0;
   setArgumentList(MI.ArgumentList, MI.NumArguments, PPAllocator);
diff --git a/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp b/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
index af3fa6e2add7..66e44bbc6dd0 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/PPDirectives.cpp
@@ -323,7 +323,6 @@ void Preprocessor::SkipExcludedConditionalBlock(SourceLocation IfTokenLoc,
         // #else directive in a skipping conditional.  If not in some other
         // skipping conditional, and if #else hasn't already been seen, enter it
         // as a non-skipping conditional.
-        DiscardUntilEndOfDirective();  // C99 6.10p4.
         PPConditionalInfo &CondInfo = CurPPLexer->peekConditionalLevel();
 
         // If this is a #else with a #else before it, report the error.
@@ -339,7 +338,10 @@ void Preprocessor::SkipExcludedConditionalBlock(SourceLocation IfTokenLoc,
         // entered, enter the #else block now.
         if (!CondInfo.WasSkipping && !CondInfo.FoundNonSkip) {
           CondInfo.FoundNonSkip = true;
+          CheckEndOfDirective("else");
           break;
+        } else {
+          DiscardUntilEndOfDirective();  // C99 6.10p4.
         }
       } else if (Sub == "lif") {  // "elif".
         PPConditionalInfo &CondInfo = CurPPLexer->peekConditionalLevel();
diff --git a/lib/Lex/PPMacroExpansion.cpp b/lib/Lex/PPMacroExpansion.cpp
index d6e0d3a1c08b..01cd75fa8485 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/PPMacroExpansion.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/PPMacroExpansion.cpp
@@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ void Preprocessor::RegisterBuiltinMacros() {
 
   // Clang Extensions.
   Ident__has_feature      = RegisterBuiltinMacro(*this, "__has_feature");
+  Ident__has_extension    = RegisterBuiltinMacro(*this, "__has_extension");
   Ident__has_builtin      = RegisterBuiltinMacro(*this, "__has_builtin");
   Ident__has_attribute    = RegisterBuiltinMacro(*this, "__has_attribute");
   Ident__has_include      = RegisterBuiltinMacro(*this, "__has_include");
@@ -525,8 +526,8 @@ static void ComputeDATE_TIME(SourceLocation &DATELoc, SourceLocation &TIMELoc,
 }
 
 
-/// HasFeature - Return true if we recognize and implement the specified feature
-/// specified by the identifier.
+/// HasFeature - Return true if we recognize and implement the feature
+/// specified by the identifier as a standard language feature.
 static bool HasFeature(const Preprocessor &PP, const IdentifierInfo *II) {
   const LangOptions &LangOpts = PP.getLangOptions();
 
@@ -550,13 +551,17 @@ static bool HasFeature(const Preprocessor &PP, const IdentifierInfo *II) {
            .Case("cxx_exceptions", LangOpts.Exceptions)
            .Case("cxx_rtti", LangOpts.RTTI)
            .Case("enumerator_attributes", true)
-           .Case("generic_selections", true)
            .Case("objc_nonfragile_abi", LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI)
            .Case("objc_weak_class", LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI)
            .Case("ownership_holds", true)
            .Case("ownership_returns", true)
            .Case("ownership_takes", true)
+           // C1X features
+           .Case("c_generic_selections", LangOpts.C1X)
+           .Case("c_static_assert", LangOpts.C1X)
            // C++0x features
+           .Case("cxx_access_control_sfinae", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+           .Case("cxx_alias_templates", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_attributes", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_auto_type", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_decltype", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
@@ -566,7 +571,7 @@ static bool HasFeature(const Preprocessor &PP, const IdentifierInfo *II) {
            .Case("cxx_inline_namespaces", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
          //.Case("cxx_lambdas", false)
            .Case("cxx_noexcept", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
-         //.Case("cxx_nullptr", false)
+           .Case("cxx_nullptr", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_override_control", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_range_for", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
            .Case("cxx_reference_qualified_functions", LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
@@ -591,14 +596,45 @@ static bool HasFeature(const Preprocessor &PP, const IdentifierInfo *II) {
            .Case("is_empty", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_enum", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_literal", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("is_standard_layout", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_pod", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_polymorphic", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_trivial", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("is_trivially_copyable", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("is_union", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
            .Case("tls", PP.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
            .Default(false);
 }
 
+/// HasExtension - Return true if we recognize and implement the feature
+/// specified by the identifier, either as an extension or a standard language
+/// feature.
+static bool HasExtension(const Preprocessor &PP, const IdentifierInfo *II) {
+  if (HasFeature(PP, II))
+    return true;
+
+  // If the use of an extension results in an error diagnostic, extensions are
+  // effectively unavailable, so just return false here.
+  if (PP.getDiagnostics().getExtensionHandlingBehavior()==Diagnostic::Ext_Error)
+    return false;
+
+  const LangOptions &LangOpts = PP.getLangOptions();
+
+  // Because we inherit the feature list from HasFeature, this string switch
+  // must be less restrictive than HasFeature's.
+  return llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(II->getName())
+           // C1X features supported by other languages as extensions.
+           .Case("c_generic_selections", true)
+           .Case("c_static_assert", true)
+           // C++0x features supported by other languages as extensions.
+           .Case("cxx_deleted_functions", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("cxx_inline_namespaces", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("cxx_override_control", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("cxx_reference_qualified_functions", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Case("cxx_rvalue_references", LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
+           .Default(false);
+}
+
 /// HasAttribute -  Return true if we recognize and implement the attribute
 /// specified by the given identifier.
 static bool HasAttribute(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
@@ -847,10 +883,11 @@ void Preprocessor::ExpandBuiltinMacro(Token &Tok) {
     // __COUNTER__ expands to a simple numeric value.
     OS << CounterValue++;
     Tok.setKind(tok::numeric_constant);
-  } else if (II == Ident__has_feature ||
-             II == Ident__has_builtin ||
+  } else if (II == Ident__has_feature   ||
+             II == Ident__has_extension ||
+             II == Ident__has_builtin   ||
              II == Ident__has_attribute) {
-    // The argument to these two builtins should be a parenthesized identifier.
+    // The argument to these builtins should be a parenthesized identifier.
     SourceLocation StartLoc = Tok.getLocation();
 
     bool IsValid = false;
@@ -879,6 +916,8 @@ void Preprocessor::ExpandBuiltinMacro(Token &Tok) {
       Value = FeatureII->getBuiltinID() != 0;
     } else if (II == Ident__has_attribute)
       Value = HasAttribute(FeatureII);
+    else if (II == Ident__has_extension)
+      Value = HasExtension(*this, FeatureII);
     else {
       assert(II == Ident__has_feature && "Must be feature check");
       Value = HasFeature(*this, FeatureII);
diff --git a/lib/Lex/Pragma.cpp b/lib/Lex/Pragma.cpp
index 0c180918dc26..23855d4a4748 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/Pragma.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/Pragma.cpp
@@ -330,16 +330,16 @@ void Preprocessor::HandlePragmaSystemHeader(Token &SysHeaderTok) {
   unsigned FilenameID = SourceMgr.getLineTableFilenameID(PLoc.getFilename(),
                                                          FilenameLen);
 
+  // Notify the client, if desired, that we are in a new source file.
+  if (Callbacks)
+    Callbacks->FileChanged(SysHeaderTok.getLocation(),
+                           PPCallbacks::SystemHeaderPragma, SrcMgr::C_System);
+
   // Emit a line marker.  This will change any source locations from this point
   // forward to realize they are in a system header.
   // Create a line note with this information.
   SourceMgr.AddLineNote(SysHeaderTok.getLocation(), PLoc.getLine(), FilenameID,
                         false, false, true, false);
-
-  // Notify the client, if desired, that we are in a new source file.
-  if (Callbacks)
-    Callbacks->FileChanged(SysHeaderTok.getLocation(),
-                           PPCallbacks::SystemHeaderPragma, SrcMgr::C_System);
 }
 
 /// HandlePragmaDependency - Handle #pragma GCC dependency "foo" blah.
@@ -824,9 +824,17 @@ struct PragmaDebugHandler : public PragmaHandler {
     }
   }
 
+// Disable MSVC warning about runtime stack overflow.
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #pragma warning(disable : 4717)
+#endif
   void DebugOverflowStack() {
     DebugOverflowStack();
   }
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #pragma warning(default : 4717)
+#endif
+
 };
 
 /// PragmaDiagnosticHandler - e.g. '#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"'
@@ -898,8 +906,7 @@ public:
       return;
     }
 
-    std::string WarningName(Literal.GetString(),
-                            Literal.GetString()+Literal.GetStringLength());
+    llvm::StringRef WarningName(Literal.GetString(), Literal.GetStringLength());
 
     if (WarningName.size() < 3 || WarningName[0] != '-' ||
         WarningName[1] != 'W') {
@@ -908,7 +915,7 @@ public:
       return;
     }
 
-    if (PP.getDiagnostics().setDiagnosticGroupMapping(WarningName.c_str()+2,
+    if (PP.getDiagnostics().setDiagnosticGroupMapping(WarningName.substr(2),
                                                       Map, DiagLoc))
       PP.Diag(StrToks[0].getLocation(),
               diag::warn_pragma_diagnostic_unknown_warning) << WarningName;
diff --git a/lib/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.cpp b/lib/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.cpp
index 9555611dc59d..0c8d948ce0a7 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/PreprocessingRecord.cpp
@@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ void PreprocessingRecord::MaybeLoadPreallocatedEntities() const {
   ExternalSource->ReadPreprocessedEntities();
 }
 
-PreprocessingRecord::PreprocessingRecord()
-  : ExternalSource(0), NumPreallocatedEntities(0), 
+PreprocessingRecord::PreprocessingRecord(bool IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations)
+  : IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations(IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations),
+    ExternalSource(0), NumPreallocatedEntities(0), 
     LoadedPreallocatedEntities(false)
 {
 }
@@ -120,6 +121,9 @@ MacroDefinition *PreprocessingRecord::findMacroDefinition(const MacroInfo *MI) {
 }
 
 void PreprocessingRecord::MacroExpands(const Token &Id, const MacroInfo* MI) {
+  if (!IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations && Id.getLocation().isMacroID())
+    return;
+
   if (MacroDefinition *Def = findMacroDefinition(MI))
     PreprocessedEntities.push_back(
                        new (*this) MacroInstantiation(Id.getIdentifierInfo(),
diff --git a/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp b/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
index 31fd667a651d..fdc18f878180 100644
--- a/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
+++ b/lib/Lex/Preprocessor.cpp
@@ -527,10 +527,11 @@ CommentHandler::~CommentHandler() { }
 
 CodeCompletionHandler::~CodeCompletionHandler() { }
 
-void Preprocessor::createPreprocessingRecord() {
+void Preprocessor::createPreprocessingRecord(
+                                      bool IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations) {
   if (Record)
     return;
   
-  Record = new PreprocessingRecord;
+  Record = new PreprocessingRecord(IncludeNestedMacroInstantiations);
   addPPCallbacks(Record);
 }
diff --git a/lib/Makefile b/lib/Makefile
index eda7017bb8bf..924819c81807 100755
--- a/lib/Makefile
+++ b/lib/Makefile
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ CLANG_LEVEL := ..
 
 PARALLEL_DIRS = Headers Basic Lex Parse AST Sema CodeGen Analysis \
                 StaticAnalyzer Rewrite Serialization Frontend FrontendTool \
-                Index Driver Tooling
+                Index Driver
 
 include $(CLANG_LEVEL)/Makefile
 
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseCXXInlineMethods.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseCXXInlineMethods.cpp
index 87e2f343748e..f5c69981ca35 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseCXXInlineMethods.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseCXXInlineMethods.cpp
@@ -23,10 +23,11 @@ using namespace clang;
 /// and store its tokens for parsing after the C++ class is complete.
 Decl *Parser::ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AccessSpecifier AS, ParsingDeclarator &D,
                                 const ParsedTemplateInfo &TemplateInfo,
-                                const VirtSpecifiers& VS) {
+                                const VirtSpecifiers& VS, ExprResult& Init) {
   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "This isn't a function declarator!");
-  assert((Tok.is(tok::l_brace) || Tok.is(tok::colon) || Tok.is(tok::kw_try)) &&
-         "Current token not a '{', ':' or 'try'!");
+  assert((Tok.is(tok::l_brace) || Tok.is(tok::colon) || Tok.is(tok::kw_try) ||
+          Tok.is(tok::equal)) &&
+         "Current token not a '{', ':', '=', or 'try'!");
 
   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams(Actions,
           TemplateInfo.TemplateParams ? TemplateInfo.TemplateParams->data() : 0,
@@ -40,13 +41,49 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AccessSpecifier AS, ParsingDeclarator &D,
   else { // FIXME: pass template information through
     FnD = Actions.ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(getCurScope(), AS, D,
                                            move(TemplateParams), 0, 
-                                           VS, 0, /*IsDefinition*/true);
+                                           VS, Init.release(),
+                                           /*HasInit=*/false,
+                                           /*IsDefinition*/true);
   }
 
   HandleMemberFunctionDefaultArgs(D, FnD);
 
   D.complete(FnD);
 
+  if (Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+    ConsumeToken();
+
+    bool Delete = false;
+    SourceLocation KWLoc;
+    if (Tok.is(tok::kw_delete)) {
+      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::warn_deleted_function_accepted_as_extension);
+
+      KWLoc = ConsumeToken();
+      Actions.SetDeclDeleted(FnD, KWLoc);
+      Delete = true;
+    } else if (Tok.is(tok::kw_default)) {
+      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::warn_defaulted_function_accepted_as_extension);
+
+      KWLoc = ConsumeToken();
+      Actions.SetDeclDefaulted(FnD, KWLoc);
+    } else {
+      llvm_unreachable("function definition after = not 'delete' or 'default'");
+    }
+
+    if (Tok.is(tok::comma)) {
+      Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+        << Delete;
+      SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+    } else {
+      ExpectAndConsume(tok::semi, diag::err_expected_semi_after,
+                       Delete ? "delete" : "default", tok::semi);
+    }
+
+    return FnD;
+  }
+
   // In delayed template parsing mode, if we are within a class template
   // or if we are about to parse function member template then consume
   // the tokens and store them for parsing at the end of the translation unit.
@@ -130,8 +167,50 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AccessSpecifier AS, ParsingDeclarator &D,
   return FnD;
 }
 
+/// ParseCXXNonStaticMemberInitializer - We parsed and verified that the
+/// specified Declarator is a well formed C++ non-static data member
+/// declaration. Now lex its initializer and store its tokens for parsing
+/// after the class is complete.
+void Parser::ParseCXXNonStaticMemberInitializer(Decl *VarD) {
+  assert((Tok.is(tok::l_brace) || Tok.is(tok::equal)) &&
+         "Current token not a '{' or '='!");
+
+  LateParsedMemberInitializer *MI =
+    new LateParsedMemberInitializer(this, VarD);
+  getCurrentClass().LateParsedDeclarations.push_back(MI);
+  CachedTokens &Toks = MI->Toks;
+
+  tok::TokenKind kind = Tok.getKind();
+  if (kind == tok::equal) {
+    Toks.push_back(Tok);
+    ConsumeAnyToken();
+  }
+
+  if (kind == tok::l_brace) {
+    // Begin by storing the '{' token.
+    Toks.push_back(Tok);
+    ConsumeBrace();
+
+    // Consume everything up to (and including) the matching right brace.
+    ConsumeAndStoreUntil(tok::r_brace, Toks, /*StopAtSemi=*/true);
+  } else {
+    // Consume everything up to (but excluding) the comma or semicolon.
+    ConsumeAndStoreUntil(tok::comma, Toks, /*StopAtSemi=*/true,
+                         /*ConsumeFinalToken=*/false);
+  }
+
+  // Store an artificial EOF token to ensure that we don't run off the end of
+  // the initializer when we come to parse it.
+  Token Eof;
+  Eof.startToken();
+  Eof.setKind(tok::eof);
+  Eof.setLocation(Tok.getLocation());
+  Toks.push_back(Eof);
+}
+
 Parser::LateParsedDeclaration::~LateParsedDeclaration() {}
 void Parser::LateParsedDeclaration::ParseLexedMethodDeclarations() {}
+void Parser::LateParsedDeclaration::ParseLexedMemberInitializers() {}
 void Parser::LateParsedDeclaration::ParseLexedMethodDefs() {}
 
 Parser::LateParsedClass::LateParsedClass(Parser *P, ParsingClass *C)
@@ -145,6 +224,10 @@ void Parser::LateParsedClass::ParseLexedMethodDeclarations() {
   Self->ParseLexedMethodDeclarations(*Class);
 }
 
+void Parser::LateParsedClass::ParseLexedMemberInitializers() {
+  Self->ParseLexedMemberInitializers(*Class);
+}
+
 void Parser::LateParsedClass::ParseLexedMethodDefs() {
   Self->ParseLexedMethodDefs(*Class);
 }
@@ -157,6 +240,10 @@ void Parser::LexedMethod::ParseLexedMethodDefs() {
   Self->ParseLexedMethodDef(*this);
 }
 
+void Parser::LateParsedMemberInitializer::ParseLexedMemberInitializers() {
+  Self->ParseLexedMemberInitializer(*this);
+}
+
 /// ParseLexedMethodDeclarations - We finished parsing the member
 /// specification of a top (non-nested) C++ class. Now go over the
 /// stack of method declarations with some parts for which parsing was
@@ -328,8 +415,70 @@ void Parser::ParseLexedMethodDef(LexedMethod &LM) {
                                                         origLoc))
       while (Tok.getLocation() != origLoc && Tok.isNot(tok::eof))
         ConsumeAnyToken();
+  }
+}
+
+/// ParseLexedMemberInitializers - We finished parsing the member specification
+/// of a top (non-nested) C++ class. Now go over the stack of lexed data member
+/// initializers that were collected during its parsing and parse them all.
+void Parser::ParseLexedMemberInitializers(ParsingClass &Class) {
+  bool HasTemplateScope = !Class.TopLevelClass && Class.TemplateScope;
+  ParseScope ClassTemplateScope(this, Scope::TemplateParamScope,
+                                HasTemplateScope);
+  if (HasTemplateScope)
+    Actions.ActOnReenterTemplateScope(getCurScope(), Class.TagOrTemplate);
 
+  // Set or update the scope flags to include Scope::ThisScope.
+  bool AlreadyHasClassScope = Class.TopLevelClass;
+  unsigned ScopeFlags = Scope::ClassScope|Scope::DeclScope|Scope::ThisScope;
+  ParseScope ClassScope(this, ScopeFlags, !AlreadyHasClassScope);
+  ParseScopeFlags ClassScopeFlags(this, ScopeFlags, AlreadyHasClassScope);
+
+  if (!AlreadyHasClassScope)
+    Actions.ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(getCurScope(),
+                                                Class.TagOrTemplate);
+
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < Class.LateParsedDeclarations.size(); ++i) {
+    Class.LateParsedDeclarations[i]->ParseLexedMemberInitializers();
   }
+
+  if (!AlreadyHasClassScope)
+    Actions.ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(getCurScope(),
+                                                 Class.TagOrTemplate);
+
+  Actions.ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Class.TagOrTemplate);
+}
+
+void Parser::ParseLexedMemberInitializer(LateParsedMemberInitializer &MI) {
+  if (MI.Field->isInvalidDecl())
+    return;
+
+  // Append the current token at the end of the new token stream so that it
+  // doesn't get lost.
+  MI.Toks.push_back(Tok);
+  PP.EnterTokenStream(MI.Toks.data(), MI.Toks.size(), true, false);
+
+  // Consume the previously pushed token.
+  ConsumeAnyToken();
+
+  SourceLocation EqualLoc;
+  ExprResult Init = ParseCXXMemberInitializer(/*IsFunction=*/false, EqualLoc);
+
+  Actions.ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(MI.Field, EqualLoc, Init.release());
+
+  // The next token should be our artificial terminating EOF token.
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::eof)) {
+    SourceLocation EndLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(PrevTokLocation);
+    if (!EndLoc.isValid())
+      EndLoc = Tok.getLocation();
+    // No fixit; we can't recover as if there were a semicolon here.
+    Diag(EndLoc, diag::err_expected_semi_decl_list);
+
+    // Consume tokens until we hit the artificial EOF.
+    while (Tok.isNot(tok::eof))
+      ConsumeAnyToken();
+  }
+  ConsumeAnyToken();
 }
 
 /// ConsumeAndStoreUntil - Consume and store the token at the passed token
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
index a20e90bd0ea3..ad3fcfe0d369 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseDecl.cpp
@@ -253,9 +253,17 @@ void Parser::ParseMicrosoftDeclSpec(ParsedAttributes &attrs) {
     SkipUntil(tok::r_paren, true); // skip until ) or ;
     return;
   }
+
   while (Tok.getIdentifierInfo()) {
     IdentifierInfo *AttrName = Tok.getIdentifierInfo();
     SourceLocation AttrNameLoc = ConsumeToken();
+    
+    // FIXME: Remove this when we have proper __declspec(property()) support.
+    // Just skip everything inside property().
+    if (AttrName->getName() == "property") {
+      ConsumeParen();
+      SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+    }
     if (Tok.is(tok::l_paren)) {
       ConsumeParen();
       // FIXME: This doesn't parse __declspec(property(get=get_func_name))
@@ -806,8 +814,10 @@ Parser::DeclGroupPtrTy Parser::ParseDeclGroup(ParsingDeclSpec &DS,
   // analyzed.
   if (FRI && Tok.is(tok::colon)) {
     FRI->ColonLoc = ConsumeToken();
-    // FIXME: handle braced-init-list here.
-    FRI->RangeExpr = ParseExpression();
+    if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace))
+      FRI->RangeExpr = ParseBraceInitializer();
+    else
+      FRI->RangeExpr = ParseExpression();
     Decl *ThisDecl = Actions.ActOnDeclarator(getCurScope(), D);
     Actions.ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(ThisDecl);
     Actions.FinalizeDeclaration(ThisDecl);
@@ -906,6 +916,7 @@ bool Parser::ParseAttributesAfterDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
 /// [C++]   '(' expression-list ')'
 /// [C++0x] '=' 'default'                                                [TODO]
 /// [C++0x] '=' 'delete'
+/// [C++0x] braced-init-list
 ///
 /// According to the standard grammar, =default and =delete are function
 /// definitions, but that definitely doesn't fit with the parser here.
@@ -960,12 +971,17 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseDeclarationAfterDeclaratorAndAttributes(Declarator &D,
                                diag::err_invalid_equalequal_after_declarator)) {
     ConsumeToken();
     if (Tok.is(tok::kw_delete)) {
-      SourceLocation DelLoc = ConsumeToken();
-      
-      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
-        Diag(DelLoc, diag::warn_deleted_function_accepted_as_extension);
-
-      Actions.SetDeclDeleted(ThisDecl, DelLoc);
+      if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
+        Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+          << 1 /* delete */;
+      else
+        Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_deleted_non_function);
+    } else if (Tok.is(tok::kw_default)) {
+      if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
+        Diag(Tok, diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+          << 1 /* delete */;
+      else
+        Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_default_special_members);
     } else {
       if (getLang().CPlusPlus && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
         EnterScope(0);
@@ -1028,6 +1044,26 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseDeclarationAfterDeclaratorAndAttributes(Declarator &D,
                                             RParenLoc,
                                             TypeContainsAuto);
     }
+  } else if (getLang().CPlusPlus0x && Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
+    // Parse C++0x braced-init-list.
+    if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
+      EnterScope(0);
+      Actions.ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(getCurScope(), ThisDecl);
+    }
+
+    ExprResult Init(ParseBraceInitializer());
+
+    if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
+      Actions.ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(getCurScope(), ThisDecl);
+      ExitScope();
+    }
+
+    if (Init.isInvalid()) {
+      Actions.ActOnInitializerError(ThisDecl);
+    } else
+      Actions.AddInitializerToDecl(ThisDecl, Init.take(),
+                                   /*DirectInit=*/true, TypeContainsAuto);
+
   } else {
     Actions.ActOnUninitializedDecl(ThisDecl, TypeContainsAuto);
   }
@@ -1846,6 +1882,9 @@ void Parser::ParseDeclarationSpecifiers(DeclSpec &DS,
       ParseDecltypeSpecifier(DS);
       continue;
 
+    case tok::kw___underlying_type:
+      ParseUnderlyingTypeSpecifier(DS);
+
     // OpenCL qualifiers:
     case tok::kw_private: 
       if (!getLang().OpenCL)
@@ -2116,6 +2155,11 @@ bool Parser::ParseOptionalTypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS, bool& isInvalid,
     ParseDecltypeSpecifier(DS);
     return true;
 
+  // C++0x type traits support.
+  case tok::kw___underlying_type:
+    ParseUnderlyingTypeSpecifier(DS);
+    return true;
+
   // OpenCL qualifiers:
   case tok::kw_private: 
     if (!getLang().OpenCL)
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
index 8c0aa1ba694c..51aa01091e73 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseDeclCXX.cpp
@@ -60,12 +60,20 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseNamespace(unsigned Context,
 
   SourceLocation IdentLoc;
   IdentifierInfo *Ident = 0;
+  std::vector<SourceLocation> ExtraIdentLoc;
+  std::vector<IdentifierInfo*> ExtraIdent;
+  std::vector<SourceLocation> ExtraNamespaceLoc;
 
   Token attrTok;
 
   if (Tok.is(tok::identifier)) {
     Ident = Tok.getIdentifierInfo();
     IdentLoc = ConsumeToken();  // eat the identifier.
+    while (Tok.is(tok::coloncolon) && NextToken().is(tok::identifier)) {
+      ExtraNamespaceLoc.push_back(ConsumeToken());
+      ExtraIdent.push_back(Tok.getIdentifierInfo());
+      ExtraIdentLoc.push_back(ConsumeToken());
+    }
   }
 
   // Read label attributes, if present.
@@ -85,7 +93,12 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseNamespace(unsigned Context,
     return ParseNamespaceAlias(NamespaceLoc, IdentLoc, Ident, DeclEnd);
   }
 
+
   if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace)) {
+    if (!ExtraIdent.empty()) {
+      Diag(ExtraNamespaceLoc[0], diag::err_nested_namespaces_with_double_colon)
+          << SourceRange(ExtraNamespaceLoc.front(), ExtraIdentLoc.back());
+    }
     Diag(Tok, Ident ? diag::err_expected_lbrace :
          diag::err_expected_ident_lbrace);
     return 0;
@@ -96,11 +109,44 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseNamespace(unsigned Context,
   if (getCurScope()->isClassScope() || getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope() || 
       getCurScope()->isInObjcMethodScope() || getCurScope()->getBlockParent() || 
       getCurScope()->getFnParent()) {
+    if (!ExtraIdent.empty()) {
+      Diag(ExtraNamespaceLoc[0], diag::err_nested_namespaces_with_double_colon)
+          << SourceRange(ExtraNamespaceLoc.front(), ExtraIdentLoc.back());
+    }
     Diag(LBrace, diag::err_namespace_nonnamespace_scope);
     SkipUntil(tok::r_brace, false);
     return 0;
   }
 
+  if (!ExtraIdent.empty()) {
+    TentativeParsingAction TPA(*this);
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_brace, /*StopAtSemi*/false, /*DontConsume*/true);
+    Token rBraceToken = Tok;
+    TPA.Revert();
+
+    if (!rBraceToken.is(tok::r_brace)) {
+      Diag(ExtraNamespaceLoc[0], diag::err_nested_namespaces_with_double_colon)
+          << SourceRange(ExtraNamespaceLoc.front(), ExtraIdentLoc.back());
+    } else {
+      std::string NamespaceFix;
+      for (std::vector<IdentifierInfo*>::iterator I = ExtraIdent.begin(),
+           E = ExtraIdent.end(); I != E; ++I) {
+        NamespaceFix += " { namespace ";
+        NamespaceFix += (*I)->getName();
+      }
+
+      std::string RBraces;
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExtraIdent.size(); i != e; ++i)
+        RBraces +=  "} ";
+
+      Diag(ExtraNamespaceLoc[0], diag::err_nested_namespaces_with_double_colon)
+          << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(ExtraNamespaceLoc.front(),
+                                                      ExtraIdentLoc.back()),
+                                          NamespaceFix)
+          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(rBraceToken.getLocation(), RBraces);
+    }
+  }
+
   // If we're still good, complain about inline namespaces in non-C++0x now.
   if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x && InlineLoc.isValid())
     Diag(InlineLoc, diag::ext_inline_namespace);
@@ -115,23 +161,56 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseNamespace(unsigned Context,
   PrettyDeclStackTraceEntry CrashInfo(Actions, NamespcDecl, NamespaceLoc,
                                       "parsing namespace");
 
-  while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace) && Tok.isNot(tok::eof)) {
-    ParsedAttributesWithRange attrs(AttrFactory);
-    MaybeParseCXX0XAttributes(attrs);
-    MaybeParseMicrosoftAttributes(attrs);
-    ParseExternalDeclaration(attrs);
-  }
+  SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
+  // Parse the contents of the namespace.  This includes parsing recovery on 
+  // any improperly nested namespaces.
+  ParseInnerNamespace(ExtraIdentLoc, ExtraIdent, ExtraNamespaceLoc, 0,
+                      InlineLoc, LBrace, attrs, RBraceLoc);
 
   // Leave the namespace scope.
   NamespaceScope.Exit();
 
-  SourceLocation RBraceLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_brace, LBrace);
   Actions.ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(NamespcDecl, RBraceLoc);
 
   DeclEnd = RBraceLoc;
   return NamespcDecl;
 }
 
+/// ParseInnerNamespace - Parse the contents of a namespace.
+void Parser::ParseInnerNamespace(std::vector<SourceLocation>& IdentLoc,
+                                 std::vector<IdentifierInfo*>& Ident,
+                                 std::vector<SourceLocation>& NamespaceLoc,
+                                 unsigned int index, SourceLocation& InlineLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation& LBrace,
+                                 ParsedAttributes& attrs,
+                                 SourceLocation& RBraceLoc) {
+  if (index == Ident.size()) {
+    while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace) && Tok.isNot(tok::eof)) {
+      ParsedAttributesWithRange attrs(AttrFactory);
+      MaybeParseCXX0XAttributes(attrs);
+      MaybeParseMicrosoftAttributes(attrs);
+      ParseExternalDeclaration(attrs);
+    }
+    RBraceLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_brace, LBrace);
+
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Parse improperly nested namespaces.
+  ParseScope NamespaceScope(this, Scope::DeclScope);
+  Decl *NamespcDecl =
+    Actions.ActOnStartNamespaceDef(getCurScope(), SourceLocation(),
+                                   NamespaceLoc[index], IdentLoc[index],
+                                   Ident[index], LBrace, attrs.getList());
+
+  ParseInnerNamespace(IdentLoc, Ident, NamespaceLoc, ++index, InlineLoc,
+                      LBrace, attrs, RBraceLoc);
+
+  NamespaceScope.Exit();
+
+  Actions.ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(NamespcDecl, RBraceLoc);
+}
+
 /// ParseNamespaceAlias - Parse the part after the '=' in a namespace
 /// alias definition.
 ///
@@ -387,13 +466,35 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseUsingDeclaration(unsigned Context,
   bool IsAliasDecl = Tok.is(tok::equal);
   TypeResult TypeAlias;
   if (IsAliasDecl) {
-    // TODO: Do we want to support attributes somewhere in an alias declaration?
-    // Can't follow GCC since it doesn't support them yet!
+    // TODO: Attribute support. C++0x attributes may appear before the equals.
+    // Where can GNU attributes appear?
     ConsumeToken();
 
     if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
       Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_alias_declaration);
 
+    // Type alias templates cannot be specialized.
+    int SpecKind = -1;
+    if (TemplateInfo.Kind == ParsedTemplateInfo::Template &&
+        Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId)
+      SpecKind = 0;
+    if (TemplateInfo.Kind == ParsedTemplateInfo::ExplicitSpecialization)
+      SpecKind = 1;
+    if (TemplateInfo.Kind == ParsedTemplateInfo::ExplicitInstantiation)
+      SpecKind = 2;
+    if (SpecKind != -1) {
+      SourceRange Range;
+      if (SpecKind == 0)
+        Range = SourceRange(Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
+                            Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
+      else
+        Range = TemplateInfo.getSourceRange();
+      Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_alias_declaration_specialization)
+        << SpecKind << Range;
+      SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
     // Name must be an identifier.
     if (Name.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
       Diag(Name.StartLocation, diag::err_alias_declaration_not_identifier);
@@ -408,7 +509,9 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseUsingDeclaration(unsigned Context,
       Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_alias_declaration_not_identifier)
         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
 
-    TypeAlias = ParseTypeName(0, Declarator::AliasDeclContext);
+    TypeAlias = ParseTypeName(0, TemplateInfo.Kind ?
+                              Declarator::AliasTemplateContext :
+                              Declarator::AliasDeclContext);
   } else
     // Parse (optional) attributes (most likely GNU strong-using extension).
     MaybeParseGNUAttributes(attrs);
@@ -421,9 +524,9 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseUsingDeclaration(unsigned Context,
                    tok::semi);
 
   // Diagnose an attempt to declare a templated using-declaration.
-  // TODO: in C++0x, alias-declarations can be templates:
+  // In C++0x, alias-declarations can be templates:
   //   template <...> using id = type;
-  if (TemplateInfo.Kind) {
+  if (TemplateInfo.Kind && !IsAliasDecl) {
     SourceRange R = TemplateInfo.getSourceRange();
     Diag(UsingLoc, diag::err_templated_using_declaration)
       << R << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R);
@@ -434,9 +537,14 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseUsingDeclaration(unsigned Context,
     return 0;
   }
 
-  if (IsAliasDecl)
-    return Actions.ActOnAliasDeclaration(getCurScope(), AS, UsingLoc, Name,
-                                         TypeAlias);
+  if (IsAliasDecl) {
+    TemplateParameterLists *TemplateParams = TemplateInfo.TemplateParams;
+    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamsArg(Actions,
+      TemplateParams ? TemplateParams->data() : 0,
+      TemplateParams ? TemplateParams->size() : 0);
+    return Actions.ActOnAliasDeclaration(getCurScope(), AS, TemplateParamsArg,
+                                         UsingLoc, Name, TypeAlias);
+  }
 
   return Actions.ActOnUsingDeclaration(getCurScope(), AS, true, UsingLoc, SS,
                                        Name, attrs.getList(),
@@ -543,6 +651,42 @@ void Parser::ParseDecltypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS) {
     Diag(StartLoc, DiagID) << PrevSpec;
 }
 
+void Parser::ParseUnderlyingTypeSpecifier(DeclSpec &DS) {
+  assert(Tok.is(tok::kw___underlying_type) &&
+         "Not an underlying type specifier");
+
+  SourceLocation StartLoc = ConsumeToken();
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc = Tok.getLocation();
+
+  if (ExpectAndConsume(tok::l_paren, diag::err_expected_lparen_after,
+                       "__underlying_type")) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  TypeResult Result = ParseTypeName();
+  if (Result.isInvalid()) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Match the ')'
+  SourceLocation RParenLoc;
+  if (Tok.is(tok::r_paren))
+    RParenLoc = ConsumeParen();
+  else
+    MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc);
+
+  if (RParenLoc.isInvalid())
+    return;
+
+  const char *PrevSpec = 0;
+  unsigned DiagID;
+  if (DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType, StartLoc, PrevSpec,
+                         DiagID, Result.release()))
+    Diag(StartLoc, DiagID) << PrevSpec;
+}
+
 /// ParseClassName - Parse a C++ class-name, which names a class. Note
 /// that we only check that the result names a type; semantic analysis
 /// will need to verify that the type names a class. The result is
@@ -1409,6 +1553,7 @@ bool Parser::isCXX0XFinalKeyword() const {
 ///       member-declarator:
 ///         declarator virt-specifier-seq[opt] pure-specifier[opt]
 ///         declarator constant-initializer[opt]
+/// [C++11] declarator brace-or-equal-initializer[opt]
 ///         identifier[opt] ':' constant-expression
 ///
 ///       virt-specifier-seq:
@@ -1515,8 +1660,6 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
   MaybeParseMicrosoftAttributes(attrs);
 
   if (Tok.is(tok::kw_using)) {
-    // FIXME: Check for template aliases
-
     ProhibitAttributes(attrs);
 
     // Eat 'using'.
@@ -1527,7 +1670,7 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
       SkipUntil(tok::semi, true, true);
     } else {
       SourceLocation DeclEnd;
-      // Otherwise, it must be using-declaration.
+      // Otherwise, it must be a using-declaration or an alias-declaration.
       ParseUsingDeclaration(Declarator::MemberContext, TemplateInfo,
                             UsingLoc, DeclEnd, AS);
     }
@@ -1547,13 +1690,14 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
   if (Tok.is(tok::semi)) {
     ConsumeToken();
     Decl *TheDecl =
-      Actions.ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(getCurScope(), AS, DS);
+      Actions.ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(getCurScope(), AS, DS, TemplateParams);
     DS.complete(TheDecl);
     return;
   }
 
   ParsingDeclarator DeclaratorInfo(*this, DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
   VirtSpecifiers VS;
+  ExprResult Init;
 
   if (Tok.isNot(tok::colon)) {
     // Don't parse FOO:BAR as if it were a typo for FOO::BAR.
@@ -1575,10 +1719,36 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
     // If attributes exist after the declarator, but before an '{', parse them.
     MaybeParseGNUAttributes(DeclaratorInfo);
 
+    // MSVC permits pure specifier on inline functions declared at class scope.
+    // Hence check for =0 before checking for function definition.
+    if (getLang().Microsoft && Tok.is(tok::equal) &&
+        DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator() && 
+        NextToken().is(tok::numeric_constant)) {
+      ConsumeToken();
+      Init = ParseInitializer();
+      if (Init.isInvalid())
+        SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
+    }
+
+    bool IsDefinition = false;
     // function-definition:
-    if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace)
-        || (DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
-            (Tok.is(tok::colon) || Tok.is(tok::kw_try)))) {
+    //
+    // In C++11, a non-function declarator followed by an open brace is a
+    // braced-init-list for an in-class member initialization, not an
+    // erroneous function definition.
+    if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace) && !getLang().CPlusPlus0x) {
+      IsDefinition = true;
+    } else if (DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
+      if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace) || Tok.is(tok::colon) || Tok.is(tok::kw_try)) {
+        IsDefinition = true;
+      } else if (Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+        const Token &KW = NextToken();
+        if (KW.is(tok::kw_default) || KW.is(tok::kw_delete))
+          IsDefinition = true;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (IsDefinition) {
       if (!DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
         Diag(Tok, diag::err_func_def_no_params);
         ConsumeBrace();
@@ -1604,10 +1774,12 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
         return;
       }
 
-      ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AS, DeclaratorInfo, TemplateInfo, VS);
-      // Consume the optional ';'
-      if (Tok.is(tok::semi))
+      ParseCXXInlineMethodDef(AS, DeclaratorInfo, TemplateInfo, VS, Init);
+
+      // Consume the ';' - it's optional unless we have a delete or default
+      if (Tok.is(tok::semi)) {
         ConsumeToken();
+      }
 
       return;
     }
@@ -1619,13 +1791,11 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
 
   llvm::SmallVector<Decl *, 8> DeclsInGroup;
   ExprResult BitfieldSize;
-  ExprResult Init;
-  bool Deleted = false;
 
   while (1) {
     // member-declarator:
     //   declarator pure-specifier[opt]
-    //   declarator constant-initializer[opt]
+    //   declarator brace-or-equal-initializer[opt]
     //   identifier[opt] ':' constant-expression
     if (Tok.is(tok::colon)) {
       ConsumeToken();
@@ -1634,31 +1804,6 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
         SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
     }
 
-    ParseOptionalCXX0XVirtSpecifierSeq(VS);
-
-    // pure-specifier:
-    //   '= 0'
-    //
-    // constant-initializer:
-    //   '=' constant-expression
-    //
-    // defaulted/deleted function-definition:
-    //   '=' 'default'                          [TODO]
-    //   '=' 'delete'
-    if (Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
-      ConsumeToken();
-      if (Tok.is(tok::kw_delete)) {
-        if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
-          Diag(Tok, diag::warn_deleted_function_accepted_as_extension);
-        ConsumeToken();
-        Deleted = true;
-      } else {
-        Init = ParseInitializer();
-        if (Init.isInvalid())
-          SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
-      }
-    }
-
     // If a simple-asm-expr is present, parse it.
     if (Tok.is(tok::kw_asm)) {
       SourceLocation Loc;
@@ -1673,6 +1818,30 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
     // If attributes exist after the declarator, parse them.
     MaybeParseGNUAttributes(DeclaratorInfo);
 
+    // FIXME: When g++ adds support for this, we'll need to check whether it
+    // goes before or after the GNU attributes and __asm__.
+    ParseOptionalCXX0XVirtSpecifierSeq(VS);
+
+    bool HasDeferredInitializer = false;
+    if (Tok.is(tok::equal) || Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
+      if (BitfieldSize.get()) {
+        Diag(Tok, diag::err_bitfield_member_init);
+        SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
+      } else {
+        HasDeferredInitializer = !DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator() &&
+          DeclaratorInfo.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()
+            != DeclSpec::SCS_static;
+
+        if (!HasDeferredInitializer) {
+          SourceLocation EqualLoc;
+          Init = ParseCXXMemberInitializer(
+            DeclaratorInfo.isFunctionDeclarator(), EqualLoc);
+          if (Init.isInvalid())
+            SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
     // NOTE: If Sema is the Action module and declarator is an instance field,
     // this call will *not* return the created decl; It will return null.
     // See Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator for details.
@@ -1689,8 +1858,8 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
                                                   move(TemplateParams),
                                                   BitfieldSize.release(),
                                                   VS, Init.release(),
-                                                  /*IsDefinition*/Deleted,
-                                                  Deleted);
+                                                  HasDeferredInitializer,
+                                                  /*IsDefinition*/ false);
     }
     if (ThisDecl)
       DeclsInGroup.push_back(ThisDecl);
@@ -1703,6 +1872,24 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
 
     DeclaratorInfo.complete(ThisDecl);
 
+    if (HasDeferredInitializer) {
+      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::warn_nonstatic_member_init_accepted_as_extension);
+
+      if (DeclaratorInfo.isArrayOfUnknownBound()) {
+        // C++0x [dcl.array]p3: An array bound may also be omitted when the
+        // declarator is followed by an initializer. 
+        //
+        // A brace-or-equal-initializer for a member-declarator is not an
+        // initializer in the gramamr, so this is ill-formed.
+        Diag(Tok, diag::err_incomplete_array_member_init);
+        SkipUntil(tok::comma, true, true);
+        // Avoid later warnings about a class member of incomplete type.
+        ThisDecl->setInvalidDecl();
+      } else
+        ParseCXXNonStaticMemberInitializer(ThisDecl);
+    }
+
     // If we don't have a comma, it is either the end of the list (a ';')
     // or an error, bail out.
     if (Tok.isNot(tok::comma))
@@ -1716,7 +1903,6 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
     VS.clear();
     BitfieldSize = 0;
     Init = 0;
-    Deleted = false;
 
     // Attributes are only allowed on the second declarator.
     MaybeParseGNUAttributes(DeclaratorInfo);
@@ -1737,6 +1923,66 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(AccessSpecifier AS,
                                   DeclsInGroup.size());
 }
 
+/// ParseCXXMemberInitializer - Parse the brace-or-equal-initializer or
+/// pure-specifier. Also detect and reject any attempted defaulted/deleted
+/// function definition. The location of the '=', if any, will be placed in
+/// EqualLoc.
+///
+///   pure-specifier:
+///     '= 0'
+///  
+///   brace-or-equal-initializer:
+///     '=' initializer-expression
+///     braced-init-list                       [TODO]
+///  
+///   initializer-clause:
+///     assignment-expression
+///     braced-init-list                       [TODO]
+///  
+///   defaulted/deleted function-definition:                                                                                                                                                                                               
+///     '=' 'default'
+///     '=' 'delete'
+///
+/// Prior to C++0x, the assignment-expression in an initializer-clause must
+/// be a constant-expression.
+ExprResult Parser::ParseCXXMemberInitializer(bool IsFunction,
+                                             SourceLocation &EqualLoc) {
+  assert((Tok.is(tok::equal) || Tok.is(tok::l_brace))
+         && "Data member initializer not starting with '=' or '{'");
+
+  if (Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+    EqualLoc = ConsumeToken();
+    if (Tok.is(tok::kw_delete)) {
+      // In principle, an initializer of '= delete p;' is legal, but it will
+      // never type-check. It's better to diagnose it as an ill-formed expression
+      // than as an ill-formed deleted non-function member.
+      // An initializer of '= delete p, foo' will never be parsed, because
+      // a top-level comma always ends the initializer expression.
+      const Token &Next = NextToken();
+      if (IsFunction || Next.is(tok::semi) || Next.is(tok::comma) ||
+           Next.is(tok::eof)) {
+        if (IsFunction)
+          Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+            << 1 /* delete */;
+        else
+          Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_deleted_non_function);
+        return ExprResult();
+      }
+    } else if (Tok.is(tok::kw_default)) {
+      Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_default_special_members);
+      if (IsFunction)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+          << 0 /* default */;
+      else
+        Diag(ConsumeToken(), diag::err_default_special_members);
+      return ExprResult();
+    }
+
+    return ParseInitializer();
+  } else
+    return ExprError(Diag(Tok, diag::err_generalized_initializer_lists));
+}
+
 /// ParseCXXMemberSpecification - Parse the class definition.
 ///
 ///       member-specification:
@@ -1839,6 +2085,12 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXMemberSpecification(SourceLocation RecordLoc,
     while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace) && Tok.isNot(tok::eof)) {
       // Each iteration of this loop reads one member-declaration.
 
+      if (getLang().Microsoft && (Tok.is(tok::kw___if_exists) ||
+          Tok.is(tok::kw___if_not_exists))) {
+        ParseMicrosoftIfExistsClassDeclaration((DeclSpec::TST)TagType, CurAS);
+        continue;
+      }
+
       // Check for extraneous top-level semicolon.
       if (Tok.is(tok::semi)) {
         Diag(Tok, diag::ext_extra_struct_semi)
@@ -1882,19 +2134,20 @@ void Parser::ParseCXXMemberSpecification(SourceLocation RecordLoc,
                                               LBraceLoc, RBraceLoc,
                                               attrs.getList());
 
-  // C++ 9.2p2: Within the class member-specification, the class is regarded as
-  // complete within function bodies, default arguments,
-  // exception-specifications, and constructor ctor-initializers (including
-  // such things in nested classes).
+  // C++0x [class.mem]p2: Within the class member-specification, the class is
+  // regarded as complete within function bodies, default arguments, exception-
+  // specifications, and brace-or-equal-initializers for non-static data
+  // members (including such things in nested classes).
   //
-  // FIXME: Only function bodies and constructor ctor-initializers are
-  // parsed correctly, fix the rest.
+  // FIXME: Only function bodies and brace-or-equal-initializers are currently
+  // handled. Fix the others!
   if (TagDecl && NonNestedClass) {
     // We are not inside a nested class. This class and its nested classes
     // are complete and we can parse the delayed portions of method
     // declarations and the lexed inline method definitions.
     SourceLocation SavedPrevTokLocation = PrevTokLocation;
     ParseLexedMethodDeclarations(getCurrentClass());
+    ParseLexedMemberInitializers(getCurrentClass());
     ParseLexedMethodDefs(getCurrentClass());
     PrevTokLocation = SavedPrevTokLocation;
   }
@@ -1982,6 +2235,7 @@ void Parser::ParseConstructorInitializer(Decl *ConstructorDecl) {
 ///
 /// [C++] mem-initializer:
 ///         mem-initializer-id '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
+/// [C++0x] mem-initializer-id braced-init-list
 ///
 /// [C++] mem-initializer-id:
 ///         '::'[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name
@@ -2012,31 +2266,37 @@ Parser::MemInitResult Parser::ParseMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorDecl) {
   SourceLocation IdLoc = ConsumeToken();
 
   // Parse the '('.
-  if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_paren)) {
-    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lparen);
+  if (getLang().CPlusPlus0x && Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
+    // FIXME: Do something with the braced-init-list.
+    ParseBraceInitializer();
     return true;
-  }
-  SourceLocation LParenLoc = ConsumeParen();
+  } else if(Tok.is(tok::l_paren)) {
+    SourceLocation LParenLoc = ConsumeParen();
 
-  // Parse the optional expression-list.
-  ExprVector ArgExprs(Actions);
-  CommaLocsTy CommaLocs;
-  if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_paren) && ParseExpressionList(ArgExprs, CommaLocs)) {
-    SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
-    return true;
-  }
+    // Parse the optional expression-list.
+    ExprVector ArgExprs(Actions);
+    CommaLocsTy CommaLocs;
+    if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_paren) && ParseExpressionList(ArgExprs, CommaLocs)) {
+      SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+      return true;
+    }
 
-  SourceLocation RParenLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc);
+    SourceLocation RParenLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc);
 
-  SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
-  if (Tok.is(tok::ellipsis))
-    EllipsisLoc = ConsumeToken();
-  
-  return Actions.ActOnMemInitializer(ConstructorDecl, getCurScope(), SS, II,
-                                     TemplateTypeTy, IdLoc,
-                                     LParenLoc, ArgExprs.take(),
-                                     ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc,
-                                     EllipsisLoc);
+    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
+    if (Tok.is(tok::ellipsis))
+      EllipsisLoc = ConsumeToken();
+
+    return Actions.ActOnMemInitializer(ConstructorDecl, getCurScope(), SS, II,
+                                       TemplateTypeTy, IdLoc,
+                                       LParenLoc, ArgExprs.take(),
+                                       ArgExprs.size(), RParenLoc,
+                                       EllipsisLoc);
+  }
+
+  Diag(Tok, getLang().CPlusPlus0x ? diag::err_expected_lparen_or_lbrace
+                                  : diag::err_expected_lparen);
+  return true;
 }
 
 /// \brief Parse a C++ exception-specification if present (C++0x [except.spec]).
@@ -2438,3 +2698,64 @@ void Parser::ParseMicrosoftAttributes(ParsedAttributes &attrs,
     ExpectAndConsume(tok::r_square, diag::err_expected_rsquare);
   }
 }
+
+void Parser::ParseMicrosoftIfExistsClassDeclaration(DeclSpec::TST TagType,
+                                                    AccessSpecifier& CurAS) {
+  bool Result;
+  if (ParseMicrosoftIfExistsCondition(Result))
+    return;
+  
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+
+  // Condition is false skip all inside the {}.
+  if (!Result) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_brace, false);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Condition is true, parse the declaration.
+  while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+
+    // __if_exists, __if_not_exists can nest.
+    if ((Tok.is(tok::kw___if_exists) || Tok.is(tok::kw___if_not_exists))) {
+      ParseMicrosoftIfExistsClassDeclaration((DeclSpec::TST)TagType, CurAS);
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Check for extraneous top-level semicolon.
+    if (Tok.is(tok::semi)) {
+      Diag(Tok, diag::ext_extra_struct_semi)
+        << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName((DeclSpec::TST)TagType)
+        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Tok.getLocation());
+      ConsumeToken();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    AccessSpecifier AS = getAccessSpecifierIfPresent();
+    if (AS != AS_none) {
+      // Current token is a C++ access specifier.
+      CurAS = AS;
+      SourceLocation ASLoc = Tok.getLocation();
+      ConsumeToken();
+      if (Tok.is(tok::colon))
+        Actions.ActOnAccessSpecifier(AS, ASLoc, Tok.getLocation());
+      else
+        Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_colon);
+      ConsumeToken();
+      continue;
+    }
+
+    // Parse all the comma separated declarators.
+    ParseCXXClassMemberDeclaration(CurAS);
+  }
+
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_rbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+}
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
index 91fe1e1935e9..4e94ed9323b8 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseExpr.cpp
@@ -480,7 +480,9 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
 /// [OBJC]  '@encode' '(' type-name ')'
 /// [OBJC]  objc-string-literal
 /// [C++]   simple-type-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'      [C++ 5.2.3]
+/// [C++0x] simple-type-specifier braced-init-list                  [C++ 5.2.3]
 /// [C++]   typename-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'         [C++ 5.2.3]
+/// [C++0x] typename-specifier braced-init-list                     [C++ 5.2.3]
 /// [C++]   'const_cast' '<' type-name '>' '(' expression ')'       [C++ 5.2p1]
 /// [C++]   'dynamic_cast' '<' type-name '>' '(' expression ')'     [C++ 5.2p1]
 /// [C++]   'reinterpret_cast' '<' type-name '>' '(' expression ')' [C++ 5.2p1]
@@ -566,6 +568,9 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
 ///                   '__is_trivial'
 ///                   '__is_union'
 ///
+/// [Clang] unary-type-trait:
+///                   '__trivially_copyable'
+///
 ///       binary-type-trait:
 /// [GNU]             '__is_base_of'       
 /// [MS]              '__is_convertible_to'
@@ -782,6 +787,7 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
   case tok::kw___builtin_va_arg:
   case tok::kw___builtin_offsetof:
   case tok::kw___builtin_choose_expr:
+  case tok::kw___builtin_astype: // primary-expression: [OCL] as_type()
     return ParseBuiltinPrimaryExpression();
   case tok::kw___null:
     return Actions.ActOnGNUNullExpr(ConsumeToken());
@@ -919,15 +925,18 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
 
     if (SavedKind == tok::kw_typename) {
       // postfix-expression: typename-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
+      //                     typename-specifier braced-init-list
       if (TryAnnotateTypeOrScopeToken())
         return ExprError();
     }
 
     // postfix-expression: simple-type-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
+    //                     simple-type-specifier braced-init-list
     //
     DeclSpec DS(AttrFactory);
     ParseCXXSimpleTypeSpecifier(DS);
-    if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_paren))
+    if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_paren) &&
+        (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x || Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace)))
       return ExprError(Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lparen_after_type)
                          << DS.getSourceRange());
 
@@ -1060,6 +1069,7 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
   case tok::kw___is_pod:
   case tok::kw___is_polymorphic:
   case tok::kw___is_trivial:
+  case tok::kw___is_trivially_copyable:
   case tok::kw___is_union:
   case tok::kw___has_trivial_constructor:
   case tok::kw___has_trivial_copy:
@@ -1117,6 +1127,7 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCastExpression(bool isUnaryExpression,
 ///       postfix-expression: [C99 6.5.2]
 ///         primary-expression
 ///         postfix-expression '[' expression ']'
+///         postfix-expression '[' braced-init-list ']'
 ///         postfix-expression '(' argument-expression-list[opt] ')'
 ///         postfix-expression '.' identifier
 ///         postfix-expression '->' identifier
@@ -1172,7 +1183,11 @@ Parser::ParsePostfixExpressionSuffix(ExprResult LHS) {
         return move(LHS);
           
       Loc = ConsumeBracket();
-      ExprResult Idx(ParseExpression());
+      ExprResult Idx;
+      if (getLang().CPlusPlus0x && Tok.is(tok::l_brace))
+        Idx = ParseBraceInitializer();
+      else
+        Idx = ParseExpression();
 
       SourceLocation RLoc = Tok.getLocation();
 
@@ -1529,6 +1544,7 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpression() {
 /// [GNU]   '__builtin_choose_expr' '(' assign-expr ',' assign-expr ','
 ///                                     assign-expr ')'
 /// [GNU]   '__builtin_types_compatible_p' '(' type-name ',' type-name ')'
+/// [OCL]   '__builtin_astype' '(' type-name expr ')'
 ///
 /// [GNU] offsetof-member-designator:
 /// [GNU]   identifier
@@ -1673,7 +1689,35 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseBuiltinPrimaryExpression() {
                                   Expr2.take(), ConsumeParen());
     break;
   }
+  case tok::kw___builtin_astype: {
+    // The first argument is an expression to be converted, followed by a comma.
+    ExprResult Expr(ParseAssignmentExpression());
+    if (Expr.isInvalid()) {
+      SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+      return ExprError();
+    }
+    
+    if (ExpectAndConsume(tok::comma, diag::err_expected_comma, "", 
+                         tok::r_paren))
+      return ExprError();
+    
+    // Second argument is the type to bitcast to.
+    TypeResult DestTy = ParseTypeName();
+    if (DestTy.isInvalid())
+      return ExprError();
+    
+    // Attempt to consume the r-paren.
+    if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_paren)) {
+      Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_rparen);
+      SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+      return ExprError();
+    }
+    
+    Res = Actions.ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr.take(), DestTy.get(), StartLoc, 
+                                  ConsumeParen());
+    break;
   }
+}
 
   if (Res.isInvalid())
     return ExprError();
@@ -1987,8 +2031,19 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseGenericSelectionExpression() {
 ///         argument-expression-list , assignment-expression
 ///
 /// [C++] expression-list:
-/// [C++]   assignment-expression ...[opt]
-/// [C++]   expression-list , assignment-expression ...[opt]
+/// [C++]   assignment-expression
+/// [C++]   expression-list , assignment-expression
+///
+/// [C++0x] expression-list:
+/// [C++0x]   initializer-list
+///
+/// [C++0x] initializer-list
+/// [C++0x]   initializer-clause ...[opt]
+/// [C++0x]   initializer-list , initializer-clause ...[opt]
+///
+/// [C++0x] initializer-clause:
+/// [C++0x]   assignment-expression
+/// [C++0x]   braced-init-list
 ///
 bool Parser::ParseExpressionList(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &Exprs,
                             llvm::SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &CommaLocs,
@@ -2005,8 +2060,13 @@ bool Parser::ParseExpressionList(llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &Exprs,
         Actions.CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(getCurScope(), Sema::PCC_Expression);
       ConsumeCodeCompletionToken();
     }
-    
-    ExprResult Expr(ParseAssignmentExpression());
+
+    ExprResult Expr;
+    if (getLang().CPlusPlus0x && Tok.is(tok::l_brace))
+      Expr = ParseBraceInitializer();
+    else
+      Expr = ParseAssignmentExpression();
+
     if (Tok.is(tok::ellipsis))
       Expr = Actions.ActOnPackExpansion(Expr.get(), ConsumeToken());    
     if (Expr.isInvalid())
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
index 8bf6f63d3ecd..eab7114284de 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseExprCXX.cpp
@@ -280,8 +280,11 @@ bool Parser::ParseOptionalCXXScopeSpecifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                       : TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
         SS.SetInvalid(SourceRange(StartLoc, CCLoc));
       }
-      
-      TemplateId->Destroy();
+
+      // If we are caching tokens we will process the TemplateId again,
+      // otherwise destroy it.
+      if (!PP.isBacktrackEnabled())
+        TemplateId->Destroy();
       continue;
     }
 
@@ -806,42 +809,55 @@ ExprResult Parser::ParseCXXThis() {
 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
+/// See [C++ 5.2.3].
 ///
 ///       postfix-expression: [C++ 5.2p1]
-///         simple-type-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'      [C++ 5.2.3]
-///         typename-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'         [TODO]
+///         simple-type-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
+/// [C++0x] simple-type-specifier braced-init-list
+///         typename-specifier '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
+/// [C++0x] typename-specifier braced-init-list
 ///
 ExprResult
 Parser::ParseCXXTypeConstructExpression(const DeclSpec &DS) {
   Declarator DeclaratorInfo(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
   ParsedType TypeRep = Actions.ActOnTypeName(getCurScope(), DeclaratorInfo).get();
 
-  assert(Tok.is(tok::l_paren) && "Expected '('!");
-  GreaterThanIsOperatorScope G(GreaterThanIsOperator, true);
+  assert((Tok.is(tok::l_paren) ||
+          (getLang().CPlusPlus0x && Tok.is(tok::l_brace)))
+         && "Expected '(' or '{'!");
 
-  SourceLocation LParenLoc = ConsumeParen();
+  if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
 
-  ExprVector Exprs(Actions);
-  CommaLocsTy CommaLocs;
+    // FIXME: Convert to a proper type construct expression.
+    return ParseBraceInitializer();
 
-  if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_paren)) {
-    if (ParseExpressionList(Exprs, CommaLocs)) {
-      SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
-      return ExprError();
+  } else {
+    GreaterThanIsOperatorScope G(GreaterThanIsOperator, true);
+
+    SourceLocation LParenLoc = ConsumeParen();
+
+    ExprVector Exprs(Actions);
+    CommaLocsTy CommaLocs;
+
+    if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_paren)) {
+      if (ParseExpressionList(Exprs, CommaLocs)) {
+        SkipUntil(tok::r_paren);
+        return ExprError();
+      }
     }
-  }
 
-  // Match the ')'.
-  SourceLocation RParenLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc);
+    // Match the ')'.
+    SourceLocation RParenLoc = MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc);
 
-  // TypeRep could be null, if it references an invalid typedef.
-  if (!TypeRep)
-    return ExprError();
+    // TypeRep could be null, if it references an invalid typedef.
+    if (!TypeRep)
+      return ExprError();
 
-  assert((Exprs.size() == 0 || Exprs.size()-1 == CommaLocs.size())&&
-         "Unexpected number of commas!");
-  return Actions.ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeRep, LParenLoc, move_arg(Exprs),
-                                           RParenLoc);
+    assert((Exprs.size() == 0 || Exprs.size()-1 == CommaLocs.size())&&
+           "Unexpected number of commas!");
+    return Actions.ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeRep, LParenLoc, move_arg(Exprs),
+                                             RParenLoc);
+  }
 }
 
 /// ParseCXXCondition - if/switch/while condition expression.
@@ -959,6 +975,7 @@ bool Parser::isCXXSimpleTypeSpecifier() const {
   case tok::kw_bool:
   case tok::kw_decltype:
   case tok::kw_typeof:
+  case tok::kw___underlying_type:
     return true;
 
   default:
@@ -1723,7 +1740,7 @@ bool Parser::ParseUnqualifiedId(CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext,
 ///
 ///        new-initializer:
 ///                   '(' expression-list[opt] ')'
-/// [C++0x]           braced-init-list                                   [TODO]
+/// [C++0x]           braced-init-list
 ///
 ExprResult
 Parser::ParseCXXNewExpression(bool UseGlobal, SourceLocation Start) {
@@ -1812,6 +1829,9 @@ Parser::ParseCXXNewExpression(bool UseGlobal, SourceLocation Start) {
       SkipUntil(tok::semi, /*StopAtSemi=*/true, /*DontConsume=*/true);
       return ExprError();
     }
+  } else if (Tok.is(tok::l_brace)) {
+    // FIXME: Have to communicate the init-list to ActOnCXXNew.
+    ParseBraceInitializer();
   }
 
   return Actions.ActOnCXXNew(Start, UseGlobal, PlacementLParen,
@@ -1921,7 +1941,8 @@ static UnaryTypeTrait UnaryTypeTraitFromTokKind(tok::TokenKind kind) {
   case tok::kw___has_nothrow_constructor: return UTT_HasNothrowConstructor;
   case tok::kw___has_nothrow_copy:           return UTT_HasNothrowCopy;
   case tok::kw___has_trivial_assign:      return UTT_HasTrivialAssign;
-  case tok::kw___has_trivial_constructor: return UTT_HasTrivialConstructor;
+  case tok::kw___has_trivial_constructor:
+                                    return UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor;
   case tok::kw___has_trivial_copy:           return UTT_HasTrivialCopy;
   case tok::kw___has_trivial_destructor:  return UTT_HasTrivialDestructor;
   case tok::kw___has_virtual_destructor:  return UTT_HasVirtualDestructor;
@@ -1954,6 +1975,7 @@ static UnaryTypeTrait UnaryTypeTraitFromTokKind(tok::TokenKind kind) {
   case tok::kw___is_signed:                  return UTT_IsSigned;
   case tok::kw___is_standard_layout:         return UTT_IsStandardLayout;
   case tok::kw___is_trivial:                 return UTT_IsTrivial;
+  case tok::kw___is_trivially_copyable:      return UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable;
   case tok::kw___is_union:                return UTT_IsUnion;
   case tok::kw___is_unsigned:                return UTT_IsUnsigned;
   case tok::kw___is_void:                    return UTT_IsVoid;
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseObjc.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseObjc.cpp
index fdbedc54d1cd..a8c18c01a291 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseObjc.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseObjc.cpp
@@ -874,8 +874,8 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseObjCMethodDecl(SourceLocation mLoc,
     Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(SelIdent);
     Decl *Result
          = Actions.ActOnMethodDeclaration(getCurScope(), mLoc, Tok.getLocation(),
-                                          mType, IDecl, DSRet, ReturnType, Sel,
-                                          0, 
+                                          mType, IDecl, DSRet, ReturnType, 
+                                          selLoc, Sel, 0, 
                                           CParamInfo.data(), CParamInfo.size(),
                                           methodAttrs.getList(), MethodImplKind,
                                           false, MethodDefinition);
@@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseObjCMethodDecl(SourceLocation mLoc,
                                                    &KeyIdents[0]);
   Decl *Result
        = Actions.ActOnMethodDeclaration(getCurScope(), mLoc, Tok.getLocation(),
-                                        mType, IDecl, DSRet, ReturnType, Sel,
-                                        &ArgInfos[0], 
+                                        mType, IDecl, DSRet, ReturnType, 
+                                        selLoc, Sel, &ArgInfos[0], 
                                         CParamInfo.data(), CParamInfo.size(),
                                         methodAttrs.getList(),
                                         MethodImplKind, isVariadic, MethodDefinition);
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParsePragma.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParsePragma.cpp
index 46225c8e7910..c30ab75b76e8 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParsePragma.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParsePragma.cpp
@@ -295,7 +295,6 @@ void PragmaUnusedHandler::HandlePragma(Preprocessor &PP,
     PP.Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_pragma_expected_lparen) << "unused";
     return;
   }
-  SourceLocation LParenLoc = Tok.getLocation();
 
   // Lex the declaration reference(s).
   llvm::SmallVector<Token, 5> Identifiers;
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseStmt.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseStmt.cpp
index f0ab53108033..6cc8b57b61fe 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseStmt.cpp
@@ -741,6 +741,12 @@ StmtResult Parser::ParseCompoundStatementBody(bool isStmtExpr) {
       continue;
     }
 
+    if (getLang().Microsoft && (Tok.is(tok::kw___if_exists) ||
+        Tok.is(tok::kw___if_not_exists))) {
+      ParseMicrosoftIfExistsStatement(Stmts);
+      continue;
+    }
+
     StmtResult R;
     if (Tok.isNot(tok::kw___extension__)) {
       R = ParseStatementOrDeclaration(Stmts, false);
@@ -2000,3 +2006,34 @@ StmtResult Parser::ParseCXXCatchBlock() {
 
   return Actions.ActOnCXXCatchBlock(CatchLoc, ExceptionDecl, Block.take());
 }
+
+void Parser::ParseMicrosoftIfExistsStatement(StmtVector &Stmts) {
+  bool Result;
+  if (ParseMicrosoftIfExistsCondition(Result))
+    return;
+  
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+
+  // Condition is false skip all inside the {}.
+  if (!Result) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_brace, false);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Condition is true, parse the statements.
+  while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+    StmtResult R = ParseStatementOrDeclaration(Stmts, false);
+    if (R.isUsable())
+      Stmts.push_back(R.release());
+  }
+
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_rbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+}
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
index 12e38daf0029..aa89d75c6d1b 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseTemplate.cpp
@@ -905,10 +905,10 @@ ParsedTemplateArgument Parser::ParseTemplateTemplateArgument() {
 
   // C++0x [temp.arg.template]p1:
   //   A template-argument for a template template-parameter shall be the name
-  //   of a class template or a template alias, expressed as id-expression.
+  //   of a class template or an alias template, expressed as id-expression.
   //   
-  // We parse an id-expression that refers to a class template or template
-  // alias. The grammar we parse is:
+  // We parse an id-expression that refers to a class template or alias
+  // template. The grammar we parse is:
   //
   //   nested-name-specifier[opt] template[opt] identifier ...[opt]
   //
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ ParsedTemplateArgument Parser::ParseTemplateTemplateArgument() {
                                                 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
       if (TNK == TNK_Dependent_template_name || TNK == TNK_Type_template) {
         // We have an id-expression that refers to a class template or
-        // (C++0x) template alias. 
+        // (C++0x) alias template. 
         Result = ParsedTemplateArgument(SS, Template, Name.StartLocation);
       }
     }
diff --git a/lib/Parse/ParseTentative.cpp b/lib/Parse/ParseTentative.cpp
index 1c4e2b3ddc8b..78d2c9091b1b 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/ParseTentative.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/ParseTentative.cpp
@@ -664,6 +664,7 @@ Parser::isExpressionOrTypeSpecifierSimple(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
   case tok::kw___is_pod:
   case tok::kw___is_polymorphic:
   case tok::kw___is_trivial:
+  case tok::kw___is_trivially_copyable:
   case tok::kw___is_union:
   case tok::kw___uuidof:
     return TPResult::True();
@@ -693,6 +694,7 @@ Parser::isExpressionOrTypeSpecifierSimple(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
   case tok::kw_char16_t:
   case tok::kw_char32_t:
   case tok::kw_decltype:
+  case tok::kw___underlying_type:
   case tok::kw_thread_local:
   case tok::kw__Decimal32:
   case tok::kw__Decimal64:
@@ -1011,6 +1013,10 @@ Parser::TPResult Parser::isCXXDeclarationSpecifier() {
   case tok::kw_decltype:
     return TPResult::True();
 
+  // C++0x type traits support
+  case tok::kw___underlying_type:
+    return TPResult::True();
+
   default:
     return TPResult::False();
   }
diff --git a/lib/Parse/Parser.cpp b/lib/Parse/Parser.cpp
index 4d08699bdd39..f19472ccdc04 100644
--- a/lib/Parse/Parser.cpp
+++ b/lib/Parse/Parser.cpp
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 #include "RAIIObjectsForParser.h"
 #include "ParsePragma.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
 using namespace clang;
 
 Parser::Parser(Preprocessor &pp, Sema &actions)
@@ -350,7 +351,23 @@ void Parser::ExitScope() {
     ScopeCache[NumCachedScopes++] = OldScope;
 }
 
+/// Set the flags for the current scope to ScopeFlags. If ManageFlags is false,
+/// this object does nothing.
+Parser::ParseScopeFlags::ParseScopeFlags(Parser *Self, unsigned ScopeFlags,
+                                 bool ManageFlags)
+  : CurScope(ManageFlags ? Self->getCurScope() : 0) {
+  if (CurScope) {
+    OldFlags = CurScope->getFlags();
+    CurScope->setFlags(ScopeFlags);
+  }
+}
 
+/// Restore the flags for the current scope to what they were before this
+/// object overrode them.
+Parser::ParseScopeFlags::~ParseScopeFlags() {
+  if (CurScope)
+    CurScope->setFlags(OldFlags);
+}
 
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -653,6 +670,11 @@ Parser::ParseExternalDeclaration(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
     // FIXME: Detect C++ linkage specifications here?
     goto dont_know;
 
+  case tok::kw___if_exists:
+  case tok::kw___if_not_exists:
+    ParseMicrosoftIfExistsExternalDeclaration();
+    return DeclGroupPtrTy();
+
   default:
   dont_know:
     // We can't tell whether this is a function-definition or declaration yet.
@@ -671,7 +693,14 @@ Parser::ParseExternalDeclaration(ParsedAttributesWithRange &attrs,
 
 /// \brief Determine whether the current token, if it occurs after a
 /// declarator, continues a declaration or declaration list.
-bool Parser::isDeclarationAfterDeclarator() const {
+bool Parser::isDeclarationAfterDeclarator() {
+  // Check for '= delete' or '= default'
+  if (getLang().CPlusPlus && Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+    const Token &KW = NextToken();
+    if (KW.is(tok::kw_default) || KW.is(tok::kw_delete))
+      return false;
+  }
+
   return Tok.is(tok::equal) ||      // int X()=  -> not a function def
     Tok.is(tok::comma) ||           // int X(),  -> not a function def
     Tok.is(tok::semi)  ||           // int X();  -> not a function def
@@ -692,6 +721,11 @@ bool Parser::isStartOfFunctionDefinition(const ParsingDeclarator &Declarator) {
   if (!getLang().CPlusPlus &&
       Declarator.getFunctionTypeInfo().isKNRPrototype()) 
     return isDeclarationSpecifier();
+
+  if (getLang().CPlusPlus && Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+    const Token &KW = NextToken();
+    return KW.is(tok::kw_default) || KW.is(tok::kw_delete);
+  }
   
   return Tok.is(tok::colon) ||         // X() : Base() {} (used for ctors)
          Tok.is(tok::kw_try);          // X() try { ... }
@@ -814,11 +848,13 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseFunctionDefinition(ParsingDeclarator &D,
   if (FTI.isKNRPrototype())
     ParseKNRParamDeclarations(D);
 
+
   // We should have either an opening brace or, in a C++ constructor,
   // we may have a colon.
   if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace) && 
       (!getLang().CPlusPlus ||
-       (Tok.isNot(tok::colon) && Tok.isNot(tok::kw_try)))) {
+       (Tok.isNot(tok::colon) && Tok.isNot(tok::kw_try) &&
+        Tok.isNot(tok::equal)))) {
     Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_fn_body);
 
     // Skip over garbage, until we get to '{'.  Don't eat the '{'.
@@ -866,7 +902,6 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseFunctionDefinition(ParsingDeclarator &D,
     return DP;
   }
 
-
   // Enter a scope for the function body.
   ParseScope BodyScope(this, Scope::FnScope|Scope::DeclScope);
 
@@ -887,6 +922,43 @@ Decl *Parser::ParseFunctionDefinition(ParsingDeclarator &D,
   // safe because we're always the sole owner.
   D.getMutableDeclSpec().abort();
 
+  if (Tok.is(tok::equal)) {
+    assert(getLang().CPlusPlus && "Only C++ function definitions have '='");
+    ConsumeToken();
+
+    Actions.ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Res, 0, false);
+ 
+    bool Delete = false;
+    SourceLocation KWLoc;
+    if (Tok.is(tok::kw_delete)) {
+      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::warn_deleted_function_accepted_as_extension);
+
+      KWLoc = ConsumeToken();
+      Actions.SetDeclDeleted(Res, KWLoc);
+      Delete = true;
+    } else if (Tok.is(tok::kw_default)) {
+      if (!getLang().CPlusPlus0x)
+        Diag(Tok, diag::warn_defaulted_function_accepted_as_extension);
+
+      KWLoc = ConsumeToken();
+      Actions.SetDeclDefaulted(Res, KWLoc);
+    } else {
+      llvm_unreachable("function definition after = not 'delete' or 'default'");
+    }
+
+    if (Tok.is(tok::comma)) {
+      Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_default_delete_in_multiple_declaration)
+        << Delete;
+      SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+    } else {
+      ExpectAndConsume(tok::semi, diag::err_expected_semi_after,
+                       Delete ? "delete" : "default", tok::semi);
+    }
+
+    return Res;
+  }
+
   if (Tok.is(tok::kw_try))
     return ParseFunctionTryBlock(Res, BodyScope);
 
@@ -1374,3 +1446,80 @@ void Parser::CodeCompleteMacroArgument(IdentifierInfo *Macro,
 void Parser::CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage() {
   Actions.CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
 }
+
+bool Parser::ParseMicrosoftIfExistsCondition(bool& Result) {
+  assert((Tok.is(tok::kw___if_exists) || Tok.is(tok::kw___if_not_exists)) &&
+         "Expected '__if_exists' or '__if_not_exists'");
+  Token Condition = Tok;
+  SourceLocation IfExistsLoc = ConsumeToken();
+
+  SourceLocation LParenLoc = Tok.getLocation();
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_paren)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lparen_after) << IfExistsLoc;
+    SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+    return true;
+  }
+  ConsumeParen(); // eat the '('.
+  
+  // Parse nested-name-specifier.
+  CXXScopeSpec SS;
+  ParseOptionalCXXScopeSpecifier(SS, ParsedType(), false);
+
+  // Check nested-name specifier.
+  if (SS.isInvalid()) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  // Parse the unqualified-id. 
+  UnqualifiedId Name;
+  if (ParseUnqualifiedId(SS, false, true, true, ParsedType(), Name)) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::semi);
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  if (MatchRHSPunctuation(tok::r_paren, LParenLoc).isInvalid())
+    return true;
+
+  // Check if the symbol exists.
+  bool Exist = Actions.CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(SS, Name);
+
+  Result = ((Condition.is(tok::kw___if_exists) && Exist) ||
+            (Condition.is(tok::kw___if_not_exists) && !Exist));
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void Parser::ParseMicrosoftIfExistsExternalDeclaration() {
+  bool Result;
+  if (ParseMicrosoftIfExistsCondition(Result))
+    return;
+  
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::l_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_lbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+
+  // Condition is false skip all inside the {}.
+  if (!Result) {
+    SkipUntil(tok::r_brace, false);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Condition is true, parse the declaration.
+  while (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+    ParsedAttributesWithRange attrs(AttrFactory);
+    MaybeParseCXX0XAttributes(attrs);
+    MaybeParseMicrosoftAttributes(attrs);
+    DeclGroupPtrTy Result = ParseExternalDeclaration(attrs);
+    if (Result && !getCurScope()->getParent())
+      Actions.getASTConsumer().HandleTopLevelDecl(Result.get());
+  }
+
+  if (Tok.isNot(tok::r_brace)) {
+    Diag(Tok, diag::err_expected_rbrace);
+    return;
+  }
+  ConsumeBrace();
+}
diff --git a/lib/Rewrite/RewriteObjC.cpp b/lib/Rewrite/RewriteObjC.cpp
index d6e34ef8fa46..8cdb55a0c1c6 100644
--- a/lib/Rewrite/RewriteObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/Rewrite/RewriteObjC.cpp
@@ -2695,7 +2695,8 @@ QualType RewriteObjC::getSuperStructType() {
                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
                                                  FieldTypes[i], 0,
                                                  /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                                 /*Mutable=*/false));
+                                                 /*Mutable=*/false,
+                                                 /*HasInit=*/false));
     }
 
     SuperStructDecl->completeDefinition();
@@ -2727,7 +2728,8 @@ QualType RewriteObjC::getConstantStringStructType() {
                                                     SourceLocation(), 0,
                                                     FieldTypes[i], 0,
                                                     /*BitWidth=*/0,
-                                                    /*Mutable=*/true));
+                                                    /*Mutable=*/true,
+                                                    /*HasInit=*/false));
     }
 
     ConstantStringDecl->completeDefinition();
@@ -4709,7 +4711,8 @@ Stmt *RewriteObjC::SynthesizeBlockCall(CallExpr *Exp, const Expr *BlockExp) {
                                     SourceLocation(),
                                     &Context->Idents.get("FuncPtr"),
                                     Context->VoidPtrTy, 0,
-                                    /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true);
+                                    /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true,
+                                    /*HasInit=*/false);
   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(PE, true, FD, SourceLocation(),
                                             FD->getType(), VK_LValue,
                                             OK_Ordinary);
@@ -4763,7 +4766,8 @@ Stmt *RewriteObjC::RewriteBlockDeclRefExpr(Expr *DeclRefExp) {
                                     SourceLocation(),
                                     &Context->Idents.get("__forwarding"), 
                                     Context->VoidPtrTy, 0,
-                                    /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true);
+                                    /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true,
+                                    /*HasInit=*/false);
   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(DeclRefExp, isArrow,
                                             FD, SourceLocation(),
                                             FD->getType(), VK_LValue,
@@ -4773,7 +4777,8 @@ Stmt *RewriteObjC::RewriteBlockDeclRefExpr(Expr *DeclRefExp) {
   FD = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, 0, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
                          &Context->Idents.get(Name), 
                          Context->VoidPtrTy, 0,
-                         /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true);
+                         /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/true,
+                         /*HasInit=*/false);
   ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(ME, true, FD, SourceLocation(),
                                 DeclRefExp->getType(), VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary);
   
diff --git a/lib/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.cpp b/lib/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.cpp
index e482172ca3eb..9efae6103a4a 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.cpp
@@ -196,7 +196,12 @@ static ControlFlowKind CheckFallThrough(AnalysisContext &AC) {
         continue;
       }
       Expr *CEE = C->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts();
-      if (getFunctionExtInfo(CEE->getType()).getNoReturn()) {
+      QualType calleeType = CEE->getType();
+      if (calleeType == AC.getASTContext().BoundMemberTy) {
+        calleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CEE);
+        assert(!calleeType.isNull() && "analyzing unresolved call?");
+      }
+      if (getFunctionExtInfo(calleeType).getNoReturn()) {
         NoReturnEdge = true;
         HasFakeEdge = true;
       } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CEE)) {
diff --git a/lib/Sema/DeclSpec.cpp b/lib/Sema/DeclSpec.cpp
index 0f20d10b076a..5be16e7431c1 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/DeclSpec.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/DeclSpec.cpp
@@ -309,6 +309,7 @@ const char *DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(DeclSpec::TST T) {
   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr:  return "typeof";
   case DeclSpec::TST_auto:        return "auto";
   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:    return "(decltype)";
+  case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: return "__underlying_type";
   case DeclSpec::TST_unknown_anytype: return "__unknown_anytype";
   case DeclSpec::TST_error:       return "(error)";
   }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/JumpDiagnostics.cpp b/lib/Sema/JumpDiagnostics.cpp
index 867d78fef6a7..ae154aae2062 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/JumpDiagnostics.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/JumpDiagnostics.cpp
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h"
@@ -126,18 +127,45 @@ static std::pair<unsigned,unsigned>
       InDiag = diag::note_protected_by_cleanup;
       OutDiag = diag::note_exits_cleanup;
     } else if (isCPlusPlus) {
-      // FIXME: In C++0x, we have to check more conditions than "did we
-      // just give it an initializer?". See 6.7p3.
-      if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->hasInit())
-        InDiag = diag::note_protected_by_variable_init;
-
-      CanQualType T = VD->getType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
+      if (!VD->hasLocalStorage())
+        return std::make_pair(InDiag, OutDiag);
+      
+      ASTContext &Context = D->getASTContext();
+      QualType T = Context.getBaseElementType(VD->getType());
       if (!T->isDependentType()) {
-        while (CanQual<ArrayType> AT = T->getAs<ArrayType>())
-          T = AT->getElementType();
-        if (CanQual<RecordType> RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
-          if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor())
-            OutDiag = diag::note_exits_dtor;
+        // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3:
+        //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
+        //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope
+        //   is ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with
+        //   a trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a 
+        //   cv-qualified version of one of these types, or an array of one of
+        //   the preceding types and is declared without an initializer (8.5).
+        // Check whether this is a C++ class.
+        CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+        
+        if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
+          bool CallsTrivialConstructor = false;
+          if (Record) {
+            // FIXME: With generalized initializer lists, this may
+            // classify "X x{};" as having no initializer.
+            if (const CXXConstructExpr *Construct 
+                                        = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
+              if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
+                                                = Construct->getConstructor())
+                if ((Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
+                       ? Record->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()
+                       : Record->isPOD()) &&
+                    Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())
+                  CallsTrivialConstructor = true;
+          }
+          
+          if (!CallsTrivialConstructor)
+            InDiag = diag::note_protected_by_variable_init;
+        }
+        
+        // Note whether we have a class with a non-trivial destructor.
+        if (Record && !Record->hasTrivialDestructor())
+          OutDiag = diag::note_exits_dtor;
       }
     }
     
diff --git a/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp b/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
index 7707fb1104be..8297b3155a8c 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/Sema.cpp
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
@@ -377,30 +378,22 @@ void Sema::ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit() {
       }
     }
 
-    bool SomethingChanged;
-    do {
-      SomethingChanged = false;
-      
-      // If DefinedUsedVTables ends up marking any virtual member functions it
-      // might lead to more pending template instantiations, which we then need
-      // to instantiate.
-      if (DefineUsedVTables())
-        SomethingChanged = true;
-
-      // C++: Perform implicit template instantiations.
-      //
-      // FIXME: When we perform these implicit instantiations, we do not
-      // carefully keep track of the point of instantiation (C++ [temp.point]).
-      // This means that name lookup that occurs within the template
-      // instantiation will always happen at the end of the translation unit,
-      // so it will find some names that should not be found. Although this is
-      // common behavior for C++ compilers, it is technically wrong. In the
-      // future, we either need to be able to filter the results of name lookup
-      // or we need to perform template instantiations earlier.
-      if (PerformPendingInstantiations())
-        SomethingChanged = true;
-      
-    } while (SomethingChanged);
+    // If DefinedUsedVTables ends up marking any virtual member functions it
+    // might lead to more pending template instantiations, which we then need
+    // to instantiate.
+    DefineUsedVTables();
+
+    // C++: Perform implicit template instantiations.
+    //
+    // FIXME: When we perform these implicit instantiations, we do not
+    // carefully keep track of the point of instantiation (C++ [temp.point]).
+    // This means that name lookup that occurs within the template
+    // instantiation will always happen at the end of the translation unit,
+    // so it will find some names that should not be found. Although this is
+    // common behavior for C++ compilers, it is technically wrong. In the
+    // future, we either need to be able to filter the results of name lookup
+    // or we need to perform template instantiations earlier.
+    PerformPendingInstantiations();
   }
   
   // Remove file scoped decls that turned out to be used.
@@ -473,6 +466,12 @@ void Sema::ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit() {
 
   }
 
+  if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x &&
+      Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_delegating_ctor_cycle,
+                               SourceLocation())
+        != Diagnostic::Ignored)
+    CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
+
   // If there were errors, disable 'unused' warnings since they will mostly be
   // noise.
   if (!Diags.hasErrorOccurred()) {
@@ -570,9 +569,12 @@ Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder::~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
       break;
       
     case DiagnosticIDs::SFINAE_AccessControl:
-      // Unless access checking is specifically called out as a SFINAE
-      // error, report this diagnostic.
-      if (!SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
+      // Per C++ Core Issue 1170, access control is part of SFINAE.
+      // Additionally, the AccessCheckingSFINAE flag can be used to temporary
+      // make access control a part of SFINAE for the purposes of checking
+      // type traits.
+      if (!SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE &&
+          !SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
         break;
         
     case DiagnosticIDs::SFINAE_SubstitutionFailure:
@@ -763,3 +765,101 @@ void PrettyDeclStackTraceEntry::print(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const {
 
   OS << '\n';
 }
+
+/// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
+///
+/// Use this when trying to recover from an error where the programmer may have
+/// written just the name of a function instead of actually calling it.
+///
+/// \param E - The expression to examine.
+/// \param ZeroArgCallReturnTy - If the expression can be turned into a call
+///  with no arguments, this parameter is set to the type returned by such a
+///  call; otherwise, it is set to an empty QualType.
+/// \param NonTemplateOverloads - If the expression is an overloaded function
+///  name, this parameter is populated with the decls of the various overloads.
+bool Sema::isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
+                          UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads) {
+  ZeroArgCallReturnTy = QualType();
+  NonTemplateOverloads.clear();
+  if (const OverloadExpr *Overloads = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(&E)) {
+    for (OverloadExpr::decls_iterator it = Overloads->decls_begin(),
+         DeclsEnd = Overloads->decls_end(); it != DeclsEnd; ++it) {
+      // Our overload set may include TemplateDecls, which we'll ignore for our
+      // present purpose.
+      if (const FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*it)) {
+        NonTemplateOverloads.addDecl(*it);
+        if (OverloadDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
+          ZeroArgCallReturnTy = OverloadDecl->getResultType();
+      }
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  if (const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(&E)) {
+    if (const FunctionDecl *Fun = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DeclRef->getDecl())) {
+      if (Fun->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
+        ZeroArgCallReturnTy = Fun->getResultType();
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // We don't have an expression that's convenient to get a FunctionDecl from,
+  // but we can at least check if the type is "function of 0 arguments".
+  QualType ExprTy = E.getType();
+  const FunctionType *FunTy = NULL;
+  QualType PointeeTy = ExprTy->getPointeeType();
+  if (!PointeeTy.isNull())
+    FunTy = PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionType>();
+  if (!FunTy)
+    FunTy = ExprTy->getAs<FunctionType>();
+  if (!FunTy && ExprTy == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
+    // Look for the bound-member type.  If it's still overloaded, give up,
+    // although we probably should have fallen into the OverloadExpr case above
+    // if we actually have an overloaded bound member.
+    QualType BoundMemberTy = Expr::findBoundMemberType(&E);
+    if (!BoundMemberTy.isNull())
+      FunTy = BoundMemberTy->castAs<FunctionType>();
+  }
+
+  if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
+      dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FunTy)) {
+    if (FPT->getNumArgs() == 0)
+      ZeroArgCallReturnTy = FunTy->getResultType();
+    return true;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Give notes for a set of overloads.
+///
+/// A companion to isExprCallable. In cases when the name that the programmer
+/// wrote was an overloaded function, we may be able to make some guesses about
+/// plausible overloads based on their return types; such guesses can be handed
+/// off to this method to be emitted as notes.
+///
+/// \param Overloads - The overloads to note.
+/// \param FinalNoteLoc - If we've suppressed printing some overloads due to
+///  -fshow-overloads=best, this is the location to attach to the note about too
+///  many candidates. Typically this will be the location of the original
+///  ill-formed expression.
+void Sema::NoteOverloads(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Overloads,
+                         const SourceLocation FinalNoteLoc) {
+  int ShownOverloads = 0;
+  int SuppressedOverloads = 0;
+  for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator It = Overloads.begin(),
+       DeclsEnd = Overloads.end(); It != DeclsEnd; ++It) {
+    // FIXME: Magic number for max shown overloads stolen from
+    // OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates.
+    if (ShownOverloads >= 4 &&
+        Diags.getShowOverloads() == Diagnostic::Ovl_Best) {
+      ++SuppressedOverloads;
+      continue;
+    }
+    Diag(cast<FunctionDecl>(*It)->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+         diag::note_member_ref_possible_intended_overload);
+    ++ShownOverloads;
+  }
+  if (SuppressedOverloads)
+    Diag(FinalNoteLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates)
+        << SuppressedOverloads;
+}
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaAccess.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaAccess.cpp
index 411d424dd8df..a26737e00e4d 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaAccess.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaAccess.cpp
@@ -146,8 +146,10 @@ struct AccessTarget : public AccessedEntity {
                MemberNonce _,
                CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
                DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
-               QualType BaseObjectType)
-    : AccessedEntity(Context, Member, NamingClass, FoundDecl, BaseObjectType) {
+               QualType BaseObjectType,
+               bool IsUsingDecl = false)
+    : AccessedEntity(Context, Member, NamingClass, FoundDecl, BaseObjectType),
+      IsUsingDeclaration(IsUsingDecl) {
     initialize();
   }
 
@@ -216,6 +218,7 @@ private:
     DeclaringClass = DeclaringClass->getCanonicalDecl();
   }
 
+  bool IsUsingDeclaration : 1;
   bool HasInstanceContext : 1;
   mutable bool CalculatedInstanceContext : 1;
   mutable const CXXRecordDecl *InstanceContext;
@@ -445,8 +448,8 @@ static AccessResult MatchesFriend(Sema &S,
       continue;
 
     // If the template names don't match, it can't be a dependent
-    // match.  This isn't true in C++0x because of template aliases.
-    if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x && CTD->getDeclName() != Friend->getDeclName())
+    // match.
+    if (CTD->getDeclName() != Friend->getDeclName())
       continue;
 
     // If the class's context can't instantiate to the friend's
@@ -1129,6 +1132,44 @@ static void DiagnoseBadAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
   DiagnoseAccessPath(S, EC, Entity);
 }
 
+/// MSVC has a bug where if during an using declaration name lookup, 
+/// the declaration found is unaccessible (private) and that declaration 
+/// was bring into scope via another using declaration whose target
+/// declaration is accessible (public) then no error is generated.
+/// Example:
+///   class A {
+///   public:
+///     int f();
+///   };
+///   class B : public A {
+///   private:
+///     using A::f;
+///   };
+///   class C : public B {
+///   private:
+///     using B::f;
+///   };
+///
+/// Here, B::f is private so this should fail in Standard C++, but 
+/// because B::f refers to A::f which is public MSVC accepts it.
+static bool IsMicrosoftUsingDeclarationAccessBug(Sema& S, 
+                                                 SourceLocation AccessLoc,
+                                                 AccessTarget &Entity) {
+  if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow =
+                         dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Entity.getTargetDecl())) {
+    const NamedDecl *OrigDecl = Entity.getTargetDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
+    if (Entity.getTargetDecl()->getAccess() == AS_private && 
+        (OrigDecl->getAccess() == AS_public ||
+         OrigDecl->getAccess() == AS_protected)) {
+      S.Diag(AccessLoc, diag::war_ms_using_declaration_inaccessible) 
+        << Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getQualifiedNameAsString()
+        << OrigDecl->getQualifiedNameAsString();
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
 /// Determines whether the accessed entity is accessible.  Public members
 /// have been weeded out by this point.
 static AccessResult IsAccessible(Sema &S,
@@ -1232,6 +1273,10 @@ static AccessResult CheckEffectiveAccess(Sema &S,
                                          AccessTarget &Entity) {
   assert(Entity.getAccess() != AS_public && "called for public access!");
 
+  if (S.getLangOptions().Microsoft &&
+      IsMicrosoftUsingDeclarationAccessBug(S, Loc, Entity))
+    return AR_accessible;
+
   switch (IsAccessible(S, EC, Entity)) {
   case AR_dependent:
     DelayDependentAccess(S, EC, Loc, Entity);
@@ -1415,30 +1460,48 @@ Sema::AccessResult Sema::CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
   AccessTarget AccessEntity(Context, AccessTarget::Member, NamingClass,
                             DeclAccessPair::make(Constructor, Access),
                             QualType());
+  PartialDiagnostic PD(PDiag());
   switch (Entity.getKind()) {
   default:
-    AccessEntity.setDiag(IsCopyBindingRefToTemp
-                         ? diag::ext_rvalue_to_reference_access_ctor
-                         : diag::err_access_ctor);
+    PD = PDiag(IsCopyBindingRefToTemp
+                 ? diag::ext_rvalue_to_reference_access_ctor
+                 : diag::err_access_ctor);
+
     break;
 
   case InitializedEntity::EK_Base:
-    AccessEntity.setDiag(PDiag(diag::err_access_base)
-                          << Entity.isInheritedVirtualBase()
-                          << Entity.getBaseSpecifier()->getType()
-                          << getSpecialMember(Constructor));
+    PD = PDiag(diag::err_access_base_ctor);
+    PD << Entity.isInheritedVirtualBase()
+       << Entity.getBaseSpecifier()->getType() << getSpecialMember(Constructor);
     break;
 
   case InitializedEntity::EK_Member: {
     const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Entity.getDecl());
-    AccessEntity.setDiag(PDiag(diag::err_access_field)
-                          << Field->getType()
-                          << getSpecialMember(Constructor));
+    PD = PDiag(diag::err_access_field_ctor);
+    PD << Field->getType() << getSpecialMember(Constructor);
     break;
   }
 
   }
 
+  return CheckConstructorAccess(UseLoc, Constructor, Access, PD);
+}
+
+/// Checks access to a constructor.
+Sema::AccessResult Sema::CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
+                                                CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
+                                                AccessSpecifier Access,
+                                                PartialDiagnostic PD) {
+  if (!getLangOptions().AccessControl ||
+      Access == AS_public)
+    return AR_accessible;
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = Constructor->getParent();
+  AccessTarget AccessEntity(Context, AccessTarget::Member, NamingClass,
+                            DeclAccessPair::make(Constructor, Access),
+                            QualType());
+  AccessEntity.setDiag(PD);
+
   return CheckAccess(*this, UseLoc, AccessEntity);
 }
 
@@ -1465,7 +1528,8 @@ Sema::AccessResult Sema::CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
 Sema::AccessResult Sema::CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                                SourceRange PlacementRange,
                                                CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
-                                               DeclAccessPair Found) {
+                                               DeclAccessPair Found,
+                                               bool Diagnose) {
   if (!getLangOptions().AccessControl ||
       !NamingClass ||
       Found.getAccess() == AS_public)
@@ -1473,8 +1537,9 @@ Sema::AccessResult Sema::CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OpLoc,
 
   AccessTarget Entity(Context, AccessTarget::Member, NamingClass, Found,
                       QualType());
-  Entity.setDiag(diag::err_access)
-    << PlacementRange;
+  if (Diagnose)
+    Entity.setDiag(diag::err_access)
+      << PlacementRange;
 
   return CheckAccess(*this, OpLoc, Entity);
 }
@@ -1573,9 +1638,8 @@ void Sema::CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R) {
     if (I.getAccess() != AS_public) {
       AccessTarget Entity(Context, AccessedEntity::Member,
                           R.getNamingClass(), I.getPair(),
-                          R.getBaseObjectType());
+                          R.getBaseObjectType(), R.isUsingDeclaration());
       Entity.setDiag(diag::err_access);
-
       CheckAccess(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Entity);
     }
   }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaCXXCast.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaCXXCast.cpp
index ed54f0f54425..e46ad5bcfeb5 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaCXXCast.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaCXXCast.cpp
@@ -252,8 +252,7 @@ static bool tryDiagnoseOverloadedCast(Sema &S, CastType CT,
                                      (CT == CT_CStyle || CT == CT_Functional));
   InitializationSequence sequence(S, entity, initKind, &src, 1);
 
-  assert(sequence.getKind() == InitializationSequence::FailedSequence &&
-         "initialization succeeded on second try?");
+  assert(sequence.Failed() && "initialization succeeded on second try?");
   switch (sequence.getFailureKind()) {
   default: return false;
 
@@ -1195,8 +1194,7 @@ TryStaticImplicitCast(Sema &Self, ExprResult &SrcExpr, QualType DestType,
   // On the other hand, if we're checking a C-style cast, we've still got
   // the reinterpret_cast way.
   
-  if (InitSeq.getKind() == InitializationSequence::FailedSequence && 
-    (CStyle || !DestType->isReferenceType()))
+  if (InitSeq.Failed() && (CStyle || !DestType->isReferenceType()))
     return TC_NotApplicable;
     
   ExprResult Result
@@ -1288,6 +1286,62 @@ static TryCastResult TryConstCast(Sema &Self, Expr *SrcExpr, QualType DestType,
   return TC_Success;
 }
 
+// Checks for undefined behavior in reinterpret_cast.
+// The cases that is checked for is:
+// *reinterpret_cast<T*>(&a)
+// reinterpret_cast<T&>(a)
+// where accessing 'a' as type 'T' will result in undefined behavior.
+void Sema::CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
+                                          bool IsDereference,
+                                          SourceRange Range) {
+  unsigned DiagID = IsDereference ?
+                        diag::warn_pointer_indirection_from_incompatible_type :
+                        diag::warn_undefined_reinterpret_cast;
+
+  if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(DiagID, Range.getBegin()) ==
+          Diagnostic::Ignored) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  QualType SrcTy, DestTy;
+  if (IsDereference) {
+    if (!SrcType->getAs<PointerType>() || !DestType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
+      return;
+    }
+    SrcTy = SrcType->getPointeeType();
+    DestTy = DestType->getPointeeType();
+  } else {
+    if (!DestType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
+      return;
+    }
+    SrcTy = SrcType;
+    DestTy = DestType->getPointeeType();
+  }
+
+  // Cast is compatible if the types are the same.
+  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestTy, SrcTy)) {
+    return;
+  }
+  // or one of the types is a char or void type
+  if (DestTy->isAnyCharacterType() || DestTy->isVoidType() ||
+      SrcTy->isAnyCharacterType() || SrcTy->isVoidType()) {
+    return;
+  }
+  // or one of the types is a tag type.
+  if (SrcTy->getAs<TagType>() || DestTy->getAs<TagType>()) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Scoped enums?
+  if ((SrcTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() && DestTy->isSignedIntegerType()) ||
+      (SrcTy->isSignedIntegerType() && DestTy->isUnsignedIntegerType())) {
+    if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) == Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) {
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  Diag(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << SrcType << DestType << Range;
+}
 
 static TryCastResult TryReinterpretCast(Sema &Self, ExprResult &SrcExpr,
                                         QualType DestType, bool CStyle,
@@ -1324,6 +1378,11 @@ static TryCastResult TryReinterpretCast(Sema &Self, ExprResult &SrcExpr,
       return TC_NotApplicable;
     }
 
+    if (!CStyle) {
+      Self.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(SrcType, DestType,
+                                          /*isDereference=*/false, OpRange);
+    }
+
     // C++ 5.2.10p10: [...] a reference cast reinterpret_cast<T&>(x) has the
     //   same effect as the conversion *reinterpret_cast<T*>(&x) with the
     //   built-in & and * operators.
@@ -1454,9 +1513,11 @@ static TryCastResult TryReinterpretCast(Sema &Self, ExprResult &SrcExpr,
   if (DestType->isIntegralType(Self.Context)) {
     assert(srcIsPtr && "One type must be a pointer");
     // C++ 5.2.10p4: A pointer can be explicitly converted to any integral
-    //   type large enough to hold it.
-    if (Self.Context.getTypeSize(SrcType) >
-        Self.Context.getTypeSize(DestType)) {
+    //   type large enough to hold it; except in Microsoft mode, where the
+    //   integral type size doesn't matter.
+    if ((Self.Context.getTypeSize(SrcType) >
+         Self.Context.getTypeSize(DestType)) &&
+         !Self.getLangOptions().Microsoft) {
       msg = diag::err_bad_reinterpret_cast_small_int;
       return TC_Failed;
     }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp
index 7049f6b01d26..61d9e93f2ff5 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaCXXScopeSpec.cpp
@@ -94,9 +94,13 @@ DeclContext *Sema::computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
     if (EnteringContext) {
       const Type *NNSType = NNS->getAsType();
       if (!NNSType) {
-        // do nothing, fall out
-      } else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
-                   = NNSType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+        return 0;
+      }
+
+      // Look through type alias templates, per C++0x [temp.dep.type]p1.
+      NNSType = Context.getCanonicalType(NNSType);
+      if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
+            = NNSType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
         // We are entering the context of the nested name specifier, so try to
         // match the nested name specifier to either a primary class template
         // or a class template partial specialization.
@@ -382,7 +386,7 @@ bool Sema::BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
     isDependent = ObjectType->isDependentType();
   } else if (SS.isSet()) {
     // This nested-name-specifier occurs after another nested-name-specifier,
-    // so long into the context associated with the prior nested-name-specifier.
+    // so look into the context associated with the prior nested-name-specifier.
     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
     isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS);
     Found.setContextRange(SS.getRange());
@@ -419,7 +423,7 @@ bool Sema::BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
       //   class-name or namespace-name. [...]
       //
       // Qualified name lookup into a class will not find a namespace-name,
-      // so we do not need to diagnoste that case specifically. However,
+      // so we do not need to diagnose that case specifically. However,
       // this qualified name lookup may find nothing. In that case, perform
       // unqualified name lookup in the given scope (if available) or
       // reconstruct the result from when name lookup was performed at template
@@ -546,25 +550,33 @@ bool Sema::BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
       InjectedClassNameTypeLoc InjectedTL
         = TLB.push<InjectedClassNameTypeLoc>(T);
       InjectedTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
-    } else if (isa<RecordDecl>(SD)) {
+    } else if (isa<RecordType>(T)) {
       RecordTypeLoc RecordTL = TLB.push<RecordTypeLoc>(T);
       RecordTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
-    } else if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(SD)) {
+    } else if (isa<TypedefType>(T)) {
       TypedefTypeLoc TypedefTL = TLB.push<TypedefTypeLoc>(T);
       TypedefTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
-    } else if (isa<EnumDecl>(SD)) {
+    } else if (isa<EnumType>(T)) {
       EnumTypeLoc EnumTL = TLB.push<EnumTypeLoc>(T);
       EnumTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
-    } else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(SD)) {
+    } else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(T)) {
       TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TemplateTypeTL
         = TLB.push<TemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(T);
       TemplateTypeTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
-    } else {
-      assert(isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(SD) && 
-             "Unhandled TypeDecl node in nested-name-specifier");
+    } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingType>(T)) {
       UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc UnresolvedTL
         = TLB.push<UnresolvedUsingTypeLoc>(T);
       UnresolvedTL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
+    } else if (isa<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)) {
+      SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc TL 
+        = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmTypeLoc>(T);
+      TL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
+    } else if (isa<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType>(T)) {
+      SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc TL
+        = TLB.push<SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeLoc>(T);
+      TL.setNameLoc(IdentifierLoc);
+    } else {
+      llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TypeDecl node in nested-name-specifier");
     }
 
     SS.Extend(Context, SourceLocation(), TLB.getTypeLocInContext(Context, T),
@@ -704,8 +716,13 @@ bool Sema::ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   if (T.isNull())
     return true;
 
-  // FIXME: Template aliases will need to check the resulting type to make
-  // sure that it's either dependent or a tag type.
+  // Alias template specializations can produce types which are not valid
+  // nested name specifiers.
+  if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->getAs<TagType>()) {
+    Diag(TemplateNameLoc, diag::err_nested_name_spec_non_tag) << T;
+    NoteAllFoundTemplates(Template.get());
+    return true;
+  }
 
   // Provide source-location information for the template specialization 
   // type.
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaChecking.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaChecking.cpp
index dcfb7cc5214a..05c257ab8332 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaChecking.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaChecking.cpp
@@ -318,9 +318,13 @@ bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall) {
                           TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart());
   }
 
-  // Memset handling
-  if (FnInfo->isStr("memset"))
-    CheckMemsetArguments(TheCall);
+  // Memset/memcpy/memmove handling
+  if (FDecl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage &&
+      (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FDecl->isExternC())) {
+    if (FnInfo->isStr("memset") || FnInfo->isStr("memcpy") || 
+        FnInfo->isStr("memmove"))
+      CheckMemsetcpymoveArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
+  }
 
   return false;
 }
@@ -1797,49 +1801,59 @@ void Sema::CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr,
 
 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
 
+/// \brief Determine whether the given type is a dynamic class type (e.g.,
+/// whether it has a vtable).
+static bool isDynamicClassType(QualType T) {
+  if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *Definition = Record->getDefinition())
+      if (Definition->isDynamicClass())
+        return true;
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
 ///
-/// This issues warnings on known problematic or dangerous or unspecified
-/// arguments to the standard 'memset' function call.
+/// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
+/// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', and 'memmove' function calls.
 ///
 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
-void Sema::CheckMemsetArguments(const CallExpr *Call) {
+void Sema::CheckMemsetcpymoveArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
+                                       const IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
   // we have the proper number of arguments, and if not, abort further
   // checking.
   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 3)
     return;
 
-  const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
-
-  // The type checking for this warning is moderately expensive, only do it
-  // when enabled.
-  if (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_non_pod_memset,
-                                          Dest->getExprLoc()) ==
-      Diagnostic::Ignored)
-    return;
-
-  QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
-  if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-    QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
-    if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
-      return;
-
-    // Check the C++11 POD definition regardless of language mode; it is more
-    // relaxed than earlier definitions and we don't want spurrious warnings.
-    if (PointeeTy->isCXX11PODType())
-      return;
-
-    DiagRuntimeBehavior(
-      Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
-      PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_memset)
-        << PointeeTy << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
+  unsigned LastArg = FnName->isStr("memset")? 1 : 2;
+  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
+    const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+
+    QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
+    if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
+      QualType PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
+      if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
+        continue;
+
+      // Always complain about dynamic classes.
+      if (isDynamicClassType(PointeeTy)) {
+        DiagRuntimeBehavior(
+          Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
+          PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
+            << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy 
+            << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
+      } else {
+        continue;
+      }
 
-    SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
-    DiagRuntimeBehavior(
-      Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
-      PDiag(diag::note_non_pod_memset_silence)
-        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
+      SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
+      DiagRuntimeBehavior(
+        Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
+        PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
+          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
+      break;
+    }
   }
 }
 
@@ -2356,7 +2370,7 @@ IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
   // preserved this.
   assert(result.isLValue());
-  return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType());
+  return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 }
 
 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
@@ -2530,7 +2544,8 @@ IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
     llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = BitField->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(C);
     unsigned BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
 
-    return IntRange(BitWidth, BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType());
+    return IntRange(BitWidth, 
+                    BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   }
 
   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, E->getType());
@@ -2947,6 +2962,13 @@ void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
     return;
 
+  if ((E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)
+           == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull) && Target->isIntegerType()) {
+    S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
+        << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC);
+    return;
+  }
+
   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
index cc8726de9df8..e328eeb0aa2b 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaCodeComplete.cpp
@@ -2658,6 +2658,16 @@ CXCursorKind clang::getCursorKindForDecl(Decl *D) {
     case Decl::UnresolvedUsingTypename: 
       return CXCursor_UsingDeclaration;
       
+    case Decl::ObjCPropertyImpl:
+      switch (cast<ObjCPropertyImplDecl>(D)->getPropertyImplementation()) {
+      case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic:
+        return CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl;
+          
+      case ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Synthesize:
+        return CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl;
+      }
+      break;
+      
     default:
       if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
         switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
@@ -3078,6 +3088,7 @@ typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<IdentifierInfo*, 16> AddedPropertiesSet;
 
 static void AddObjCProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *Container, 
                               bool AllowCategories,
+                              bool AllowNullaryMethods,
                               DeclContext *CurContext,
                               AddedPropertiesSet &AddedProperties,
                               ResultBuilder &Results) {
@@ -3092,32 +3103,75 @@ static void AddObjCProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
       Results.MaybeAddResult(Result(*P, 0), CurContext);
   }
   
+  // Add nullary methods
+  if (AllowNullaryMethods) {
+    ASTContext &Context = Container->getASTContext();
+    for (ObjCContainerDecl::method_iterator M = Container->meth_begin(),
+                                         MEnd = Container->meth_end();
+         M != MEnd; ++M) {
+      if (M->getSelector().isUnarySelector())
+        if (IdentifierInfo *Name = M->getSelector().getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0))
+          if (AddedProperties.insert(Name)) {
+            CodeCompletionBuilder Builder(Results.getAllocator());
+            AddResultTypeChunk(Context, *M, Builder);
+            Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(
+                            Results.getAllocator().CopyString(Name->getName()));
+            
+            CXAvailabilityKind Availability = CXAvailability_Available;
+            switch (M->getAvailability()) {
+            case AR_Available:
+            case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
+              Availability = CXAvailability_Available;      
+              break;
+              
+            case AR_Deprecated:
+              Availability = CXAvailability_Deprecated;
+              break;
+              
+            case AR_Unavailable:
+              Availability = CXAvailability_NotAvailable;
+              break;
+            }
+
+            Results.MaybeAddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(),
+                                  CCP_MemberDeclaration + CCD_MethodAsProperty,
+                                          M->isInstanceMethod()
+                                            ? CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl
+                                            : CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl,
+                                          Availability),
+                                          CurContext);
+          }
+    }
+  }
+    
+  
   // Add properties in referenced protocols.
   if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Container)) {
     for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
                                           PEnd = Protocol->protocol_end();
          P != PEnd; ++P)
-      AddObjCProperties(*P, AllowCategories, CurContext, AddedProperties, 
-                        Results);
+      AddObjCProperties(*P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, 
+                        AddedProperties, Results);
   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Container)){
     if (AllowCategories) {
       // Look through categories.
       for (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = IFace->getCategoryList();
            Category; Category = Category->getNextClassCategory())
-        AddObjCProperties(Category, AllowCategories, CurContext, 
-                          AddedProperties, Results);
+        AddObjCProperties(Category, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, 
+                          CurContext, AddedProperties, Results);
     }
     
     // Look through protocols.
     for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator
          I = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
          E = IFace->all_referenced_protocol_end(); I != E; ++I)
-      AddObjCProperties(*I, AllowCategories, CurContext, AddedProperties,
-                        Results);
+      AddObjCProperties(*I, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext,
+                        AddedProperties, Results);
     
     // Look in the superclass.
     if (IFace->getSuperClass())
-      AddObjCProperties(IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, CurContext, 
+      AddObjCProperties(IFace->getSuperClass(), AllowCategories, 
+                        AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext, 
                         AddedProperties, Results);
   } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *Category
                                     = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Container)) {
@@ -3125,8 +3179,8 @@ static void AddObjCProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *Container,
     for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = Category->protocol_begin(),
                                           PEnd = Category->protocol_end(); 
          P != PEnd; ++P)
-      AddObjCProperties(*P, AllowCategories, CurContext, AddedProperties,
-                        Results);
+      AddObjCProperties(*P, AllowCategories, AllowNullaryMethods, CurContext,
+                        AddedProperties, Results);
   }
 }
 
@@ -3192,14 +3246,16 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprTy *BaseE,
     const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjCPtr
       = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType();
     assert(ObjCPtr && "Non-NULL pointer guaranteed above!");
-    AddObjCProperties(ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, CurContext, 
+    AddObjCProperties(ObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl(), true, 
+                      /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, 
                       AddedProperties, Results);
     
     // Add properties from the protocols in a qualified interface.
     for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = ObjCPtr->qual_begin(),
                                               E = ObjCPtr->qual_end();
          I != E; ++I)
-      AddObjCProperties(*I, true, CurContext, AddedProperties, Results);
+      AddObjCProperties(*I, true, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/true, CurContext, 
+                        AddedProperties, Results);
   } else if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
              (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectType())) {
     // Objective-C instance variable access.
@@ -4109,6 +4165,8 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS) {
     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("copy"));
   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_nonatomic))
     Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("nonatomic"));
+  if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_atomic))
+    Results.AddResult(CodeCompletionResult("atomic"));
   if (!ObjCPropertyFlagConflicts(Attributes, ObjCDeclSpec::DQ_PR_setter)) {
     CodeCompletionBuilder Setter(Results.getAllocator());
     Setter.AddTypedTextChunk("setter");
@@ -5334,11 +5392,13 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *ObjCImpDecl) {
   Results.EnterNewScope();
   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpl
         = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container))
-    AddObjCProperties(ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, CurContext, 
+    AddObjCProperties(ClassImpl->getClassInterface(), false, 
+                      /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, 
                       AddedProperties, Results);
   else
     AddObjCProperties(cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)->getCategoryDecl(),
-                      false, CurContext, AddedProperties, Results);
+                      false, /*AllowNullaryMethods=*/false, CurContext, 
+                      AddedProperties, Results);
   Results.ExitScope();
   
   HandleCodeCompleteResults(this, CodeCompleter, 
@@ -5549,7 +5609,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
                                        bool IsInstanceMethod,
                                        QualType ReturnType,
                                        ASTContext &Context,
-                                       const KnownMethodsMap &KnownMethods,
+                                       VisitedSelectorSet &KnownSelectors,
                                        ResultBuilder &Results) {
   IdentifierInfo *PropName = Property->getIdentifier();
   if (!PropName || PropName->getLength() == 0)
@@ -5595,7 +5655,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   
   // Add the normal accessor -(type)key.
   if (IsInstanceMethod &&
-      !KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)) &&
+      KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(PropName)) &&
       ReturnTypeMatchesProperty && !Property->getGetterMethodDecl()) {
     if (ReturnType.isNull())
       AddObjCPassingTypeChunk(Property->getType(), Context, Builder);
@@ -5615,7 +5675,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
          Property->getType()->isBooleanType())))) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("is") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
@@ -5634,7 +5694,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       !Property->getSetterMethodDecl()) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("set") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5685,7 +5745,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isIntegerType())) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("countOf") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSUInteger");
@@ -5708,7 +5768,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine("objectIn") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("id");
@@ -5735,7 +5795,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine(Property->getName()) + "AtIndexes").str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSArray *");
@@ -5760,7 +5820,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       &Context.Idents.get("range")
     };
     
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5794,7 +5854,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName)
     };
     
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5826,7 +5886,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       &Context.Idents.get("atIndexes")
     };
     
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5854,7 +5914,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine("removeObjectFrom") + UpperKey + "AtIndex").str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);        
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5876,7 +5936,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine("remove") + UpperKey + "AtIndexes").str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);        
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5902,7 +5962,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       &Context.Idents.get("withObject")
     };
     
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5935,7 +5995,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName2)
     };
     
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getSelector(2, SelectorIds))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -5968,7 +6028,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
           ->getName() == "NSEnumerator"))) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("enumeratorOf") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSEnumerator *");
@@ -5986,7 +6046,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
       (ReturnType.isNull() || ReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("memberOf") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddPlaceholderChunk("object-type");
@@ -6016,7 +6076,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine("add") + UpperKey + llvm::Twine("Object")).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -6038,7 +6098,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("add") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -6060,7 +6120,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName
       = (llvm::Twine("remove") + UpperKey + llvm::Twine("Object")).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -6082,7 +6142,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("remove") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -6103,7 +6163,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   if (IsInstanceMethod && ReturnTypeMatchesVoid) {
     std::string SelectorName = (llvm::Twine("intersect") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getUnarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("void");
@@ -6131,7 +6191,7 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
     std::string SelectorName 
       = (llvm::Twine("keyPathsForValuesAffecting") + UpperKey).str();
     IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
-    if (!KnownMethods.count(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
       if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
         Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
         Builder.AddTextChunk("NSSet *");
@@ -6140,7 +6200,28 @@ static void AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
        
       Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
       Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, 
-                              CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl));
+                              CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
+    }
+  }
+
+  // + (BOOL)automaticallyNotifiesObserversForKey
+  if (!IsInstanceMethod &&
+      (ReturnType.isNull() ||
+       ReturnType->isIntegerType() || 
+       ReturnType->isBooleanType())) {
+    std::string SelectorName 
+      = (llvm::Twine("automaticallyNotifiesObserversOf") + UpperKey).str();
+    IdentifierInfo *SelectorId = &Context.Idents.get(SelectorName);
+    if (KnownSelectors.insert(Selectors.getNullarySelector(SelectorId))) {
+      if (ReturnType.isNull()) {
+        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_LeftParen);
+        Builder.AddTextChunk("BOOL");
+        Builder.AddChunk(CodeCompletionString::CK_RightParen);
+      }
+       
+      Builder.AddTypedTextChunk(Allocator.CopyString(SelectorName));
+      Results.AddResult(Result(Builder.TakeString(), CCP_CodePattern, 
+                              CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl));
     }
   }
 }
@@ -6271,6 +6352,13 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
     llvm::SmallVector<ObjCContainerDecl *, 4> Containers;
     Containers.push_back(SearchDecl);
     
+    VisitedSelectorSet KnownSelectors;
+    for (KnownMethodsMap::iterator M = KnownMethods.begin(), 
+                                MEnd = KnownMethods.end();
+         M != MEnd; ++M)
+      KnownSelectors.insert(M->first);
+
+    
     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(SearchDecl);
     if (!IFace)
       if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(SearchDecl))
@@ -6287,7 +6375,7 @@ void Sema::CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
                                          PEnd = Containers[I]->prop_end(); 
            P != PEnd; ++P) {
         AddObjCKeyValueCompletions(*P, IsInstanceMethod, ReturnType, Context, 
-                                   KnownMethods, Results);
+                                   KnownSelectors, Results);
       }
     }
   }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
index 7214988bdafc..9446c0e8c03f 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaDecl.cpp
@@ -891,19 +891,19 @@ static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
 
 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
-static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
-                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
-                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
-                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
+void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
+                                DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
+                                bool ConsiderLinkage,
+                                bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
   while (F.hasNext()) {
     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
 
-    if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
+    if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
       continue;
 
     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
-        isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context))
+        isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
       continue;
     
     F.erase();
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
   // the decl here.
-  if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+  if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
     return false;
 
   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
@@ -973,10 +973,9 @@ bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
         return false;
     }
 
-    if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
+    if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
       return false;
-
   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
@@ -1506,18 +1505,21 @@ struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
+    if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
+      return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
+
     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
-    
-    return Sema::CXXConstructor;
-  } 
-  
-  if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
+
+    if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
+      return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
+  } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
-  
-  assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 
-         "Must have copy assignment operator");
-  return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
+  } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
+    return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
+  }
+
+  return Sema::CXXInvalid;
 }
 
 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
@@ -1525,7 +1527,7 @@ Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
 /// GNU89 mode.
 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
-  return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
+  return (LangOpts.GNUInline && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
 }
@@ -1728,6 +1730,11 @@ bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
           return true;
         }
+      } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
+        Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
+             diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
+          << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
+        return true;
       }
     }
 
@@ -1907,10 +1914,6 @@ bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
   if (Old->isPure())
     New->setPure();
 
-  // Merge the "deleted" flag.
-  if (Old->isDeleted())
-    New->setDeleted();
-
   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
   // declarations.
   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
@@ -1933,7 +1936,9 @@ void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
        ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi)
-    mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);    
+    mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
+  
+  CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
 }
 
 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
@@ -2132,6 +2137,16 @@ void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
+  return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS,
+                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
+}
+
+/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
+/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
+/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
+Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                       DeclSpec &DS,
+                                       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
   Decl *TagD = 0;
   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
@@ -2163,7 +2178,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
     if (TagD && !Tag)
       return 0;
-    return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
+    return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
   }
 
   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
@@ -2484,6 +2499,24 @@ Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
                              PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions());
     }
 
+    // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
+    if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
+      if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
+        Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
+          << Record->isUnion() << 0 
+          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
+      if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
+        Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
+          << Record->isUnion() << 1
+          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
+      if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
+        Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
+          << Record->isUnion() << 2 
+          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
+
+      DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
+    }
+
     // C++ [class.union]p2:
     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
@@ -2502,7 +2535,12 @@ Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
           Invalid = true;
         }
 
-        if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
+        // C++ [class.union]p1
+        //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
+        //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
+        //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
+        //   array of such objects.
+        if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD))
           Invalid = true;
       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
         // Any implicit members are fine.
@@ -2572,7 +2610,8 @@ Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
                              TInfo,
-                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
+                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
+                             /*HasInit=*/false);
     Anon->setAccess(AS);
     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
@@ -2662,7 +2701,8 @@ Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
                              TInfo,
-                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
+                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
+                             /*HasInit=*/false);
   Anon->setImplicit();
 
   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
@@ -2829,7 +2869,8 @@ static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
-  case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: {
+  case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
+  case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: {
     // Grab the type from the parser.
     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
@@ -2883,8 +2924,10 @@ static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
   return false;
 }
 
-Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
-  return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false);
+Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
+                            bool IsFunctionDefinition) {
+  return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
+                          IsFunctionDefinition);
 }
 
 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
@@ -2952,7 +2995,6 @@ Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
       return 0;
     }
-
     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
 
     if (!IsDependentContext && 
@@ -3294,15 +3336,13 @@ Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
 
+  CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
+
   return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
 }
 
-/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
-/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
-/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
-NamedDecl*
-Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
-                           LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
+void
+Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
   // then it shall have block scope.
   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
@@ -3333,10 +3373,18 @@ Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
       }
     }
   }
+}
+
 
+/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
+/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
+/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
+NamedDecl*
+Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
+                           LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
-  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
+  FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
   if (!Previous.empty()) {
     Redeclaration = true;
@@ -3518,7 +3566,8 @@ Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
     bool Invalid = false;
     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
-                                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+                                                  D.getIdentifierLoc(),
                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
                                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
@@ -3540,7 +3589,6 @@ Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
           << II
           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
-        isExplicitSpecialization = true;
       }
     }
 
@@ -3615,7 +3663,7 @@ Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
   // declaration has linkage).
-  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
+  FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
                        isExplicitSpecialization);
   
   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
@@ -3806,8 +3854,12 @@ void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
   }
 
   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
-      && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
-    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
+      && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
+    if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC)
+      Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
+    else
+      Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
+  }
   
   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
@@ -4062,7 +4114,7 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
     // Set the lexical context.
     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
     // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
-    FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
+    FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
                          /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
   } else {
     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
@@ -4088,24 +4140,38 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
       R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
 
       // Create the new declaration
-      NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,
+      CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
+                                         Context,
                                          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
                                          D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                                          NameInfo, R, TInfo,
                                          isExplicit, isInline,
                                          /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
+
+      NewFD = NewCD;
     } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
       // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
       if (DC->isRecord()) {
         R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
+        CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
 
-        NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context,
-                                          cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
+        CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record,
                                           D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                                           NameInfo, R, TInfo,
                                           isInline,
                                           /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
+        NewFD = NewDD;
         isVirtualOkay = true;
+
+        // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
+        // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
+        // it yet.
+        if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
+            Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
+            R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
+          AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
+        }
+
       } else {
         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
 
@@ -4162,11 +4228,13 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
         isStatic = true;
 
       // This is a C++ method declaration.
-      NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
-                                    D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
-                                    NameInfo, R, TInfo,
-                                    isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
-                                    SourceLocation());
+      CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
+                                               Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
+                                               D.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+                                               NameInfo, R, TInfo,
+                                               isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
+                                               SourceLocation());
+      NewFD = NewMD;
 
       isVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
     } else {
@@ -4202,6 +4270,7 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
+                                  D.getIdentifierLoc(),
                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
                                   TemplateParamLists.get(),
                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
@@ -4339,7 +4408,7 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
     }
 
     // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
-    FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
+    FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
                          isExplicitSpecialization || 
                          isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
 
@@ -4406,6 +4475,9 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
         bool IsTypeAlias = false;
         if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
           IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
+        else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+                   Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
+          IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
           << IsTypeAlias;
       }
@@ -4452,8 +4524,8 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
 
   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
-    bool isExplctSpecialization=false;
-    CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization,
+    bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
+    CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
                              Redeclaration);
     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
@@ -4476,7 +4548,9 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
     
       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
     
-      if (FunctionTemplate) {
+      if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
+        HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
+      } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
@@ -4532,6 +4606,16 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
                                                      Previous))
         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
+      
+      // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
+      //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
+      //   specialization (14.7.3)
+      if (SC != SC_None) {
+        Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 
+             diag::err_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
+          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
+      }
+      
     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
@@ -4647,8 +4731,8 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
     }
   }
-  
-  
+ 
+ 
   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
@@ -4661,7 +4745,7 @@ Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
     const FunctionDecl *Def;
     FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
-    if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
+    if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
     }
@@ -5076,9 +5160,11 @@ namespace {
       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
       LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
                           Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
-      S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
-        << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
-        << SubExpr->getSourceRange();
+      S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SubExpr->getLocStart(), SubExpr,
+                            S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init)
+                              << Result.getLookupName() 
+                              << OrigDecl->getLocation()
+                              << SubExpr->getSourceRange());
     }
   };
 }
@@ -5553,40 +5639,53 @@ void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
       return;
     }
 
-    const RecordType *Record
-      = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>();
-    if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
-        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
-      // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
-      //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
-      //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
-      //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
-      //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
-      //   type shall have a user-declared default
-      //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
-      //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
-      //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
-      //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
-      //   program is ill-formed.
-    } else {
-      // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
-      // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
-      // storage duration", not a "local variable".
-      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage())
-        getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
-
-      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
-      InitializationKind Kind
-        = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
-    
-      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
-      ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
-                                        MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
-      if (Init.isInvalid())
-        Var->setInvalidDecl();
-      else if (Init.get())
-        Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
+    // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
+    // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
+    // storage duration", not a "local variable".
+    // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3
+    //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
+    //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
+    //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
+    //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
+    //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
+    //   types and is declared without an initializer.
+    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
+      if (const RecordType *Record
+            = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
+        CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
+        if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) ||
+            (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
+             (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() ||
+              !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())))
+          getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
+      }
     }
+    
+    // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
+    //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
+    //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
+    //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
+    //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
+    //   type shall have a user-declared default
+    //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
+    //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
+    //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
+    //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
+    //   program is ill-formed.
+    // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
+    //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
+    //   default-initialized; [...].
+    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
+    InitializationKind Kind
+      = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
+    
+    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
+    ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
+                                      MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
+    if (Init.isInvalid())
+      Var->setInvalidDecl();
+    else if (Init.get())
+      Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
 
     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
   }
@@ -6056,7 +6155,7 @@ void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
   // was an extern inline function.
   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
-  if (FD->hasBody(Definition) &&
+  if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
     if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
@@ -6221,6 +6320,11 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
     }
 
+    // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
+    // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
+    if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure())
+      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
+
     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
@@ -6499,7 +6603,7 @@ TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
 ///
 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
-                                        TagTypeKind NewTag,
+                                        TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
@@ -6516,8 +6620,9 @@ bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
-  if (OldTag == NewTag)
-    return true;
+  if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct))
+    if (OldTag == NewTag)
+      return true;
 
   if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) &&
       (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) {
@@ -6526,12 +6631,63 @@ bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
 
+    if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
+      // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
+      // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
+      Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
+        << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    if (isDefinition) {
+      // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
+      // one that doesn't match the current tag.
+      if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
+        // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
+        return true;
+      }
+
+      bool previousMismatch = false;
+      for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
+           E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
+        if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
+          if (!previousMismatch) {
+            previousMismatch = true;
+            Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
+              << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name;
+          }
+          Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
+            << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
+            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
+                                            NewTag == TTK_Class?
+                                            "class" : "struct");
+        }
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
+    // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
+    // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
+    const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
+                            Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
+    if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
+      return true;
+    }
+
     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
       << (NewTag == TTK_Class)
-      << isTemplate << &Name
-      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
-                              OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
-    Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
+      << isTemplate << &Name;
+    Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
+
+    // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
+    if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
+        Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
+          << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class)
+          << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
+                        Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct");
+    }
+
     return true;
   }
   return false;
@@ -6567,7 +6723,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
-          = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS,
+          = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
                                                 TemplateParameterLists.get(),
                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
@@ -6705,6 +6861,17 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
     LookupName(Previous, S);
 
+    if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 
+        (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
+      LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
+      while (F.hasNext()) {
+        NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
+        if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
+          F.erase();
+      }
+      F.done();
+    }
+    
     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
       return 0;
@@ -6846,7 +7013,9 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
         // struct or something similar.
-        if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) {
+        if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
+                                          TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
+                                          *Name)) {
           bool SafeToContinue
             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
                Kind != TTK_Enum);
@@ -6911,8 +7080,8 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
-          if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) ||
-              TUK == TUK_Friend)
+          if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
+               getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
             return PrevTagDecl;
 
           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
@@ -7154,8 +7323,12 @@ CreateNewDecl:
   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
 
   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
+  // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
+  // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
+  // the tag name visible.
   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
-    New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty());
+    New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
+                               getLangOptions().Microsoft);
 
   // Set the access specifier.
   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
@@ -7341,14 +7514,13 @@ bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
   return false;
 }
 
-/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
+/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
-Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
-                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
-                                 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) {
+Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
+                       Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) {
   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
-                               AS_public);
+                               /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public);
   return Res;
 }
 
@@ -7356,7 +7528,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
 ///
 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
-                             Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
+                             Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
@@ -7405,8 +7577,8 @@ FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
   FieldDecl *NewFD
-    = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL,
-                     AS, PrevDecl, &D);
+    = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit,
+                     TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
 
   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
     Record->setInvalidDecl();
@@ -7435,7 +7607,7 @@ FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
+                                bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit,
                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
                                 Declarator *D) {
@@ -7515,7 +7687,7 @@ FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
   }
 
   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
-                                       BitWidth, Mutable);
+                                       BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit);
   if (InvalidDecl)
     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 
@@ -7535,8 +7707,7 @@ FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
           // objects.
-          // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
-          if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
+          if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
         }
       }
@@ -7582,8 +7753,8 @@ bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
-      else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
-        member = CXXConstructor;
+      else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+        member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
@@ -7612,7 +7783,7 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
   case CXXInvalid:
     break;
 
-  case CXXConstructor:
+  case CXXDefaultConstructor:
     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
@@ -7633,7 +7804,15 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
   case CXXCopyConstructor:
     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
-        RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation();
+        RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
+      Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
+      return;
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case CXXMoveConstructor:
+    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
+      SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
       return;
     }
@@ -7649,6 +7828,14 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
     }
     break;
 
+  case CXXMoveAssignment:
+    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
+      SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
+      Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
+      return;
+    }
+    break;
+
   case CXXDestructor:
     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
@@ -7686,8 +7873,8 @@ void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
 
   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
   switch (member) {
-  case CXXConstructor:
-    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break;
+  case CXXDefaultConstructor:
+    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
   case CXXCopyConstructor:
     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
   case CXXCopyAssignment:
@@ -8047,6 +8234,11 @@ void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
         
         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
+          // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
+          if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
+              CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
+            AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
+
           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
 
@@ -8095,6 +8287,22 @@ void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
     
     if (!Completed)
       Record->completeDefinition();
+
+    // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks
+    // we were missing.
+    while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) {
+      const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor =
+              DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first;
+      if (Dtor->getParent() != Record)
+        break;
+
+      assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() &&
+          "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list.");
+      CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor,
+          DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second);
+      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back();
+    }
+
   } else {
     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
@@ -8149,7 +8357,7 @@ static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
   
   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
-    if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 
+    if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 
       --BitWidth;
     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
   }  
@@ -8172,8 +8380,8 @@ static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
   };
   
   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
-  QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
-                                            : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
+  QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
+                                                        : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
       return Types[I];
@@ -8307,7 +8515,7 @@ EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
         // value, then increment.
         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
-        EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
+        EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
         ++EnumVal;        
         
@@ -8331,7 +8539,7 @@ EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 
     // enumerator's type.
     EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
-    EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
+    EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
   }
   
   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
@@ -8589,7 +8797,7 @@ void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
     } else {
       NewTy = BestType;
       NewWidth = BestWidth;
-      NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType();
+      NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
     }
 
     // Adjust the APSInt value.
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclCXX.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclCXX.cpp
index 27632a1a57c4..ce99efbd0bd2 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclCXX.cpp
@@ -111,6 +111,102 @@ namespace {
   }
 }
 
+void Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification::CalledDecl(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
+  assert(Context && "ImplicitExceptionSpecification without an ASTContext");
+  // If we have an MSAny or unknown spec already, don't bother.
+  if (!Method || ComputedEST == EST_MSAny || ComputedEST == EST_Delayed)
+    return;
+
+  const FunctionProtoType *Proto
+    = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+  ExceptionSpecificationType EST = Proto->getExceptionSpecType();
+
+  // If this function can throw any exceptions, make a note of that.
+  if (EST == EST_Delayed || EST == EST_MSAny || EST == EST_None) {
+    ClearExceptions();
+    ComputedEST = EST;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: If the call to this decl is using any of its default arguments, we
+  // need to search them for potentially-throwing calls.
+
+  // If this function has a basic noexcept, it doesn't affect the outcome.
+  if (EST == EST_BasicNoexcept)
+    return;
+
+  // If we have a throw-all spec at this point, ignore the function.
+  if (ComputedEST == EST_None)
+    return;
+
+  // If we're still at noexcept(true) and there's a nothrow() callee,
+  // change to that specification.
+  if (EST == EST_DynamicNone) {
+    if (ComputedEST == EST_BasicNoexcept)
+      ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Check out noexcept specs.
+  if (EST == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
+    FunctionProtoType::NoexceptResult NR = Proto->getNoexceptSpec(*Context);
+    assert(NR != FunctionProtoType::NR_NoNoexcept &&
+           "Must have noexcept result for EST_ComputedNoexcept.");
+    assert(NR != FunctionProtoType::NR_Dependent &&
+           "Should not generate implicit declarations for dependent cases, "
+           "and don't know how to handle them anyway.");
+
+    // noexcept(false) -> no spec on the new function
+    if (NR == FunctionProtoType::NR_Throw) {
+      ClearExceptions();
+      ComputedEST = EST_None;
+    }
+    // noexcept(true) won't change anything either.
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert(EST == EST_Dynamic && "EST case not considered earlier.");
+  assert(ComputedEST != EST_None &&
+         "Shouldn't collect exceptions when throw-all is guaranteed.");
+  ComputedEST = EST_Dynamic;
+  // Record the exceptions in this function's exception specification.
+  for (FunctionProtoType::exception_iterator E = Proto->exception_begin(),
+                                          EEnd = Proto->exception_end();
+       E != EEnd; ++E)
+    if (ExceptionsSeen.insert(Context->getCanonicalType(*E)))
+      Exceptions.push_back(*E);
+}
+
+void Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification::CalledExpr(Expr *E) {
+  if (!E || ComputedEST == EST_MSAny || ComputedEST == EST_Delayed)
+    return;
+
+  // FIXME:
+  //
+  // C++0x [except.spec]p14:
+  //   [An] implicit exception-specification specifies the type-id T if and
+  // only if T is allowed by the exception-specification of a function directly
+  // invoked by f’s implicit definition; f shall allow all exceptions if any
+  // function it directly invokes allows all exceptions, and f shall allow no
+  // exceptions if every function it directly invokes allows no exceptions.
+  //
+  // Note in particular that if an implicit exception-specification is generated
+  // for a function containing a throw-expression, that specification can still
+  // be noexcept(true).
+  //
+  // Note also that 'directly invoked' is not defined in the standard, and there
+  // is no indication that we should only consider potentially-evaluated calls.
+  //
+  // Ultimately we should implement the intent of the standard: the exception
+  // specification should be the set of exceptions which can be thrown by the
+  // implicit definition. For now, we assume that any non-nothrow expression can
+  // throw any exception.
+
+  if (E->CanThrow(*Context))
+    ComputedEST = EST_None;
+}
+
 bool
 Sema::SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *Arg,
                               SourceLocation EqualLoc) {
@@ -393,6 +489,15 @@ bool Sema::MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
              diag::err_param_default_argument_member_template_redecl)
           << WhichKind
           << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange();
+      } else if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(New)) {
+        CXXSpecialMember NewSM = getSpecialMember(Ctor),
+                         OldSM = getSpecialMember(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Old));
+        if (NewSM != OldSM) {
+          Diag(NewParam->getLocation(),diag::warn_default_arg_makes_ctor_special)
+            << NewParam->getDefaultArgRange() << NewSM;
+          Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration_special)
+            << OldSM;
+        }
       }
     }
   }
@@ -956,14 +1061,15 @@ bool Sema::CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
 
 /// ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator - This is invoked when a C++ class member
 /// declarator is parsed. 'AS' is the access specifier, 'BW' specifies the
-/// bitfield width if there is one and 'InitExpr' specifies the initializer if
-/// any.
+/// bitfield width if there is one, 'InitExpr' specifies the initializer if
+/// one has been parsed, and 'HasDeferredInit' is true if an initializer is
+/// present but parsing it has been deferred.
 Decl *
 Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
                                ExprTy *BW, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
-                               ExprTy *InitExpr, bool IsDefinition,
-                               bool Deleted) {
+                               ExprTy *InitExpr, bool HasDeferredInit,
+                               bool IsDefinition) {
   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
@@ -978,6 +1084,7 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
 
   assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext));
   assert(!DS.isFriendSpecified());
+  assert(!Init || !HasDeferredInit);
 
   bool isFunc = false;
   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
@@ -1028,7 +1135,6 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
   if (isInstField) {
     CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
     
-    
     if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) {
       // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
       // definition:
@@ -1050,9 +1156,11 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
     // FIXME: Check for template parameters!
     // FIXME: Check that the name is an identifier!
     Member = HandleField(S, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext), Loc, D, BitWidth,
-                         AS);
+                         HasDeferredInit, AS);
     assert(Member && "HandleField never returns null");
   } else {
+    assert(!HasDeferredInit);
+
     Member = HandleDeclarator(S, D, move(TemplateParameterLists), IsDefinition);
     if (!Member) {
       return 0;
@@ -1123,8 +1231,14 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
   if (Init)
     AddInitializerToDecl(Member, Init, false,
                          DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
-  if (Deleted) // FIXME: Source location is not very good.
-    SetDeclDeleted(Member, D.getSourceRange().getBegin());
+  else if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
+           DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_static) {
+    // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p4: 'auto' can only be used in the type of a static
+    // data member if a brace-or-equal-initializer is provided.
+    Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
+      << Name << cast<ValueDecl>(Member)->getType();
+    Member->setInvalidDecl();
+  }
 
   FinalizeDeclaration(Member);
 
@@ -1133,6 +1247,47 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, Declarator &D,
   return Member;
 }
 
+/// ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer - This is invoked after parsing an
+/// in-class initializer for a non-static C++ class member. Such parsing
+/// is deferred until the class is complete.
+void
+Sema::ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *D, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
+                                       Expr *InitExpr) {
+  FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(D);
+
+  if (!InitExpr) {
+    FD->setInvalidDecl();
+    FD->removeInClassInitializer();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  ExprResult Init = InitExpr;
+  if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && !InitExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
+    // FIXME: if there is no EqualLoc, this is list-initialization.
+    Init = PerformCopyInitialization(
+      InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(FD), EqualLoc, InitExpr);
+    if (Init.isInvalid()) {
+      FD->setInvalidDecl();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CheckImplicitConversions(Init.get(), EqualLoc);
+  }
+
+  // C++0x [class.base.init]p7:
+  //   The initialization of each base and member constitutes a
+  //   full-expression.
+  Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
+  if (Init.isInvalid()) {
+    FD->setInvalidDecl();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  InitExpr = Init.release();
+
+  FD->setInClassInitializer(InitExpr);
+}
+
 /// \brief Find the direct and/or virtual base specifiers that
 /// correspond to the given base type, for use in base initialization
 /// within a constructor.
@@ -1547,7 +1702,8 @@ Sema::BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
     return true;
 
   CXXConstructExpr *ConExpr = cast<CXXConstructExpr>(DelegationInit.get());
-  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = ConExpr->getConstructor();
+  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
+    = ConExpr->getConstructor();
   assert(Constructor && "Delegating constructor with no target?");
 
   CheckImplicitConversions(DelegationInit.get(), LParenLoc);
@@ -1956,24 +2112,26 @@ BuildImplicitMemberInitializer(Sema &SemaRef, CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
     return false;
   }
 
-  if (FieldBaseElementType->isReferenceType()) {
-    SemaRef.Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), 
-                 diag::err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor)
-    << (int)Constructor->isImplicit() 
-    << SemaRef.Context.getTagDeclType(Constructor->getParent())
-    << 0 << Field->getDeclName();
-    SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
-    return true;
-  }
+  if (!Field->getParent()->isUnion()) {
+    if (FieldBaseElementType->isReferenceType()) {
+      SemaRef.Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), 
+                   diag::err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor)
+      << (int)Constructor->isImplicit() 
+      << SemaRef.Context.getTagDeclType(Constructor->getParent())
+      << 0 << Field->getDeclName();
+      SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
+      return true;
+    }
 
-  if (FieldBaseElementType.isConstQualified()) {
-    SemaRef.Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), 
-                 diag::err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor)
-    << (int)Constructor->isImplicit() 
-    << SemaRef.Context.getTagDeclType(Constructor->getParent())
-    << 1 << Field->getDeclName();
-    SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
-    return true;
+    if (FieldBaseElementType.isConstQualified()) {
+      SemaRef.Diag(Constructor->getLocation(), 
+                   diag::err_uninitialized_member_in_ctor)
+      << (int)Constructor->isImplicit() 
+      << SemaRef.Context.getTagDeclType(Constructor->getParent())
+      << 1 << Field->getDeclName();
+      SemaRef.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
+      return true;
+    }
   }
   
   // Nothing to initialize.
@@ -2001,7 +2159,7 @@ struct BaseAndFieldInfo {
 };
 }
 
-static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
+static bool CollectFieldInitializer(Sema &SemaRef, BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
                                     FieldDecl *Top, FieldDecl *Field) {
 
   // Overwhelmingly common case: we have a direct initializer for this field.
@@ -2010,6 +2168,18 @@ static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
     return false;
   }
 
+  // C++0x [class.base.init]p8: if the entity is a non-static data member that
+  // has a brace-or-equal-initializer, the entity is initialized as specified
+  // in [dcl.init].
+  if (Field->hasInClassInitializer()) {
+    Info.AllToInit.push_back(
+      new (SemaRef.Context) CXXCtorInitializer(SemaRef.Context, Field,
+                                               SourceLocation(),
+                                               SourceLocation(), 0,
+                                               SourceLocation()));
+    return false;
+  }
+
   if (Info.IIK == IIK_Default && Field->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
     const RecordType *FieldClassType = Field->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
     assert(FieldClassType && "anonymous struct/union without record type");
@@ -2032,7 +2202,7 @@ static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
           // field in the class is also initialized, so exit immediately.
           return false;
         } else if ((*FA)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
-          if (CollectFieldInitializer(Info, Top, *FA))
+          if (CollectFieldInitializer(SemaRef, Info, Top, *FA))
             return true;
         }
       }
@@ -2047,7 +2217,7 @@ static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
       // necessary.
       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator FA = FieldClassDecl->field_begin(),
            EA = FieldClassDecl->field_end(); FA != EA; FA++) {
-        if (CollectFieldInitializer(Info, Top, *FA))
+        if (CollectFieldInitializer(SemaRef, Info, Top, *FA))
           return true;
       }
     }
@@ -2056,7 +2226,7 @@ static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
   // Don't try to build an implicit initializer if there were semantic
   // errors in any of the initializers (and therefore we might be
   // missing some that the user actually wrote).
-  if (Info.AnyErrorsInInits)
+  if (Info.AnyErrorsInInits || Field->isInvalidDecl())
     return false;
 
   CXXCtorInitializer *Init = 0;
@@ -2072,26 +2242,22 @@ static bool CollectFieldInitializer(BaseAndFieldInfo &Info,
 bool
 Sema::SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer) {
+  assert(Initializer->isDelegatingInitializer());
   Constructor->setNumCtorInitializers(1);
   CXXCtorInitializer **initializer =
     new (Context) CXXCtorInitializer*[1];
   memcpy(initializer, &Initializer, sizeof (CXXCtorInitializer*));
   Constructor->setCtorInitializers(initializer);
 
-  // FIXME: This doesn't catch indirect loops yet
-  CXXConstructorDecl *Target = Initializer->getTargetConstructor();
-  while (Target) {
-    if (Target == Constructor) {
-      Diag(Initializer->getSourceLocation(), diag::err_delegating_ctor_loop)
-        << Constructor;
-      return true;
-    }
-    Target = Target->getTargetConstructor();
+  if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(Constructor->getParent())) {
+    MarkDeclarationReferenced(Initializer->getSourceLocation(), Dtor);
+    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, Initializer->getSourceLocation());
   }
 
+  DelegatingCtorDecls.push_back(Constructor);
+
   return false;
 }
-
                                
 bool
 Sema::SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
@@ -2192,7 +2358,7 @@ Sema::SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
              "Incomplete array type is not valid");
       continue;
     }
-    if (CollectFieldInitializer(Info, *Field, *Field))
+    if (CollectFieldInitializer(*this, Info, *Field, *Field))
       HadError = true;
   }
 
@@ -2468,7 +2634,7 @@ void Sema::ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
         HadError = true;
         // We will treat this as being the only initializer.
       }
-      SetDelegatingInitializer(Constructor, *MemInits);
+      SetDelegatingInitializer(Constructor, MemInits[i]);
       // Return immediately as the initializer is set.
       return;
     }
@@ -2805,7 +2971,7 @@ static void CheckAbstractClassUsage(AbstractUsageInfo &Info,
                                     CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
   // No need to do the check on definitions, which require that
   // the return/param types be complete.
-  if (MD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+  if (MD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
     return;
 
   // For safety's sake, just ignore it if we don't have type source
@@ -2871,6 +3037,9 @@ void Sema::CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = Record->field_begin(), 
                                  FEnd = Record->field_end();
          F != FEnd; ++F) {
+      if (F->hasInClassInitializer())
+        continue;
+
       if (F->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
           (F->getType().isConstQualified() && F->getType()->isScalarType())) {
         if (!Complained) {
@@ -2937,6 +3106,953 @@ void Sema::CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
   //   instantiated (e.g. meta-functions). This doesn't apply to classes that
   //   have inherited constructors.
   DeclareInheritedConstructors(Record);
+
+  if (!Record->isDependentType())
+    CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(Record);
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator MI = Record->method_begin(),
+                                      ME = Record->method_end();
+       MI != ME; ++MI) {
+    if (!MI->isInvalidDecl() && MI->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
+      switch (getSpecialMember(*MI)) {
+      case CXXDefaultConstructor:
+        CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(
+                                                  cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*MI));
+        break;
+
+      case CXXDestructor:
+        CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(*MI));
+        break;
+
+      case CXXCopyConstructor:
+        CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*MI));
+        break;
+
+      case CXXCopyAssignment:
+        CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(*MI);
+        break;
+
+      case CXXMoveConstructor:
+      case CXXMoveAssignment:
+        Diag(MI->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_move_unsupported);
+        break;
+
+      default:
+        // FIXME: Do moves once they exist
+        llvm_unreachable("non-special member explicitly defaulted!");
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
+  assert(CD->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && CD->isDefaultConstructor());
+  
+  // Whether this was the first-declared instance of the constructor.
+  // This affects whether we implicitly add an exception spec (and, eventually,
+  // constexpr). It is also ill-formed to explicitly default a constructor such
+  // that it would be deleted. (C++0x [decl.fct.def.default])
+  bool First = CD == CD->getCanonicalDecl();
+
+  bool HadError = false;
+  if (CD->getNumParams() != 0) {
+    Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_default_ctor_params)
+      << CD->getSourceRange();
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec
+    = ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CD->getParent());
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+  if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Delayed) {
+    // Exception specification depends on some deferred part of the class. We'll
+    // try again when the class's definition has been fully processed.
+    return;
+  }
+  const FunctionProtoType *CtorType = CD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
+                          *ExceptionType = Context.getFunctionType(
+                         Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI)->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+  if (CtorType->hasExceptionSpec()) {
+    if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+          PDiag(diag::err_incorrect_defaulted_exception_spec)
+            << CXXDefaultConstructor,
+          PDiag(),
+          ExceptionType, SourceLocation(),
+          CtorType, CD->getLocation())) {
+      HadError = true;
+    }
+  } else if (First) {
+    // We set the declaration to have the computed exception spec here.
+    // We know there are no parameters.
+    EPI.ExtInfo = CtorType->getExtInfo();
+    CD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI));
+  }
+
+  if (HadError) {
+    CD->setInvalidDecl();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteDefaultConstructor(CD)) {
+    if (First) {
+      CD->setDeletedAsWritten();
+    } else {
+      Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_default_deletes)
+        << CXXDefaultConstructor;
+      CD->setInvalidDecl();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
+  assert(CD->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && CD->isCopyConstructor());
+
+  // Whether this was the first-declared instance of the constructor.
+  bool First = CD == CD->getCanonicalDecl();
+
+  bool HadError = false;
+  if (CD->getNumParams() != 1) {
+    Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_ctor_params)
+      << CD->getSourceRange();
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec(Context);
+  bool Const;
+  llvm::tie(Spec, Const) =
+    ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CD->getParent());
+  
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+  const FunctionProtoType *CtorType = CD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
+                          *ExceptionType = Context.getFunctionType(
+                         Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI)->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+  // Check for parameter type matching.
+  // This is a copy ctor so we know it's a cv-qualified reference to T.
+  QualType ArgType = CtorType->getArgType(0);
+  if (ArgType->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) {
+    Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_ctor_volatile_param);
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+  if (ArgType->getPointeeType().isConstQualified() && !Const) {
+    Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_ctor_const_param);
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  if (CtorType->hasExceptionSpec()) {
+    if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+          PDiag(diag::err_incorrect_defaulted_exception_spec)
+            << CXXCopyConstructor,
+          PDiag(),
+          ExceptionType, SourceLocation(),
+          CtorType, CD->getLocation())) {
+      HadError = true;
+    }
+  } else if (First) {
+    // We set the declaration to have the computed exception spec here.
+    // We duplicate the one parameter type.
+    EPI.ExtInfo = CtorType->getExtInfo();
+    CD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, &ArgType, 1, EPI));
+  }
+
+  if (HadError) {
+    CD->setInvalidDecl();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteCopyConstructor(CD)) {
+    if (First) {
+      CD->setDeletedAsWritten();
+    } else {
+      Diag(CD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_default_deletes)
+        << CXXCopyConstructor;
+      CD->setInvalidDecl();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+  assert(MD->isExplicitlyDefaulted());
+
+  // Whether this was the first-declared instance of the operator
+  bool First = MD == MD->getCanonicalDecl();
+
+  bool HadError = false;
+  if (MD->getNumParams() != 1) {
+    Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_params)
+      << MD->getSourceRange();
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  QualType ReturnType =
+    MD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
+  if (!ReturnType->isLValueReferenceType() ||
+      !Context.hasSameType(
+        Context.getCanonicalType(ReturnType->getPointeeType()),
+        Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent())))) {
+    Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_return_type);
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec(Context);
+  bool Const;
+  llvm::tie(Spec, Const) =
+    ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(MD->getParent());
+  
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+  const FunctionProtoType *OperType = MD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
+                          *ExceptionType = Context.getFunctionType(
+                         Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI)->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+  QualType ArgType = OperType->getArgType(0);
+  if (!ArgType->isReferenceType()) {
+    Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_not_ref);
+    HadError = true;
+  } else {
+    if (ArgType->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) {
+      Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_volatile_param);
+      HadError = true;
+    }
+    if (ArgType->getPointeeType().isConstQualified() && !Const) {
+      Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_const_param);
+      HadError = true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (OperType->getTypeQuals()) {
+    Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_copy_assign_quals);
+    HadError = true;
+  }
+
+  if (OperType->hasExceptionSpec()) {
+    if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+          PDiag(diag::err_incorrect_defaulted_exception_spec)
+            << CXXCopyAssignment,
+          PDiag(),
+          ExceptionType, SourceLocation(),
+          OperType, MD->getLocation())) {
+      HadError = true;
+    }
+  } else if (First) {
+    // We set the declaration to have the computed exception spec here.
+    // We duplicate the one parameter type.
+    EPI.RefQualifier = OperType->getRefQualifier();
+    EPI.ExtInfo = OperType->getExtInfo();
+    MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(ReturnType, &ArgType, 1, EPI));
+  }
+
+  if (HadError) {
+    MD->setInvalidDecl();
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteCopyAssignmentOperator(MD)) {
+    if (First) {
+      MD->setDeletedAsWritten();
+    } else {
+      Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_default_deletes)
+        << CXXCopyAssignment;
+      MD->setInvalidDecl();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void Sema::CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *DD) {
+  assert(DD->isExplicitlyDefaulted());
+
+  // Whether this was the first-declared instance of the destructor.
+  bool First = DD == DD->getCanonicalDecl();
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec
+    = ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(DD->getParent());
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+  const FunctionProtoType *DtorType = DD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
+                          *ExceptionType = Context.getFunctionType(
+                         Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI)->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+
+  if (DtorType->hasExceptionSpec()) {
+    if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
+          PDiag(diag::err_incorrect_defaulted_exception_spec)
+            << CXXDestructor,
+          PDiag(),
+          ExceptionType, SourceLocation(),
+          DtorType, DD->getLocation())) {
+      DD->setInvalidDecl();
+      return;
+    }
+  } else if (First) {
+    // We set the declaration to have the computed exception spec here.
+    // There are no parameters.
+    EPI.ExtInfo = DtorType->getExtInfo();
+    DD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI));
+  }
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteDestructor(DD)) {
+    if (First) {
+      DD->setDeletedAsWritten();
+    } else {
+      Diag(DD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_default_deletes)
+        << CXXDestructor;
+      DD->setInvalidDecl();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+bool Sema::ShouldDeleteDefaultConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
+  CXXRecordDecl *RD = CD->getParent();
+  assert(!RD->isDependentType() && "do deletion after instantiation");
+  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+    return false;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc = CD->getLocation();
+
+  // Do access control from the constructor
+  ContextRAII CtorContext(*this, CD);
+
+  bool Union = RD->isUnion();
+  bool AllConst = true;
+
+  // We do this because we should never actually use an anonymous
+  // union's constructor.
+  if (Union && RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
+    return false;
+
+  // FIXME: We should put some diagnostic logic right into this function.
+
+  // C++0x [class.ctor]/5
+  //    A defaulted default constructor for class X is defined as deleted if:
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->bases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->bases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    // We'll handle this one later
+    if (BI->isVirtual())
+      continue;
+
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- any [direct base class] has a type with a destructor that is
+    //    deleted or inaccessible from the defaulted default constructor
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+
+    // -- any [direct base class either] has no default constructor or
+    //    overload resolution as applied to [its] default constructor
+    //    results in an ambiguity or in a function that is deleted or
+    //    inaccessible from the defaulted default constructor
+    CXXConstructorDecl *BaseDefault = LookupDefaultConstructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (!BaseDefault || BaseDefault->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+
+    if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, BaseDefault, BaseDefault->getAccess(),
+                               PDiag()) != AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->vbases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->vbases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- any [virtual base class] has a type with a destructor that is
+    //    delete or inaccessible from the defaulted default constructor
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+
+    // -- any [virtual base class either] has no default constructor or
+    //    overload resolution as applied to [its] default constructor
+    //    results in an ambiguity or in a function that is deleted or
+    //    inaccessible from the defaulted default constructor
+    CXXConstructorDecl *BaseDefault = LookupDefaultConstructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (!BaseDefault || BaseDefault->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+
+    if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, BaseDefault, BaseDefault->getAccess(),
+                               PDiag()) != AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FI = RD->field_begin(),
+                                     FE = RD->field_end();
+       FI != FE; ++FI) {
+    if (FI->isInvalidDecl())
+      continue;
+    
+    QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(FI->getType());
+    CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecord = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+    // -- any non-static data member with no brace-or-equal-initializer is of
+    //    reference type
+    if (FieldType->isReferenceType() && !FI->hasInClassInitializer())
+      return true;
+
+    // -- X is a union and all its variant members are of const-qualified type
+    //    (or array thereof)
+    if (Union && !FieldType.isConstQualified())
+      AllConst = false;
+
+    if (FieldRecord) {
+      // -- X is a union-like class that has a variant member with a non-trivial
+      //    default constructor
+      if (Union && !FieldRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+        return true;
+
+      CXXDestructorDecl *FieldDtor = LookupDestructor(FieldRecord);
+      if (FieldDtor->isDeleted())
+        return true;
+      if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, FieldDtor, PDiag()) !=
+          AR_accessible)
+        return true;
+
+      // -- any non-variant non-static data member of const-qualified type (or
+      //    array thereof) with no brace-or-equal-initializer does not have a
+      //    user-provided default constructor
+      if (FieldType.isConstQualified() &&
+          !FI->hasInClassInitializer() &&
+          !FieldRecord->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())
+        return true;
+ 
+      if (!Union && FieldRecord->isUnion() &&
+          FieldRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
+        // We're okay to reuse AllConst here since we only care about the
+        // value otherwise if we're in a union.
+        AllConst = true;
+
+        for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator UI = FieldRecord->field_begin(),
+                                           UE = FieldRecord->field_end();
+             UI != UE; ++UI) {
+          QualType UnionFieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(UI->getType());
+          CXXRecordDecl *UnionFieldRecord =
+            UnionFieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+          if (!UnionFieldType.isConstQualified())
+            AllConst = false;
+
+          if (UnionFieldRecord &&
+              !UnionFieldRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        if (AllConst)
+          return true;
+
+        // Don't try to initialize the anonymous union
+        // This is technically non-conformant, but sanity demands it.
+        continue;
+      }
+
+      // -- any non-static data member with no brace-or-equal-initializer has
+      //    class type M (or array thereof) and either M has no default
+      //    constructor or overload resolution as applied to M's default
+      //    constructor results in an ambiguity or in a function that is deleted
+      //    or inaccessible from the defaulted default constructor.
+      if (!FI->hasInClassInitializer()) {
+        CXXConstructorDecl *FieldDefault = LookupDefaultConstructor(FieldRecord);
+        if (!FieldDefault || FieldDefault->isDeleted())
+          return true;
+        if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, FieldDefault, FieldDefault->getAccess(),
+                                   PDiag()) != AR_accessible)
+          return true;
+      }
+    } else if (!Union && FieldType.isConstQualified() &&
+               !FI->hasInClassInitializer()) {
+      // -- any non-variant non-static data member of const-qualified type (or
+      //    array thereof) with no brace-or-equal-initializer does not have a
+      //    user-provided default constructor
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (Union && AllConst)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool Sema::ShouldDeleteCopyConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
+  CXXRecordDecl *RD = CD->getParent();
+  assert(!RD->isDependentType() && "do deletion after instantiation");
+  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+    return false;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc = CD->getLocation();
+
+  // Do access control from the constructor
+  ContextRAII CtorContext(*this, CD);
+
+  bool Union = RD->isUnion();
+
+  assert(!CD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType().isNull() &&
+         "copy assignment arg has no pointee type");
+  unsigned ArgQuals =
+    CD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified() ?
+      Qualifiers::Const : 0;
+
+  // We do this because we should never actually use an anonymous
+  // union's constructor.
+  if (Union && RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
+    return false;
+
+  // FIXME: We should put some diagnostic logic right into this function.
+
+  // C++0x [class.copy]/11
+  //    A defaulted [copy] constructor for class X is defined as delete if X has:
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->bases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->bases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    // We'll handle this one later
+    if (BI->isVirtual())
+      continue;
+
+    QualType BaseType = BI->getType();
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- any [direct base class] of a type with a destructor that is deleted or
+    //    inaccessible from the defaulted constructor
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+
+    // -- a [direct base class] B that cannot be [copied] because overload
+    //    resolution, as applied to B's [copy] constructor, results in an
+    //    ambiguity or a function that is deleted or inaccessible from the
+    //    defaulted constructor
+    CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor = LookupCopyConstructor(BaseDecl, ArgQuals);
+    if (!BaseCtor || BaseCtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, BaseCtor, BaseCtor->getAccess(), PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->vbases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->vbases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    QualType BaseType = BI->getType();
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- any [virtual base class] of a type with a destructor that is deleted or
+    //    inaccessible from the defaulted constructor
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+
+    // -- a [virtual base class] B that cannot be [copied] because overload
+    //    resolution, as applied to B's [copy] constructor, results in an
+    //    ambiguity or a function that is deleted or inaccessible from the
+    //    defaulted constructor
+    CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor = LookupCopyConstructor(BaseDecl, ArgQuals);
+    if (!BaseCtor || BaseCtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, BaseCtor, BaseCtor->getAccess(), PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FI = RD->field_begin(),
+                                     FE = RD->field_end();
+       FI != FE; ++FI) {
+    QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(FI->getType());
+    
+    // -- for a copy constructor, a non-static data member of rvalue reference
+    //    type
+    if (FieldType->isRValueReferenceType())
+      return true;
+ 
+    CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecord = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+    if (FieldRecord) {
+      // This is an anonymous union
+      if (FieldRecord->isUnion() && FieldRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
+        // Anonymous unions inside unions do not variant members create
+        if (!Union) {
+          for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator UI = FieldRecord->field_begin(),
+                                             UE = FieldRecord->field_end();
+               UI != UE; ++UI) {
+            QualType UnionFieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(UI->getType());
+            CXXRecordDecl *UnionFieldRecord =
+              UnionFieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+            // -- a variant member with a non-trivial [copy] constructor and X
+            //    is a union-like class
+            if (UnionFieldRecord &&
+                !UnionFieldRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
+              return true;
+          }
+        }
+
+        // Don't try to initalize an anonymous union
+        continue;
+      } else {
+         // -- a variant member with a non-trivial [copy] constructor and X is a
+         //    union-like class
+        if (Union && !FieldRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
+          return true;
+
+        // -- any [non-static data member] of a type with a destructor that is
+        //    deleted or inaccessible from the defaulted constructor
+        CXXDestructorDecl *FieldDtor = LookupDestructor(FieldRecord);
+        if (FieldDtor->isDeleted())
+          return true;
+        if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, FieldDtor, PDiag()) !=
+            AR_accessible)
+          return true;
+      }
+
+    // -- a [non-static data member of class type (or array thereof)] B that
+    //    cannot be [copied] because overload resolution, as applied to B's
+    //    [copy] constructor, results in an ambiguity or a function that is
+    //    deleted or inaccessible from the defaulted constructor
+      CXXConstructorDecl *FieldCtor = LookupCopyConstructor(FieldRecord,
+                                                            ArgQuals);
+      if (!FieldCtor || FieldCtor->isDeleted())
+        return true;
+      if (CheckConstructorAccess(Loc, FieldCtor, FieldCtor->getAccess(),
+                                 PDiag()) != AR_accessible)
+        return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool Sema::ShouldDeleteCopyAssignmentOperator(CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
+  CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
+  assert(!RD->isDependentType() && "do deletion after instantiation");
+  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+    return false;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc = MD->getLocation();
+
+  // Do access control from the constructor
+  ContextRAII MethodContext(*this, MD);
+
+  bool Union = RD->isUnion();
+
+  bool ConstArg =
+    MD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified();
+
+  // We do this because we should never actually use an anonymous
+  // union's constructor.
+  if (Union && RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
+    return false;
+
+  DeclarationName OperatorName =
+    Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
+  LookupResult R(*this, OperatorName, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
+  R.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+  // FIXME: We should put some diagnostic logic right into this function.
+
+  // C++0x [class.copy]/11
+  //    A defaulted [copy] assignment operator for class X is defined as deleted
+  //    if X has:
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->bases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->bases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    // We'll handle this one later
+    if (BI->isVirtual())
+      continue;
+
+    QualType BaseType = BI->getType();
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- a [direct base class] B that cannot be [copied] because overload
+    //    resolution, as applied to B's [copy] assignment operator, results in
+    //    an ambiguity or a function that is deleted or inaccessible from the
+    //    assignment operator
+
+    LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseDecl, false);
+
+    // Filter out any result that isn't a copy-assignment operator.
+    LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
+    while (F.hasNext()) {
+      NamedDecl *D = F.next();
+      if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
+        if (Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
+          continue;
+      
+      F.erase();
+    }
+    F.done();
+ 
+    // Build a fake argument expression
+    QualType ArgType = BaseType;
+    QualType ThisType = BaseType;
+    if (ConstArg)
+      ArgType.addConst();
+    Expr *Args[] = { new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ThisType, VK_LValue)
+                   , new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ArgType, VK_LValue)
+                   };
+
+    OverloadCandidateSet OCS((Loc));
+    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+
+    AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, 2, OCS);
+
+    if (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best, false) !=
+        OR_Success)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->vbases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->vbases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    QualType BaseType = BI->getType();
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    assert(BaseDecl && "base isn't a CXXRecordDecl");
+
+    // -- a [virtual base class] B that cannot be [copied] because overload
+    //    resolution, as applied to B's [copy] assignment operator, results in
+    //    an ambiguity or a function that is deleted or inaccessible from the
+    //    assignment operator
+
+    LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseDecl, false);
+
+    // Filter out any result that isn't a copy-assignment operator.
+    LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
+    while (F.hasNext()) {
+      NamedDecl *D = F.next();
+      if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
+        if (Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
+          continue;
+      
+      F.erase();
+    }
+    F.done();
+ 
+    // Build a fake argument expression
+    QualType ArgType = BaseType;
+    QualType ThisType = BaseType;
+    if (ConstArg)
+      ArgType.addConst();
+    Expr *Args[] = { new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ThisType, VK_LValue)
+                   , new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ArgType, VK_LValue)
+                   };
+
+    OverloadCandidateSet OCS((Loc));
+    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+
+    AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, 2, OCS);
+
+    if (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best, false) !=
+        OR_Success)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FI = RD->field_begin(),
+                                     FE = RD->field_end();
+       FI != FE; ++FI) {
+    QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(FI->getType());
+    
+    // -- a non-static data member of reference type
+    if (FieldType->isReferenceType())
+      return true;
+
+    // -- a non-static data member of const non-class type (or array thereof)
+    if (FieldType.isConstQualified() && !FieldType->isRecordType())
+      return true;
+ 
+    CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecord = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+    if (FieldRecord) {
+      // This is an anonymous union
+      if (FieldRecord->isUnion() && FieldRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
+        // Anonymous unions inside unions do not variant members create
+        if (!Union) {
+          for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator UI = FieldRecord->field_begin(),
+                                             UE = FieldRecord->field_end();
+               UI != UE; ++UI) {
+            QualType UnionFieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(UI->getType());
+            CXXRecordDecl *UnionFieldRecord =
+              UnionFieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+            // -- a variant member with a non-trivial [copy] assignment operator
+            //    and X is a union-like class
+            if (UnionFieldRecord &&
+                !UnionFieldRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
+              return true;
+          }
+        }
+
+        // Don't try to initalize an anonymous union
+        continue;
+      // -- a variant member with a non-trivial [copy] assignment operator
+      //    and X is a union-like class
+      } else if (Union && !FieldRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) {
+          return true;
+      }
+
+      LookupQualifiedName(R, FieldRecord, false);
+
+      // Filter out any result that isn't a copy-assignment operator.
+      LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
+      while (F.hasNext()) {
+        NamedDecl *D = F.next();
+        if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
+          if (Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
+            continue;
+        
+        F.erase();
+      }
+      F.done();
+   
+      // Build a fake argument expression
+      QualType ArgType = FieldType;
+      QualType ThisType = FieldType;
+      if (ConstArg)
+        ArgType.addConst();
+      Expr *Args[] = { new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ThisType, VK_LValue)
+                     , new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, ArgType, VK_LValue)
+                     };
+
+      OverloadCandidateSet OCS((Loc));
+      OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+
+      AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, 2, OCS);
+
+      if (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best, false) !=
+          OR_Success)
+        return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool Sema::ShouldDeleteDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *DD) {
+  CXXRecordDecl *RD = DD->getParent();
+  assert(!RD->isDependentType() && "do deletion after instantiation");
+  if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x)
+    return false;
+
+  SourceLocation Loc = DD->getLocation();
+
+  // Do access control from the destructor
+  ContextRAII CtorContext(*this, DD);
+
+  bool Union = RD->isUnion();
+
+  // We do this because we should never actually use an anonymous
+  // union's destructor.
+  if (Union && RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
+    return false;
+
+  // C++0x [class.dtor]p5
+  //    A defaulted destructor for a class X is defined as deleted if:
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->bases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->bases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    // We'll handle this one later
+    if (BI->isVirtual())
+      continue;
+
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    assert(BaseDtor && "base has no destructor");
+
+    // -- any direct or virtual base class has a deleted destructor or
+    //    a destructor that is inaccessible from the defaulted destructor
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator BI = RD->vbases_begin(),
+                                          BE = RD->vbases_end();
+       BI != BE; ++BI) {
+    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    CXXDestructorDecl *BaseDtor = LookupDestructor(BaseDecl);
+    assert(BaseDtor && "base has no destructor");
+
+    // -- any direct or virtual base class has a deleted destructor or
+    //    a destructor that is inaccessible from the defaulted destructor
+    if (BaseDtor->isDeleted())
+      return true;
+    if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, BaseDtor, PDiag()) !=
+        AR_accessible)
+      return true;
+  }
+
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FI = RD->field_begin(),
+                                     FE = RD->field_end();
+       FI != FE; ++FI) {
+    QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(FI->getType());
+    CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecord = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+    if (FieldRecord) {
+      if (FieldRecord->isUnion() && FieldRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
+         for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator UI = FieldRecord->field_begin(),
+                                            UE = FieldRecord->field_end();
+              UI != UE; ++UI) {
+           QualType UnionFieldType = Context.getBaseElementType(FI->getType());
+           CXXRecordDecl *UnionFieldRecord =
+             UnionFieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
+
+           // -- X is a union-like class that has a variant member with a non-
+           //    trivial destructor.
+           if (UnionFieldRecord && !UnionFieldRecord->hasTrivialDestructor())
+             return true;
+         }
+      // Technically we are supposed to do this next check unconditionally.
+      // But that makes absolutely no sense.
+      } else {
+        CXXDestructorDecl *FieldDtor = LookupDestructor(FieldRecord);
+
+        // -- any of the non-static data members has class type M (or array
+        //    thereof) and M has a deleted destructor or a destructor that is
+        //    inaccessible from the defaulted destructor
+        if (FieldDtor->isDeleted())
+          return true;
+        if (CheckDestructorAccess(Loc, FieldDtor, PDiag()) !=
+          AR_accessible)
+        return true;
+        
+        // -- X is a union-like class that has a variant member with a non-
+        //    trivial destructor.
+        if (Union && !FieldDtor->isTrivial())
+          return true;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (DD->isVirtual()) {
+    FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
+    DeclarationName Name =
+      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
+    if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete,
+          false))
+      return true;
+  }
+
+
+  return false;
 }
 
 /// \brief Data used with FindHiddenVirtualMethod
@@ -3053,113 +4169,6 @@ void Sema::ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
                         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TagDecl));
 }
 
-namespace {
-  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 
-  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
-  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
-    ASTContext &Context;
-    // We order exception specifications thus:
-    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x.
-    // throw() comes next.
-    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
-    // Finally no specification.
-    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
-    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
-    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
-    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
-
-    void ClearExceptions() {
-      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
-      Exceptions.clear();
-    }
-
-  public:
-    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(ASTContext &Context) 
-      : Context(Context), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
-      if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x)
-        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
-    }
-
-    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
-    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
-      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
-             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
-      return ComputedEST;
-    }
-
-    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
-    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
-
-    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
-    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
-
-    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
-    void CalledDecl(CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
-      // If we have an MSAny spec already, don't bother.
-      if (!Method || ComputedEST == EST_MSAny)
-        return;
-
-      const FunctionProtoType *Proto
-        = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-
-      ExceptionSpecificationType EST = Proto->getExceptionSpecType();
-
-      // If this function can throw any exceptions, make a note of that.
-      if (EST == EST_MSAny || EST == EST_None) {
-        ClearExceptions();
-        ComputedEST = EST;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      // If this function has a basic noexcept, it doesn't affect the outcome.
-      if (EST == EST_BasicNoexcept)
-        return;
-
-      // If we have a throw-all spec at this point, ignore the function.
-      if (ComputedEST == EST_None)
-        return;
-
-      // If we're still at noexcept(true) and there's a nothrow() callee,
-      // change to that specification.
-      if (EST == EST_DynamicNone) {
-        if (ComputedEST == EST_BasicNoexcept)
-          ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
-        return;
-      }
-
-      // Check out noexcept specs.
-      if (EST == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
-        FunctionProtoType::NoexceptResult NR = Proto->getNoexceptSpec(Context);
-        assert(NR != FunctionProtoType::NR_NoNoexcept &&
-               "Must have noexcept result for EST_ComputedNoexcept.");
-        assert(NR != FunctionProtoType::NR_Dependent &&
-               "Should not generate implicit declarations for dependent cases, "
-               "and don't know how to handle them anyway.");
-
-        // noexcept(false) -> no spec on the new function
-        if (NR == FunctionProtoType::NR_Throw) {
-          ClearExceptions();
-          ComputedEST = EST_None;
-        }
-        // noexcept(true) won't change anything either.
-        return;
-      }
-
-      assert(EST == EST_Dynamic && "EST case not considered earlier.");
-      assert(ComputedEST != EST_None &&
-             "Shouldn't collect exceptions when throw-all is guaranteed.");
-      ComputedEST = EST_Dynamic;
-      // Record the exceptions in this function's exception specification.
-      for (FunctionProtoType::exception_iterator E = Proto->exception_begin(),
-                                              EEnd = Proto->exception_end();
-           E != EEnd; ++E)
-        if (ExceptionsSeen.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(*E)))
-          Exceptions.push_back(*E);
-    }
-  };
-}
-
-
 /// AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass - Adds any implicitly-declared
 /// special functions, such as the default constructor, copy
 /// constructor, or destructor, to the given C++ class (C++
@@ -3467,6 +4476,11 @@ QualType Sema::CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   if (const TypedefType *TT = DeclaratorType->getAs<TypedefType>())
     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_typedef_name)
       << DeclaratorType << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
+  else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+             DeclaratorType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
+    if (TST->isTypeAlias())
+      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_typedef_name)
+        << DeclaratorType << 1;
 
   // C++ [class.dtor]p2:
   //   A destructor is used to destroy objects of its class type. A
@@ -3725,18 +4739,37 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *NamespcScope,
     //   treated as an original-namespace-name.
     //
     // Since namespace names are unique in their scope, and we don't
-    // look through using directives, just
-    DeclContext::lookup_result R = CurContext->getRedeclContext()->lookup(II);
-    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.first == R.second? 0 : *R.first;
-
+    // look through using directives, just look for any ordinary names.
+    
+    const unsigned IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Member | 
+      Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Tag | 
+      Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
+    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
+    for (DeclContext::lookup_result R 
+            = CurContext->getRedeclContext()->lookup(II);
+         R.first != R.second; ++R.first) {
+      if ((*R.first)->getIdentifierNamespace() & IDNS) {
+        PrevDecl = *R.first;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    
     if (NamespaceDecl *OrigNS = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
       // This is an extended namespace definition.
       if (Namespc->isInline() != OrigNS->isInline()) {
         // inline-ness must match
-        Diag(Namespc->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_namespace_mismatch)
-          << Namespc->isInline();
+        if (OrigNS->isInline()) {
+          // The user probably just forgot the 'inline', so suggest that it
+          // be added back.
+          Diag(Namespc->getLocation(), 
+               diag::warn_inline_namespace_reopened_noninline)
+            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NamespaceLoc, "inline ");
+        } else {
+          Diag(Namespc->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_namespace_mismatch)
+            << Namespc->isInline();
+        }
         Diag(OrigNS->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
-        Namespc->setInvalidDecl();
+
         // Recover by ignoring the new namespace's inline status.
         Namespc->setInline(OrigNS->isInline());
       }
@@ -4408,6 +5441,7 @@ NamedDecl *Sema::BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   // Otherwise, look up the target name.
 
   LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
+  R.setUsingDeclaration(true);
 
   // Unlike most lookups, we don't always want to hide tag
   // declarations: tag names are visible through the using declaration
@@ -4701,9 +5735,13 @@ bool Sema::CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
 
 Decl *Sema::ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *S,
                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
+                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
                                   TypeResult Type) {
+  // Skip up to the relevant declaration scope.
+  while (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope)
+    S = S->getParent();
   assert((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) &&
          "got alias-declaration outside of declaration scope");
 
@@ -4719,8 +5757,11 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *S,
     return 0;
 
   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Name.StartLocation, TInfo,
-                                      UPPC_DeclarationType))
+                                      UPPC_DeclarationType)) {
     Invalid = true;
+    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.IntTy, 
+                                             TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc());
+  }
 
   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
   LookupName(Previous, S);
@@ -4745,13 +5786,93 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *S,
   if (Invalid)
     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
 
+  CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
+  Invalid |= NewTD->isInvalidDecl();
+
   bool Redeclaration = false;
-  ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, CurContext, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
+
+  NamedDecl *NewND;
+  if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
+    TypeAliasTemplateDecl *OldDecl = 0;
+    TemplateParameterList *OldTemplateParams = 0;
+
+    if (TemplateParamLists.size() != 1) {
+      Diag(UsingLoc, diag::err_alias_template_extra_headers)
+        << SourceRange(TemplateParamLists.get()[1]->getTemplateLoc(),
+         TemplateParamLists.get()[TemplateParamLists.size()-1]->getRAngleLoc());
+    }
+    TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = TemplateParamLists.get()[0];
+
+    // Only consider previous declarations in the same scope.
+    FilterLookupForScope(Previous, CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
+                         /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization*/false);
+    if (!Previous.empty()) {
+      Redeclaration = true;
+
+      OldDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>();
+      if (!OldDecl && !Invalid) {
+        Diag(UsingLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
+          << Name.Identifier;
+
+        NamedDecl *OldD = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
+        if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
+          Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+
+        Invalid = true;
+      }
+
+      if (!Invalid && OldDecl && !OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
+        if (TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParams,
+                                           OldDecl->getTemplateParameters(),
+                                           /*Complain=*/true,
+                                           TPL_TemplateMatch))
+          OldTemplateParams = OldDecl->getTemplateParameters();
+        else
+          Invalid = true;
+
+        TypeAliasDecl *OldTD = OldDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
+        if (!Invalid &&
+            !Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
+                                 NewTD->getUnderlyingType())) {
+          // FIXME: The C++0x standard does not clearly say this is ill-formed,
+          // but we can't reasonably accept it.
+          Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
+            << 2 << NewTD->getUnderlyingType() << OldTD->getUnderlyingType();
+          if (OldTD->getLocation().isValid())
+            Diag(OldTD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
+          Invalid = true;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    // Merge any previous default template arguments into our parameters,
+    // and check the parameter list.
+    if (CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParams, OldTemplateParams,
+                                   TPC_TypeAliasTemplate))
+      return 0;
+
+    TypeAliasTemplateDecl *NewDecl =
+      TypeAliasTemplateDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, UsingLoc,
+                                    Name.Identifier, TemplateParams,
+                                    NewTD);
+
+    NewDecl->setAccess(AS);
+
+    if (Invalid)
+      NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
+    else if (OldDecl)
+      NewDecl->setPreviousDeclaration(OldDecl);
+
+    NewND = NewDecl;
+  } else {
+    ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, CurContext, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
+    NewND = NewTD;
+  }
 
   if (!Redeclaration)
-    PushOnScopeChains(NewTD, S);
+    PushOnScopeChains(NewND, S);
 
-  return NewTD;
+  return NewND;
 }
 
 Decl *Sema::ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *S,
@@ -4855,39 +5976,8 @@ namespace {
   };
 }
 
-static CXXConstructorDecl *getDefaultConstructorUnsafe(Sema &Self,
-                                                       CXXRecordDecl *D) {
-  ASTContext &Context = Self.Context;
-  QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(D);
-  DeclarationName ConstructorName
-    = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
-                      Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType.getUnqualifiedType()));
-
-  DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
-  for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = D->lookup(ConstructorName);
-       Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
-    // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
-    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
-      continue;
-
-    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
-    if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())
-      return Constructor;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
-                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
-  // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
-  //   A default constructor for a class X is a constructor of class X
-  //   that can be called without an argument. If there is no
-  //   user-declared constructor for class X, a default constructor is
-  //   implicitly declared. An implicitly-declared default constructor
-  //   is an inline public member of its class.
-  assert(!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() && 
-         "Should not build implicit default constructor!");
-  
+Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+Sema::ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   // C++ [except.spec]p14:
   //   An implicitly declared special member function (Clause 12) shall have an 
   //   exception-specification. [...]
@@ -4902,10 +5992,10 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
     
     if (const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
       CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
-      if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
-        ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(BaseClassDecl));
-      else if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
-                            = getDefaultConstructorUnsafe(*this, BaseClassDecl))
+      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = LookupDefaultConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
+      // If this is a deleted function, add it anyway. This might be conformant
+      // with the standard. This might not. I'm not sure. It might not matter.
+      if (Constructor)
         ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(Constructor);
     }
   }
@@ -4916,10 +6006,10 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
        B != BEnd; ++B) {
     if (const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
       CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
-      if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
-        ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(BaseClassDecl));
-      else if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
-                            = getDefaultConstructorUnsafe(*this, BaseClassDecl))
+      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = LookupDefaultConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
+      // If this is a deleted function, add it anyway. This might be conformant
+      // with the standard. This might not. I'm not sure. It might not matter.
+      if (Constructor)
         ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(Constructor);
     }
   }
@@ -4928,22 +6018,42 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
                                FEnd = ClassDecl->field_end();
        F != FEnd; ++F) {
-    if (const RecordType *RecordTy
+    if (F->hasInClassInitializer()) {
+      if (Expr *E = F->getInClassInitializer())
+        ExceptSpec.CalledExpr(E);
+      else if (!F->isInvalidDecl())
+        ExceptSpec.SetDelayed();
+    } else if (const RecordType *RecordTy
               = Context.getBaseElementType(F->getType())->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
-      if (!FieldClassDecl->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
-        ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(
-                            DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(FieldClassDecl));
-      else if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
-                           = getDefaultConstructorUnsafe(*this, FieldClassDecl))
+      CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
+      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = LookupDefaultConstructor(FieldRecDecl);
+      // If this is a deleted function, add it anyway. This might be conformant
+      // with the standard. This might not. I'm not sure. It might not matter.
+      // In particular, the problem is that this function never gets called. It
+      // might just be ill-formed because this function attempts to refer to
+      // a deleted function here.
+      if (Constructor)
         ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(Constructor);
     }
   }
 
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-  EPI.ExceptionSpecType = ExceptSpec.getExceptionSpecType();
-  EPI.NumExceptions = ExceptSpec.size();
-  EPI.Exceptions = ExceptSpec.data();
+  return ExceptSpec;
+}
+
+CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
+                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
+  // C++ [class.ctor]p5:
+  //   A default constructor for a class X is a constructor of class X
+  //   that can be called without an argument. If there is no
+  //   user-declared constructor for class X, a default constructor is
+  //   implicitly declared. An implicitly-declared default constructor
+  //   is an inline public member of its class.
+  assert(!ClassDecl->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() && 
+         "Should not build implicit default constructor!");
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec = 
+    ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(ClassDecl);
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
 
   // Create the actual constructor declaration.
   CanQualType ClassType
@@ -4961,8 +6071,9 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
                                  /*isInline=*/true,
                                  /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
   DefaultCon->setAccess(AS_public);
+  DefaultCon->setDefaulted();
   DefaultCon->setImplicit();
-  DefaultCon->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor());
+  DefaultCon->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor());
   
   // Note that we have declared this constructor.
   ++ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
@@ -4970,14 +6081,18 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
   if (Scope *S = getScopeForContext(ClassDecl))
     PushOnScopeChains(DefaultCon, S, false);
   ClassDecl->addDecl(DefaultCon);
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteDefaultConstructor(DefaultCon))
+    DefaultCon->setDeletedAsWritten();
   
   return DefaultCon;
 }
 
 void Sema::DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                             CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor) {
-  assert((Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
-          !Constructor->isUsed(false)) &&
+  assert((Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
+          !Constructor->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
+          !Constructor->isDeleted()) &&
     "DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - call it for implicit default ctor");
 
   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
@@ -4988,7 +6103,7 @@ void Sema::DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   if (SetCtorInitializers(Constructor, 0, 0, /*AnyErrors=*/false) ||
       Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
     Diag(CurrentLocation, diag::note_member_synthesized_at) 
-      << CXXConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl);
+      << CXXDefaultConstructor << Context.getTagDeclType(ClassDecl);
     Constructor->setInvalidDecl();
     return;
   }
@@ -5004,6 +6119,59 @@ void Sema::DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   }
 }
 
+/// Get any existing defaulted default constructor for the given class. Do not
+/// implicitly define one if it does not exist.
+static CXXConstructorDecl *getDefaultedDefaultConstructorUnsafe(Sema &Self,
+                                                             CXXRecordDecl *D) {
+  ASTContext &Context = Self.Context;
+  QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(D);
+  DeclarationName ConstructorName
+    = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
+                      Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType.getUnqualifiedType()));
+
+  DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
+  for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = D->lookup(ConstructorName);
+       Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
+    // A function template cannot be defaulted.
+    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
+      continue;
+
+    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
+    if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())
+      return Constructor->isDefaulted() ? Constructor : 0;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *D) {
+  if (!D) return;
+  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(D);
+
+  CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
+  CXXConstructorDecl *CtorDecl
+    = getDefaultedDefaultConstructorUnsafe(*this, ClassDecl);
+
+  if (!CtorDecl) return;
+
+  // Compute the exception specification for the default constructor.
+  const FunctionProtoType *CtorTy =
+    CtorDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+  if (CtorTy->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed) {
+    ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec = 
+      ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(ClassDecl);
+    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+    assert(EPI.ExceptionSpecType != EST_Delayed);
+
+    CtorDecl->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI));
+  }
+
+  // If the default constructor is explicitly defaulted, checking the exception
+  // specification is deferred until now.
+  if (!CtorDecl->isInvalidDecl() && CtorDecl->isExplicitlyDefaulted() &&
+      !ClassDecl->isDependentType())
+    CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CtorDecl);
+}
+
 void Sema::DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   // We start with an initial pass over the base classes to collect those that
   // inherit constructors from. If there are none, we can forgo all further
@@ -5097,7 +6265,9 @@ void Sema::DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
         // Build up a function type for this particular constructor.
         // FIXME: The working paper does not consider that the exception spec
         // for the inheriting constructor might be larger than that of the
-        // source. This code doesn't yet, either.
+        // source. This code doesn't yet, either. When it does, this code will
+        // need to be delayed until after exception specifications and in-class
+        // member initializers are attached.
         const Type *NewCtorType;
         if (params == maxParams)
           NewCtorType = BaseCtorType;
@@ -5179,12 +6349,8 @@ void Sema::DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   }
 }
 
-CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
-  // C++ [class.dtor]p2:
-  //   If a class has no user-declared destructor, a destructor is
-  //   declared implicitly. An implicitly-declared destructor is an
-  //   inline public member of its class.
-  
+Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification
+Sema::ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   // C++ [except.spec]p14: 
   //   An implicitly declared special member function (Clause 12) shall have 
   //   an exception-specification.
@@ -5199,18 +6365,18 @@ CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
     
     if (const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
       ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(
-                    LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl())));
+                   LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl())));
   }
-  
+
   // Virtual base-class destructors.
   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator B = ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
                                        BEnd = ClassDecl->vbases_end();
        B != BEnd; ++B) {
     if (const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
       ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(
-                    LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl())));
+                  LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl())));
   }
-  
+
   // Field destructors.
   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
                                FEnd = ClassDecl->field_end();
@@ -5218,14 +6384,23 @@ CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
     if (const RecordType *RecordTy
         = Context.getBaseElementType(F->getType())->getAs<RecordType>())
       ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(
-                    LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())));
+                  LookupDestructor(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())));
   }
 
+  return ExceptSpec;
+}
+
+CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
+  // C++ [class.dtor]p2:
+  //   If a class has no user-declared destructor, a destructor is
+  //   declared implicitly. An implicitly-declared destructor is an
+  //   inline public member of its class.
+  
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec =
+      ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(ClassDecl); 
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+
   // Create the actual destructor declaration.
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-  EPI.ExceptionSpecType = ExceptSpec.getExceptionSpecType();
-  EPI.NumExceptions = ExceptSpec.size();
-  EPI.Exceptions = ExceptSpec.data();
   QualType Ty = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, EPI);
 
   CanQualType ClassType
@@ -5239,6 +6414,7 @@ CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
                                   /*isInline=*/true,
                                   /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
   Destructor->setAccess(AS_public);
+  Destructor->setDefaulted();
   Destructor->setImplicit();
   Destructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialDestructor());
   
@@ -5252,6 +6428,9 @@ CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   
   // This could be uniqued if it ever proves significant.
   Destructor->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty));
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteDestructor(Destructor))
+    Destructor->setDeletedAsWritten();
   
   AddOverriddenMethods(ClassDecl, Destructor);
   
@@ -5260,7 +6439,8 @@ CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
 
 void Sema::DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor) {
-  assert((Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed(false)) &&
+  assert((Destructor->isDefaulted() &&
+          !Destructor->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) &&
          "DefineImplicitDestructor - call it for implicit default dtor");
   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Destructor->getParent();
   assert(ClassDecl && "DefineImplicitDestructor - invalid destructor");
@@ -5293,6 +6473,35 @@ void Sema::DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   }
 }
 
+void Sema::AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *classDecl,
+                                         CXXDestructorDecl *destructor) {
+  // C++11 [class.dtor]p3:
+  //   A declaration of a destructor that does not have an exception-
+  //   specification is implicitly considered to have the same exception-
+  //   specification as an implicit declaration.
+  const FunctionProtoType *dtorType = destructor->getType()->
+                                        getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+  if (dtorType->hasExceptionSpec())
+    return;
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification exceptSpec =
+      ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(classDecl);
+
+  // Replace the destructor's type.
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo epi;
+  epi.ExceptionSpecType = exceptSpec.getExceptionSpecType();
+  epi.NumExceptions = exceptSpec.size();
+  epi.Exceptions = exceptSpec.data();
+  QualType ty = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, 0, 0, epi);
+
+  destructor->setType(ty);
+
+  // FIXME: If the destructor has a body that could throw, and the newly created
+  // spec doesn't allow exceptions, we should emit a warning, because this
+  // change in behavior can break conforming C++03 programs at runtime.
+  // However, we don't have a body yet, so it needs to be done somewhere else.
+}
+
 /// \brief Builds a statement that copies the given entity from \p From to
 /// \c To.
 ///
@@ -5530,13 +6739,9 @@ static bool hasConstCopyAssignment(Sema &S, const CXXRecordDecl *CClass) {
   return false;  
 }
 
-CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
-  // Note: The following rules are largely analoguous to the copy
-  // constructor rules. Note that virtual bases are not taken into account
-  // for determining the argument type of the operator. Note also that
-  // operators taking an object instead of a reference are allowed.
-  
-  
+std::pair<Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool>
+Sema::ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(
+                                                   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   // C++ [class.copy]p10:
   //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy
   //   assignment operator, one is declared implicitly.
@@ -5581,11 +6786,6 @@ CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   //   have the form
   //
   //       X& X::operator=(X&)
-  QualType ArgType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl);
-  QualType RetType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
-  if (HasConstCopyAssignment)
-    ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
-  ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
   
   // C++ [except.spec]p14:
   //   An implicitly declared special member function (Clause 12) shall have an 
@@ -5622,12 +6822,29 @@ CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
     }      
   }
 
+  return std::make_pair(ExceptSpec, HasConstCopyAssignment);
+}
+
+CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
+  // Note: The following rules are largely analoguous to the copy
+  // constructor rules. Note that virtual bases are not taken into account
+  // for determining the argument type of the operator. Note also that
+  // operators taking an object instead of a reference are allowed.
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec(Context);
+  bool Const;
+  llvm::tie(Spec, Const) =
+    ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(ClassDecl);
+
+  QualType ArgType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl);
+  QualType RetType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
+  if (Const)
+    ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
+  ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
+
   //   An implicitly-declared copy assignment operator is an inline public
   //   member of its class.
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-  EPI.ExceptionSpecType = ExceptSpec.getExceptionSpecType();
-  EPI.NumExceptions = ExceptSpec.size();
-  EPI.Exceptions = ExceptSpec.data();
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
   DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
   SourceLocation ClassLoc = ClassDecl->getLocation();
   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, ClassLoc);
@@ -5639,6 +6856,7 @@ CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
                             /*isInline=*/true,
                             SourceLocation());
   CopyAssignment->setAccess(AS_public);
+  CopyAssignment->setDefaulted();
   CopyAssignment->setImplicit();
   CopyAssignment->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment());
   
@@ -5652,21 +6870,24 @@ CXXMethodDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   
   // Note that we have added this copy-assignment operator.
   ++ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
-  
+
   if (Scope *S = getScopeForContext(ClassDecl))
     PushOnScopeChains(CopyAssignment, S, false);
   ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyAssignment);
   
+  if (ShouldDeleteCopyAssignmentOperator(CopyAssignment))
+    CopyAssignment->setDeletedAsWritten();
+  
   AddOverriddenMethods(ClassDecl, CopyAssignment);
   return CopyAssignment;
 }
 
 void Sema::DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
                                         CXXMethodDecl *CopyAssignOperator) {
-  assert((CopyAssignOperator->isImplicit() && 
+  assert((CopyAssignOperator->isDefaulted() && 
           CopyAssignOperator->isOverloadedOperator() &&
           CopyAssignOperator->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal &&
-          !CopyAssignOperator->isUsed(false)) &&
+          !CopyAssignOperator->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) &&
          "DefineImplicitCopyAssignment called for wrong function");
 
   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = CopyAssignOperator->getParent();
@@ -5956,12 +7177,8 @@ void Sema::DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   }
 }
 
-CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
-                                                    CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
-  // C++ [class.copy]p4:
-  //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy
-  //   constructor, one is declared implicitly.
-  
+std::pair<Sema::ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool>
+Sema::ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
   // C++ [class.copy]p5:
   //   The implicitly-declared copy constructor for a class X will
   //   have the form
@@ -5969,6 +7186,7 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
   //       X::X(const X&)
   //
   //   if
+  // FIXME: It ought to be possible to store this on the record.
   bool HasConstCopyConstructor = true;
   
   //     -- each direct or virtual base class B of X has a copy
@@ -5984,11 +7202,8 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
     
     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-    if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-      DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
-  
-    HasConstCopyConstructor
-      = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context);
+    LookupCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl, Qualifiers::Const,
+                          &HasConstCopyConstructor);
   }
 
   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
@@ -5997,11 +7212,8 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
        ++Base) {
     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-    if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-      DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
-    
-    HasConstCopyConstructor
-      = BaseClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context);
+    LookupCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl, Qualifiers::Const,
+                          &HasConstCopyConstructor);
   }
   
   //     -- for all the nonstatic data members of X that are of a
@@ -6013,27 +7225,16 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
        HasConstCopyConstructor && Field != FieldEnd;
        ++Field) {
     QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType((*Field)->getType());
-    if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
-        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
-      if (!FieldClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-        DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(FieldClassDecl);
-
-      HasConstCopyConstructor
-        = FieldClassDecl->hasConstCopyConstructor(Context);
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+      LookupCopyConstructor(FieldClassDecl, Qualifiers::Const,
+                            &HasConstCopyConstructor);
     }
   }
-  
   //   Otherwise, the implicitly declared copy constructor will have
   //   the form
   //
   //       X::X(X&)
-  QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl);
-  QualType ArgType = ClassType;
-  if (HasConstCopyConstructor)
-    ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
-  ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
-  
+ 
   // C++ [except.spec]p14:
   //   An implicitly declared special member function (Clause 12) shall have an 
   //   exception-specification. [...]
@@ -6049,11 +7250,8 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
     
     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-    if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-      DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
-
-    if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor
-                          = BaseClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, Quals))
+    if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor =
+          LookupCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl, Quals))
       ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(CopyConstructor);
   }
   for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->vbases_begin(),
@@ -6062,11 +7260,8 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
        ++Base) {
     CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl
       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-    if (!BaseClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-      DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl);
-
-    if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor
-                          = BaseClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, Quals))
+    if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor =
+          LookupCopyConstructor(BaseClassDecl, Quals))
       ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(CopyConstructor);
   }
   for (CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator Field = ClassDecl->field_begin(),
@@ -6074,29 +7269,43 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
        Field != FieldEnd;
        ++Field) {
     QualType FieldType = Context.getBaseElementType((*Field)->getType());
-    if (const RecordType *FieldClassType = FieldType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl
-        = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldClassType->getDecl());
-      if (!FieldClassDecl->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
-        DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(FieldClassDecl);
-
-      if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor
-                          = FieldClassDecl->getCopyConstructor(Context, Quals))
-        ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(CopyConstructor);
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *FieldClassDecl = FieldType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+      if (CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor =
+        LookupCopyConstructor(FieldClassDecl, Quals))
+      ExceptSpec.CalledDecl(CopyConstructor);
     }
   }
 
-  //   An implicitly-declared copy constructor is an inline public
-  //   member of its class.
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-  EPI.ExceptionSpecType = ExceptSpec.getExceptionSpecType();
-  EPI.NumExceptions = ExceptSpec.size();
-  EPI.Exceptions = ExceptSpec.data();
+  return std::make_pair(ExceptSpec, HasConstCopyConstructor);
+}
+
+CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
+                                                    CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl) {
+  // C++ [class.copy]p4:
+  //   If the class definition does not explicitly declare a copy
+  //   constructor, one is declared implicitly.
+
+  ImplicitExceptionSpecification Spec(Context);
+  bool Const;
+  llvm::tie(Spec, Const) =
+    ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(ClassDecl);
+
+  QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ClassDecl);
+  QualType ArgType = ClassType;
+  if (Const)
+    ArgType = ArgType.withConst();
+  ArgType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
+ 
+  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = Spec.getEPI();
+
   DeclarationName Name
     = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
                                            Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
   SourceLocation ClassLoc = ClassDecl->getLocation();
   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, ClassLoc);
+
+  //   An implicitly-declared copy constructor is an inline public
+  //   member of its class. 
   CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor
     = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, ClassDecl, ClassLoc, NameInfo,
                                  Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy,
@@ -6106,6 +7315,7 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
                                  /*isInline=*/true,
                                  /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/true);
   CopyConstructor->setAccess(AS_public);
+  CopyConstructor->setDefaulted();
   CopyConstructor->setTrivial(ClassDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor());
   
   // Note that we have declared this constructor.
@@ -6119,19 +7329,22 @@ CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(
                                                SC_None,
                                                SC_None, 0);
   CopyConstructor->setParams(&FromParam, 1);
+
   if (Scope *S = getScopeForContext(ClassDecl))
     PushOnScopeChains(CopyConstructor, S, false);
   ClassDecl->addDecl(CopyConstructor);
+
+  if (ShouldDeleteCopyConstructor(CopyConstructor))
+    CopyConstructor->setDeletedAsWritten();
   
   return CopyConstructor;
 }
 
 void Sema::DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
-                                   CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor,
-                                   unsigned TypeQuals) {
-  assert((CopyConstructor->isImplicit() &&
-          CopyConstructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals) &&
-          !CopyConstructor->isUsed(false)) &&
+                                   CXXConstructorDecl *CopyConstructor) {
+  assert((CopyConstructor->isDefaulted() &&
+          CopyConstructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
+          !CopyConstructor->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) &&
          "DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - call it for implicit copy ctor");
 
   CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = CopyConstructor->getParent();
@@ -7138,7 +8351,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   bool Invalid = false;
 
   if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
-        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(TagLoc, SS,
+        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(TagLoc, NameLoc, SS,
                                                   TempParamLists.get(),
                                                   TempParamLists.size(),
                                                   /*friend*/ true,
@@ -7554,7 +8767,83 @@ void Sema::SetDeclDeleted(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc) {
     // If the declaration wasn't the first, we delete the function anyway for
     // recovery.
   }
-  Fn->setDeleted();
+  Fn->setDeletedAsWritten();
+}
+
+void Sema::SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc) {
+  CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Dcl);
+
+  if (MD) {
+    if (MD->getParent()->isDependentType()) {
+      MD->setDefaulted();
+      MD->setExplicitlyDefaulted();
+      return;
+    }
+
+    CXXSpecialMember Member = getSpecialMember(MD);
+    if (Member == CXXInvalid) {
+      Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    MD->setDefaulted();
+    MD->setExplicitlyDefaulted();
+
+    // If this definition appears within the record, do the checking when
+    // the record is complete.
+    const FunctionDecl *Primary = MD;
+    if (MD->getTemplatedKind() != FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
+      // Find the uninstantiated declaration that actually had the '= default'
+      // on it.
+      MD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()->isDefined(Primary);
+
+    if (Primary == Primary->getCanonicalDecl())
+      return;
+
+    switch (Member) {
+    case CXXDefaultConstructor: {
+      CXXConstructorDecl *CD = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD);
+      CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CD);
+      if (!CD->isInvalidDecl())
+        DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(DefaultLoc, CD);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case CXXCopyConstructor: {
+      CXXConstructorDecl *CD = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD);
+      CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(CD);
+      if (!CD->isInvalidDecl())
+        DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(DefaultLoc, CD);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case CXXCopyAssignment: {
+      CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(MD);
+      if (!MD->isInvalidDecl())
+        DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(DefaultLoc, MD);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case CXXDestructor: {
+      CXXDestructorDecl *DD = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD);
+      CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(DD);
+      if (!DD->isInvalidDecl())
+        DefineImplicitDestructor(DefaultLoc, DD);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case CXXMoveConstructor:
+    case CXXMoveAssignment:
+      Diag(Dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_defaulted_move_unsupported);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      // FIXME: Do the rest once we have move functions
+      break;
+    }
+  } else {
+    Diag(DefaultLoc, diag::err_default_special_members);
+  }
 }
 
 static void SearchForReturnInStmt(Sema &Self, Stmt *S) {
@@ -7946,3 +9235,86 @@ void Sema::SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation) {
                                             AllToInit.data(), AllToInit.size());
   }
 }
+
+static
+void DelegatingCycleHelper(CXXConstructorDecl* Ctor,
+                           llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4> &Valid,
+                           llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4> &Invalid,
+                           llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4> &Current,
+                           Sema &S) {
+  llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4>::iterator CI = Current.begin(),
+                                                   CE = Current.end();
+  if (Ctor->isInvalidDecl())
+    return;
+
+  const FunctionDecl *FNTarget = 0;
+  CXXConstructorDecl *Target;
+  
+  // We ignore the result here since if we don't have a body, Target will be
+  // null below.
+  (void)Ctor->getTargetConstructor()->hasBody(FNTarget);
+  Target
+= const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FNTarget));
+
+  CXXConstructorDecl *Canonical = Ctor->getCanonicalDecl(),
+                     // Avoid dereferencing a null pointer here.
+                     *TCanonical = Target ? Target->getCanonicalDecl() : 0;
+
+  if (!Current.insert(Canonical))
+    return;
+
+  // We know that beyond here, we aren't chaining into a cycle.
+  if (!Target || !Target->isDelegatingConstructor() ||
+      Target->isInvalidDecl() || Valid.count(TCanonical)) {
+    for (CI = Current.begin(), CE = Current.end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
+      Valid.insert(*CI);
+    Current.clear();
+  // We've hit a cycle.
+  } else if (TCanonical == Canonical || Invalid.count(TCanonical) ||
+             Current.count(TCanonical)) {
+    // If we haven't diagnosed this cycle yet, do so now.
+    if (!Invalid.count(TCanonical)) {
+      S.Diag((*Ctor->init_begin())->getSourceLocation(),
+             diag::warn_delegating_ctor_cycle)
+        << Ctor;
+
+      // Don't add a note for a function delegating directo to itself.
+      if (TCanonical != Canonical)
+        S.Diag(Target->getLocation(), diag::note_it_delegates_to);
+
+      CXXConstructorDecl *C = Target;
+      while (C->getCanonicalDecl() != Canonical) {
+        (void)C->getTargetConstructor()->hasBody(FNTarget);
+        assert(FNTarget && "Ctor cycle through bodiless function");
+
+        C
+       = const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FNTarget));
+        S.Diag(C->getLocation(), diag::note_which_delegates_to);
+      }
+    }
+
+    for (CI = Current.begin(), CE = Current.end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
+      Invalid.insert(*CI);
+    Current.clear();
+  } else {
+    DelegatingCycleHelper(Target, Valid, Invalid, Current, S);
+  }
+}
+   
+
+void Sema::CheckDelegatingCtorCycles() {
+  llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4> Valid, Invalid, Current;
+
+  llvm::SmallSet<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4>::iterator CI = Current.begin(),
+                                                   CE = Current.end();
+
+  for (llvm::SmallVector<CXXConstructorDecl*, 4>::iterator
+         I = DelegatingCtorDecls.begin(),
+         E = DelegatingCtorDecls.end();
+       I != E; ++I) {
+   DelegatingCycleHelper(*I, Valid, Invalid, Current, *this);
+  }
+
+  for (CI = Invalid.begin(), CE = Invalid.end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
+    (*CI)->setInvalidDecl();
+}
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp
index 7b235bab5d9a..de9097e98b4f 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaDeclObjC.cpp
@@ -24,6 +24,141 @@
 
 using namespace clang;
 
+bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 
+                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
+                                   bool IsImplementation) {
+  if (Overridden->hasRelatedResultType() && 
+      !NewMethod->hasRelatedResultType()) {
+    // This can only happen when the method follows a naming convention that
+    // implies a related result type, and the original (overridden) method has
+    // a suitable return type, but the new (overriding) method does not have
+    // a suitable return type.
+    QualType ResultType = NewMethod->getResultType();
+    SourceRange ResultTypeRange;
+    if (const TypeSourceInfo *ResultTypeInfo 
+        = NewMethod->getResultTypeSourceInfo())
+      ResultTypeRange = ResultTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
+    
+    // Figure out which class this method is part of, if any.
+    ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass 
+      = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(NewMethod->getDeclContext());
+    if (!CurrentClass) {
+      DeclContext *DC = NewMethod->getDeclContext();
+      if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
+        CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface();
+      else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC))
+        CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface();
+      else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl
+               = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(DC))
+        CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface();
+    }
+    
+    if (CurrentClass) {
+      Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 
+           diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_class)
+        << Context.getObjCInterfaceType(CurrentClass)
+        << ResultType
+        << ResultTypeRange;
+    } else {
+      Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 
+           diag::warn_related_result_type_compatibility_protocol)
+        << ResultType
+        << ResultTypeRange;
+    }
+    
+    Diag(Overridden->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_overridden)
+      << Overridden->getMethodFamily();
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+static bool CheckObjCMethodOverrides(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
+                                     DeclContext *DC, 
+                                     bool SkipCurrent = true) {
+  if (!DC)
+    return false;
+  
+  if (!SkipCurrent) {
+    // Look for this method. If we find it, we're done.
+    Selector Sel = NewMethod->getSelector();
+    bool IsInstance = NewMethod->isInstanceMethod();
+    DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Meth, MethEnd;
+    for (llvm::tie(Meth, MethEnd) = DC->lookup(Sel); Meth != MethEnd; ++Meth) {
+      ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(*Meth);
+      if (MD && MD->isInstanceMethod() == IsInstance)
+        return S.CheckObjCMethodOverride(NewMethod, MD, false);
+    }
+  }
+  
+  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = llvm::dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(DC)) {
+    // Look through categories.
+    for (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = Class->getCategoryList();
+         Category; Category = Category->getNextClassCategory()) {
+      if (CheckObjCMethodOverrides(S, NewMethod, Category, false))
+        return true;
+    }
+    
+    // Look through protocols.
+    for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Class->protocol_begin(),
+         IEnd = Class->protocol_end();
+         I != IEnd; ++I)
+      if (CheckObjCMethodOverrides(S, NewMethod, *I, false))
+        return true;
+    
+    // Look in our superclass.
+    return CheckObjCMethodOverrides(S, NewMethod, Class->getSuperClass(), 
+                                    false);
+  }
+  
+  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) {
+    // Look through protocols.
+    for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Category->protocol_begin(),
+         IEnd = Category->protocol_end();
+         I != IEnd; ++I)
+      if (CheckObjCMethodOverrides(S, NewMethod, *I, false))
+        return true;
+    
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC)) {
+    // Look through protocols.
+    for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = Protocol->protocol_begin(),
+         IEnd = Protocol->protocol_end();
+         I != IEnd; ++I)
+      if (CheckObjCMethodOverrides(S, NewMethod, *I, false))
+        return true;
+    
+    return false;
+  }
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 
+                                    DeclContext *DC) {
+  if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(DC))
+    return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, Class);
+  
+  if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
+    return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, Category);
+  
+  if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC))
+    return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, Protocol);
+  
+  if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC))
+    return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, 
+                                      Impl->getClassInterface());
+  
+  if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(DC))
+    return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, 
+                                      CatImpl->getClassInterface());
+  
+  return ::CheckObjCMethodOverrides(*this, NewMethod, CurContext);
+}
+
 static void DiagnoseObjCImplementedDeprecations(Sema &S,
                                                 NamedDecl *ND,
                                                 SourceLocation ImplLoc,
@@ -272,23 +407,27 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnCompatiblityAlias(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   return AliasDecl;
 }
 
-void Sema::CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
+bool Sema::CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
   IdentifierInfo *PName,
   SourceLocation &Ploc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
   const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList) {
+  
+  bool res = false;
   for (ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl>::iterator I = PList.begin(),
        E = PList.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-
     if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol((*I)->getIdentifier(),
                                                  Ploc)) {
       if (PDecl->getIdentifier() == PName) {
         Diag(Ploc, diag::err_protocol_has_circular_dependency);
         Diag(PrevLoc, diag::note_previous_definition);
+        res = true;
       }
-      CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(PName, Ploc,
-        PDecl->getLocation(), PDecl->getReferencedProtocols());
+      if (CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(PName, Ploc,
+            PDecl->getLocation(), PDecl->getReferencedProtocols()))
+        res = true;
     }
   }
+  return res;
 }
 
 Decl *
@@ -300,6 +439,7 @@ Sema::ActOnStartProtocolInterface(SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
                                   const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
                                   SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
                                   AttributeList *AttrList) {
+  bool err = false;
   // FIXME: Deal with AttrList.
   assert(ProtocolName && "Missing protocol identifier");
   ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = LookupProtocol(ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc);
@@ -314,8 +454,8 @@ Sema::ActOnStartProtocolInterface(SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
     }
     ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> PList;
     PList.set((ObjCProtocolDecl *const*)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs, Context);
-    CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
-      ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc, PDecl->getLocation(), PList);
+    err = CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
+            ProtocolName, ProtocolLoc, PDecl->getLocation(), PList);
 
     // Make sure the cached decl gets a valid start location.
     PDecl->setLocation(AtProtoInterfaceLoc);
@@ -331,7 +471,7 @@ Sema::ActOnStartProtocolInterface(SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
   }
   if (AttrList)
     ProcessDeclAttributeList(TUScope, PDecl, AttrList);
-  if (NumProtoRefs) {
+  if (!err && NumProtoRefs ) {
     /// Check then save referenced protocols.
     PDecl->setProtocolList((ObjCProtocolDecl**)ProtoRefs, NumProtoRefs,
                            ProtoLocs, Context);
@@ -1712,11 +1852,71 @@ bool containsInvalidMethodImplAttribute(const AttrVec &A) {
   return false;
 }
 
+/// \brief Check whether the declared result type of the given Objective-C
+/// method declaration is compatible with the method's class.
+///
+static bool 
+CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(Sema &S, ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass) {
+  QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
+  SourceRange ResultTypeRange;
+  if (const TypeSourceInfo *ResultTypeInfo = Method->getResultTypeSourceInfo())
+    ResultTypeRange = ResultTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
+  
+  // If an Objective-C method inherits its related result type, then its 
+  // declared result type must be compatible with its own class type. The
+  // declared result type is compatible if:
+  if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ResultObjectType
+                                = ResultType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
+    //   - it is id or qualified id, or
+    if (ResultObjectType->isObjCIdType() ||
+        ResultObjectType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
+      return false;
+  
+    if (CurrentClass) {
+      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ResultClass 
+                                      = ResultObjectType->getInterfaceDecl()) {
+        //   - it is the same as the method's class type, or
+        if (CurrentClass == ResultClass)
+          return false;
+        
+        //   - it is a superclass of the method's class type
+        if (ResultClass->isSuperClassOf(CurrentClass))
+          return false;
+      }      
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return true;
+}
+
+/// \brief Determine if any method in the global method pool has an inferred 
+/// result type.
+static bool 
+anyMethodInfersRelatedResultType(Sema &S, Selector Sel, bool IsInstance) {
+  Sema::GlobalMethodPool::iterator Pos = S.MethodPool.find(Sel);
+  if (Pos == S.MethodPool.end()) {
+    if (S.ExternalSource)
+      Pos = S.ReadMethodPool(Sel);
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+  
+  ObjCMethodList &List = IsInstance ? Pos->second.first : Pos->second.second;
+  for (ObjCMethodList *M = &List; M; M = M->Next) {
+    if (M->Method && M->Method->hasRelatedResultType())
+      return true;
+  }  
+  
+  return false;
+}
+
 Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
     Scope *S,
     SourceLocation MethodLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
     tok::TokenKind MethodType, Decl *ClassDecl,
     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
+    SourceLocation SelectorStartLoc,
     Selector Sel,
     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
@@ -1741,7 +1941,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
       Diag(MethodLoc, diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value)
         << 0 << resultDeclType;
       return 0;
-    }
+    }    
   } else // get the type for "id".
     resultDeclType = Context.getObjCIdType();
 
@@ -1751,9 +1951,10 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
                            cast<DeclContext>(ClassDecl),
                            MethodType == tok::minus, isVariadic,
                            false, false,
-                           MethodDeclKind == tok::objc_optional ?
-                           ObjCMethodDecl::Optional :
-                           ObjCMethodDecl::Required);
+                           MethodDeclKind == tok::objc_optional 
+                             ? ObjCMethodDecl::Optional
+                             : ObjCMethodDecl::Required,
+                           false);
 
   llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
 
@@ -1849,6 +2050,7 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
     }
     InterfaceMD = ImpDecl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Sel,
                                                    MethodType == tok::minus);
+    
     if (ObjCMethod->hasAttrs() &&
         containsInvalidMethodImplAttribute(ObjCMethod->getAttrs()))
       Diag(EndLoc, diag::warn_attribute_method_def);
@@ -1861,6 +2063,10 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
       PrevMethod = CatImpDecl->getClassMethod(Sel);
       CatImpDecl->addClassMethod(ObjCMethod);
     }
+
+    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = CatImpDecl->getCategoryDecl())
+      InterfaceMD = Cat->getMethod(Sel, MethodType == tok::minus);
+
     if (ObjCMethod->hasAttrs() &&
         containsInvalidMethodImplAttribute(ObjCMethod->getAttrs()))
       Diag(EndLoc, diag::warn_attribute_method_def);
@@ -1874,10 +2080,65 @@ Decl *Sema::ActOnMethodDeclaration(
     Diag(PrevMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
   }
 
+  // If this Objective-C method does not have a related result type, but we
+  // are allowed to infer related result types, try to do so based on the
+  // method family.
+  ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ClassDecl);
+  if (!CurrentClass) {
+    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Cat = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ClassDecl))
+      CurrentClass = Cat->getClassInterface();
+    else if (ObjCImplDecl *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ClassDecl))
+      CurrentClass = Impl->getClassInterface();
+    else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatImpl
+                                   = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ClassDecl))
+      CurrentClass = CatImpl->getClassInterface();
+  }
+  
   // Merge information down from the interface declaration if we have one.
-  if (InterfaceMD)
+  if (InterfaceMD) {
+    // Inherit the related result type, if we can.
+    if (InterfaceMD->hasRelatedResultType() &&
+        !CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(*this, ObjCMethod, CurrentClass))
+      ObjCMethod->SetRelatedResultType();
+      
     mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethod, InterfaceMD);
-
+  }
+  
+  if (!ObjCMethod->hasRelatedResultType() && 
+      getLangOptions().ObjCInferRelatedResultType) {
+    bool InferRelatedResultType = false;
+    switch (ObjCMethod->getMethodFamily()) {
+    case OMF_None:
+    case OMF_copy:
+    case OMF_dealloc:
+    case OMF_mutableCopy:
+    case OMF_release:
+    case OMF_retainCount:
+      break;
+      
+    case OMF_alloc:
+    case OMF_new:
+      InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isClassMethod();
+      break;
+        
+    case OMF_init:
+    case OMF_autorelease:
+    case OMF_retain:
+    case OMF_self:
+      InferRelatedResultType = ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod();
+      break;
+    }
+    
+    if (InferRelatedResultType &&
+        !CheckRelatedResultTypeCompatibility(*this, ObjCMethod, CurrentClass))
+      ObjCMethod->SetRelatedResultType();
+    
+    if (!InterfaceMD && 
+        anyMethodInfersRelatedResultType(*this, ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
+                                         ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
+      CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethod, cast<DeclContext>(ClassDecl));
+  }
+    
   return ObjCMethod;
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp
index f1033dc8c2ff..7bcec315ddab 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExceptionSpec.cpp
@@ -298,8 +298,6 @@ bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
   //   - both are non-throwing, regardless of their form,
   //   - both have the form noexcept(constant-expression) and the constant-
   //     expressions are equivalent,
-  //   - one exception-specification is a noexcept-specification allowing all
-  //     exceptions and the other is of the form throw(type-id-list), or
   //   - both are dynamic-exception-specifications that have the same set of
   //     adjusted types.
   //
@@ -307,8 +305,6 @@ bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
   //   of the form throw(), noexcept, or noexcept(constant-expression) where the
   //   constant-expression yields true.
   //
-  // CWG 1073 Proposed resolution: Strike the third bullet above.
-  //
   // C++0x [except.spec]p4: If any declaration of a function has an exception-
   //   specifier that is not a noexcept-specification allowing all exceptions,
   //   all declarations [...] of that function shall have a compatible
@@ -320,6 +316,9 @@ bool Sema::CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID,
   ExceptionSpecificationType OldEST = Old->getExceptionSpecType();
   ExceptionSpecificationType NewEST = New->getExceptionSpecType();
 
+  assert(OldEST != EST_Delayed && NewEST != EST_Delayed &&
+         "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here");
+
   // Shortcut the case where both have no spec.
   if (OldEST == EST_None && NewEST == EST_None)
     return false;
@@ -506,6 +505,9 @@ bool Sema::CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
 
   ExceptionSpecificationType SubEST = Subset->getExceptionSpecType();
 
+  assert(SuperEST != EST_Delayed && SubEST != EST_Delayed &&
+         "Shouldn't see unknown exception specifications here");
+
   // It does not. If the subset contains everything, we've failed.
   if (SubEST == EST_None || SubEST == EST_MSAny) {
     Diag(SubLoc, DiagID);
@@ -701,7 +703,23 @@ bool Sema::CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType)
 
 bool Sema::CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
                                                 const CXXMethodDecl *Old) {
-  return CheckExceptionSpecSubset(PDiag(diag::err_override_exception_spec),
+  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) {
+    // Don't check uninstantiated template destructors at all. We can only
+    // synthesize correct specs after the template is instantiated.
+    if (New->getParent()->isDependentType())
+      return false;
+    if (New->getParent()->isBeingDefined()) {
+      // The destructor might be updated once the definition is finished. So
+      // remember it and check later.
+      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.push_back(std::make_pair(
+        cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(New), cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Old)));
+      return false;
+    }
+  }
+  unsigned DiagID = diag::err_override_exception_spec;
+  if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
+    DiagID = diag::warn_override_exception_spec;
+  return CheckExceptionSpecSubset(PDiag(DiagID),
                                   PDiag(diag::note_overridden_virtual_function),
                                   Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(),
                                   Old->getLocation(),
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
index 20b92b84203f..0549e9499560 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
@@ -449,18 +449,58 @@ ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
   if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start)
     return Owned(E);
   
+  // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
   if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType() &&
-      DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
-        PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
-          << E->getType() << CT))
+    DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
+                        PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
+                          << E->getType() << CT))
     return ExprError();
-
-  if (!E->getType()->isPODType() &&
-      DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
+  
+  if (!E->getType()->isPODType()) {
+    // C++0x [expr.call]p7:
+    //   Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) 
+    //   having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
+    //   or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, 
+    //   is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
+    bool TrivialEnough = false;
+    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !E->getType()->isDependentType())  {
+      if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+        if (Record->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
+            Record->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
+            Record->hasTrivialDestructor())
+          TrivialEnough = true;
+      }
+    }
+      
+    if (TrivialEnough) {
+      // Nothing to diagnose. This is okay.
+    } else if (DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
                           PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
-                            << E->getType() << CT))
-    return ExprError();
+                            << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x << E->getType() 
+                            << CT)) {
+      // Turn this into a trap.
+      CXXScopeSpec SS;
+      UnqualifiedId Name;
+      Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
+                         E->getLocStart());
+      ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, Name, true, false);
+      if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
+        return ExprError();
 
+      ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getLocStart(),
+                                      MultiExprArg(), E->getLocEnd());
+      if (Call.isInvalid())
+        return ExprError();
+      
+      ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
+                                    Call.get(), E);
+      if (Comma.isInvalid())
+        return ExprError();
+      
+      E = Comma.get();
+    }
+  }
+  
   return Owned(E);
 }
 
@@ -1293,8 +1333,8 @@ Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
     // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
     // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
     // program our base object expression is "this".
-    CXXMethodDecl *method = tryCaptureCXXThis();
-    if (!method) {
+    QualType ThisTy = getAndCaptureCurrentThisType();
+    if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
       Diag(loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
         << indirectField->getDeclName();
       return ExprError();
@@ -1302,10 +1342,9 @@ Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 
     // Our base object expression is "this".
     baseObjectExpr =
-      new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, method->getThisType(Context),
-                                /*isImplicit=*/ true);
+      new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/ true);
     baseObjectIsPointer = true;
-    baseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(method->getTypeQualifiers());
+    baseQuals = ThisTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
   }
 
   // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
@@ -1452,14 +1491,23 @@ enum IMAKind {
 /// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
 /// not be caught until template-instantiation.
 static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
+                                            Scope *CurScope,
                                             const LookupResult &R) {
   assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
 
   DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
+
   bool isStaticContext =
     (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC) ||
      cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->isStatic());
 
+  // C++0x [expr.prim]p4:
+  //   Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member
+  // of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type "pointer to X"
+  // within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer.
+  if (CurScope->getFlags() & Scope::ThisScope)
+    isStaticContext = false;
+
   if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
     return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
 
@@ -1507,8 +1555,11 @@ static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
     return IMA_Error_StaticContext;
   }
 
-  CXXRecordDecl *
-        contextClass = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
+  CXXRecordDecl *contextClass;
+  if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
+    contextClass = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
+  else
+    contextClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
 
   // [class.mfct.non-static]p3: 
   // ...is used in the body of a non-static member function of class X,
@@ -1986,7 +2037,7 @@ ExprResult
 Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                       LookupResult &R,
                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
-  switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
+  switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, CurScope, R)) {
   case IMA_Instance:
     return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
 
@@ -2429,19 +2480,18 @@ Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build an
   // implicit 'this' expression now.
   // 'this' expression now.
-  CXXMethodDecl *method = tryCaptureCXXThis();
-  assert(method && "didn't correctly pre-flight capture of 'this'");
+  QualType ThisTy = getAndCaptureCurrentThisType();
+  assert(!ThisTy.isNull() && "didn't correctly pre-flight capture of 'this'");
 
-  QualType thisType = method->getThisType(Context);
   Expr *baseExpr = 0; // null signifies implicit access
   if (IsKnownInstance) {
     SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
     if (SS.getRange().isValid())
       Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
-    baseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, thisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
+    baseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/true);
   }
 
-  return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(baseExpr, thisType,
+  return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(baseExpr, ThisTy,
                                   /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
                                   /*IsArrow*/ true,
                                   SS,
@@ -3014,8 +3064,120 @@ ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
   return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
 }
 
+static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
+                                         SourceLocation Loc,
+                                         SourceRange ArgRange) {
+  // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
+  // scalar or vector data type argument..."
+  // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
+  // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
+  if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
+    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
+      << T << ArgRange;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
+         "Scalar types should always be complete");
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
+                                           SourceLocation Loc,
+                                           SourceRange ArgRange,
+                                           UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
+  // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
+  if (T->isFunctionType()) {
+    // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
+    if (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
+      S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ArgRange;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
+  if (T->isVoidType()) {
+    S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
+                                             SourceLocation Loc,
+                                             SourceRange ArgRange,
+                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
+  // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
+  if (S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
+    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
+      << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
+      << ArgRange;
+    return true;
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression
+/// and type traits.
+///
+/// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
+/// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
+/// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
+/// instantiation, etc.
+bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *Op,
+                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
+  QualType ExprTy = Op->getType();
+
+  // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
+  //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
+  // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
+  //   result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
+  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
+    ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
+
+  if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
+    return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
+                                        Op->getSourceRange());
+
+  // Whitelist some types as extensions
+  if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
+                                      Op->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
+    return false;
+
+  if (RequireCompleteExprType(Op,
+                              PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
+                              << ExprKind << Op->getSourceRange(),
+                              std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), PDiag(0))))
+    return true;
+
+  // Completeing the expression's type may have changed it.
+  ExprTy = Op->getType();
+  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
+    ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
+
+  if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
+                                       Op->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
+/// traits.
+///
+/// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
+/// on those operands.
+///
 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
-/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
+/// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
+///   Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
+///
+/// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
+///   The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
+///   standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
+///
+/// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType exprType,
                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                             SourceRange ExprRange,
@@ -3030,55 +3192,27 @@ bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType exprType,
   if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
     exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
 
-  // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
-  // scalar or vector data type argument..."
-  // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
-  // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
-  if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
-    if (!(exprType->isArithmeticType() || exprType->isVoidType() ||
-          exprType->isVectorType())) {
-      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
-        << exprType << ExprRange;
-      return true;
-    }
-  }
+  if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
+    return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
 
-  // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
-  if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
-    // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
-    if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf)
-      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) 
-        << ExprRange;
+  // Whitelist some types as extensions
+  if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
+                                      ExprKind))
     return false;
-  }
-
-  // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.  vec_step(void) is not
-  // an extension, as void is a built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1).
-  if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
-    if (ExprKind != UETT_VecStep)
-      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
-        << ExprKind << ExprRange;
-    return false;
-  }
 
   if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
                           PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
                           << ExprKind << ExprRange))
     return true;
 
-  // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
-  if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCObjectType()) {
-    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
-      << exprType << (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf)
-      << ExprRange;
+  if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
+                                       ExprKind))
     return true;
-  }
 
   return false;
 }
 
-static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                             SourceRange ExprRange) {
+static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
   E = E->IgnoreParens();
 
   // alignof decl is always ok.
@@ -3090,7 +3224,8 @@ static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
     return false;
 
   if (E->getBitField()) {
-   S. Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
+    S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
+       << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
     return true;
   }
 
@@ -3100,20 +3235,17 @@ static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
       return false;
 
-  return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange,
-                                            UETT_AlignOf);
+  return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
 }
 
-bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                            SourceRange ExprRange) {
+bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
   E = E->IgnoreParens();
 
   // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
   if (E->isTypeDependent())
     return false;
 
-  return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange,
-                                          UETT_VecStep);
+  return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
 }
 
 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
@@ -3141,35 +3273,33 @@ Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 /// operand.
 ExprResult
 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                                     UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
-                                     SourceRange R) {
+                                     UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
   // Verify that the operand is valid.
   bool isInvalid = false;
   if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
   } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
-    isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E, OpLoc, R);
+    isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
   } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
-    isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
+    isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
   } else if (E->getBitField()) {  // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
-    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
+    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
     isInvalid = true;
   } else if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-    return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(PE.take(), OpLoc, ExprKind, R);
+    return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(PE.take(), OpLoc, ExprKind);
   } else {
-    isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R,
-                                                 UETT_SizeOf);
+    isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
   }
 
   if (isInvalid)
     return ExprError();
 
   // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
-  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, E,
-                                                      Context.getSizeType(),
-                                                      OpLoc, R.getEnd()));
+  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
+      ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
+      E->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
 }
 
 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
@@ -3189,10 +3319,7 @@ Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   }
 
   Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
-  ExprResult Result
-    = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind,
-                                     ArgEx->getSourceRange());
-
+  ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
   return move(Result);
 }
 
@@ -4211,7 +4338,11 @@ Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &BaseExpr,
           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
             return ExprError();
 
-          return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
+          QualType T = PD->getType();
+          if (ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = PD->getGetterMethodDecl())
+            T = getMessageSendResultType(BaseType, Getter, false, false);
+         
+          return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, T,
                                                          VK_LValue,
                                                          OK_ObjCProperty,
                                                          MemberLoc, 
@@ -4229,7 +4360,8 @@ Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &BaseExpr,
           if (Decl *SDecl = FindGetterSetterNameDecl(OPT, /*Property id*/0, 
                                                      SetterSel, Context))
             SMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(SDecl);
-          QualType PType = OMD->getSendResultType();
+          QualType PType = getMessageSendResultType(BaseType, OMD, false, 
+                                                    false);
           
           ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
           if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
@@ -4297,7 +4429,8 @@ Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &BaseExpr,
 
         ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
         if (Getter) {
-          PType = Getter->getSendResultType();
+          PType = getMessageSendResultType(QualType(OT, 0), Getter, true, 
+                                           false);
           if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
               IsCForbiddenLValueType(Context, PType))
             VK = VK_RValue;
@@ -4377,120 +4510,52 @@ Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &BaseExpr,
 
   // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function name, it's probably
   // because they forgot parentheses to call that function.
-  bool TryCall = false;
-  bool Overloaded = false;
-  UnresolvedSet<8> AllOverloads;
-  if (const OverloadExpr *Overloads = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(BaseExpr.get())) {
-    AllOverloads.append(Overloads->decls_begin(), Overloads->decls_end());
-    TryCall = true;
-    Overloaded = true;
-  } else if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr.get())) {
-    if (FunctionDecl* Fun = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DeclRef->getDecl())) {
-      AllOverloads.addDecl(Fun);
-      TryCall = true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (TryCall) {
-    // Plunder the overload set for something that would make the member
-    // expression valid.
-    UnresolvedSet<4> ViableOverloads;
-    bool HasViableZeroArgOverload = false;
-    for (OverloadExpr::decls_iterator it = AllOverloads.begin(),
-         DeclsEnd = AllOverloads.end(); it != DeclsEnd; ++it) {
-      // Our overload set may include TemplateDecls, which we'll ignore for the
-      // purposes of determining whether we can issue a '()' fixit.
-      if (const FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*it)) {
-        QualType ResultTy = OverloadDecl->getResultType();
-        if ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
-            (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
-             ResultTy->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
-          ViableOverloads.addDecl(*it);
-          if (OverloadDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0) {
-            HasViableZeroArgOverload = true;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (!HasViableZeroArgOverload || ViableOverloads.size() != 1) {
+  QualType ZeroArgCallTy;
+  UnresolvedSet<4> Overloads;
+  if (isExprCallable(*BaseExpr.get(), ZeroArgCallTy, Overloads)) {
+    if (ZeroArgCallTy.isNull()) {
       Diag(BaseExpr.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
-          << (AllOverloads.size() > 1) << 0
-          << BaseExpr.get()->getSourceRange();
-      int ViableOverloadCount = ViableOverloads.size();
-      int I;
-      for (I = 0; I < ViableOverloadCount; ++I) {
-        // FIXME: Magic number for max shown overloads stolen from
-        // OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates.
-        if (I >= 4 && Diags.getShowOverloads() == Diagnostic::Ovl_Best) {
-          break;
-        }
-        Diag(ViableOverloads[I].getDecl()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
-             diag::note_member_ref_possible_intended_overload);
-      }
-      if (I != ViableOverloadCount) {
-        Diag(BaseExpr.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates)
-            << int(ViableOverloadCount - I);
+          << (Overloads.size() > 1) << 0 << BaseExpr.get()->getSourceRange();
+      UnresolvedSet<2> PlausibleOverloads;
+      for (OverloadExpr::decls_iterator It = Overloads.begin(),
+           DeclsEnd = Overloads.end(); It != DeclsEnd; ++It) {
+        const FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(*It);
+        QualType OverloadResultTy = OverloadDecl->getResultType();
+        if ((!IsArrow && OverloadResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
+            (IsArrow && OverloadResultTy->isPointerType() &&
+             OverloadResultTy->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
+          PlausibleOverloads.addDecl(It.getDecl());
       }
+      NoteOverloads(PlausibleOverloads, BaseExpr.get()->getExprLoc());
       return ExprError();
     }
-  } else {
-    // We don't have an expression that's convenient to get a Decl from, but we
-    // can at least check if the type is "function of 0 arguments which returns
-    // an acceptable type".
-    const FunctionType *Fun = NULL;
-    if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-      if ((Fun = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) {
-        TryCall = true;
-      }
-    } else if ((Fun = BaseType->getAs<FunctionType>())) {
-      TryCall = true;
-    } else if (BaseType == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
-      // Look for the bound-member type.  If it's still overloaded,
-      // give up, although we probably should have fallen into the
-      // OverloadExpr case above if we actually have an overloaded
-      // bound member.
-      QualType fnType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(BaseExpr.get());
-      if (!fnType.isNull()) {
-        TryCall = true;
-        Fun = fnType->castAs<FunctionType>();
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (TryCall) {
-      if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fun)) {
-        if (FPT->getNumArgs() == 0) {
-          QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
-          TryCall = (!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
-              (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
-               ResultTy->getPointeeType()->isRecordType());
-        }
-      }
+    if ((!IsArrow && ZeroArgCallTy->isRecordType()) ||
+        (IsArrow && ZeroArgCallTy->isPointerType() &&
+         ZeroArgCallTy->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
+      // At this point, we know BaseExpr looks like it's potentially callable
+      // with 0 arguments, and that it returns something of a reasonable type,
+      // so we can emit a fixit and carry on pretending that BaseExpr was
+      // actually a CallExpr.
+      SourceLocation ParenInsertionLoc =
+          PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr.get()->getLocEnd());
+      Diag(BaseExpr.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
+          << (Overloads.size() > 1) << 1 << BaseExpr.get()->getSourceRange()
+          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenInsertionLoc, "()");
+      // FIXME: Try this before emitting the fixit, and suppress diagnostics
+      // while doing so.
+      ExprResult NewBase =
+          ActOnCallExpr(0, BaseExpr.take(), ParenInsertionLoc,
+                        MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0),
+                        ParenInsertionLoc.getFileLocWithOffset(1));
+      if (NewBase.isInvalid())
+        return ExprError();
+      BaseExpr = NewBase;
+      BaseExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr.take());
+      return LookupMemberExpr(R, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
+                              ObjCImpDecl, HasTemplateArgs);
     }
   }
 
-  if (TryCall) {
-    // At this point, we know BaseExpr looks like it's potentially callable with
-    // 0 arguments, and that it returns something of a reasonable type, so we
-    // can emit a fixit and carry on pretending that BaseExpr was actually a
-    // CallExpr.
-    SourceLocation ParenInsertionLoc =
-        PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr.get()->getLocEnd());
-    Diag(BaseExpr.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
-        << int(Overloaded) << 1
-        << BaseExpr.get()->getSourceRange()
-        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenInsertionLoc, "()");
-    ExprResult NewBase = ActOnCallExpr(0, BaseExpr.take(), ParenInsertionLoc,
-                                       MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0),
-                                       ParenInsertionLoc);
-    if (NewBase.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    BaseExpr = NewBase;
-    BaseExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr.take());
-    return LookupMemberExpr(R, BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc, SS,
-                            ObjCImpDecl, HasTemplateArgs);
-  }
-
   Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
     << BaseType << BaseExpr.get()->getSourceRange();
 
@@ -4946,6 +5011,26 @@ Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
   return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, execConfig, GGGLoc, 0);
 }
 
+/// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
+///
+/// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
+///
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *expr, ParsedType destty,
+                                 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
+                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
+  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
+  QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(destty);
+  QualType SrcTy = expr->getType();
+  if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
+    return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
+                          diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
+                     << DstTy
+                     << SrcTy
+                     << expr->getSourceRange());
+  return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(expr, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc));
+}
+
 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy.  The expression should
 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
@@ -6118,6 +6203,150 @@ QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   return QualType();
 }
 
+/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
+/// ParenRange in parentheses.
+static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
+                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                               const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
+                               SourceRange FirstParenRange,
+                               const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
+                               SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
+  Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
+
+  if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
+    return;
+
+  SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
+  if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
+    // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
+    return;
+  }
+
+  Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
+    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
+    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
+
+  if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
+    return;
+
+  EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
+  if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
+    // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
+    // warning/error and return.
+    Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
+    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
+    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
+}
+
+static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
+  return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
+}
+
+/// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
+/// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
+/// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHS to the right-hand side expression.
+static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
+                                   Expr **RHS) {
+  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+  E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
+  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+
+  // Built-in binary operator.
+  if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
+    if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
+      *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
+      *RHS = OP->getRHS();
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Overloaded operator.
+  if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
+    if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
+      return false;
+
+    // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
+    // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
+    OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
+    if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow)
+      return false;
+
+    BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
+    if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
+      *Opcode = OpKind;
+      *RHS = Call->getArg(1);
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
+  return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
+}
+
+/// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
+/// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
+/// commonly interpreted as boolean.
+static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
+  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+
+  if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
+    return true;
+  if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
+    return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
+  if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
+    return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
+/// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
+/// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
+/// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
+static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
+                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                                          Expr *cond,
+                                          Expr *lhs,
+                                          Expr *rhs) {
+  BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
+  Expr *CondRHS;
+
+  if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(cond, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
+    return;
+  if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
+    return;
+
+  // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
+  // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
+
+  PartialDiagnostic Warn = Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
+      << cond->getSourceRange()
+      << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
+
+  PartialDiagnostic FirstNote =
+      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_silence)
+      << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
+
+  SourceRange FirstParenRange(cond->getLocStart(),
+                              cond->getLocEnd());
+
+  PartialDiagnostic SecondNote =
+      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first);
+
+  SourceRange SecondParenRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(),
+                               rhs->getLocEnd());
+
+  SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, Warn, FirstNote, FirstParenRange,
+                     SecondNote, SecondParenRange);
+}
+
 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
@@ -6162,6 +6391,9 @@ ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
       RHS.isInvalid())
     return ExprError();
 
+  DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
+                                RHS.get());
+
   if (!commonExpr)
     return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc,
                                                    LHS.take(), ColonLoc, 
@@ -7487,7 +7719,7 @@ QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLoca
     // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
     // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
     if (RHSIsNull &&
-        ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isNullPtrType()) ||
+        ((lType->isAnyPointerType() || lType->isNullPtrType()) ||
          (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
       rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, 
                         lType->isMemberPointerType()
@@ -7496,7 +7728,7 @@ QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLoca
       return ResultTy;
     }
     if (LHSIsNull &&
-        ((rType->isPointerType() || rType->isNullPtrType()) ||
+        ((rType->isAnyPointerType() || rType->isNullPtrType()) ||
          (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
       lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, 
                         rType->isMemberPointerType()
@@ -7748,13 +7980,15 @@ inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
     // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
     // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
     // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
+    // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
     Expr::EvalResult Result;
-    if (rex.get()->Evaluate(Result, Context) && !Result.HasSideEffects &&
-        Result.Val.getInt() != 0 && Result.Val.getInt() != 1) {
-      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
-       << rex.get()->getSourceRange()
-        << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||")
-        << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
+    if (rex.get()->Evaluate(Result, Context) && !Result.HasSideEffects)
+      if ((getLangOptions().Bool && !rex.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) ||
+          (Result.Val.getInt() != 0 && Result.Val.getInt() != 1)) {
+        Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
+          << rex.get()->getSourceRange()
+          << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||")
+          << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
     }
   }
   
@@ -8127,20 +8361,31 @@ ExprResult Sema::ConvertPropertyForRValue(Expr *E) {
          E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty);
   const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = E->getObjCProperty();
 
+  QualType T = E->getType();
+  QualType ReceiverType;
+  if (PRE->isObjectReceiver())
+    ReceiverType = PRE->getBase()->getType();
+  else if (PRE->isSuperReceiver())
+    ReceiverType = PRE->getSuperReceiverType();
+  else
+    ReceiverType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(PRE->getClassReceiver());
+    
   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
   if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod = 
+    if (ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod = 
           PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter()) {
-      QualType Result = GetterMethod->getResultType();
-      VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Result);
+      T = getMessageSendResultType(ReceiverType, GetterMethod, 
+                                   PRE->isClassReceiver(), 
+                                   PRE->isSuperReceiver());
+      VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(GetterMethod->getResultType());
     }
     else {
       Diag(PRE->getLocation(), diag::err_getter_not_found)
             << PRE->getBase()->getType();
     }
   }
-
-  E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), CK_GetObjCProperty,
+  
+  E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_GetObjCProperty,
                                E, 0, VK);
   
   ExprResult Result = MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
@@ -8404,7 +8649,13 @@ static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
   Op = ConvResult.take();
   QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
   QualType Result;
-  
+
+  if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
+    QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
+    S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
+                                     Op->getSourceRange());
+  }
+
   // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
   // is an incomplete type or void.  It would be possible to warn about
   // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
@@ -8678,45 +8929,6 @@ ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                                     CompResultTy, OpLoc));
 }
 
-/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
-/// ParenRange in parentheses.
-static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
-                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
-                               const PartialDiagnostic &FirstNote,
-                               SourceRange FirstParenRange,
-                               const PartialDiagnostic &SecondNote,
-                               SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
-  Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
-
-  if (!FirstNote.getDiagID())
-    return;
-
-  SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstParenRange.getEnd());
-  if (!FirstParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
-    // We can't display the parentheses, so just return.
-    return;
-  }
-
-  Self.Diag(Loc, FirstNote)
-    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
-    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
-
-  if (!SecondNote.getDiagID())
-    return;
-
-  EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
-  if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
-    // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
-    // warning/error and return.
-    Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  Self.Diag(Loc, SecondNote)
-    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
-    << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
-}
-
 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
@@ -9666,6 +9878,7 @@ bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
     *Complained = false;
 
   // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
+  bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
   bool isInvalid = false;
   unsigned DiagKind;
   FixItHint Hint;
@@ -9682,6 +9895,8 @@ bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
   case IncompatiblePointer:
     MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
     DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
+    CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
+      SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
     break;
   case IncompatiblePointerSign:
     DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
@@ -9763,6 +9978,9 @@ bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
 
   Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
     << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
+  if (CheckInferredResultType)
+    EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
+  
   if (Complained)
     *Complained = true;
   return isInvalid;
@@ -9914,26 +10132,25 @@ void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
 
   // Note that this declaration has been used.
   if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
-    unsigned TypeQuals;
-    if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
-      if (Constructor->getParent()->hasTrivialConstructor())
+    if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
+      if (Constructor->isTrivial())
         return;
       if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
         DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
-    } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
-               Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
+    } else if (Constructor->isDefaulted() &&
+               Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
       if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
-        DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
+        DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
     }
 
     MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
   } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
-    if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed(false))
+    if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isUsed(false))
       DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
     if (Destructor->isVirtual())
       MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
   } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
-    if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
+    if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
         MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
       if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false))
         DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
index 7f1bf596a237..2f5a890e51de 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
@@ -385,13 +386,14 @@ static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
   else if (QT->isArrayType())
     Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
 
-  // Loop all class definition and declaration looking for an uuid attribute.
+  // Loop all record redeclaration looking for an uuid attribute.
   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-  while (RD) {
-    if (UuidAttr *Uuid = RD->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
+  for (CXXRecordDecl::redecl_iterator I = RD->redecls_begin(),
+       E = RD->redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
+    if (UuidAttr *Uuid = I->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
       return Uuid;
-    RD = RD->getPreviousDeclaration();
   }
+
   return 0;
 }
 
@@ -574,42 +576,54 @@ ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E) {
   return Owned(E);
 }
 
-CXXMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureCXXThis() {
+QualType Sema::getAndCaptureCurrentThisType() {
   // Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
   // Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
   // where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
   // Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
+  unsigned NumBlocks = 0;
   while (true) {
-    if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
-    else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
+    if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) {
+      DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
+      ++NumBlocks;
+    } else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
+      DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
     else break;
   }
 
-  // If we're not in an instance method, error out.
-  CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC);
-  if (!method || !method->isInstance())
-    return 0;
+  QualType ThisTy;
+  if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
+    if (method && method->isInstance())
+      ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
+  } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
+    // C++0x [expr.prim]p4:
+    //   Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member
+    // of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type "pointer to X"
+    // within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer.
+    Scope *S = getScopeForContext(DC);
+    if (!S || S->getFlags() & Scope::ThisScope)
+      ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.getRecordType(RD));
+  }
 
-  // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes, if applicable.
-  for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
-       isa<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
-       --idx)
-    cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
+  // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes we ignored.
+  if (!ThisTy.isNull())
+    for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
+         NumBlocks; --idx, --NumBlocks)
+      cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
 
-  return method;
+  return ThisTy;
 }
 
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc) {
+ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
   /// which the function is called.
 
-  CXXMethodDecl *method = tryCaptureCXXThis();
-  if (!method) return Diag(loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
+  QualType ThisTy = getAndCaptureCurrentThisType();
+  if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
 
-  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(loc, method->getThisType(Context),
-                                         /*isImplicit=*/false));
+  return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
 }
 
 ExprResult
@@ -950,8 +964,8 @@ Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
       }
     }
 
-    ArraySize = ImpCastExprToType(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
-                      CK_IntegralCast).take();
+    // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
+    // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
   }
 
   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
@@ -1326,11 +1340,12 @@ bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
                                   DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
                                   unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
-                                  bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
+                                  bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
+                                  bool Diagnose) {
   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
   if (R.empty()) {
-    if (AllowMissing)
+    if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
       return false;
     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
       << Name << Range;
@@ -1374,41 +1389,50 @@ bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
     // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
     unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
     for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
+      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
+                                                       FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));
+
+      if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
+        return true;
+
       ExprResult Result
-        = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
-                                                       Context,
-                                                       FnDecl->getParamDecl(i)),
-                                    SourceLocation(),
-                                    Owned(Args[i]));
+        = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
       if (Result.isInvalid())
         return true;
 
       Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
     }
     Operator = FnDecl;
-    CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl);
+    CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl,
+                          Diagnose);
     return false;
   }
 
   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
-      << Name << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    if (Diagnose) {
+      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
+        << Name << Range;
+      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    }
     return true;
 
   case OR_Ambiguous:
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
-      << Name << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    if (Diagnose) {
+      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
+        << Name << Range;
+      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    }
     return true;
 
   case OR_Deleted: {
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
-      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
-      << Name 
-      << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
-      << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    if (Diagnose) {
+      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
+        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
+        << Name 
+        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
+        << Range;
+      Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
+    }
     return true;
   }
   }
@@ -1568,7 +1592,7 @@ void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
 
 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
                                     DeclarationName Name,
-                                    FunctionDecl* &Operator) {
+                                    FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
@@ -1595,33 +1619,45 @@ bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
+
+    if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
+      if (Diagnose) {
+        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
+        Diag(Operator->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
+      }
+      return true;
+    }
+
     CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
-                          Matches[0]);
+                          Matches[0], Diagnose);
     return false;
 
   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
-      << Name << RD;
-
-    for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
-           F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
-      Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
-           diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
+    if (Diagnose) {
+      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
+        << Name << RD;
+
+      for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
+             F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
+        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
+             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
+    }
     return true;
   }
 
   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
   // none of them were suitable.
   if (!Found.empty()) {
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
-      << Name << RD;
-
-    for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
-         F != FEnd; ++F)
-      Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
-           diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
-
+    if (Diagnose) {
+      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
+        << Name << RD;
+
+      for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
+           F != FEnd; ++F)
+        Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
+             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
+    }
     return true;
   }
 
@@ -1633,8 +1669,8 @@ bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
   Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
   DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
   if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
-                             DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
-                             Operator))
+                             DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, !Diagnose,
+                             Operator, Diagnose))
     return true;
 
   assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
@@ -1780,6 +1816,20 @@ Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
           DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
         }
+
+      // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
+      //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
+      //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
+      //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
+      //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
+      //   behavior is undefined.
+      //
+      // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
+      if (!ArrayForm && RD->isPolymorphic() && !RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
+        CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = RD->getDestructor();
+        if (!dtor || !dtor->isVirtual())
+          Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
+      }
     }
 
     if (!OperatorDelete) {
@@ -2174,7 +2224,7 @@ Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
-      if (Action == AA_Initializing)
+      if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
         Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
@@ -2184,6 +2234,10 @@ Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
           << From->getSourceRange();
+      
+      if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
+          ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
+        EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
     }
 
     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
@@ -2416,6 +2470,7 @@ static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
     // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
     // applied to a complete type.
   case UTT_IsTrivial:
+  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
   case UTT_IsPOD:
   case UTT_IsLiteral:
@@ -2433,7 +2488,7 @@ static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialConstructor:
+  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
@@ -2512,6 +2567,8 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
     return T.isVolatileQualified();
   case UTT_IsTrivial:
     return T->isTrivialType();
+  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
+    return T->isTriviallyCopyableType();
   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
   case UTT_IsPOD:
@@ -2543,7 +2600,7 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
     //
     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
-  case UTT_HasTrivialConstructor:
+  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
@@ -2552,7 +2609,7 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
       return true;
     if (const RecordType *RT =
           C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
-      return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialConstructor();
+      return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
     return false;
   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
@@ -2619,7 +2676,6 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
         return true;
 
       bool FoundAssign = false;
-      bool AllNoThrow = true;
       DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
       LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
                        Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
@@ -2631,15 +2687,15 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
             FoundAssign = true;
             const FunctionProtoType *CPT
                 = Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-            if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context)) {
-              AllNoThrow = false;
-              break;
-            }
+            if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
+              return false;
+            if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context))
+              return false;
           }
         }
       }
 
-      return FoundAssign && AllNoThrow;
+      return FoundAssign;
     }
     return false;
   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
@@ -2656,7 +2712,6 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
         return true;
 
       bool FoundConstructor = false;
-      bool AllNoThrow = true;
       unsigned FoundTQs;
       DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
       for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
@@ -2671,16 +2726,16 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
           FoundConstructor = true;
           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+          if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
+            return false;
           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
-          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1) {
-            AllNoThrow = false;
-            break;
-          }
+          if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1)
+            return false;
         }
       }
 
-      return FoundConstructor && AllNoThrow;
+      return FoundConstructor;
     }
     return false;
   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
@@ -2693,7 +2748,7 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
       return true;
     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
       CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-      if (RD->hasTrivialConstructor())
+      if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
         return true;
 
       DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
@@ -2706,6 +2761,8 @@ static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
+          if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
+            return false;
           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
           return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
@@ -2852,7 +2909,7 @@ static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
-    if (Init.getKind() == InitializationSequence::FailedSequence)
+    if (Init.Failed())
       return false;
 
     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
@@ -3213,7 +3270,7 @@ static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
-        if (InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence) {
+        if (InitSeq) {
           HaveConversion = true;
           return false;
         }
@@ -3238,7 +3295,7 @@ static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
 
   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
-  HaveConversion = InitSeq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence;
+  HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
   ToType = TTy;
   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
@@ -4295,3 +4352,18 @@ StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
 
   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
 }
+
+bool Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
+                                        UnqualifiedId &Name) {
+  DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
+  DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
+  if (!TargetName)
+    return false;
+
+  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
+  LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
+                 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
+  R.suppressDiagnostics();
+  LookupParsedName(R, getCurScope(), &SS);
+  return !R.empty(); 
+}
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
index 2a262f093922..cb5c1e0d0cbe 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaExprObjC.cpp
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ExprResult Sema::ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
   return new (Context) ObjCStringLiteral(S, Ty, AtLocs[0]);
 }
 
-Expr *Sema::BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
+ExprResult Sema::BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
                                       TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
   QualType EncodedType = EncodedTypeInfo->getType();
@@ -127,6 +127,12 @@ Expr *Sema::BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   if (EncodedType->isDependentType())
     StrTy = Context.DependentTy;
   else {
+    if (!EncodedType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) // Incomplete array is handled.
+      if (RequireCompleteType(AtLoc, EncodedType,
+                         PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_type_objc_at_encode)
+                             << EncodedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()))
+        return ExprError();
+
     std::string Str;
     Context.getObjCEncodingForType(EncodedType, Str);
 
@@ -235,10 +241,72 @@ ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::tryCaptureObjCSelf() {
   return method;
 }
 
+QualType Sema::getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
+                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
+                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage) {
+  assert(Method && "Must have a method");
+  if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType())
+    return Method->getSendResultType();
+  
+  // If a method has a related return type:
+  //   - if the method found is an instance method, but the message send
+  //     was a class message send, T is the declared return type of the method
+  //     found
+  if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && isClassMessage)
+    return Method->getSendResultType();
+  
+  //   - if the receiver is super, T is a pointer to the class of the 
+  //     enclosing method definition
+  if (isSuperMessage) {
+    if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl())
+      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = CurMethod->getClassInterface())
+        return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(
+                                        Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class));
+  }
+    
+  //   - if the receiver is the name of a class U, T is a pointer to U
+  if (ReceiverType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>() ||
+      ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType())
+    return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ReceiverType);
+  //   - if the receiver is of type Class or qualified Class type, 
+  //     T is the declared return type of the method.
+  if (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
+      ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
+    return  Method->getSendResultType();
+  
+  //   - if the receiver is id, qualified id, Class, or qualified Class, T
+  //     is the receiver type, otherwise
+  //   - T is the type of the receiver expression.
+  return ReceiverType;
+}
+
+void Sema::EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E) {
+  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
+  const ObjCMessageExpr *MsgSend = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
+  if (!MsgSend)
+    return;
+  
+  const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = MsgSend->getMethodDecl();
+  if (!Method)
+    return;
+  
+  if (!Method->hasRelatedResultType())
+    return;
+  
+  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Method->getResultType()
+                                                        .getNonReferenceType(),
+                                     MsgSend->getType()))
+    return;
+  
+  Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_related_result_type_inferred)
+    << Method->isInstanceMethod() << Method->getSelector()
+    << MsgSend->getType();
+}
 
-bool Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
+bool Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
+                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
                                      Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
-                                     bool isClassMessage,
+                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage,
                                      SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
                                      QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK) {
   if (!Method) {
@@ -262,7 +330,8 @@ bool Sema::CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
     return false;
   }
 
-  ReturnType = Method->getSendResultType();
+  ReturnType = getMessageSendResultType(ReceiverType, Method, isClassMessage, 
+                                        isSuperMessage);
   VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Method->getResultType());
 
   unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs();
@@ -450,9 +519,12 @@ HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
     ResTy = ResTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
     Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
     ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
-    if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
-      ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
-
+    if (Getter &&
+        (Getter->hasRelatedResultType()
+         || DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc)))
+        ResTy = getMessageSendResultType(QualType(OPT, 0), Getter, false, 
+                                         Super);
+             
     if (Super)
       return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
                                                      VK_LValue, OK_ObjCProperty,
@@ -470,14 +542,18 @@ HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
       // Check whether we can reference this property.
       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
         return ExprError();
+      
+      QualType T = PD->getType();
+      if (ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = PD->getGetterMethodDecl())
+        T = getMessageSendResultType(QualType(OPT, 0), Getter, false, Super);
       if (Super)
-        return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
+        return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, T,
                                                        VK_LValue,
                                                        OK_ObjCProperty,
                                                        MemberLoc, 
                                                        SuperLoc, SuperType));
       else
-        return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
+        return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, T,
                                                        VK_LValue,
                                                        OK_ObjCProperty,
                                                        MemberLoc,
@@ -534,7 +610,7 @@ HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   if (Getter || Setter) {
     QualType PType;
     if (Getter)
-      PType = Getter->getSendResultType();
+      PType = getMessageSendResultType(QualType(OPT, 0), Getter, false, Super);
     else {
       ParmVarDecl *ArgDecl = *Setter->param_begin();
       PType = ArgDecl->getType();
@@ -608,10 +684,14 @@ ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
   IdentifierInfo *receiverNamePtr = &receiverName;
   ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getObjCInterfaceDecl(receiverNamePtr,
                                                   receiverNameLoc);
+
+  bool IsSuper = false;
   if (IFace == 0) {
     // If the "receiver" is 'super' in a method, handle it as an expression-like
     // property reference.
     if (receiverNamePtr->isStr("super")) {
+      IsSuper = true;
+
       if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = tryCaptureObjCSelf()) {
         if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
           QualType T = 
@@ -680,7 +760,9 @@ ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
 
     ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
     if (Getter) {
-      PType = Getter->getSendResultType();
+      PType = getMessageSendResultType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace),
+                                       Getter, true, 
+                                       receiverNamePtr->isStr("super"));
       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
           !PType.hasQualifiers() && PType->isVoidType())
         VK = VK_RValue;
@@ -693,6 +775,13 @@ ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
 
     ExprObjectKind OK = (VK == VK_RValue ? OK_Ordinary : OK_ObjCProperty);
 
+    if (IsSuper)
+    return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter,
+                                                   PType, VK, OK,
+                                                   propertyNameLoc,
+                                                   receiverNameLoc, 
+                                          Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IFace)));
+
     return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(Getter, Setter,
                                                    PType, VK, OK,
                                                    propertyNameLoc,
@@ -949,8 +1038,9 @@ ExprResult Sema::BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
 
   unsigned NumArgs = ArgsIn.size();
   Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr **>(ArgsIn.release());
-  if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Args, NumArgs, Sel, Method, true,
-                                LBracLoc, RBracLoc, ReturnType, VK))
+  if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(ReceiverType, Args, NumArgs, Sel, Method, true,
+                                SuperLoc.isValid(), LBracLoc, RBracLoc, 
+                                ReturnType, VK))
     return ExprError();
 
   if (Method && !Method->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
@@ -1232,7 +1322,8 @@ ExprResult Sema::BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
   bool ClassMessage = (ReceiverType->isObjCClassType() ||
                        ReceiverType->isObjCQualifiedClassType());
-  if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(Args, NumArgs, Sel, Method, ClassMessage,
+  if (CheckMessageArgumentTypes(ReceiverType, Args, NumArgs, Sel, Method, 
+                                ClassMessage, SuperLoc.isValid(), 
                                 LBracLoc, RBracLoc, ReturnType, VK))
     return ExprError();
   
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
index ca3fd6dfcb45..a33f5d0b2f3e 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaInit.cpp
@@ -296,8 +296,7 @@ void InitListChecker::FillInValueInitForField(unsigned Init, FieldDecl *Field,
       // Do nothing
     } else if (Init < NumInits) {
       ILE->setInit(Init, MemberInit.takeAs<Expr>());
-    } else if (InitSeq.getKind()
-                 == InitializationSequence::ConstructorInitialization) {
+    } else if (InitSeq.isConstructorInitialization()) {
       // Value-initialization requires a constructor call, so
       // extend the initializer list to include the constructor
       // call and make a note that we'll need to take another pass
@@ -418,8 +417,7 @@ InitListChecker::FillInValueInitializations(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
           return;
         }
 
-        if (InitSeq.getKind()
-                   == InitializationSequence::ConstructorInitialization) {
+        if (InitSeq.isConstructorInitialization()) {
           // Value-initialization requires a constructor call, so
           // extend the initializer list to include the constructor
           // call and make a note that we'll need to take another pass
@@ -2137,7 +2135,7 @@ bool InitializationSequence::isDirectReferenceBinding() const {
 }
 
 bool InitializationSequence::isAmbiguous() const {
-  if (getKind() != FailedSequence)
+  if (!Failed())
     return false;
 
   switch (getFailureKind()) {
@@ -2310,7 +2308,7 @@ void InitializationSequence::AddArrayInitStep(QualType T) {
 
 void InitializationSequence::SetOverloadFailure(FailureKind Failure,
                                                 OverloadingResult Result) {
-  SequenceKind = FailedSequence;
+  setSequenceKind(FailedSequence);
   this->Failure = Failure;
   this->FailedOverloadResult = Result;
 }
@@ -2331,7 +2329,6 @@ static void TryListInitialization(Sema &S,
   // well-formed. When we actually "perform" list initialization, we'll
   // do all of the necessary checking.  C++0x initializer lists will
   // force us to perform more checking here.
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::ListInitialization);
 
   QualType DestType = Entity.getType();
 
@@ -2800,7 +2797,6 @@ static void TryStringLiteralInitialization(Sema &S,
                                            const InitializationKind &Kind,
                                            Expr *Initializer,
                                        InitializationSequence &Sequence) {
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::StringInit);
   Sequence.AddStringInitStep(Entity.getType());
 }
 
@@ -2813,8 +2809,6 @@ static void TryConstructorInitialization(Sema &S,
                                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
                                          QualType DestType,
                                          InitializationSequence &Sequence) {
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::ConstructorInitialization);
-
   // Build the candidate set directly in the initialization sequence
   // structure, so that it will persist if we fail.
   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet = Sequence.getFailedCandidateSet();
@@ -2947,7 +2941,6 @@ static void TryValueInitialization(Sema &S,
   }
 
   Sequence.AddZeroInitializationStep(Entity.getType());
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::ZeroInitialization);
 }
 
 /// \brief Attempt default initialization (C++ [dcl.init]p6).
@@ -2973,7 +2966,6 @@ static void TryDefaultInitialization(Sema &S,
   }
 
   //     - otherwise, no initialization is performed.
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::NoInitialization);
 
   //   If a program calls for the default initialization of an object of
   //   a const-qualified type T, T shall be a class type with a user-provided
@@ -2990,8 +2982,6 @@ static void TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S,
                                      const InitializationKind &Kind,
                                      Expr *Initializer,
                                      InitializationSequence &Sequence) {
-  Sequence.setSequenceKind(InitializationSequence::UserDefinedConversion);
-
   QualType DestType = Entity.getType();
   assert(!DestType->isReferenceType() && "References are handled elsewhere");
   QualType SourceType = Initializer->getType();
@@ -3176,6 +3166,9 @@ InitializationSequence::InitializationSequence(Sema &S,
     return;
   }
 
+  // Almost everything is a normal sequence.
+  setSequenceKind(NormalSequence);
+
   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
     if (Args[I]->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
       ExprResult Result = S.ConvertPropertyForRValue(Args[I]);
@@ -3252,7 +3245,6 @@ InitializationSequence::InitializationSequence(Sema &S,
       else if (Initializer->HasSideEffects(S.Context))
         SetFailed(FK_NonConstantArrayInit);
       else {
-        setSequenceKind(ArrayInit);
         AddArrayInitStep(DestType);
       }
     } else if (DestAT->getElementType()->isAnyCharacterType())
@@ -3265,7 +3257,6 @@ InitializationSequence::InitializationSequence(Sema &S,
 
   // Handle initialization in C
   if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
-    setSequenceKind(CAssignment);
     AddCAssignmentStep(DestType);
     return;
   }
@@ -3325,8 +3316,6 @@ InitializationSequence::InitializationSequence(Sema &S,
     else
       SetFailed(InitializationSequence::FK_ConversionFailed);
   }
-  else
-    setSequenceKind(StandardConversion);
 }
 
 InitializationSequence::~InitializationSequence() {
@@ -3650,13 +3639,13 @@ InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S,
                                 const InitializationKind &Kind,
                                 MultiExprArg Args,
                                 QualType *ResultType) {
-  if (SequenceKind == FailedSequence) {
+  if (Failed()) {
     unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
     Diagnose(S, Entity, Kind, (Expr **)Args.release(), NumArgs);
     return ExprError();
   }
 
-  if (SequenceKind == DependentSequence) {
+  if (getKind() == DependentSequence) {
     // If the declaration is a non-dependent, incomplete array type
     // that has an initializer, then its type will be completed once
     // the initializer is instantiated.
@@ -3710,7 +3699,8 @@ InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S,
                                                  SourceLocation()));
   }
 
-  if (SequenceKind == NoInitialization)
+  // No steps means no initialization.
+  if (Steps.empty())
     return S.Owned((Expr *)0);
 
   QualType DestType = Entity.getType().getNonReferenceType();
@@ -3723,8 +3713,6 @@ InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S,
 
   ExprResult CurInit = S.Owned((Expr *)0);
 
-  assert(!Steps.empty() && "Cannot have an empty initialization sequence");
-
   // For initialization steps that start with a single initializer,
   // grab the only argument out the Args and place it into the "current"
   // initializer.
@@ -4019,8 +4007,9 @@ InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S,
         // the definition for completely trivial constructors.
         CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Constructor->getParent();
         assert(ClassDecl && "No parent class for constructor.");
-        if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
-            ClassDecl->hasTrivialConstructor() && !Constructor->isUsed(false))
+        if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
+            ClassDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
+            !Constructor->isUsed(false))
           S.DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
       }
 
@@ -4060,8 +4049,7 @@ InitializationSequence::Perform(Sema &S,
           ConstructKind = Entity.getBaseSpecifier()->isVirtual() ?
             CXXConstructExpr::CK_VirtualBase :
             CXXConstructExpr::CK_NonVirtualBase;
-        }
-        if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating) {
+        } else if (Entity.getKind() == InitializedEntity::EK_Delegating) {
           ConstructKind = CXXConstructExpr::CK_Delegating;
         }
 
@@ -4216,7 +4204,7 @@ bool InitializationSequence::Diagnose(Sema &S,
                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                       const InitializationKind &Kind,
                                       Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
-  if (SequenceKind != FailedSequence)
+  if (!Failed())
     return false;
 
   QualType DestType = Entity.getType();
@@ -4334,6 +4322,9 @@ bool InitializationSequence::Diagnose(Sema &S,
       << Args[0]->isLValue()
       << Args[0]->getType()
       << Args[0]->getSourceRange();
+    if (DestType.getNonReferenceType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
+        Args[0]->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
+      S.EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(Args[0]);
     break;
 
   case FK_ConversionFailed: {
@@ -4344,6 +4335,9 @@ bool InitializationSequence::Diagnose(Sema &S,
       << Args[0]->isLValue()
       << FromType
       << Args[0]->getSourceRange();
+    if (DestType.getNonReferenceType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
+        Args[0]->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
+      S.EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(Args[0]);
     break;
   }
 
@@ -4587,48 +4581,16 @@ void InitializationSequence::dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const {
   }
 
   case DependentSequence:
-    OS << "Dependent sequence: ";
+    OS << "Dependent sequence\n";
     return;
 
-  case UserDefinedConversion:
-    OS << "User-defined conversion sequence: ";
-    break;
-
-  case ConstructorInitialization:
-    OS << "Constructor initialization sequence: ";
+  case NormalSequence:
+    OS << "Normal sequence: ";
     break;
 
   case ReferenceBinding:
     OS << "Reference binding: ";
     break;
-
-  case ListInitialization:
-    OS << "List initialization: ";
-    break;
-
-  case ZeroInitialization:
-    OS << "Zero initialization\n";
-    return;
-
-  case NoInitialization:
-    OS << "No initialization\n";
-    return;
-
-  case StandardConversion:
-    OS << "Standard conversion: ";
-    break;
-
-  case CAssignment:
-    OS << "C assignment: ";
-    break;
-
-  case StringInit:
-    OS << "String initialization: ";
-    break;
-
-  case ArrayInit:
-    OS << "Array initialization: ";
-    break;
   }
 
   for (step_iterator S = step_begin(), SEnd = step_end(); S != SEnd; ++S) {
@@ -4723,6 +4685,21 @@ void InitializationSequence::dump() const {
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Initialization helper functions
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+bool
+Sema::CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
+                                   ExprResult Init) {
+  if (Init.isInvalid())
+    return false;
+
+  Expr *InitE = Init.get();
+  assert(InitE && "No initialization expression");
+
+  InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(SourceLocation(),
+                                                           SourceLocation());
+  InitializationSequence Seq(*this, Entity, Kind, &InitE, 1);
+  return !Seq.Failed();
+}
+
 ExprResult
 Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
index 309c7712d4cc..92ade1efcf01 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaLookup.cpp
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
@@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
     return;
 
   // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
-  if (!Class->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
+  if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
     DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
 
   // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
@@ -581,7 +582,7 @@ static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
       if (Record->getDefinition() &&
           CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(S.Context, Record)) {
-        if (!Record->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
+        if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
           S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
                                            const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
         if (!Record->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
@@ -2136,11 +2137,200 @@ void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
   }
 }
 
+Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
+                                                            CXXSpecialMember SM,
+                                                            bool ConstArg,
+                                                            bool VolatileArg,
+                                                            bool RValueThis,
+                                                            bool ConstThis,
+                                                            bool VolatileThis) {
+  D = D->getDefinition();
+  assert((D && !D->isBeingDefined()) &&
+         "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
+  if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
+    assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
+           "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
+  if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
+    assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
+           "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
+
+  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
+  ID.AddPointer(D);
+  ID.AddInteger(SM);
+  ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
+  ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
+  ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
+  ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
+  ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
+
+  void *InsertPoint;
+  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
+    SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
+
+  // This was already cached
+  if (Result)
+    return Result;
+
+  Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
+  Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
+  SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
+
+  if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
+    if (!D->hasDeclaredDestructor())
+      DeclareImplicitDestructor(D);
+    CXXDestructorDecl *DD = D->getDestructor();
+    assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
+    Result->setMethod(DD);
+    Result->setSuccess(DD->isDeleted());
+    Result->setConstParamMatch(false);
+    return Result;
+  }
+
+  // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
+  // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
+  CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(D));
+  DeclarationName Name;
+  Expr *Arg = 0;
+  unsigned NumArgs;
+
+  if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
+    Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
+    NumArgs = 0;
+    if (D->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
+      DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(D);
+  } else {
+    if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
+      Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
+      if (!D->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
+        DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(D);
+      // TODO: Move constructors
+    } else {
+      Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
+      if (!D->hasDeclaredCopyAssignment())
+        DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(D);
+      // TODO: Move assignment
+    }
+
+    QualType ArgType = CanTy;
+    if (ConstArg)
+      ArgType.addConst();
+    if (VolatileArg)
+      ArgType.addVolatile();
+
+    // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
+    // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
+    // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
+    // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
+    // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
+    // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
+    // case.
+    ExprValueKind VK;
+    if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
+      VK = VK_LValue;
+    else
+      VK = VK_RValue;
+
+    NumArgs = 1;
+    Arg = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
+  }
+
+  // Create the object argument
+  QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
+  if (ConstThis)
+    ThisTy.addConst();
+  if (VolatileThis)
+    ThisTy.addVolatile();
+  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification =
+    (new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
+                                   RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue))->
+        Classify(Context);
+
+  // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
+  // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
+  // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
+  OverloadCandidateSet OCS((SourceLocation()));
+  DeclContext::lookup_iterator I, E;
+  Result->setConstParamMatch(false);
+
+  llvm::tie(I, E) = D->lookup(Name);
+  assert((I != E) &&
+         "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
+  for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
+    if ((*I)->isInvalidDecl())
+      continue;
+
+    if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
+      AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), &Arg, NumArgs,
+                           OCS, true);
+
+      // Here we're looking for a const parameter to speed up creation of
+      // implicit copy methods.
+      if ((SM == CXXCopyAssignment && M->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) ||
+          (SM == CXXCopyConstructor &&
+            cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(M)->isCopyConstructor())) {
+        QualType ArgType = M->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getArgType(0);
+        if (ArgType->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())
+          Result->setConstParamMatch(true);
+      }
+    } else {
+      FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
+      AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
+                                   0, &Arg, NumArgs, OCS, true);
+    }
+  }
+
+  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+  switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
+    case OR_Success:
+      Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
+      Result->setSuccess(true);
+      break;
+
+    case OR_Deleted:
+      Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
+      Result->setSuccess(false);
+      break;
+
+    case OR_Ambiguous:
+    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+      Result->setMethod(0);
+      Result->setSuccess(false);
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return Result;
+}
+
+/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
+CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
+  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
+    LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
+                        false, false);
+
+  return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
+}
+
+/// \brief Look up the copy constructor for the given class.
+CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
+                                                unsigned Quals,
+                                                bool *ConstParamMatch) {
+  assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
+         "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
+  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
+    LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
+                        Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
+
+  if (ConstParamMatch)
+    *ConstParamMatch = Result->hasConstParamMatch();
+
+  return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
+}
+
 /// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
 DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
-  // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
+  // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
   if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Context, Class)) {
-    if (!Class->hasDeclaredDefaultConstructor())
+    if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
       DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
     if (!Class->hasDeclaredCopyConstructor())
       DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
@@ -2158,12 +2348,9 @@ DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
 ///
 /// \returns The destructor for this class.
 CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
-  // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
-  if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Context, Class) &&
-      !Class->hasDeclaredDestructor())
-    DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
-
-  return Class->getDestructor();
+  return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
+                                                     false, false, false,
+                                                     false, false)->getMethod());
 }
 
 void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
@@ -2410,8 +2597,8 @@ VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMapEntry::end() {
   if (DeclOrVector.isNull())
     return 0;
 
-  if (DeclOrVector.dyn_cast<NamedDecl *>())
-    return &reinterpret_cast<NamedDecl*&>(DeclOrVector) + 1;
+  if (DeclOrVector.is<NamedDecl *>())
+    return DeclOrVector.getAddrOf<NamedDecl *>() + 1;
 
   return DeclOrVector.get<DeclVector *>()->end();
 }
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
index 3f3ed0e1f902..4bba6f8877bf 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp
@@ -1628,6 +1628,15 @@ bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
     return true;
   }
 
+  // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion.
+  if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() &&
+      ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
+    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
+                                                       ToPointeeType,
+                                                       ToType, Context);
+    return true;
+  }
+
   // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
   // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
@@ -2197,6 +2206,13 @@ Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
     Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers();
     Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers();
     
+    // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes.
+    if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() &&
+        (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) {
+      FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
+      ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
+    }
+    
     //   -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
     //      2,j, and similarly for volatile.
     if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals))
@@ -2507,12 +2523,10 @@ compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
 
   // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of
   // any non-identity conversion sequence
-  if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding == SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
-    if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
-      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
-    else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
-      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
-  }
+  if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
+    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
+  else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
+    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
 
   if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
     if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
@@ -4689,6 +4703,10 @@ class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet  {
   /// were present in the candidate set.
   bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes;
 
+  /// \brief A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the
+  /// candidate set.
+  bool HasNullPtrType;
+  
   /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
   /// candidate type set.
   Sema &SemaRef;
@@ -4707,6 +4725,7 @@ public:
   BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
     : HasNonRecordTypes(false),
       HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false),
+      HasNullPtrType(false),
       SemaRef(SemaRef),
       Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
 
@@ -4739,6 +4758,7 @@ public:
 
   bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; }
   bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; }
+  bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; }
 };
 
 /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
@@ -4899,6 +4919,8 @@ BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
     // extension.
     HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true;
     VectorTypes.insert(Ty);
+  } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) {
+    HasNullPtrType = true;
   } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) {
     // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
     if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0))
@@ -5358,8 +5380,8 @@ public:
 
   // C++ [over.built]p15:
   //
-  //   For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
-  //   candidate operator functions of the form
+  //   For every T, where T is an enumeration type, a pointer type, or 
+  //   std::nullptr_t, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
   //
   //        bool       operator<(T, T);
   //        bool       operator>(T, T);
@@ -5444,6 +5466,17 @@ public:
         S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2,
                               CandidateSet);
       }
+      
+      if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) {
+        CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy);
+        if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy) &&
+            !UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(NullPtrTy, 
+                                                             NullPtrTy))) {
+          QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy };
+          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, 
+                                CandidateSet);
+        }
+      }
     }
   }
 
@@ -6401,7 +6434,9 @@ enum OverloadCandidateKind {
   oc_constructor_template,
   oc_implicit_default_constructor,
   oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
+  oc_implicit_move_constructor,
   oc_implicit_copy_assignment,
+  oc_implicit_move_assignment,
   oc_implicit_inherited_constructor
 };
 
@@ -6423,8 +6458,15 @@ OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
     if (Ctor->getInheritedConstructor())
       return oc_implicit_inherited_constructor;
 
-    return Ctor->isCopyConstructor() ? oc_implicit_copy_constructor
-                                     : oc_implicit_default_constructor;
+    if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
+      return oc_implicit_default_constructor;
+
+    if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
+      return oc_implicit_move_constructor;
+
+    assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&
+           "unexpected sort of implicit constructor");
+    return oc_implicit_copy_constructor;
   }
 
   if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
@@ -6433,6 +6475,9 @@ OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
     if (!Meth->isImplicit())
       return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;
 
+    if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
+      return oc_implicit_move_assignment;
+
     assert(Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()
            && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
     return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;
@@ -6676,6 +6721,15 @@ void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
 
   unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();
 
+  // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we
+  // have an arity mismatch when it fact it looks like we have the
+  // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have
+  // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions.
+  // Just don't report anything.
+  if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && 
+      Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName)
+    return;
+
   // at least / at most / exactly
   unsigned mode, modeCount;
   if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
@@ -7772,6 +7826,111 @@ void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                          ULE->isStdAssociatedNamespace());
 }
 
+/// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a
+/// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template
+/// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not
+/// correctly implement two-stage name lookup.
+///
+/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
+static bool
+DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc,
+                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
+                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
+                       Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
+  if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() || !SS.isEmpty())
+    return false;
+
+  for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
+    SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
+
+    if (!R.empty()) {
+      R.suppressDiagnostics();
+
+      if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
+        // Don't diagnose names we find in classes; we get much better
+        // diagnostics for these from DiagnoseEmptyLookup.
+        R.clear();
+        return false;
+      }
+
+      OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc);
+      for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
+        AddOverloadedCallCandidate(SemaRef, I.getPair(),
+                                   ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
+                                   Candidates, false);
+
+      OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
+      if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best) != OR_Success)
+        // No viable functions. Don't bother the user with notes for functions
+        // which don't work and shouldn't be found anyway.
+        return false;
+
+      // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest
+      // declaring the function there instead.
+      Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
+      Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
+      SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Args, NumArgs,
+                                                 AssociatedNamespaces,
+                                                 AssociatedClasses);
+      // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. 
+      Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces;
+      if (DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace()) {
+        for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator
+               it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
+               end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) {
+          if (!Std->Encloses(*it))
+            SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it);
+        }
+      } else {
+        // Lacking the 'std::' namespace, use all of the associated namespaces.
+        SuggestedNamespaces = AssociatedNamespaces;
+      }
+
+      SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
+        << R.getLookupName();
+      if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) {
+        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
+                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
+          << R.getLookupName() << 0;
+      } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) {
+        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
+                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
+          << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin();
+      } else {
+        // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here,
+        // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce
+        // a localized representation of a list of items.
+        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
+                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
+          << R.getLookupName() << 2;
+      }
+
+      // Try to recover by calling this function.
+      return true;
+    }
+
+    R.clear();
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a
+/// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template
+/// was defined.
+///
+/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
+static bool
+DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
+                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
+                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
+  DeclarationName OpName =
+    SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
+  LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName);
+  return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R,
+                                /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs);
+}
+
 /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
 ///
 /// Returns true if new candidates were found.
@@ -7780,13 +7939,14 @@ BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                       UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                       Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
-                      SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
+                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
+                      bool EmptyLookup) {
 
   CXXScopeSpec SS;
   SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
 
   TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
-  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
+  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
   if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
     ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
     ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
@@ -7794,7 +7954,10 @@ BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
 
   LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
-  if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Sema::CTC_Expression))
+  if (!DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R,
+                              ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs) &&
+      (!EmptyLookup ||
+       SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Sema::CTC_Expression)))
     return ExprError();
 
   assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
@@ -7814,7 +7977,7 @@ BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
     return ExprError();
 
   // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
-  // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
+  // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never
   // end up here.
   return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, NewFn.take(), LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), RParenLoc);
@@ -7860,11 +8023,11 @@ Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
 
   // If we found nothing, try to recover.
-  // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
-  // bailout out if it fails.
+  // BuildRecoveryCallExpr diagnoses the error itself, so we just bail
+  // out if it fails.
   if (CandidateSet.empty())
     return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
-                                 RParenLoc);
+                                 RParenLoc, /*EmptyLookup=*/true);
 
   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
@@ -7879,12 +8042,21 @@ Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                  ExecConfig);
   }
 
-  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+  case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
+    // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might
+    // have meant to call.
+    ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc,
+                                                Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc,
+                                                /*EmptyLookup=*/false);
+    if (!Recovery.isInvalid())
+      return Recovery;
+
     Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
          diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
       << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
     CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
     break;
+  }
 
   case OR_Ambiguous:
     Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
@@ -8073,6 +8245,13 @@ Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, unsigned OpcIn,
   }
 
   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
+    // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
+    // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
+    // defined too late to be candidates.
+    if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs))
+      // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
+      return ExprError();
+
     // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
     // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
     break;
@@ -8354,6 +8533,13 @@ Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
              << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
              << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
       } else {
+        // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
+        // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
+        // defined too late to be candidates.
+        if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args, 2))
+          // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
+          return ExprError();
+
         // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
         // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
         Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
@@ -8772,6 +8958,19 @@ Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
   if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall))
     return ExprError();
 
+  if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || 
+       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && 
+      TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) {
+    const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl();
+
+    if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
+      Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), 
+           diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor)
+        << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)
+        << MD->getParent()->getDeclName();
+
+      Diag(MD->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName();
+  }
   return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
 }
 
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
index 65cea7a69d61..d7c0a543eede 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaStmt.cpp
@@ -501,7 +501,8 @@ Sema::ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Stmt *Switch,
     = CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent();
   unsigned CondWidth
     = HasDependentValue ? 0 : Context.getIntWidth(CondTypeBeforePromotion);
-  bool CondIsSigned = CondTypeBeforePromotion->isSignedIntegerType();
+  bool CondIsSigned 
+    = CondTypeBeforePromotion->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 
   // Accumulate all of the case values in a vector so that we can sort them
   // and detect duplicates.  This vector contains the APInt for the case after
@@ -723,7 +724,8 @@ Sema::ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Stmt *Switch,
     // If switch has default case, then ignore it.
     if (!CaseListIsErroneous  && !HasConstantCond && ET) {
       const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl();
-      typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::APSInt, EnumConstantDecl*>, 64> EnumValsTy;
+      typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<llvm::APSInt, EnumConstantDecl*>, 64>
+        EnumValsTy;
       EnumValsTy EnumVals;
 
       // Gather all enum values, set their type and sort them,
@@ -1252,7 +1254,8 @@ Sema::BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
       ExprResult BoundExpr;
       if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(UnqAT))
         BoundExpr = Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, CAT->getSize(),
-                                                 Context.IntTy, RangeLoc));
+                                                 Context.getPointerDiffType(),
+                                                 RangeLoc));
       else if (const VariableArrayType *VAT =
                dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(UnqAT))
         BoundExpr = VAT->getSizeExpr();
@@ -1455,7 +1458,10 @@ Sema::ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
 /// \param E The expression being returned from the function or block, or
 /// being thrown.
 ///
-/// \param AllowFunctionParameter
+/// \param AllowFunctionParameter Whether we allow function parameters to
+/// be considered NRVO candidates. C++ prohibits this for NRVO itself, but
+/// we re-use this logic to determine whether we should try to move as part of
+/// a return or throw (which does allow function parameters).
 ///
 /// \returns The NRVO candidate variable, if the return statement may use the
 /// NRVO, or NULL if there is no such candidate.
@@ -1525,12 +1531,11 @@ Sema::PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
     //   parameter of the selected constructor is not an rvalue reference
     //   to the object's type (possibly cv-qualified), overload resolution
     //   is performed again, considering the object as an lvalue.
-    if (Seq.getKind() != InitializationSequence::FailedSequence) {
+    if (Seq) {
       for (InitializationSequence::step_iterator Step = Seq.step_begin(),
            StepEnd = Seq.step_end();
            Step != StepEnd; ++Step) {
-        if (Step->Kind
-            != InitializationSequence::SK_ConstructorInitialization)
+        if (Step->Kind != InitializationSequence::SK_ConstructorInitialization)
           continue;
 
         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
@@ -1583,14 +1588,18 @@ Sema::ActOnBlockReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
       if (Result.isInvalid())
         return StmtError();
       RetValExp = Result.take();
-      CurBlock->ReturnType = RetValExp->getType();
-      if (BlockDeclRefExpr *CDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(RetValExp)) {
-        // We have to remove a 'const' added to copied-in variable which was
-        // part of the implementation spec. and not the actual qualifier for
-        // the variable.
-        if (CDRE->isConstQualAdded())
-          CurBlock->ReturnType.removeLocalConst(); // FIXME: local???
-      }
+
+      if (!RetValExp->isTypeDependent()) {
+        CurBlock->ReturnType = RetValExp->getType();
+        if (BlockDeclRefExpr *CDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(RetValExp)) {
+          // We have to remove a 'const' added to copied-in variable which was
+          // part of the implementation spec. and not the actual qualifier for
+          // the variable.
+          if (CDRE->isConstQualAdded())
+            CurBlock->ReturnType.removeLocalConst(); // FIXME: local???
+        }
+      } else
+        CurBlock->ReturnType = Context.DependentTy;
     } else
       CurBlock->ReturnType = Context.VoidTy;
   }
@@ -1607,13 +1616,17 @@ Sema::ActOnBlockReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
   // compatibility to worry about here.
   ReturnStmt *Result = 0;
   if (CurBlock->ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
-    if (RetValExp) {
+    if (RetValExp && !RetValExp->isTypeDependent() &&
+        (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !RetValExp->getType()->isVoidType())) {
       Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::err_return_block_has_expr);
       RetValExp = 0;
     }
     Result = new (Context) ReturnStmt(ReturnLoc, RetValExp, 0);
   } else if (!RetValExp) {
-    return StmtError(Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::err_block_return_missing_expr));
+    if (!CurBlock->ReturnType->isDependentType())
+      return StmtError(Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::err_block_return_missing_expr));
+
+    Result = new (Context) ReturnStmt(ReturnLoc, 0, 0);
   } else {
     const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
 
@@ -1652,7 +1665,7 @@ Sema::ActOnBlockReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
 
   // If we need to check for the named return value optimization, save the
   // return statement in our scope for later processing.
-  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && FnRetType->isRecordType() &&
+  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && FnRetType->isRecordType() && 
       !CurContext->isDependentContext())
     FunctionScopes.back()->Returns.push_back(Result);
 
@@ -1661,44 +1674,62 @@ Sema::ActOnBlockReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
 
 StmtResult
 Sema::ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
+  // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
+  if (RetValExp && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(RetValExp))
+    return StmtError();
+  
   if (getCurBlock())
     return ActOnBlockReturnStmt(ReturnLoc, RetValExp);
 
   QualType FnRetType;
+  QualType DeclaredRetType;
   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl()) {
     FnRetType = FD->getResultType();
+    DeclaredRetType = FnRetType;
     if (FD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>() ||
         FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getNoReturnAttr())
       Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_noreturn_function_has_return_expr)
         << getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()->getDeclName();
-  } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
-    FnRetType = MD->getResultType();
-  else // If we don't have a function/method context, bail.
+  } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
+    DeclaredRetType = MD->getResultType();
+    if (MD->hasRelatedResultType() && MD->getClassInterface()) {
+      // In the implementation of a method with a related return type, the
+      // type used to type-check the validity of return statements within the 
+      // method body is a pointer to the type of the class being implemented.
+      FnRetType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(MD->getClassInterface());
+      FnRetType = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FnRetType);
+    } else {
+      FnRetType = DeclaredRetType;
+    }
+  } else // If we don't have a function/method context, bail.
     return StmtError();
 
   ReturnStmt *Result = 0;
   if (FnRetType->isVoidType()) {
-    if (RetValExp && !RetValExp->isTypeDependent()) {
-      // C99 6.8.6.4p1 (ext_ since GCC warns)
-      unsigned D = diag::ext_return_has_expr;
-      if (RetValExp->getType()->isVoidType())
-        D = diag::ext_return_has_void_expr;
-      else {
-        ExprResult Result = Owned(RetValExp);
-        Result = IgnoredValueConversions(Result.take());
-        if (Result.isInvalid())
-          return StmtError();
-        RetValExp = Result.take();
-        RetValExp = ImpCastExprToType(RetValExp, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
-      }
+    if (RetValExp) {
+      if (!RetValExp->isTypeDependent()) {
+        // C99 6.8.6.4p1 (ext_ since GCC warns)
+        unsigned D = diag::ext_return_has_expr;
+        if (RetValExp->getType()->isVoidType())
+          D = diag::ext_return_has_void_expr;
+        else {
+          ExprResult Result = Owned(RetValExp);
+          Result = IgnoredValueConversions(Result.take());
+          if (Result.isInvalid())
+            return StmtError();
+          RetValExp = Result.take();
+          RetValExp = ImpCastExprToType(RetValExp,
+                                        Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
+        }
 
-      // return (some void expression); is legal in C++.
-      if (D != diag::ext_return_has_void_expr ||
-          !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
-        NamedDecl *CurDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
-        Diag(ReturnLoc, D)
-          << CurDecl->getDeclName() << isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurDecl)
-          << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
+        // return (some void expression); is legal in C++.
+        if (D != diag::ext_return_has_void_expr ||
+            !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
+          NamedDecl *CurDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
+          Diag(ReturnLoc, D)
+            << CurDecl->getDeclName() << isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(CurDecl)
+            << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
+        }
       }
 
       CheckImplicitConversions(RetValExp, ReturnLoc);
@@ -1730,7 +1761,7 @@ Sema::ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
       NRVOCandidate = getCopyElisionCandidate(FnRetType, RetValExp, false);
       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(ReturnLoc,
                                                                      FnRetType,
-                                                                     NRVOCandidate != 0);
+                                                            NRVOCandidate != 0);
       ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOCandidate,
                                                        FnRetType, RetValExp);
       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
@@ -1744,6 +1775,17 @@ Sema::ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp) {
     }
 
     if (RetValExp) {
+      // If we type-checked an Objective-C method's return type based
+      // on a related return type, we may need to adjust the return
+      // type again. Do so now.
+      if (DeclaredRetType != FnRetType) {
+        ExprResult result = PerformImplicitConversion(RetValExp,
+                                                      DeclaredRetType,
+                                                      AA_Returning);
+        if (result.isInvalid()) return StmtError();
+        RetValExp = result.take();
+      }
+
       CheckImplicitConversions(RetValExp, ReturnLoc);
       RetValExp = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(RetValExp);
     }
@@ -2015,7 +2057,9 @@ StmtResult Sema::ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
     if (InputDomain == AD_Int && OutputDomain == AD_Int &&
         !isOperandMentioned(InputOpNo, Pieces) &&
         InputExpr->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
-      InputExpr = ImpCastExprToType(InputExpr, OutTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
+      CastKind castKind =
+        (OutTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast);
+      InputExpr = ImpCastExprToType(InputExpr, OutTy, castKind).take();
       Exprs[InputOpNo] = InputExpr;
       NS->setInputExpr(i, InputExpr);
       continue;
@@ -2251,7 +2295,9 @@ Sema::ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
   assert(FilterExpr && Block);
 
   if(!FilterExpr->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
-    return StmtError(Diag(FilterExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_filter_expression_integral) << FilterExpr->getType());
+    return StmtError(Diag(FilterExpr->getExprLoc(),
+                     diag::err_filter_expression_integral)
+                     << FilterExpr->getType());
   }
 
   return Owned(SEHExceptStmt::Create(Context,Loc,FilterExpr,Block));
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
index ef0912485b66..5d4caacd8124 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplate.cpp
@@ -92,11 +92,9 @@ void Sema::FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R) {
       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
-      //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
-      //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
+      //   is used as a template-name, the reference refers to the class
+      //   template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
       //   ambiguous.
-      //
-      // FIXME: Will we eventually have to do the same for alias templates?
       if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTmpl = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Repl))
         if (!ClassTemplates.insert(ClassTmpl)) {
           filter.erase();
@@ -199,7 +197,8 @@ TemplateNameKind Sema::isTemplateName(Scope *S,
       // We'll do this lookup again later.
       R.suppressDiagnostics();
     } else {
-      assert(isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD) || isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD));
+      assert(isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD) || isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD) ||
+             isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD));
       TemplateKind = TNK_Type_template;
     }
   }
@@ -603,8 +602,10 @@ Sema::CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) {
       T->isPointerType() ||
       //   -- reference to object or reference to function,
       T->isReferenceType() ||
-      //   -- pointer to member.
+      //   -- pointer to member,
       T->isMemberPointerType() ||
+      //   -- std::nullptr_t.
+      T->isNullPtrType() ||
       // If T is a dependent type, we can't do the check now, so we
       // assume that it is well-formed.
       T->isDependentType())
@@ -919,7 +920,8 @@ Sema::CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
     //   the class-key shall agree in kind with the original class
     //   template declaration (7.1.5.3).
     RecordDecl *PrevRecordDecl = PrevClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
-    if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevRecordDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) {
+    if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevRecordDecl, Kind,
+                                      TUK == TUK_Definition,  KWLoc, *Name)) {
       Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
         << Name
         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(KWLoc, PrevRecordDecl->getKindName());
@@ -1062,6 +1064,7 @@ static bool DiagnoseDefaultTemplateArgument(Sema &S,
                                             SourceRange DefArgRange) {
   switch (TPC) {
   case Sema::TPC_ClassTemplate:
+  case Sema::TPC_TypeAliasTemplate:
     return false;
 
   case Sema::TPC_FunctionTemplate:
@@ -1187,9 +1190,10 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
     bool MissingDefaultArg = false;
 
     // C++0x [temp.param]p11:
-    //   If a template parameter of a primary class template is a template
-    //   parameter pack, it shall be the last template parameter.
-    if (SawParameterPack && TPC == TPC_ClassTemplate) {
+    //   If a template parameter of a primary class template or alias template
+    //   is a template parameter pack, it shall be the last template parameter.
+    if (SawParameterPack &&
+        (TPC == TPC_ClassTemplate || TPC == TPC_TypeAliasTemplate)) {
       Diag(ParameterPackLoc,
            diag::err_template_param_pack_must_be_last_template_parameter);
       Invalid = true;
@@ -1429,19 +1433,41 @@ struct DependencyChecker : RecursiveASTVisitor<DependencyChecker> {
     }
     return super::VisitDeclRefExpr(E);
   }
+  
+  bool TraverseInjectedClassNameType(const InjectedClassNameType *T) {
+    return TraverseType(T->getInjectedSpecializationType());
+  }
 };
 }
 
-/// Determines whether a template-id depends on the given parameter
+/// Determines whether a given type depends on the given parameter
 /// list.
 static bool
-DependsOnTemplateParameters(const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
-                            TemplateParameterList *Params) {
+DependsOnTemplateParameters(QualType T, TemplateParameterList *Params) {
   DependencyChecker Checker(Params);
-  Checker.TraverseType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
+  Checker.TraverseType(T);
   return Checker.Match;
 }
 
+// Find the source range corresponding to the named type in the given
+// nested-name-specifier, if any.
+static SourceRange getRangeOfTypeInNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context,
+                                                       QualType T,
+                                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
+  NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
+  while (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = NNSLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()) {
+    if (const Type *CurType = NNS->getAsType()) {
+      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, QualType(CurType, 0)))
+        return NNSLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
+    } else
+      break;
+    
+    NNSLoc = NNSLoc.getPrefix();
+  }
+  
+  return SourceRange();
+}
+
 /// \brief Match the given template parameter lists to the given scope
 /// specifier, returning the template parameter list that applies to the
 /// name.
@@ -1449,6 +1475,8 @@ DependsOnTemplateParameters(const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
 /// \param DeclStartLoc the start of the declaration that has a scope
 /// specifier or a template parameter list.
 ///
+/// \param DeclLoc The location of the declaration itself.
+///
 /// \param SS the scope specifier that will be matched to the given template
 /// parameter lists. This scope specifier precedes a qualified name that is
 /// being declared.
@@ -1473,6 +1501,7 @@ DependsOnTemplateParameters(const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
 /// itself a template).
 TemplateParameterList *
 Sema::MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
+                                              SourceLocation DeclLoc,
                                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                           TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
                                               unsigned NumParamLists,
@@ -1480,138 +1509,268 @@ Sema::MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
                                               bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
                                               bool &Invalid) {
   IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
-
-  // Find the template-ids that occur within the nested-name-specifier. These
-  // template-ids will match up with the template parameter lists.
-  llvm::SmallVector<const TemplateSpecializationType *, 4>
-    TemplateIdsInSpecifier;
-  llvm::SmallVector<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *, 4>
-    ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier;
-  for (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
-       NNS; NNS = NNS->getPrefix()) {
-    const Type *T = NNS->getAsType();
-    if (!T) break;
-
-    // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p17:
-    //   A member or a member template may be nested within many
-    //   enclosing class templates. In an explicit specialization for
-    //   such a member, the member declaration shall be preceded by a
-    //   template<> for each enclosing class template that is
-    //   explicitly specialized.
-    //
-    // Following the existing practice of GNU and EDG, we allow a typedef of a
-    // template specialization type.
-    while (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
-      T = TT->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr();
-
-    if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
-                                  = dyn_cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T)) {
-      TemplateDecl *Template = SpecType->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
-      if (!Template)
-        continue; // FIXME: should this be an error? probably...
-
-      if (const RecordType *Record = SpecType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-        ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecDecl
-          = cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl());
-        // If the nested name specifier refers to an explicit specialization,
-        // we don't need a template<> header.
-        if (SpecDecl->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
-          ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier.push_back(SpecDecl);
-          continue;
+  Invalid = false;
+  
+  // The sequence of nested types to which we will match up the template
+  // parameter lists. We first build this list by starting with the type named
+  // by the nested-name-specifier and walking out until we run out of types.
+  llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> NestedTypes;
+  QualType T;
+  if (SS.getScopeRep()) {
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 
+              = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(computeDeclContext(SS, true)))
+      T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
+    else
+      T = QualType(SS.getScopeRep()->getAsType(), 0);
+  }
+  
+  // If we found an explicit specialization that prevents us from needing
+  // 'template<>' headers, this will be set to the location of that
+  // explicit specialization.
+  SourceLocation ExplicitSpecLoc;
+  
+  while (!T.isNull()) {
+    NestedTypes.push_back(T);
+    
+    // Retrieve the parent of a record type.
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+      // If this type is an explicit specialization, we're done.
+      if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
+          = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) {
+        if (!isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Spec) && 
+            Spec->getSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
+          ExplicitSpecLoc = Spec->getLocation();
+          break;
         }
+      } else if (Record->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
+                                                == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
+        ExplicitSpecLoc = Record->getLocation();
+        break;
+      }
+      
+      if (TypeDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Record->getParent()))
+        T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent);
+      else
+        T = QualType();
+      continue;
+    } 
+    
+    if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
+                                     = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+      if (TemplateDecl *Template = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
+        if (TypeDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Template->getDeclContext()))
+          T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent);
+        else
+          T = QualType();
+        continue;        
       }
-
-      TemplateIdsInSpecifier.push_back(SpecType);
     }
-  }
-
-  // Reverse the list of template-ids in the scope specifier, so that we can
-  // more easily match up the template-ids and the template parameter lists.
-  std::reverse(TemplateIdsInSpecifier.begin(), TemplateIdsInSpecifier.end());
-
-  SourceLocation FirstTemplateLoc = DeclStartLoc;
-  if (NumParamLists)
-    FirstTemplateLoc = ParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc();
-
-  // Match the template-ids found in the specifier to the template parameter
-  // lists.
-  unsigned ParamIdx = 0, TemplateIdx = 0;
-  for (unsigned NumTemplateIds = TemplateIdsInSpecifier.size();
-       TemplateIdx != NumTemplateIds; ++TemplateIdx) {
-    const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId
-      = TemplateIdsInSpecifier[TemplateIdx];
-    bool DependentTemplateId = TemplateId->isDependentType();
-
-    // In friend declarations we can have template-ids which don't
-    // depend on the corresponding template parameter lists.  But
-    // assume that empty parameter lists are supposed to match this
-    // template-id.
-    if (IsFriend && ParamIdx < NumParamLists && ParamLists[ParamIdx]->size()) {
-      if (!DependentTemplateId ||
-          !DependsOnTemplateParameters(TemplateId, ParamLists[ParamIdx]))
-        continue;
+    
+    // Look one step prior in a dependent template specialization type.
+    if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DependentTST
+                          = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+      if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = DependentTST->getQualifier())
+        T = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
+      else
+        T = QualType();
+      continue;
+    }
+    
+    // Look one step prior in a dependent name type.
+    if (const DependentNameType *DependentName = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()){
+      if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = DependentName->getQualifier())
+        T = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
+      else
+        T = QualType();
+      continue;
+    }
+    
+    // Retrieve the parent of an enumeration type.
+    if (const EnumType *EnumT = T->getAs<EnumType>()) {
+      // FIXME: Forward-declared enums require a TSK_ExplicitSpecialization
+      // check here.
+      EnumDecl *Enum = EnumT->getDecl();
+      
+      // Get to the parent type.
+      if (TypeDecl *Parent = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Enum->getParent()))
+        T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent);
+      else
+        T = QualType();      
+      continue;
     }
 
-    if (ParamIdx >= NumParamLists) {
-      // We have a template-id without a corresponding template parameter
-      // list.
+    T = QualType();
+  }
+  // Reverse the nested types list, since we want to traverse from the outermost
+  // to the innermost while checking template-parameter-lists.
+  std::reverse(NestedTypes.begin(), NestedTypes.end());
+
+  // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p17:
+  //   A member or a member template may be nested within many
+  //   enclosing class templates. In an explicit specialization for
+  //   such a member, the member declaration shall be preceded by a
+  //   template<> for each enclosing class template that is
+  //   explicitly specialized.
+  bool SawNonEmptyTemplateParameterList = false;
+  unsigned ParamIdx = 0;
+  for (unsigned TypeIdx = 0, NumTypes = NestedTypes.size(); TypeIdx != NumTypes;
+       ++TypeIdx) {
+    T = NestedTypes[TypeIdx];
+    
+    // Whether we expect a 'template<>' header.
+    bool NeedEmptyTemplateHeader = false;
 
-      // ...which is fine if this is a friend declaration.
-      if (IsFriend) {
-        IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
-        break;
+    // Whether we expect a template header with parameters.
+    bool NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader = false;
+    
+    // For a dependent type, the set of template parameters that we
+    // expect to see.
+    TemplateParameterList *ExpectedTemplateParams = 0;
+
+    // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p15:
+    //   A member or a member template may be nested within many enclosing 
+    //   class templates. In an explicit specialization for such a member, the 
+    //   member declaration shall be preceded by a template<> for each 
+    //   enclosing class template that is explicitly specialized.
+    if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
+      if (ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial
+            = dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Record)) {
+        ExpectedTemplateParams = Partial->getTemplateParameters();
+        NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader = true;
+      } else if (Record->isDependentType()) {
+        if (Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) {
+          ExpectedTemplateParams = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()
+                                                      ->getTemplateParameters();
+          NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader = true;
+        }
+      } else if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
+                     = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record)) {
+        // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p4:
+        //   Members of an explicitly specialized class template are defined
+        //   in the same manner as members of normal classes, and not using 
+        //   the template<> syntax. 
+        if (Spec->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
+          NeedEmptyTemplateHeader = true;
+        else
+          continue;
+      } else if (Record->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
+        if (Record->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 
+                                                != TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
+            TypeIdx == NumTypes - 1)
+          IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
+        
+        continue;
       }
-
-      if (DependentTemplateId) {
-        // FIXME: the location information here isn't great.
-        Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(),
-             diag::err_template_spec_needs_template_parameters)
-          << QualType(TemplateId, 0)
-          << SS.getRange();
-        Invalid = true;
-      } else {
-        Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
-          << SS.getRange()
-          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstTemplateLoc, "template<> ");
-        IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
+    } else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST
+                                     = T->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+      if (TemplateDecl *Template = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {        
+        ExpectedTemplateParams = Template->getTemplateParameters();
+        NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader = true;        
       }
-      return 0;
+    } else if (T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+      // FIXME:  We actually could/should check the template arguments here
+      // against the corresponding template parameter list.
+      NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader = false;
+    } 
+    
+    // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p16:
+    //   In an explicit specialization declaration for a member of a class 
+    //   template or a member template that ap- pears in namespace scope, the 
+    //   member template and some of its enclosing class templates may remain 
+    //   unspecialized, except that the declaration shall not explicitly 
+    //   specialize a class member template if its en- closing class templates 
+    //   are not explicitly specialized as well.
+    if (ParamIdx < NumParamLists) {
+      if (ParamLists[ParamIdx]->size() == 0) {
+        if (SawNonEmptyTemplateParameterList) {
+          Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_specialize_member_of_template)
+            << ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getSourceRange();
+          Invalid = true;
+          IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
+          return 0;
+        }
+      } else
+        SawNonEmptyTemplateParameterList = true;
     }
-
-    // Check the template parameter list against its corresponding template-id.
-    if (DependentTemplateId) {
-      TemplateParameterList *ExpectedTemplateParams = 0;
-
-      // Are there cases in (e.g.) friends where this won't match?
-      if (const InjectedClassNameType *Injected
-            = TemplateId->getAs<InjectedClassNameType>()) {
-        CXXRecordDecl *Record = Injected->getDecl();
-        if (ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial =
-              dyn_cast<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Record))
-          ExpectedTemplateParams = Partial->getTemplateParameters();
+    
+    if (NeedEmptyTemplateHeader) {
+      // If we're on the last of the types, and we need a 'template<>' header
+      // here, then it's an explicit specialization.
+      if (TypeIdx == NumTypes - 1)
+        IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
+      
+      if (ParamIdx < NumParamLists) {
+        if (ParamLists[ParamIdx]->size() > 0) {
+          // The header has template parameters when it shouldn't. Complain.
+          Diag(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(), 
+               diag::err_template_param_list_matches_nontemplate)
+            << T
+            << SourceRange(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getLAngleLoc(),
+                           ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getRAngleLoc())
+            << getRangeOfTypeInNestedNameSpecifier(Context, T, SS);
+          Invalid = true;
+          return 0;
+        }
+        
+        // Consume this template header.
+        ++ParamIdx;
+        continue;
+      } 
+      
+      if (!IsFriend) {
+        // We don't have a template header, but we should.
+        SourceLocation ExpectedTemplateLoc;
+        if (NumParamLists > 0)
+          ExpectedTemplateLoc = ParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc();
         else
-          ExpectedTemplateParams = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()
-            ->getTemplateParameters();
-      }
+          ExpectedTemplateLoc = DeclStartLoc;
 
-      if (ExpectedTemplateParams)
-        TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(ParamLists[ParamIdx],
-                                       ExpectedTemplateParams,
-                                       true, TPL_TemplateMatch);
-
-      CheckTemplateParameterList(ParamLists[ParamIdx], 0,
-                                 TPC_ClassTemplateMember);
-    } else if (ParamLists[ParamIdx]->size() > 0)
-      Diag(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(),
-           diag::err_template_param_list_matches_nontemplate)
-        << TemplateId
-        << ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getSourceRange();
-    else
-      IsExplicitSpecialization = true;
+        Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
+          << getRangeOfTypeInNestedNameSpecifier(Context, T, SS)
+          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedTemplateLoc, "template<> ");
+      }
+      
+      continue;
+    }
+    
+    if (NeedNonemptyTemplateHeader) {
+      // In friend declarations we can have template-ids which don't
+      // depend on the corresponding template parameter lists.  But
+      // assume that empty parameter lists are supposed to match this
+      // template-id.
+      if (IsFriend && T->isDependentType()) {
+        if (ParamIdx < NumParamLists &&
+            DependsOnTemplateParameters(T, ParamLists[ParamIdx]))
+          ExpectedTemplateParams = 0;
+        else 
+          continue;
+      }
 
-    ++ParamIdx;
+      if (ParamIdx < NumParamLists) {
+        // Check the template parameter list, if we can.        
+        if (ExpectedTemplateParams &&
+            !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(ParamLists[ParamIdx],
+                                            ExpectedTemplateParams,
+                                            true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
+          Invalid = true;
+        
+        if (!Invalid &&
+            CheckTemplateParameterList(ParamLists[ParamIdx], 0,
+                                       TPC_ClassTemplateMember))
+          Invalid = true;
+        
+        ++ParamIdx;
+        continue;
+      }
+      
+      Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_template_spec_needs_template_parameters)
+        << T
+        << getRangeOfTypeInNestedNameSpecifier(Context, T, SS);
+      Invalid = true;
+      continue;
+    }
   }
-
+    
   // If there were at least as many template-ids as there were template
   // parameter lists, then there are no template parameter lists remaining for
   // the declaration itself.
@@ -1619,32 +1778,53 @@ Sema::MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
     return 0;
 
   // If there were too many template parameter lists, complain about that now.
-  if (ParamIdx != NumParamLists - 1) {
-    while (ParamIdx < NumParamLists - 1) {
-      bool isExplicitSpecHeader = ParamLists[ParamIdx]->size() == 0;
-      Diag(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(),
-           isExplicitSpecHeader? diag::warn_template_spec_extra_headers
-                               : diag::err_template_spec_extra_headers)
-        << SourceRange(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(),
-                       ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getRAngleLoc());
-
-      if (isExplicitSpecHeader && !ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier.empty()) {
-        Diag(ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier.back()->getLocation(),
-             diag::note_explicit_template_spec_does_not_need_header)
-          << ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier.back();
-        ExplicitSpecializationsInSpecifier.pop_back();
-      }
-
-      // We have a template parameter list with no corresponding scope, which
-      // means that the resulting template declaration can't be instantiated
-      // properly (we'll end up with dependent nodes when we shouldn't).
-      if (!isExplicitSpecHeader)
-        Invalid = true;
-
-      ++ParamIdx;
+  if (ParamIdx < NumParamLists - 1) {
+    bool HasAnyExplicitSpecHeader = false;
+    bool AllExplicitSpecHeaders = true;
+    for (unsigned I = ParamIdx; I != NumParamLists - 1; ++I) {
+      if (ParamLists[I]->size() == 0)
+        HasAnyExplicitSpecHeader = true;
+      else
+        AllExplicitSpecHeaders = false;
     }
+    
+    Diag(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(),
+         AllExplicitSpecHeaders? diag::warn_template_spec_extra_headers
+                               : diag::err_template_spec_extra_headers)
+      << SourceRange(ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getTemplateLoc(),
+                     ParamLists[NumParamLists - 2]->getRAngleLoc());
+
+    // If there was a specialization somewhere, such that 'template<>' is
+    // not required, and there were any 'template<>' headers, note where the
+    // specialization occurred.
+    if (ExplicitSpecLoc.isValid() && HasAnyExplicitSpecHeader)
+      Diag(ExplicitSpecLoc, 
+           diag::note_explicit_template_spec_does_not_need_header)
+        << NestedTypes.back();
+    
+    // We have a template parameter list with no corresponding scope, which
+    // means that the resulting template declaration can't be instantiated
+    // properly (we'll end up with dependent nodes when we shouldn't).
+    if (!AllExplicitSpecHeaders)
+      Invalid = true;
   }
 
+  // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p16:
+  //   In an explicit specialization declaration for a member of a class 
+  //   template or a member template that ap- pears in namespace scope, the 
+  //   member template and some of its enclosing class templates may remain 
+  //   unspecialized, except that the declaration shall not explicitly 
+  //   specialize a class member template if its en- closing class templates 
+  //   are not explicitly specialized as well.
+  if (ParamLists[NumParamLists - 1]->size() == 0 && 
+      SawNonEmptyTemplateParameterList) {
+    Diag(DeclLoc, diag::err_specialize_member_of_template)
+      << ParamLists[ParamIdx]->getSourceRange();
+    Invalid = true;
+    IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
+    return 0;
+  }
+  
   // Return the last template parameter list, which corresponds to the
   // entity being declared.
   return ParamLists[NumParamLists - 1];
@@ -1655,7 +1835,8 @@ void Sema::NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name) {
     Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_declared_here)
       << (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Template)? 0
           : isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)? 1
-          : 2)
+          : isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template)? 2
+          : 3)
       << Template->getDeclName();
     return;
   }
@@ -1675,13 +1856,24 @@ void Sema::NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name) {
 QualType Sema::CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Name,
                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
                                    TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs) {
+  DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
+  if (DTN && DTN->isIdentifier())
+    // When building a template-id where the template-name is dependent,
+    // assume the template is a type template. Either our assumption is
+    // correct, or the code is ill-formed and will be diagnosed when the
+    // dependent name is substituted.
+    return Context.getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(ETK_None,
+                                                          DTN->getQualifier(),
+                                                          DTN->getIdentifier(),
+                                                          TemplateArgs);
+
   TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
   if (!Template || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
     // We might have a substituted template template parameter pack. If so,
     // build a template specialization type for it.
     if (Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack())
       return Context.getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, TemplateArgs);
-    
+
     Diag(TemplateLoc, diag::err_template_id_not_a_type)
       << Name;
     NoteAllFoundTemplates(Name);
@@ -1700,9 +1892,32 @@ QualType Sema::CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Name,
 
   QualType CanonType;
 
-  if (Name.isDependent() ||
-      TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
-                                                      TemplateArgs)) {
+  if (TypeAliasTemplateDecl *AliasTemplate
+        = dyn_cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
+    // Find the canonical type for this type alias template specialization.
+    TypeAliasDecl *Pattern = AliasTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
+    if (Pattern->isInvalidDecl())
+      return QualType();
+
+    TemplateArgumentList TemplateArgs(TemplateArgumentList::OnStack,
+                                      Converted.data(), Converted.size());
+
+    // Only substitute for the innermost template argument list.
+    MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList TemplateArgLists;
+    TemplateArgLists.addOuterTemplateArguments(&TemplateArgs);
+    unsigned Depth = AliasTemplate->getTemplateParameters()->getDepth();
+    for (unsigned I = 0; I < Depth; ++I)
+      TemplateArgLists.addOuterTemplateArguments(0, 0);
+
+    InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, TemplateLoc, Template);
+    CanonType = SubstType(Pattern->getUnderlyingType(),
+                          TemplateArgLists, AliasTemplate->getLocation(),
+                          AliasTemplate->getDeclName());
+    if (CanonType.isNull())
+      return QualType();
+  } else if (Name.isDependent() ||
+             TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
+               TemplateArgs)) {
     // This class template specialization is a dependent
     // type. Therefore, its canonical type is another class template
     // specialization type that contains all of the converted
@@ -1894,6 +2109,16 @@ TypeResult Sema::ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
       SpecTL.setArgLocInfo(I, TemplateArgs[I].getLocInfo());
     return CreateParsedType(T, TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
   }
+
+  if (TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TAT =
+        dyn_cast_or_null<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
+    // C++0x [dcl.type.elab]p2:
+    //   If the identifier resolves to a typedef-name or the simple-template-id
+    //   resolves to an alias template specialization, the
+    //   elaborated-type-specifier is ill-formed.
+    Diag(TemplateLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << 4;
+    Diag(TAT->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
+  }
   
   QualType Result = CheckTemplateIdType(Template, TemplateLoc, TemplateArgs);
   if (Result.isNull())
@@ -1906,7 +2131,8 @@ TypeResult Sema::ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
     IdentifierInfo *Id = D->getIdentifier();
     assert(Id && "templated class must have an identifier");
     
-    if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(D, TagKind, TagLoc, *Id)) {
+    if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(D, TagKind, TUK == TUK_Definition,
+                                      TagLoc, *Id)) {
       Diag(TagLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
         << Result
         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(TagLoc), D->getKindName());
@@ -2485,7 +2711,7 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
       }
 
       // We have a template argument that actually does refer to a class
-      // template, template alias, or template template parameter, and
+      // template, alias template, or template template parameter, and
       // therefore cannot be a non-type template argument.
       Diag(Arg.getLocation(), diag::err_template_arg_must_be_expr)
         << Arg.getSourceRange();
@@ -2562,7 +2788,8 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
   case TemplateArgument::Type:
     // We have a template template parameter but the template
     // argument does not refer to a template.
-    Diag(Arg.getLocation(), diag::err_template_arg_must_be_template);
+    Diag(Arg.getLocation(), diag::err_template_arg_must_be_template)
+      << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x;
     return true;
 
   case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
@@ -2631,9 +2858,6 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
   unsigned ArgIdx = 0;
   LocalInstantiationScope InstScope(*this, true);
   while (Param != ParamEnd) {
-    if (ArgIdx > NumArgs && PartialTemplateArgs)
-      break;
-
     if (ArgIdx < NumArgs) {
       // If we have an expanded parameter pack, make sure we don't have too
       // many arguments.
@@ -2674,11 +2898,31 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
       continue;
     }
 
+    // If we're checking a partial template argument list, we're done.
+    if (PartialTemplateArgs) {
+      if ((*Param)->isTemplateParameterPack() && !ArgumentPack.empty())
+        Converted.push_back(TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(Context,
+                                                         ArgumentPack.data(),
+                                                         ArgumentPack.size()));
+        
+      return Invalid;
+    }
+
     // If we have a template parameter pack with no more corresponding
     // arguments, just break out now and we'll fill in the argument pack below.
     if ((*Param)->isTemplateParameterPack())
       break;
 
+    // If our template is a template template parameter that hasn't acquired
+    // its proper context yet (e.g., because we're using the template template
+    // parameter in the signature of a function template, before we've built
+    // the function template itself), don't attempt substitution of default
+    // template arguments at this point: we don't have enough context to
+    // do it properly.
+    if (isTemplateTemplateParameter && 
+        Template->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
+      break;
+    
     // We have a default template argument that we will use.
     TemplateArgumentLoc Arg;
 
@@ -2689,7 +2933,7 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
     // the default argument.
     if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*Param)) {
       if (!TTP->hasDefaultArgument()) {
-        assert((Invalid || PartialTemplateArgs) && "Missing default argument");
+        assert(Invalid && "Missing default argument");
         break;
       }
 
@@ -2707,7 +2951,7 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
     } else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
                  = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*Param)) {
       if (!NTTP->hasDefaultArgument()) {
-        assert((Invalid || PartialTemplateArgs) && "Missing default argument");
+        assert(Invalid && "Missing default argument");
         break;
       }
 
@@ -2726,7 +2970,7 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
         = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*Param);
 
       if (!TempParm->hasDefaultArgument()) {
-        assert((Invalid || PartialTemplateArgs) && "Missing default argument");
+        assert(Invalid && "Missing default argument");
         break;
       }
 
@@ -2772,9 +3016,7 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
     // in arguments for non-template parameter packs.
 
     if ((*Param)->isTemplateParameterPack()) {
-      if (PartialTemplateArgs && ArgumentPack.empty()) {
-        Converted.push_back(TemplateArgument());
-      } else if (ArgumentPack.empty())
+      if (ArgumentPack.empty())
         Converted.push_back(TemplateArgument(0, 0));
       else {
         Converted.push_back(TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy(Context,
@@ -2918,6 +3160,11 @@ bool UnnamedLocalNoLinkageFinder::VisitDecltypeType(const DecltypeType*) {
   return false;
 }
 
+bool UnnamedLocalNoLinkageFinder::VisitUnaryTransformType(
+                                                    const UnaryTransformType*) {
+  return false;
+}
+
 bool UnnamedLocalNoLinkageFinder::VisitAutoType(const AutoType *T) {
   return Visit(T->getDeducedType());
 }
@@ -3501,32 +3748,49 @@ ExprResult Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
       return ExprError();
     }
 
+    // Add the value of this argument to the list of converted
+    // arguments. We use the bitwidth and signedness of the template
+    // parameter.
+    if (Arg->isValueDependent()) {
+      // The argument is value-dependent. Create a new
+      // TemplateArgument with the converted expression.
+      Converted = TemplateArgument(Arg);
+      return Owned(Arg);
+    }
+
     QualType IntegerType = Context.getCanonicalType(ParamType);
     if (const EnumType *Enum = IntegerType->getAs<EnumType>())
       IntegerType = Context.getCanonicalType(Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
 
-    if (!Arg->isValueDependent()) {
+    if (ParamType->isBooleanType()) {
+      // Value must be zero or one.
+      Value = Value != 0;
+      unsigned AllowedBits = Context.getTypeSize(IntegerType);
+      if (Value.getBitWidth() != AllowedBits)
+        Value = Value.extOrTrunc(AllowedBits);
+      Value.setIsSigned(IntegerType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
+    } else {
       llvm::APSInt OldValue = Value;
-
+      
       // Coerce the template argument's value to the value it will have
       // based on the template parameter's type.
       unsigned AllowedBits = Context.getTypeSize(IntegerType);
       if (Value.getBitWidth() != AllowedBits)
         Value = Value.extOrTrunc(AllowedBits);
-      Value.setIsSigned(IntegerType->isSignedIntegerType());
-
+      Value.setIsSigned(IntegerType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
+      
       // Complain if an unsigned parameter received a negative value.
-      if (IntegerType->isUnsignedIntegerType()
-          && (OldValue.isSigned() && OldValue.isNegative())) {
+      if (IntegerType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()
+               && (OldValue.isSigned() && OldValue.isNegative())) {
         Diag(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_template_arg_negative)
           << OldValue.toString(10) << Value.toString(10) << Param->getType()
           << Arg->getSourceRange();
         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::note_template_param_here);
       }
-
+      
       // Complain if we overflowed the template parameter's type.
       unsigned RequiredBits;
-      if (IntegerType->isUnsignedIntegerType())
+      if (IntegerType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
         RequiredBits = OldValue.getActiveBits();
       else if (OldValue.isUnsigned())
         RequiredBits = OldValue.getActiveBits() + 1;
@@ -3541,16 +3805,6 @@ ExprResult Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
       }
     }
 
-    // Add the value of this argument to the list of converted
-    // arguments. We use the bitwidth and signedness of the template
-    // parameter.
-    if (Arg->isValueDependent()) {
-      // The argument is value-dependent. Create a new
-      // TemplateArgument with the converted expression.
-      Converted = TemplateArgument(Arg);
-      return Owned(Arg);
-    }
-
     Converted = TemplateArgument(Value,
                                  ParamType->isEnumeralType() ? ParamType
                                                              : IntegerType);
@@ -3563,10 +3817,17 @@ ExprResult Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   // from a template argument of type std::nullptr_t to a non-type
   // template parameter of type pointer to object, pointer to
   // function, or pointer-to-member, respectively.
-  if (ArgType->isNullPtrType() &&
-      (ParamType->isPointerType() || ParamType->isMemberPointerType())) {
-    Converted = TemplateArgument((NamedDecl *)0);
-    return Owned(Arg);
+  if (ArgType->isNullPtrType()) {
+    if (ParamType->isPointerType() || ParamType->isMemberPointerType()) {
+      Converted = TemplateArgument((NamedDecl *)0);
+      return Owned(Arg);
+    }
+    
+    if (ParamType->isNullPtrType()) {
+      llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.NullPtrTy), true);
+      Converted = TemplateArgument(Zero, Context.NullPtrTy);
+      return Owned(Arg);
+    }
   }
 
   // Handle pointer-to-function, reference-to-function, and
@@ -3715,9 +3976,10 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
     return false;
   }
 
-  // C++ [temp.arg.template]p1:
+  // C++0x [temp.arg.template]p1:
   //   A template-argument for a template template-parameter shall be
-  //   the name of a class template, expressed as id-expression. Only
+  //   the name of a class template or an alias template, expressed as an
+  //   id-expression. When the template-argument names a class template, only
   //   primary class templates are considered when matching the
   //   template template argument with the corresponding parameter;
   //   partial specializations are not considered even if their
@@ -3727,7 +3989,8 @@ bool Sema::CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   // will happen when we are dealing with, e.g., class template
   // partial specializations.
   if (!isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template) &&
-      !isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) {
+      !isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template) &&
+      !isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
     assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Template) &&
            "Only function templates are possible here");
     Diag(Arg.getLocation(), diag::err_template_arg_not_class_template);
@@ -3858,6 +4121,9 @@ Sema::BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
                                             Arg.getAsIntegral()->getBoolValue(),
                                             T, Loc));
 
+  if (T->isNullPtrType())
+    return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
+  
   // If this is an enum type that we're instantiating, we need to use an integer
   // type the same size as the enumerator.  We don't want to build an
   // IntegerLiteral with enum type.
@@ -4044,7 +4310,7 @@ Sema::TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
   // C++0x [temp.arg.template]p3:
   //   A template-argument matches a template template-parameter (call it P)
   //   when each of the template parameters in the template-parameter-list of
-  //   the template-argument's corresponding class template or template alias
+  //   the template-argument's corresponding class template or alias template
   //   (call it A) matches the corresponding template parameter in the
   //   template-parameter-list of P. [...]
   TemplateParameterList::iterator NewParm = New->begin();
@@ -4442,7 +4708,9 @@ Sema::ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec,
   // friend declarations.
   bool Invalid = false;
   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
-    = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(TemplateNameLoc, SS,
+    = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(TemplateNameLoc, 
+                                              TemplateNameLoc,
+                                              SS,
                         (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(),
                                               TemplateParameterLists.size(),
                                               TUK == TUK_Friend,
@@ -4509,7 +4777,7 @@ Sema::ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec,
   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
   assert(Kind != TTK_Enum && "Invalid enum tag in class template spec!");
   if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(),
-                                    Kind, KWLoc,
+                                    Kind, TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
                                     *ClassTemplate->getIdentifier())) {
     Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
       << ClassTemplate
@@ -5180,7 +5448,7 @@ Sema::CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                          SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation(),
                                              HasNoEffect))
     return true;
-
+  
   // Mark the prior declaration as an explicit specialization, so that later
   // clients know that this is an explicit specialization.
   if (!isFriend) {
@@ -5200,7 +5468,8 @@ Sema::CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
                                         TemplArgs, /*InsertPos=*/0,
                                     SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind(),
                                         TemplArgsAsWritten);
-
+  FD->setStorageClass(Specialization->getStorageClass());
+  
   // The "previous declaration" for this function template specialization is
   // the prior function template specialization.
   Previous.clear();
@@ -5479,7 +5748,7 @@ Sema::ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   assert(Kind != TTK_Enum &&
          "Invalid enum tag in class template explicit instantiation!");
   if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(ClassTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(),
-                                    Kind, KWLoc,
+                                    Kind, /*isDefinition*/false, KWLoc,
                                     *ClassTemplate->getIdentifier())) {
     Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
       << ClassTemplate
@@ -5801,11 +6070,20 @@ DeclResult Sema::ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   if (R.isNull())
     return true;
 
+  // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
+  //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in [...] an explicit 
+  //   instantiation (14.7.2) directive.
   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
-    // Cannot explicitly instantiate a typedef.
     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_explicit_instantiation_of_typedef)
       << Name;
     return true;
+  } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() 
+                                                != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
+    // Complain about then remove the storage class specifier.
+    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_explicit_instantiation_storage_class)
+      << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
+    
+    D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
   }
 
   // C++0x [temp.explicit]p1:
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp
index 235af049cf84..7d0ce8b2e71d 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateDeduction.cpp
@@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ Sema::FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                               FunctionTemplate->getLocation(),
                               FunctionTemplate->getSourceRange().getEnd(),
                               0, Builder,
-                              CTAK_Deduced)) {
+                              CTAK_Specified)) {
       Info.Param = makeTemplateParameter(
                          const_cast<NamedDecl *>(TemplateParams->getParam(I)));
       // FIXME: These template arguments are temporary. Free them!
@@ -2500,6 +2500,12 @@ static bool AdjustFunctionParmAndArgTypesForDeduction(Sema &S,
   if (ParamRefType) {
     QualType PointeeType = ParamRefType->getPointeeType();
 
+    // If the argument has incomplete array type, try to complete it's type.
+    if (ArgType->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
+        !S.RequireCompleteExprType(Arg, S.PDiag(), 
+                                   std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), S.PDiag())))
+      ArgType = Arg->getType();
+
     //   [C++0x] If P is an rvalue reference to a cv-unqualified
     //   template parameter and the argument is an lvalue, the type
     //   "lvalue reference to A" is used in place of A for type
@@ -2507,7 +2513,9 @@ static bool AdjustFunctionParmAndArgTypesForDeduction(Sema &S,
     if (isa<RValueReferenceType>(ParamType)) {
       if (!PointeeType.getQualifiers() &&
           isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(PointeeType) &&
-          Arg->Classify(S.Context).isLValue())
+          Arg->Classify(S.Context).isLValue() &&
+          Arg->getType() != S.Context.OverloadTy &&
+          Arg->getType() != S.Context.BoundMemberTy)
         ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
     }
 
@@ -3884,6 +3892,13 @@ MarkUsedTemplateParameters(Sema &SemaRef, QualType T,
                                  OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used);
     break;
 
+  case Type::UnaryTransform:
+    if (!OnlyDeduced)
+      MarkUsedTemplateParameters(SemaRef,
+                               cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType(),
+                                 OnlyDeduced, Depth, Used);
+    break;
+
   case Type::PackExpansion:
     MarkUsedTemplateParameters(SemaRef,
                                cast<PackExpansionType>(T)->getPattern(),
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp
index 92ba095cd6c8..3c1964175b10 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiate.cpp
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
 #include "TreeTransform.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
+#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
@@ -58,9 +59,13 @@ Sema::getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
     Result.addOuterTemplateArguments(Innermost);
   
   DeclContext *Ctx = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(D);
-  if (!Ctx)
+  if (!Ctx) {
     Ctx = D->getDeclContext();
-
+    
+    assert((!D->isTemplateParameter() || !Ctx->isTranslationUnit()) &&
+           "Template parameter doesn't have its context yet!");
+  }
+  
   while (!Ctx->isFileContext()) {
     // Add template arguments from a class template instantiation.
     if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
@@ -446,10 +451,15 @@ void Sema::PrintInstantiationStack() {
         Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation, DiagID)
           << Function
           << Active->InstantiationRange;
-      } else {
+      } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
         Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation,
                      diag::note_template_static_data_member_def_here)
-          << cast<VarDecl>(D)
+          << VD
+          << Active->InstantiationRange;
+      } else {
+        Diags.Report(Active->PointOfInstantiation,
+                     diag::note_template_type_alias_instantiation_here)
+          << cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(D)
           << Active->InstantiationRange;
       }
       break;
@@ -918,7 +928,8 @@ TemplateInstantiator::RebuildElaboratedType(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
     // like it's likely to produce a lot of spurious errors.
     if (Keyword != ETK_None && Keyword != ETK_Typename) {
       TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForKeyword(Keyword);
-      if (!SemaRef.isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(TD, Kind, TagLocation, *Id)) {
+      if (!SemaRef.isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(TD, Kind, /*isDefinition*/false,
+                                                TagLocation, *Id)) {
         SemaRef.Diag(TagLocation, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
           << Id
           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(TagLocation),
@@ -968,8 +979,7 @@ TemplateName TemplateInstantiator::TransformTemplateName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
       }
       
       TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplate();
-      assert(!Template.isNull() && Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
-             "Wrong kind of template template argument");
+      assert(!Template.isNull() && "Null template template argument");
       
       // We don't ever want to substitute for a qualified template name, since
       // the qualifier is handled separately. So, look through the qualified
@@ -1384,6 +1394,12 @@ static bool NeedsInstantiationAsFunctionType(TypeSourceInfo *T) {
   for (unsigned I = 0, E = FP.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
     ParmVarDecl *P = FP.getArg(I);
 
+    // The parameter's type as written might be dependent even if the
+    // decayed type was not dependent.
+    if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = P->getTypeSourceInfo())
+      if (TSInfo->getType()->isDependentType())
+        return true;
+
     // TODO: currently we always rebuild expressions.  When we
     // properly get lazier about this, we should use the same
     // logic to avoid rebuilding prototypes here.
@@ -1729,6 +1745,8 @@ Sema::InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
 
   TemplateDeclInstantiator Instantiator(*this, Instantiation, TemplateArgs);
   llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 4> Fields;
+  llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FieldDecl*, FieldDecl*>, 4>
+    FieldsWithMemberInitializers;
   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator Member = Pattern->decls_begin(),
          MemberEnd = Pattern->decls_end();
        Member != MemberEnd; ++Member) {
@@ -1751,9 +1769,13 @@ Sema::InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
 
     Decl *NewMember = Instantiator.Visit(*Member);
     if (NewMember) {
-      if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NewMember))
+      if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NewMember)) {
         Fields.push_back(Field);
-      else if (NewMember->isInvalidDecl())
+        FieldDecl *OldField = cast<FieldDecl>(*Member);
+        if (OldField->getInClassInitializer())
+          FieldsWithMemberInitializers.push_back(std::make_pair(OldField,
+                                                                Field));
+      } else if (NewMember->isInvalidDecl())
         Invalid = true;
     } else {
       // FIXME: Eventually, a NULL return will mean that one of the
@@ -1767,6 +1789,43 @@ Sema::InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
               Fields.data(), Fields.size(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
               0);
   CheckCompletedCXXClass(Instantiation);
+
+  // Attach any in-class member initializers now the class is complete.
+  for (unsigned I = 0, N = FieldsWithMemberInitializers.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+    FieldDecl *OldField = FieldsWithMemberInitializers[I].first;
+    FieldDecl *NewField = FieldsWithMemberInitializers[I].second;
+    Expr *OldInit = OldField->getInClassInitializer();
+    ExprResult NewInit = SubstExpr(OldInit, TemplateArgs);
+
+    // If the initialization is no longer dependent, check it now.
+    if ((OldField->getType()->isDependentType() || OldInit->isTypeDependent())
+        && !NewField->getType()->isDependentType()
+        && !NewInit.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
+      // FIXME: handle list-initialization
+      SourceLocation EqualLoc = NewField->getLocation();
+      NewInit = PerformCopyInitialization(
+        InitializedEntity::InitializeMember(NewField), EqualLoc,
+        NewInit.release());
+
+      if (!NewInit.isInvalid()) {
+        CheckImplicitConversions(NewInit.get(), EqualLoc);
+
+        // C++0x [class.base.init]p7:
+        //   The initialization of each base and member constitutes a
+        //   full-expression.
+        NewInit = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(NewInit);
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (NewInit.isInvalid())
+      NewField->setInvalidDecl();
+    else
+      NewField->setInClassInitializer(NewInit.release());
+  }
+
+  if (!FieldsWithMemberInitializers.empty())
+    ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Instantiation);
+
   if (Instantiation->isInvalidDecl())
     Invalid = true;
   else {
@@ -2009,7 +2068,7 @@ Sema::InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
             SuppressNew)
           continue;
         
-        if (Function->hasBody())
+        if (Function->isDefined())
           continue;
 
         if (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition) {
@@ -2019,7 +2078,7 @@ Sema::InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
           //   specialization and is only an explicit instantiation definition 
           //   of members whose definition is visible at the point of 
           //   instantiation.
-          if (!Pattern->hasBody())
+          if (!Pattern->isDefined())
             continue;
         
           Function->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
index 6e11ef5bbc5f..e78aa2991e74 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateInstantiateDecl.cpp
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitNamespaceAliasDecl(NamespaceAliasDecl *D) {
   return Inst;
 }
 
-Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *D,
-                                                     bool IsTypeAlias) {
+Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::InstantiateTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *D,
+                                                           bool IsTypeAlias) {
   bool Invalid = false;
   TypeSourceInfo *DI = D->getTypeSourceInfo();
   if (DI->getType()->isDependentType() ||
@@ -178,17 +178,62 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *D,
   SemaRef.InstantiateAttrs(TemplateArgs, D, Typedef);
 
   Typedef->setAccess(D->getAccess());
-  Owner->addDecl(Typedef);
 
   return Typedef;
 }
 
 Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
-  return VisitTypedefNameDecl(D, /*IsTypeAlias=*/false);
+  Decl *Typedef = InstantiateTypedefNameDecl(D, /*IsTypeAlias=*/false);
+  Owner->addDecl(Typedef);
+  return Typedef;
 }
 
 Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitTypeAliasDecl(TypeAliasDecl *D) {
-  return VisitTypedefNameDecl(D, /*IsTypeAlias=*/true);
+  Decl *Typedef = InstantiateTypedefNameDecl(D, /*IsTypeAlias=*/true);
+  Owner->addDecl(Typedef);
+  return Typedef;
+}
+
+Decl *
+TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) {
+  // Create a local instantiation scope for this type alias template, which
+  // will contain the instantiations of the template parameters.
+  LocalInstantiationScope Scope(SemaRef);
+
+  TemplateParameterList *TempParams = D->getTemplateParameters();
+  TemplateParameterList *InstParams = SubstTemplateParams(TempParams);
+  if (!InstParams)
+    return 0;
+
+  TypeAliasDecl *Pattern = D->getTemplatedDecl();
+
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl *PrevAliasTemplate = 0;
+  if (Pattern->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
+    DeclContext::lookup_result Found = Owner->lookup(Pattern->getDeclName());
+    if (Found.first != Found.second) {
+      PrevAliasTemplate = dyn_cast<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(*Found.first);
+    }
+  }
+
+  TypeAliasDecl *AliasInst = cast_or_null<TypeAliasDecl>(
+    InstantiateTypedefNameDecl(Pattern, /*IsTypeAlias=*/true));
+  if (!AliasInst)
+    return 0;
+
+  TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Inst
+    = TypeAliasTemplateDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, D->getLocation(),
+                                    D->getDeclName(), InstParams, AliasInst);
+  if (PrevAliasTemplate)
+    Inst->setPreviousDeclaration(PrevAliasTemplate);
+
+  Inst->setAccess(D->getAccess());
+
+  if (!PrevAliasTemplate)
+    Inst->setInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate(D);
+  
+  Owner->addDecl(Inst);
+
+  return Inst;
 }
 
 /// \brief Instantiate an initializer, breaking it into separate
@@ -432,6 +477,7 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
                                             D->getLocation(),
                                             D->isMutable(),
                                             BitWidth,
+                                            D->hasInClassInitializer(),
                                             D->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
                                             D->getAccess(),
                                             0);
@@ -1171,7 +1217,7 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D,
         D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
       // Check for a function body.
       const FunctionDecl *Definition = 0;
-      if (Function->hasBody(Definition) &&
+      if (Function->isDefined(Definition) &&
           Definition->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_Undeclared) {
         SemaRef.Diag(Function->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 
           << Function->getDeclName();
@@ -1203,7 +1249,7 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D,
         default:
           if (const FunctionDecl *RPattern
               = R->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
-            if (RPattern->hasBody(RPattern)) {
+            if (RPattern->isDefined(RPattern)) {
               SemaRef.Diag(Function->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 
                 << Function->getDeclName();
               SemaRef.Diag(R->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
@@ -1219,6 +1265,7 @@ Decl *TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D,
       PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
     PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
 
+  assert(!D->isDefaulted() && "only methods should be defaulted");
   return Function;
 }
 
@@ -1451,7 +1498,14 @@ TemplateDeclInstantiator::VisitCXXMethodDecl(CXXMethodDecl *D,
     else
       Owner->addDecl(DeclToAdd);
   }
-  
+
+  if (D->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) {
+    SemaRef.SetDeclDefaulted(Method, Method->getLocation());
+  } else {
+    assert(!D->isDefaulted() &&
+           "should not implicitly default uninstantiated function");
+  }
+
   return Method;
 }
 
@@ -2079,8 +2133,8 @@ TemplateDeclInstantiator::SubstFunctionType(FunctionDecl *D,
 bool
 TemplateDeclInstantiator::InitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *New,
                                                     FunctionDecl *Tmpl) {
-  if (Tmpl->isDeleted())
-    New->setDeleted();
+  if (Tmpl->isDeletedAsWritten())
+    New->setDeletedAsWritten();
 
   // If we are performing substituting explicitly-specified template arguments
   // or deduced template arguments into a function template and we reach this
@@ -2186,6 +2240,7 @@ TemplateDeclInstantiator::InitFunctionInstantiation(FunctionDecl *New,
     }
     Expr *NoexceptExpr = 0;
     if (Expr *OldNoexceptExpr = Proto->getNoexceptExpr()) {
+      EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(SemaRef, Sema::Unevaluated);
       ExprResult E = SemaRef.SubstExpr(OldNoexceptExpr, TemplateArgs);
       if (E.isUsable())
         NoexceptExpr = E.take();
@@ -2255,7 +2310,7 @@ void Sema::InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
                                          FunctionDecl *Function,
                                          bool Recursive,
                                          bool DefinitionRequired) {
-  if (Function->isInvalidDecl() || Function->hasBody())
+  if (Function->isInvalidDecl() || Function->isDefined())
     return;
 
   // Never instantiate an explicit specialization.
@@ -2264,12 +2319,19 @@ void Sema::InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
 
   // Find the function body that we'll be substituting.
   const FunctionDecl *PatternDecl = Function->getTemplateInstantiationPattern();
-  Stmt *Pattern = 0;
-  if (PatternDecl)
-    Pattern = PatternDecl->getBody(PatternDecl);
+  assert(PatternDecl && "instantiating a non-template");
+
+  Stmt *Pattern = PatternDecl->getBody(PatternDecl);
+  assert(PatternDecl && "template definition is not a template");
+  if (!Pattern) {
+    // Try to find a defaulted definition
+    PatternDecl->isDefined(PatternDecl);
+  }
+  assert(PatternDecl && "template definition is not a template");
 
   // Postpone late parsed template instantiations.
-  if (PatternDecl->isLateTemplateParsed() && !LateTemplateParser) {
+  if (PatternDecl->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
+      !LateTemplateParser) {
     PendingInstantiations.push_back(
       std::make_pair(Function, PointOfInstantiation));
     return;
@@ -2277,13 +2339,13 @@ void Sema::InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
 
   // Call the LateTemplateParser callback if there a need to late parse
   // a templated function definition. 
-  if (!Pattern && PatternDecl && PatternDecl->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
+  if (!Pattern && PatternDecl->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
       LateTemplateParser) {
     LateTemplateParser(OpaqueParser, PatternDecl);
     Pattern = PatternDecl->getBody(PatternDecl);
   }
 
-  if (!Pattern) {
+  if (!Pattern && !PatternDecl->isDefaulted()) {
     if (DefinitionRequired) {
       if (Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
         Diag(PointOfInstantiation, 
@@ -2378,21 +2440,27 @@ void Sema::InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList TemplateArgs =
     getTemplateInstantiationArgs(Function, 0, false, PatternDecl);
 
-  // If this is a constructor, instantiate the member initializers.
-  if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor =
-        dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(PatternDecl)) {
-    InstantiateMemInitializers(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function), Ctor,
-                               TemplateArgs);
-  }
+  if (PatternDecl->isDefaulted()) {
+    ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Function, 0, /*IsInstantiation=*/true);
 
-  // Instantiate the function body.
-  StmtResult Body = SubstStmt(Pattern, TemplateArgs);
+    SetDeclDefaulted(Function, PatternDecl->getLocation());
+  } else {
+    // If this is a constructor, instantiate the member initializers.
+    if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor =
+          dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(PatternDecl)) {
+      InstantiateMemInitializers(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function), Ctor,
+                                 TemplateArgs);
+    }
 
-  if (Body.isInvalid())
-    Function->setInvalidDecl();
-  
-  ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Function, Body.get(),
-                          /*IsInstantiation=*/true);
+    // Instantiate the function body.
+    StmtResult Body = SubstStmt(Pattern, TemplateArgs);
+
+    if (Body.isInvalid())
+      Function->setInvalidDecl();
+    
+    ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Function, Body.get(),
+                            /*IsInstantiation=*/true);
+  }
 
   PerformDependentDiagnostics(PatternDecl, TemplateArgs);
 
@@ -2415,9 +2483,13 @@ void Sema::InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
     PerformPendingInstantiations();
 
     // Restore the set of pending vtables.
+    assert(VTableUses.empty() &&
+           "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
     VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
 
     // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
+    assert(PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
+           "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
     PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
   }
 }
@@ -2484,6 +2556,10 @@ void Sema::InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
         == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
     return;
 
+  // If we already have a definition, we're done.
+  if (Var->getDefinition())
+    return;
+
   InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, PointOfInstantiation, Var);
   if (Inst)
     return;
@@ -2491,9 +2567,12 @@ void Sema::InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
   // If we're performing recursive template instantiation, create our own
   // queue of pending implicit instantiations that we will instantiate later,
   // while we're still within our own instantiation context.
+  llvm::SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
-  if (Recursive)
+  if (Recursive) {
+    VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
     PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
+  }
 
   // Enter the scope of this instantiation. We don't use
   // PushDeclContext because we don't have a scope.
@@ -2515,11 +2594,23 @@ void Sema::InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
   }
 
   if (Recursive) {
+    // Define any newly required vtables.
+    DefineUsedVTables();
+
     // Instantiate any pending implicit instantiations found during the
     // instantiation of this template.
     PerformPendingInstantiations();
 
+    // Restore the set of pending vtables.
+    assert(VTableUses.empty() &&
+           "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded, "
+           "while instantiating static data member.");
+    VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
+
     // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
+    assert(PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
+           "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded, "
+           "while instantiating static data member.");
     PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
   }
 }
@@ -3115,10 +3206,7 @@ NamedDecl *Sema::FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
 
 /// \brief Performs template instantiation for all implicit template
 /// instantiations we have seen until this point.
-///
-/// \returns true if anything was instantiated.
-bool Sema::PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly) {
-  bool InstantiatedAnything = false;
+void Sema::PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly) {
   while (!PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() ||
          (!LocalOnly && !PendingInstantiations.empty())) {
     PendingImplicitInstantiation Inst;
@@ -3139,7 +3227,6 @@ bool Sema::PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly) {
                                 TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition;
       InstantiateFunctionDefinition(/*FIXME:*/Inst.second, Function, true,
                                     DefinitionRequired);
-      InstantiatedAnything = true;
       continue;
     }
 
@@ -3176,10 +3263,7 @@ bool Sema::PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly) {
                               TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition;
     InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(/*FIXME:*/Inst.second, Var, true,
                                           DefinitionRequired);
-    InstantiatedAnything = true;
   }
-  
-  return InstantiatedAnything;
 }
 
 void Sema::PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp
index 096d353bccc3..86d3bc170909 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaTemplateVariadic.cpp
@@ -617,7 +617,8 @@ bool Sema::containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D) {
   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
   case TST_typename:
-  case TST_typeofType: {
+  case TST_typeofType:
+  case TST_underlyingType: {
     QualType T = DS.getRepAsType().get();
     if (!T.isNull() && T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
       return true;
diff --git a/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp b/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
index 00ac1d63dbe7..5fd8afa6acf4 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
+++ b/lib/Sema/SemaType.cpp
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCL.h"
 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
+#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
@@ -836,6 +837,18 @@ static QualType ConvertDeclSpecToType(Sema &S, TypeProcessingState &state) {
     }
     break;
   }
+  case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
+    Result = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType());
+    assert(!Result.isNull() && "Didn't get a type for __underlying_type?");
+    Result = S.BuildUnaryTransformType(Result,
+                                       UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType,
+                                       DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
+    if (Result.isNull()) {
+      Result = Context.IntTy;
+      declarator.setInvalidType(true);
+    }
+    break; 
+
   case DeclSpec::TST_auto: {
     // TypeQuals handled by caller.
     Result = Context.getAutoType(QualType());
@@ -1048,6 +1061,9 @@ QualType Sema::BuildPointerType(QualType T,
 QualType Sema::BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue,
                                   SourceLocation Loc,
                                   DeclarationName Entity) {
+  assert(Context.getCanonicalType(T) != Context.OverloadTy && 
+         "Unresolved overloaded function type");
+  
   // C++0x [dcl.ref]p6:
   //   If a typedef (7.1.3), a type template-parameter (14.3.1), or a 
   //   decltype-specifier (7.1.6.2) denotes a type TR that is a reference to a 
@@ -1464,41 +1480,37 @@ static void DiagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned Quals,
   FixItHint VolatileFixIt;
   FixItHint RestrictFixIt;
 
+  const SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager();
+
   // FIXME: The locations here are set kind of arbitrarily. It'd be nicer to
   // find a range and grow it to encompass all the qualifiers, regardless of
   // the order in which they textually appear.
   if (Quals & Qualifiers::Const) {
     ConstFixIt = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ConstQualLoc);
-    Loc = ConstQualLoc;
-    ++NumQuals;
     QualStr = "const";
+    ++NumQuals;
+    if (!Loc.isValid() || SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(ConstQualLoc, Loc))
+      Loc = ConstQualLoc;
   }
   if (Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile) {
     VolatileFixIt = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(VolatileQualLoc);
-    if (NumQuals == 0) {
-      Loc = VolatileQualLoc;
-      QualStr = "volatile";
-    } else {
-      QualStr += " volatile";
-    }
+    QualStr += (NumQuals == 0 ? "volatile" : " volatile");
     ++NumQuals;
+    if (!Loc.isValid() || SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(VolatileQualLoc, Loc))
+      Loc = VolatileQualLoc;
   }
   if (Quals & Qualifiers::Restrict) {
     RestrictFixIt = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RestrictQualLoc);
-    if (NumQuals == 0) {
-      Loc = RestrictQualLoc;
-      QualStr = "restrict";
-    } else {
-      QualStr += " restrict";
-    }
+    QualStr += (NumQuals == 0 ? "restrict" : " restrict");
     ++NumQuals;
+    if (!Loc.isValid() || SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(RestrictQualLoc, Loc))
+      Loc = RestrictQualLoc;
   }
 
   assert(NumQuals > 0 && "No known qualifiers?");
 
   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_qual_return_type)
-    << QualStr << NumQuals
-    << ConstFixIt << VolatileFixIt << RestrictFixIt;
+    << QualStr << NumQuals << ConstFixIt << VolatileFixIt << RestrictFixIt;
 }
 
 /// GetTypeForDeclarator - Convert the type for the specified
@@ -1581,6 +1593,8 @@ TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S,
       Error = 0; // Function prototype
       break;
     case Declarator::MemberContext:
+      if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_static)
+        break;
       switch (cast<TagDecl>(CurContext)->getTagKind()) {
       case TTK_Enum: assert(0 && "unhandled tag kind"); break;
       case TTK_Struct: Error = 1; /* Struct member */ break;
@@ -1601,6 +1615,7 @@ TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S,
       Error = 7; // Template type argument
       break;
     case Declarator::AliasDeclContext:
+    case Declarator::AliasTemplateContext:
       Error = 9; // Type alias
       break;
     case Declarator::TypeNameContext:
@@ -1659,7 +1674,8 @@ TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S,
   // Does this declaration declare a typedef-name?
   bool IsTypedefName =
     D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef ||
-    D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasDeclContext;
+    D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasDeclContext ||
+    D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasTemplateContext;
 
   // Walk the DeclTypeInfo, building the recursive type as we go.
   // DeclTypeInfos are ordered from the identifier out, which is
@@ -1839,7 +1855,8 @@ TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S,
       // anyway.
       if (IsTypedefName && FTI.getExceptionSpecType())
         Diag(FTI.getExceptionSpecLoc(), diag::err_exception_spec_in_typedef)
-          << (D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasDeclContext);
+          << (D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasDeclContext ||
+              D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasTemplateContext);
 
       if (!FTI.NumArgs && !FTI.isVariadic && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
         // Simple void foo(), where the incoming T is the result type.
@@ -2204,6 +2221,7 @@ TypeSourceInfo *Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S,
     case Declarator::ObjCPrototypeContext: // FIXME: special diagnostic here?
     case Declarator::TypeNameContext:
     case Declarator::AliasDeclContext:
+    case Declarator::AliasTemplateContext:
     case Declarator::MemberContext:
     case Declarator::BlockContext:
     case Declarator::ForContext:
@@ -2367,6 +2385,16 @@ namespace {
       Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
       TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo);
     }
+    void VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
+      // FIXME: This holds only because we only have one unary transform.
+      assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType);
+      TL.setKWLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
+      TL.setParensRange(DS.getTypeofParensRange());
+      assert(DS.getRepAsType());
+      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
+      Sema::GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TInfo);
+      TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TInfo);
+    }
     void VisitBuiltinTypeLoc(BuiltinTypeLoc TL) {
       // By default, use the source location of the type specifier.
       TL.setBuiltinLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
@@ -2640,13 +2668,17 @@ TypeResult Sema::ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
 
     // C++0x [dcl.type]p3:
-    //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration
-    //   unless it appears in the type-id of an alias-declaration
-    //   (7.1.3).
-    if (OwnedTag && OwnedTag->isDefinition() &&
-        D.getContext() != Declarator::AliasDeclContext)
-      Diag(OwnedTag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
-        << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedTag);
+    //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration unless
+    //   it appears in the type-id of an alias-declaration (7.1.3) that is not
+    //   the declaration of a template-declaration.
+    if (OwnedTag && OwnedTag->isDefinition()) {
+      if (D.getContext() == Declarator::AliasTemplateContext)
+        Diag(OwnedTag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_alias_template)
+          << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedTag);
+      else if (D.getContext() != Declarator::AliasDeclContext)
+        Diag(OwnedTag->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
+          << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedTag);
+    }
   }
 
   return CreateParsedType(T, TInfo);
@@ -3213,6 +3245,82 @@ static void processTypeAttrs(TypeProcessingState &state, QualType &type,
   } while ((attrs = next));
 }
 
+/// \brief Ensure that the type of the given expression is complete.
+///
+/// This routine checks whether the expression \p E has a complete type. If the
+/// expression refers to an instantiable construct, that instantiation is
+/// performed as needed to complete its type. Furthermore
+/// Sema::RequireCompleteType is called for the expression's type (or in the
+/// case of a reference type, the referred-to type).
+///
+/// \param E The expression whose type is required to be complete.
+/// \param PD The partial diagnostic that will be printed out if the type cannot
+/// be completed.
+///
+/// \returns \c true if the type of \p E is incomplete and diagnosed, \c false
+/// otherwise.
+bool Sema::RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
+                                   std::pair<SourceLocation,
+                                             PartialDiagnostic> Note) {
+  QualType T = E->getType();
+
+  // Fast path the case where the type is already complete.
+  if (!T->isIncompleteType())
+    return false;
+
+  // Incomplete array types may be completed by the initializer attached to
+  // their definitions. For static data members of class templates we need to
+  // instantiate the definition to get this initializer and complete the type.
+  if (T->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
+    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
+      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
+        if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
+            Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
+          
+          MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
+          assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
+          if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
+                != TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
+            // If we don't already have a point of instantiation, this is it.
+            if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) {
+              MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(E->getLocStart());
+              
+              // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify 
+              // listeners.
+              if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
+                L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
+            }
+            
+            InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(E->getExprLoc(), Var);
+            
+            // Update the type to the newly instantiated definition's type both
+            // here and within the expression.
+            if (VarDecl *Def = Var->getDefinition()) {
+              DRE->setDecl(Def);
+              T = Def->getType();
+              DRE->setType(T);
+              E->setType(T);
+            }
+          }
+          
+          // We still go on to try to complete the type independently, as it
+          // may also require instantiations or diagnostics if it remains
+          // incomplete.
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  // FIXME: Are there other cases which require instantiating something other
+  // than the type to complete the type of an expression?
+
+  // Look through reference types and complete the referred type.
+  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
+    T = Ref->getPointeeType();
+
+  return RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T, PD, Note);
+}
+
 /// @brief Ensure that the type T is a complete type.
 ///
 /// This routine checks whether the type @p T is complete in any
@@ -3363,3 +3471,27 @@ QualType Sema::BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
   
   return Context.getDecltypeType(E);
 }
+
+QualType Sema::BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                       UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
+                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
+  switch (UKind) {
+  case UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType:
+    if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && !BaseType->isEnumeralType()) {
+      Diag(Loc, diag::err_only_enums_have_underlying_types);
+      return QualType();
+    } else {
+      QualType Underlying = BaseType;
+      if (!BaseType->isDependentType()) {
+        EnumDecl *ED = BaseType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
+        assert(ED && "EnumType has no EnumDecl");
+        DiagnoseUseOfDecl(ED, Loc);
+        Underlying = ED->getIntegerType();
+      }
+      assert(!Underlying.isNull());
+      return Context.getUnaryTransformType(BaseType, Underlying,
+                                        UnaryTransformType::EnumUnderlyingType);
+    }
+  }
+  llvm_unreachable("unknown unary transform type");
+}
diff --git a/lib/Sema/TreeTransform.h b/lib/Sema/TreeTransform.h
index 2a71e14265a8..ff2e46a9026b 100644
--- a/lib/Sema/TreeTransform.h
+++ b/lib/Sema/TreeTransform.h
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
+#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
@@ -701,6 +702,11 @@ public:
   /// By default, builds a new TypeOfType with the given underlying type.
   QualType RebuildTypeOfType(QualType Underlying);
 
+  /// \brief Build a new unary transform type.
+  QualType RebuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                     UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
+                                     SourceLocation Loc);
+
   /// \brief Build a new C++0x decltype type.
   ///
   /// By default, performs semantic analysis when building the decltype type.
@@ -855,7 +861,7 @@ public:
         case LookupResult::Found:
         case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
         case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: {
-	  NamedDecl *SomeDecl = Result.getRepresentativeDecl();
+          NamedDecl *SomeDecl = Result.getRepresentativeDecl();
           unsigned Kind = 0;
           if (isa<TypedefDecl>(SomeDecl)) Kind = 1;
           else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(SomeDecl)) Kind = 2;
@@ -863,7 +869,7 @@ public:
           SemaRef.Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
           SemaRef.Diag(SomeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
           break;
-	}
+        }
         default:
           // FIXME: Would be nice to highlight just the source range.
           SemaRef.Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
@@ -873,7 +879,8 @@ public:
       return QualType();
     }
 
-    if (!SemaRef.isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(Tag, Kind, IdLoc, *Id)) {
+    if (!SemaRef.isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(Tag, Kind, /*isDefinition*/false,
+                                              IdLoc, *Id)) {
       SemaRef.Diag(KeywordLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Id;
       SemaRef.Diag(Tag->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
       return QualType();
@@ -1372,7 +1379,7 @@ public:
                                          UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
                                          SourceRange R) {
     ExprResult Result
-      = getSema().CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SubExpr, OpLoc, ExprKind, R);
+      = getSema().CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SubExpr, OpLoc, ExprKind);
     if (Result.isInvalid())
       return ExprError();
 
@@ -2567,9 +2574,13 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformNestedNameSpecifierLoc(
                   Q.getLocalEndLoc());
         break;
       }
-      
-      SemaRef.Diag(TL.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_nested_name_spec_non_tag) 
-        << TL.getType() << SS.getRange();
+      // If the nested-name-specifier is an invalid type def, don't emit an
+      // error because a previous error should have already been emitted.
+      TypedefTypeLoc* TTL = dyn_cast<TypedefTypeLoc>(&TL);
+      if (!TTL || !TTL->getTypedefNameDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
+        SemaRef.Diag(TL.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_nested_name_spec_non_tag) 
+          << TL.getType() << SS.getRange();
+      }
       return NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
     }
     }
@@ -4154,6 +4165,29 @@ QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformDecltypeType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB,
 }
 
 template<typename Derived>
+QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformUnaryTransformType(
+                                                            TypeLocBuilder &TLB,
+                                                     UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
+  QualType Result = TL.getType();
+  if (Result->isDependentType()) {
+    const UnaryTransformType *T = TL.getTypePtr();
+    QualType NewBase =
+      getDerived().TransformType(TL.getUnderlyingTInfo())->getType();
+    Result = getDerived().RebuildUnaryTransformType(NewBase,
+                                                    T->getUTTKind(),
+                                                    TL.getKWLoc());
+    if (Result.isNull())
+      return QualType();
+  }
+
+  UnaryTransformTypeLoc NewTL = TLB.push<UnaryTransformTypeLoc>(Result);
+  NewTL.setKWLoc(TL.getKWLoc());
+  NewTL.setParensRange(TL.getParensRange());
+  NewTL.setUnderlyingTInfo(TL.getUnderlyingTInfo());
+  return Result;
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
 QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformAutoType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB,
                                                    AutoTypeLoc TL) {
   const AutoType *T = TL.getTypePtr();
@@ -4389,6 +4423,23 @@ QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformTemplateSpecializationType(
                                                    NewTemplateArgs);
 
   if (!Result.isNull()) {
+    // Specializations of template template parameters are represented as
+    // TemplateSpecializationTypes, and substitution of type alias templates
+    // within a dependent context can transform them into
+    // DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.
+    if (isa<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>(Result)) {
+      DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc NewTL
+        = TLB.push<DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(Result);
+      NewTL.setKeywordLoc(TL.getTemplateNameLoc());
+      NewTL.setQualifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc());
+      NewTL.setNameLoc(TL.getTemplateNameLoc());
+      NewTL.setLAngleLoc(TL.getLAngleLoc());
+      NewTL.setRAngleLoc(TL.getRAngleLoc());
+      for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewTemplateArgs.size(); i != e; ++i)
+        NewTL.setArgLocInfo(i, NewTemplateArgs[i].getLocInfo());
+      return Result;
+    }
+
     TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc NewTL
       = TLB.push<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(Result);
     NewTL.setTemplateNameLoc(TL.getTemplateNameLoc());
@@ -4478,6 +4529,23 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformElaboratedType(TypeLocBuilder &TLB,
   if (NamedT.isNull())
     return QualType();
 
+  // C++0x [dcl.type.elab]p2:
+  //   If the identifier resolves to a typedef-name or the simple-template-id
+  //   resolves to an alias template specialization, the
+  //   elaborated-type-specifier is ill-formed.
+  if (T->getKeyword() != ETK_None && T->getKeyword() != ETK_Typename) {
+    if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
+          NamedT->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
+      TemplateName Template = TST->getTemplateName();
+      if (TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TAT =
+          dyn_cast_or_null<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
+        SemaRef.Diag(TL.getNamedTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
+                     diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << 4;
+        SemaRef.Diag(TAT->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
   QualType Result = TL.getType();
   if (getDerived().AlwaysRebuild() ||
       QualifierLoc != TL.getQualifierLoc() ||
@@ -6629,8 +6697,12 @@ template<typename Derived>
 ExprResult
 TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) {
   DeclContext *DC = getSema().getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
-  CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC);
-  QualType T = MD->getThisType(getSema().Context);
+  QualType T;
+  if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
+    T = MD->getThisType(getSema().Context);
+  else
+    T = getSema().Context.getPointerType(
+      getSema().Context.getRecordType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)));
 
   if (!getDerived().AlwaysRebuild() && T == E->getType())
     return SemaRef.Owned(E);
@@ -7449,6 +7521,7 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformUnresolvedMemberExpr(UnresolvedMemberExpr *Old)
 template<typename Derived>
 ExprResult
 TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformCXXNoexceptExpr(CXXNoexceptExpr *E) {
+  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(SemaRef, Sema::Unevaluated);
   ExprResult SubExpr = getDerived().TransformExpr(E->getOperand());
   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
     return ExprError();
@@ -7700,6 +7773,11 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) {
   BlockScopeInfo *blockScope = SemaRef.getCurBlock();
 
   blockScope->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(oldBlock->isVariadic());
+  // We built a new blockScopeInfo in call to ActOnBlockStart
+  // in above, CapturesCXXThis need be set here from the block
+  // expression.
+  blockScope->CapturesCXXThis = oldBlock->capturesCXXThis();
+  
   llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 4> params;
   llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> paramTypes;
   
@@ -7759,22 +7837,21 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) {
 #ifndef NDEBUG
   // In builds with assertions, make sure that we captured everything we
   // captured before.
+  if (!SemaRef.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
+    for (BlockDecl::capture_iterator i = oldBlock->capture_begin(),
+           e = oldBlock->capture_end(); i != e; ++i) {
+      VarDecl *oldCapture = i->getVariable();
+
+      // Ignore parameter packs.
+      if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(oldCapture) &&
+          cast<ParmVarDecl>(oldCapture)->isParameterPack())
+        continue;
 
-  if (oldBlock->capturesCXXThis()) assert(blockScope->CapturesCXXThis);
-
-  for (BlockDecl::capture_iterator i = oldBlock->capture_begin(),
-         e = oldBlock->capture_end(); i != e; ++i) {
-    VarDecl *oldCapture = i->getVariable();
-
-    // Ignore parameter packs.
-    if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(oldCapture) &&
-        cast<ParmVarDecl>(oldCapture)->isParameterPack())
-      continue;
-
-    VarDecl *newCapture =
-      cast<VarDecl>(getDerived().TransformDecl(E->getCaretLocation(),
-                                               oldCapture));
-    assert(blockScope->CaptureMap.count(newCapture));
+      VarDecl *newCapture =
+        cast<VarDecl>(getDerived().TransformDecl(E->getCaretLocation(),
+                                                 oldCapture));
+      assert(blockScope->CaptureMap.count(newCapture));
+    }
   }
 #endif
 
@@ -7805,6 +7882,13 @@ TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *E) {
                                          ND, NameInfo, 0);
 }
 
+template<typename Derived>
+ExprResult
+TreeTransform<Derived>::TransformAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *E) {
+  assert(false && "Cannot transform asType expressions yet");
+  return SemaRef.Owned(E);
+}
+  
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Type reconstruction
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -8010,6 +8094,13 @@ QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::RebuildDecltypeType(Expr *E,
 }
 
 template<typename Derived>
+QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::RebuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
+                                            UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
+                                            SourceLocation Loc) {
+  return SemaRef.BuildUnaryTransformType(BaseType, UKind, Loc);
+}
+
+template<typename Derived>
 QualType TreeTransform<Derived>::RebuildTemplateSpecializationType(
                                                       TemplateName Template,
                                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
index d2e41a96c946..8fb20d22b7de 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTReader.cpp
@@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ PCHValidator::ReadLanguageOptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
   PARSE_LANGOPT_IMPORTANT(AppleKext, diag::warn_pch_apple_kext);
   PARSE_LANGOPT_IMPORTANT(ObjCDefaultSynthProperties,
                           diag::warn_pch_objc_auto_properties);
+  PARSE_LANGOPT_BENIGN(ObjCInferRelatedResultType)
   PARSE_LANGOPT_IMPORTANT(NoConstantCFStrings,
                           diag::warn_pch_no_constant_cfstrings);
   PARSE_LANGOPT_BENIGN(PascalStrings);
@@ -1697,7 +1698,8 @@ namespace {
       using namespace clang::io;
       HeaderFileInfo HFI;
       unsigned Flags = *d++;
-      HFI.isImport = (Flags >> 3) & 0x01;
+      HFI.isImport = (Flags >> 4) & 0x01;
+      HFI.isPragmaOnce = (Flags >> 3) & 0x01;
       HFI.DirInfo = (Flags >> 1) & 0x03;
       HFI.Resolved = Flags & 0x01;
       HFI.NumIncludes = ReadUnalignedLE16(d);
@@ -1841,6 +1843,22 @@ MacroDefinition *ASTReader::getMacroDefinition(MacroID ID) {
   return MacroDefinitionsLoaded[ID - 1];
 }
 
+const FileEntry *ASTReader::getFileEntry(llvm::StringRef filenameStrRef) {
+  std::string Filename = filenameStrRef;
+  MaybeAddSystemRootToFilename(Filename);
+  const FileEntry *File = FileMgr.getFile(Filename);
+  if (File == 0 && !OriginalDir.empty() && !CurrentDir.empty() &&
+      OriginalDir != CurrentDir) {
+    std::string resolved = resolveFileRelativeToOriginalDir(Filename,
+                                                            OriginalDir,
+                                                            CurrentDir);
+    if (!resolved.empty())
+      File = FileMgr.getFile(resolved);
+  }
+
+  return File;
+}
+
 /// \brief If we are loading a relocatable PCH file, and the filename is
 /// not an absolute path, add the system root to the beginning of the file
 /// name.
@@ -2113,15 +2131,6 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
       TotalVisibleDeclContexts += Record[3];
       break;
 
-    case TENTATIVE_DEFINITIONS:
-      // Optimization for the first block.
-      if (TentativeDefinitions.empty())
-        TentativeDefinitions.swap(Record);
-      else
-        TentativeDefinitions.insert(TentativeDefinitions.end(),
-                                    Record.begin(), Record.end());
-      break;
-
     case UNUSED_FILESCOPED_DECLS:
       // Optimization for the first block.
       if (UnusedFileScopedDecls.empty())
@@ -2131,6 +2140,15 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
                                      Record.begin(), Record.end());
       break;
 
+    case DELEGATING_CTORS:
+      // Optimization for the first block.
+      if (DelegatingCtorDecls.empty())
+        DelegatingCtorDecls.swap(Record);
+      else
+        DelegatingCtorDecls.insert(DelegatingCtorDecls.end(),
+                                   Record.begin(), Record.end());
+      break;
+
     case WEAK_UNDECLARED_IDENTIFIERS:
       // Later blocks overwrite earlier ones.
       WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.swap(Record);
@@ -2176,6 +2194,11 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
       F.LocalSLocSize = Record[1];
       break;
 
+    case FILE_SOURCE_LOCATION_OFFSETS:
+      F.SLocFileOffsets = (const uint32_t *)BlobStart;
+      F.LocalNumSLocFileEntries = Record[0];
+      break;
+
     case SOURCE_LOCATION_PRELOADS:
       if (PreloadSLocEntries.empty())
         PreloadSLocEntries.swap(Record);
@@ -2236,6 +2259,10 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
       MaybeAddSystemRootToFilename(OriginalFileName);
       break;
 
+    case ORIGINAL_FILE_ID:
+      OriginalFileID = FileID::get(Record[0]);
+      break;
+        
     case ORIGINAL_PCH_DIR:
       // The primary AST will be the last to get here, so it will be the one
       // that's used.
@@ -2330,6 +2357,15 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
       // Later tables overwrite earlier ones.
       OpenCLExtensions.swap(Record);
       break;
+
+    case TENTATIVE_DEFINITIONS:
+      // Optimization for the first block.
+      if (TentativeDefinitions.empty())
+        TentativeDefinitions.swap(Record);
+      else
+        TentativeDefinitions.insert(TentativeDefinitions.end(),
+                                    Record.begin(), Record.end());
+      break;
     }
     First = false;
   }
@@ -2337,6 +2373,75 @@ ASTReader::ReadASTBlock(PerFileData &F) {
   return Failure;
 }
 
+ASTReader::ASTReadResult ASTReader::validateFileEntries() {
+  for (unsigned CI = 0, CN = Chain.size(); CI != CN; ++CI) {
+    PerFileData *F = Chain[CI];
+    llvm::BitstreamCursor &SLocEntryCursor = F->SLocEntryCursor;
+
+    for (unsigned i = 0, e = F->LocalNumSLocFileEntries; i != e; ++i) {
+      SLocEntryCursor.JumpToBit(F->SLocFileOffsets[i]);
+      unsigned Code = SLocEntryCursor.ReadCode();
+      if (Code == llvm::bitc::END_BLOCK ||
+          Code == llvm::bitc::ENTER_SUBBLOCK ||
+          Code == llvm::bitc::DEFINE_ABBREV) {
+        Error("incorrectly-formatted source location entry in AST file");
+        return Failure;
+      }
+  
+      RecordData Record;
+      const char *BlobStart;
+      unsigned BlobLen;
+      switch (SLocEntryCursor.ReadRecord(Code, Record, &BlobStart, &BlobLen)) {
+      default:
+        Error("incorrectly-formatted source location entry in AST file");
+        return Failure;
+  
+      case SM_SLOC_FILE_ENTRY: {
+        llvm::StringRef Filename(BlobStart, BlobLen);
+        const FileEntry *File = getFileEntry(Filename);
+
+        if (File == 0) {
+          std::string ErrorStr = "could not find file '";
+          ErrorStr += Filename;
+          ErrorStr += "' referenced by AST file";
+          Error(ErrorStr.c_str());
+          return IgnorePCH;
+        }
+  
+        if (Record.size() < 6) {
+          Error("source location entry is incorrect");
+          return Failure;
+        }
+
+        // The stat info from the FileEntry came from the cached stat
+        // info of the PCH, so we cannot trust it.
+        struct stat StatBuf;
+        if (::stat(File->getName(), &StatBuf) != 0) {
+          StatBuf.st_size = File->getSize();
+          StatBuf.st_mtime = File->getModificationTime();
+        }
+
+        if (((off_t)Record[4] != StatBuf.st_size
+#if !defined(LLVM_ON_WIN32)
+            // In our regression testing, the Windows file system seems to
+            // have inconsistent modification times that sometimes
+            // erroneously trigger this error-handling path.
+             || (time_t)Record[5] != StatBuf.st_mtime
+#endif
+            )) {
+          Error(diag::err_fe_pch_file_modified, Filename);
+          return IgnorePCH;
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return Success;
+}
+
 ASTReader::ASTReadResult ASTReader::ReadAST(const std::string &FileName,
                                             ASTFileType Type) {
   switch(ReadASTCore(FileName, Type)) {
@@ -2347,6 +2452,14 @@ ASTReader::ASTReadResult ASTReader::ReadAST(const std::string &FileName,
 
   // Here comes stuff that we only do once the entire chain is loaded.
 
+  if (!DisableValidation) {
+    switch(validateFileEntries()) {
+    case Failure: return Failure;
+    case IgnorePCH: return IgnorePCH;
+    case Success: break;
+    }
+  }
+
   // Allocate space for loaded slocentries, identifiers, decls and types.
   unsigned TotalNumIdentifiers = 0, TotalNumTypes = 0, TotalNumDecls = 0,
            TotalNumPreallocatedPreprocessingEntities = 0, TotalNumMacroDefs = 0,
@@ -2372,7 +2485,7 @@ ASTReader::ASTReadResult ASTReader::ReadAST(const std::string &FileName,
       PP->getHeaderSearchInfo().SetExternalLookup(this);
     if (TotalNumPreallocatedPreprocessingEntities > 0) {
       if (!PP->getPreprocessingRecord())
-        PP->createPreprocessingRecord();
+        PP->createPreprocessingRecord(true);
       PP->getPreprocessingRecord()->SetExternalSource(*this,
                                      TotalNumPreallocatedPreprocessingEntities);
     }
@@ -2441,12 +2554,15 @@ ASTReader::ASTReadResult ASTReader::ReadAST(const std::string &FileName,
   // the source manager to the file source file from which the preamble was
   // built. This is the only valid way to use a precompiled preamble.
   if (Type == Preamble) {
-    SourceLocation Loc
-      = SourceMgr.getLocation(FileMgr.getFile(getOriginalSourceFile()), 1, 1);
-    if (Loc.isValid()) {
-      std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomposed = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
-      SourceMgr.SetPreambleFileID(Decomposed.first);
+    if (OriginalFileID.isInvalid()) {
+      SourceLocation Loc
+        = SourceMgr.getLocation(FileMgr.getFile(getOriginalSourceFile()), 1, 1);
+      if (Loc.isValid())
+        OriginalFileID = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Loc).first;
     }
+    
+    if (!OriginalFileID.isInvalid())
+      SourceMgr.SetPreambleFileID(OriginalFileID);
   }
   
   return Success;
@@ -2571,7 +2687,7 @@ void ASTReader::setPreprocessor(Preprocessor &pp) {
     TotalNum += Chain[I]->NumPreallocatedPreprocessingEntities;
   if (TotalNum) {
     if (!PP->getPreprocessingRecord())
-      PP->createPreprocessingRecord();
+      PP->createPreprocessingRecord(true);
     PP->getPreprocessingRecord()->SetExternalSource(*this, TotalNum);
   }
 }
@@ -2819,6 +2935,7 @@ bool ASTReader::ParseLanguageOptions(
     PARSE_LANGOPT(ObjCNonFragileABI2);
     PARSE_LANGOPT(AppleKext);
     PARSE_LANGOPT(ObjCDefaultSynthProperties);
+    PARSE_LANGOPT(ObjCInferRelatedResultType);
     PARSE_LANGOPT(NoConstantCFStrings);
     PARSE_LANGOPT(PascalStrings);
     PARSE_LANGOPT(WritableStrings);
@@ -3182,6 +3299,13 @@ QualType ASTReader::ReadTypeRecord(unsigned Index) {
   case TYPE_DECLTYPE:
     return Context->getDecltypeType(ReadExpr(*Loc.F));
 
+  case TYPE_UNARY_TRANSFORM: {
+    QualType BaseType = GetType(Record[0]);
+    QualType UnderlyingType = GetType(Record[1]);
+    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind = (UnaryTransformType::UTTKind)Record[2];
+    return Context->getUnaryTransformType(BaseType, UnderlyingType, UKind);
+  }
+
   case TYPE_AUTO:
     return Context->getAutoType(GetType(Record[0]));
 
@@ -3356,14 +3480,14 @@ QualType ASTReader::ReadTypeRecord(unsigned Index) {
     TemplateName Name = ReadTemplateName(*Loc.F, Record, Idx);
     llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 8> Args;
     ReadTemplateArgumentList(Args, *Loc.F, Record, Idx);
-    QualType Canon = GetType(Record[Idx++]);
+    QualType Underlying = GetType(Record[Idx++]);
     QualType T;
-    if (Canon.isNull())
+    if (Underlying.isNull())
       T = Context->getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args.data(),
                                                           Args.size());
     else
       T = Context->getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args.data(),
-                                                 Args.size(), Canon);
+                                                 Args.size(), Underlying);
     const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())->setDependent(IsDependent);
     return T;
   }
@@ -3498,6 +3622,12 @@ void TypeLocReader::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
 void TypeLocReader::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
   TL.setNameLoc(ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx));
 }
+void TypeLocReader::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
+  TL.setKWLoc(ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx));
+  TL.setLParenLoc(ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx));
+  TL.setRParenLoc(ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx));
+  TL.setUnderlyingTInfo(Reader.GetTypeSourceInfo(F, Record, Idx));
+}
 void TypeLocReader::VisitAutoTypeLoc(AutoTypeLoc TL) {
   TL.setNameLoc(ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx));
 }
@@ -4099,6 +4229,13 @@ void ASTReader::InitializeSema(Sema &S) {
     SemaObj->UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
   }
 
+  // If there were any delegating constructors, add them to Sema's list
+  for (unsigned I = 0, N = DelegatingCtorDecls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
+    CXXConstructorDecl *D
+     = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(GetDecl(DelegatingCtorDecls[I]));
+    SemaObj->DelegatingCtorDecls.push_back(D);
+  }
+
   // If there were any locally-scoped external declarations,
   // deserialize them and add them to Sema's table of locally-scoped
   // external declarations.
@@ -4710,18 +4847,28 @@ ASTReader::ReadCXXCtorInitializers(PerFileData &F, const RecordData &Record,
       bool IsBaseVirtual = false;
       FieldDecl *Member = 0;
       IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMember = 0;
+      CXXConstructorDecl *Target = 0;
 
-      bool IsBaseInitializer = Record[Idx++];
-      if (IsBaseInitializer) {
+      CtorInitializerType Type = (CtorInitializerType)Record[Idx++];
+      switch (Type) {
+       case CTOR_INITIALIZER_BASE:
         BaseClassInfo = GetTypeSourceInfo(F, Record, Idx);
         IsBaseVirtual = Record[Idx++];
-      } else {
-        bool IsIndirectMemberInitializer = Record[Idx++];
-        if (IsIndirectMemberInitializer)
-          IndirectMember = cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
-        else
-          Member = cast<FieldDecl>(GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
+        break;
+
+       case CTOR_INITIALIZER_DELEGATING:
+        Target = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
+        break;
+
+       case CTOR_INITIALIZER_MEMBER:
+        Member = cast<FieldDecl>(GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
+        break;
+
+       case CTOR_INITIALIZER_INDIRECT_MEMBER:
+        IndirectMember = cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
+        break;
       }
+
       SourceLocation MemberOrEllipsisLoc = ReadSourceLocation(F, Record, Idx);
       Expr *Init = ReadExpr(F);
       SourceLocation LParenLoc = ReadSourceLocation(F, Record, Idx);
@@ -4739,10 +4886,13 @@ ASTReader::ReadCXXCtorInitializers(PerFileData &F, const RecordData &Record,
       }
 
       CXXCtorInitializer *BOMInit;
-      if (IsBaseInitializer) {
+      if (Type == CTOR_INITIALIZER_BASE) {
         BOMInit = new (C) CXXCtorInitializer(C, BaseClassInfo, IsBaseVirtual,
                                              LParenLoc, Init, RParenLoc,
                                              MemberOrEllipsisLoc);
+      } else if (Type == CTOR_INITIALIZER_DELEGATING) {
+        BOMInit = new (C) CXXCtorInitializer(C, MemberOrEllipsisLoc, LParenLoc,
+                                             Target, Init, RParenLoc);
       } else if (IsWritten) {
         if (Member)
           BOMInit = new (C) CXXCtorInitializer(C, Member, MemberOrEllipsisLoc,
@@ -5050,7 +5200,8 @@ ASTReader::~ASTReader() {
 }
 
 ASTReader::PerFileData::PerFileData(ASTFileType Ty)
-  : Type(Ty), SizeInBits(0), LocalNumSLocEntries(0), SLocOffsets(0), LocalSLocSize(0),
+  : Type(Ty), SizeInBits(0), LocalNumSLocEntries(0), SLocOffsets(0),
+    SLocFileOffsets(0), LocalSLocSize(0),
     LocalNumIdentifiers(0), IdentifierOffsets(0), IdentifierTableData(0),
     IdentifierLookupTable(0), LocalNumMacroDefinitions(0),
     MacroDefinitionOffsets(0), 
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderDecl.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderDecl.cpp
index 3a825de6e6d8..fab2069bc5f4 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderDecl.cpp
@@ -125,6 +125,7 @@ namespace clang {
     void VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D);
+    void VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D);
     void VisitUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *D);
     void VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D);
@@ -173,6 +174,18 @@ uint64_t ASTDeclReader::GetCurrentCursorOffset() {
 void ASTDeclReader::Visit(Decl *D) {
   DeclVisitor<ASTDeclReader, void>::Visit(D);
 
+  if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
+    if (DD->DeclInfo) {
+      DeclaratorDecl::ExtInfo *Info =
+          DD->DeclInfo.get<DeclaratorDecl::ExtInfo *>();
+      Info->TInfo =
+          GetTypeSourceInfo(Record, Idx);
+    }
+    else {
+      DD->DeclInfo = GetTypeSourceInfo(Record, Idx);
+    }
+  }
+
   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
     // if we have a fully initialized TypeDecl, we can safely read its type now.
     TD->setTypeForDecl(Reader.GetType(TypeIDForTypeDecl).getTypePtrOrNull());
@@ -307,10 +320,8 @@ void ASTDeclReader::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
     DeclaratorDecl::ExtInfo *Info
         = new (*Reader.getContext()) DeclaratorDecl::ExtInfo();
     ReadQualifierInfo(*Info, Record, Idx);
-    Info->TInfo = GetTypeSourceInfo(Record, Idx);
     DD->DeclInfo = Info;
-  } else
-    DD->DeclInfo = GetTypeSourceInfo(Record, Idx);
+  }
 }
 
 void ASTDeclReader::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *FD) {
@@ -428,6 +439,8 @@ void ASTDeclReader::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *FD) {
   FD->HasWrittenPrototype = Record[Idx++];
   FD->IsDeleted = Record[Idx++];
   FD->IsTrivial = Record[Idx++];
+  FD->IsDefaulted = Record[Idx++];
+  FD->IsExplicitlyDefaulted = Record[Idx++];
   FD->HasImplicitReturnZero = Record[Idx++];
   FD->EndRangeLoc = ReadSourceLocation(Record, Idx);
 
@@ -455,6 +468,7 @@ void ASTDeclReader::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
   MD->setDefined(Record[Idx++]);
   MD->setDeclImplementation((ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl)Record[Idx++]);
   MD->setObjCDeclQualifier((Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier)Record[Idx++]);
+  MD->SetRelatedResultType(Record[Idx++]);
   MD->setNumSelectorArgs(unsigned(Record[Idx++]));
   MD->setResultType(Reader.GetType(Record[Idx++]));
   MD->setResultTypeSourceInfo(GetTypeSourceInfo(Record, Idx));
@@ -663,8 +677,11 @@ void ASTDeclReader::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D) {
 void ASTDeclReader::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *FD) {
   VisitDeclaratorDecl(FD);
   FD->setMutable(Record[Idx++]);
-  if (Record[Idx++])
+  int BitWidthOrInitializer = Record[Idx++];
+  if (BitWidthOrInitializer == 1)
     FD->setBitWidth(Reader.ReadExpr(F));
+  else if (BitWidthOrInitializer == 2)
+    FD->setInClassInitializer(Reader.ReadExpr(F));
   if (!FD->getDeclName()) {
     FieldDecl *Tmpl = cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(Reader.GetDecl(Record[Idx++]));
     if (Tmpl)
@@ -857,7 +874,8 @@ void ASTDeclReader::ReadCXXDefinitionData(
   Data.HasPrivateFields = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasProtectedFields = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasPublicFields = Record[Idx++];
-  Data.HasTrivialConstructor = Record[Idx++];
+  Data.HasMutableFields = Record[Idx++];
+  Data.HasTrivialDefaultConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasConstExprNonCopyMoveConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasTrivialCopyConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasTrivialMoveConstructor = Record[Idx++];
@@ -866,6 +884,7 @@ void ASTDeclReader::ReadCXXDefinitionData(
   Data.HasTrivialDestructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases = Record[Idx++];
   Data.ComputedVisibleConversions = Record[Idx++];
+  Data.UserProvidedDefaultConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.DeclaredDefaultConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.DeclaredCopyConstructor = Record[Idx++];
   Data.DeclaredCopyAssignment = Record[Idx++];
@@ -1266,6 +1285,10 @@ void ASTDeclReader::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
   D->ParameterPack = Record[Idx++];
 }
 
+void ASTDeclReader::VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) {
+  VisitRedeclarableTemplateDecl(D);
+}
+
 void ASTDeclReader::VisitStaticAssertDecl(StaticAssertDecl *D) {
   VisitDecl(D);
   D->AssertExpr = Reader.ReadExpr(F);
@@ -1380,7 +1403,7 @@ static bool isConsumerInterestedIn(Decl *D) {
     return Var->isFileVarDecl() &&
            Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition;
   if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
-    return Func->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
+    return Func->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody();
   return isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D);
 }
 
@@ -1572,6 +1595,9 @@ Decl *ASTReader::ReadDeclRecord(unsigned Index, DeclID ID) {
     D = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*Context, 0, SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
                                          false, 0, 0);
     break;
+  case DECL_TYPE_ALIAS_TEMPLATE:
+    D = TypeAliasTemplateDecl::Create(*Context, Decl::EmptyShell());
+    break;
   case DECL_STATIC_ASSERT:
     D = StaticAssertDecl::Create(*Context, 0, SourceLocation(), 0, 0,
                                  SourceLocation());
@@ -1626,7 +1652,7 @@ Decl *ASTReader::ReadDeclRecord(unsigned Index, DeclID ID) {
     break;
   case DECL_FIELD:
     D = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, 0, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 0,
-                          QualType(), 0, 0, false);
+                          QualType(), 0, 0, false, false);
     break;
   case DECL_INDIRECTFIELD:
     D = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(*Context, 0, SourceLocation(), 0, QualType(),
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderStmt.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderStmt.cpp
index 918db7e367c6..f3f67a76c4d4 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTReaderStmt.cpp
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ namespace clang {
     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *E);
     
     // CUDA Expressions
-    void VisitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CUDAKernelCallExpr *E);
+    void VisitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CUDAKernelCallExpr *E);    
   };
 }
 
@@ -2000,6 +2000,10 @@ Stmt *ASTReader::ReadStmtFromStream(PerFileData &F) {
     case EXPR_CUDA_KERNEL_CALL:
       S = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(*Context, Empty);
       break;
+        
+    case EXPR_ASTYPE:
+      S = new (Context) AsTypeExpr(Empty);
+      break;
     }
     
     // We hit a STMT_STOP, so we're done with this expression.
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
index 6d44fb63e5a2..ba9032e0d33e 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriter.cpp
@@ -223,6 +223,13 @@ void ASTTypeWriter::VisitDecltypeType(const DecltypeType *T) {
   Code = TYPE_DECLTYPE;
 }
 
+void ASTTypeWriter::VisitUnaryTransformType(const UnaryTransformType *T) {
+  Writer.AddTypeRef(T->getBaseType(), Record);
+  Writer.AddTypeRef(T->getUnderlyingType(), Record);
+  Record.push_back(T->getUTTKind());
+  Code = TYPE_UNARY_TRANSFORM;
+}
+
 void ASTTypeWriter::VisitAutoType(const AutoType *T) {
   Writer.AddTypeRef(T->getDeducedType(), Record);
   Code = TYPE_AUTO;
@@ -277,7 +284,8 @@ ASTTypeWriter::VisitTemplateSpecializationType(
   for (TemplateSpecializationType::iterator ArgI = T->begin(), ArgE = T->end();
          ArgI != ArgE; ++ArgI)
     Writer.AddTemplateArgument(*ArgI, Record);
-  Writer.AddTypeRef(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() ? QualType()
+  Writer.AddTypeRef(T->isTypeAlias() ? T->getAliasedType() :
+                    T->isCanonicalUnqualified() ? QualType()
                                                 : T->getCanonicalTypeInternal(),
                     Record);
   Code = TYPE_TEMPLATE_SPECIALIZATION;
@@ -493,6 +501,12 @@ void TypeLocWriter::VisitTypeOfTypeLoc(TypeOfTypeLoc TL) {
 void TypeLocWriter::VisitDecltypeTypeLoc(DecltypeTypeLoc TL) {
   Writer.AddSourceLocation(TL.getNameLoc(), Record);
 }
+void TypeLocWriter::VisitUnaryTransformTypeLoc(UnaryTransformTypeLoc TL) {
+  Writer.AddSourceLocation(TL.getKWLoc(), Record);
+  Writer.AddSourceLocation(TL.getLParenLoc(), Record);
+  Writer.AddSourceLocation(TL.getRParenLoc(), Record);
+  Writer.AddTypeSourceInfo(TL.getUnderlyingTInfo(), Record);
+}
 void TypeLocWriter::VisitAutoTypeLoc(AutoTypeLoc TL) {
   Writer.AddSourceLocation(TL.getNameLoc(), Record);
 }
@@ -726,6 +740,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteBlockInfoBlock() {
   // AST Top-Level Block.
   BLOCK(AST_BLOCK);
   RECORD(ORIGINAL_FILE_NAME);
+  RECORD(ORIGINAL_FILE_ID);
   RECORD(TYPE_OFFSET);
   RECORD(DECL_OFFSET);
   RECORD(LANGUAGE_OPTIONS);
@@ -764,6 +779,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteBlockInfoBlock() {
   RECORD(HEADER_SEARCH_TABLE);
   RECORD(FP_PRAGMA_OPTIONS);
   RECORD(OPENCL_EXTENSIONS);
+  RECORD(DELEGATING_CTORS);
   
   // SourceManager Block.
   BLOCK(SOURCE_MANAGER_BLOCK);
@@ -873,13 +889,14 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteBlockInfoBlock() {
   RECORD(DECL_INDIRECTFIELD);
   RECORD(DECL_EXPANDED_NON_TYPE_TEMPLATE_PARM_PACK);
   
+  // Statements and Exprs can occur in the Decls and Types block.
+  AddStmtsExprs(Stream, Record);
+
   BLOCK(PREPROCESSOR_DETAIL_BLOCK);
   RECORD(PPD_MACRO_INSTANTIATION);
   RECORD(PPD_MACRO_DEFINITION);
   RECORD(PPD_INCLUSION_DIRECTIVE);
   
-  // Statements and Exprs can occur in the Decls and Types block.
-  AddStmtsExprs(Stream, Record);
 #undef RECORD
 #undef BLOCK
   Stream.ExitBlock();
@@ -951,7 +968,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteMetadata(ASTContext &Context, const char *isysroot,
   const std::string &BlobStr = Chain ? Chain->getFileName() : Target.getTriple().getTriple();
   Stream.EmitRecordWithBlob(MetaAbbrevCode, Record, BlobStr);
 
-  // Original file name
+  // Original file name and file ID
   SourceManager &SM = Context.getSourceManager();
   if (const FileEntry *MainFile = SM.getFileEntryForID(SM.getMainFileID())) {
     BitCodeAbbrev *FileAbbrev = new BitCodeAbbrev();
@@ -969,6 +986,10 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteMetadata(ASTContext &Context, const char *isysroot,
     RecordData Record;
     Record.push_back(ORIGINAL_FILE_NAME);
     Stream.EmitRecordWithBlob(FileAbbrevCode, Record, MainFileNameStr);
+    
+    Record.clear();
+    Record.push_back(SM.getMainFileID().getOpaqueValue());
+    Stream.EmitRecord(ORIGINAL_FILE_ID, Record);
   }
 
   // Original PCH directory
@@ -1029,6 +1050,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteLanguageOptions(const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
   Record.push_back(LangOpts.AppleKext);          // Apple's kernel extensions ABI
   Record.push_back(LangOpts.ObjCDefaultSynthProperties); // Objective-C auto-synthesized
                                                       // properties enabled.
+  Record.push_back(LangOpts.ObjCInferRelatedResultType);
   Record.push_back(LangOpts.NoConstantCFStrings); // non cfstring generation enabled..
 
   Record.push_back(LangOpts.PascalStrings);  // Allow Pascal strings
@@ -1280,7 +1302,8 @@ namespace {
       using namespace clang::io;
       uint64_t Start = Out.tell(); (void)Start;
       
-      unsigned char Flags = (Data.isImport << 3)
+      unsigned char Flags = (Data.isImport << 4)
+                          | (Data.isPragmaOnce << 3)
                           | (Data.DirInfo << 1)
                           | Data.Resolved;
       Emit8(Out, (uint8_t)Flags);
@@ -1428,6 +1451,9 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteSourceManagerBlock(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
   // Write out the source location entry table. We skip the first
   // entry, which is always the same dummy entry.
   std::vector<uint32_t> SLocEntryOffsets;
+  // Write out the offsets of only source location file entries.
+  // We will go through them in ASTReader::validateFileEntries().
+  std::vector<uint32_t> SLocFileEntryOffsets;
   RecordData PreloadSLocs;
   unsigned BaseSLocID = Chain ? Chain->getTotalNumSLocs() : 0;
   SLocEntryOffsets.reserve(SourceMgr.sloc_entry_size() - 1 - BaseSLocID);
@@ -1442,9 +1468,10 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteSourceManagerBlock(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
     // Figure out which record code to use.
     unsigned Code;
     if (SLoc->isFile()) {
-      if (SLoc->getFile().getContentCache()->OrigEntry)
+      if (SLoc->getFile().getContentCache()->OrigEntry) {
         Code = SM_SLOC_FILE_ENTRY;
-      else
+        SLocFileEntryOffsets.push_back(Stream.GetCurrentBitNo());
+      } else
         Code = SM_SLOC_BUFFER_ENTRY;
     } else
       Code = SM_SLOC_INSTANTIATION_ENTRY;
@@ -1544,6 +1571,18 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteSourceManagerBlock(SourceManager &SourceMgr,
   Record.push_back(SourceMgr.getNextOffset() - BaseOffset);
   Stream.EmitRecordWithBlob(SLocOffsetsAbbrev, Record, data(SLocEntryOffsets));
 
+  Abbrev = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abbrev->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(FILE_SOURCE_LOCATION_OFFSETS));
+  Abbrev->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 16)); // # of slocs
+  Abbrev->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Blob)); // offsets
+  unsigned SLocFileOffsetsAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abbrev);
+
+  Record.clear();
+  Record.push_back(FILE_SOURCE_LOCATION_OFFSETS);
+  Record.push_back(SLocFileEntryOffsets.size());
+  Stream.EmitRecordWithBlob(SLocFileOffsetsAbbrev, Record,
+                            data(SLocFileEntryOffsets));
+
   // Write the source location entry preloads array, telling the AST
   // reader which source locations entries it should load eagerly.
   Stream.EmitRecord(SOURCE_LOCATION_PRELOADS, PreloadSLocs);
@@ -2663,8 +2702,15 @@ ASTWriter::ASTWriter(llvm::BitstreamWriter &Stream)
     NextSelectorID(FirstSelectorID), FirstMacroID(1), NextMacroID(FirstMacroID),
     CollectedStmts(&StmtsToEmit),
     NumStatements(0), NumMacros(0), NumLexicalDeclContexts(0),
-    NumVisibleDeclContexts(0), FirstCXXBaseSpecifiersID(1),
-    NextCXXBaseSpecifiersID(1)
+    NumVisibleDeclContexts(0),
+    FirstCXXBaseSpecifiersID(1), NextCXXBaseSpecifiersID(1),
+    DeclParmVarAbbrev(0), DeclContextLexicalAbbrev(0),
+    DeclContextVisibleLookupAbbrev(0), UpdateVisibleAbbrev(0),
+    DeclRefExprAbbrev(0), CharacterLiteralAbbrev(0),
+    DeclRecordAbbrev(0), IntegerLiteralAbbrev(0),
+    DeclTypedefAbbrev(0),
+    DeclVarAbbrev(0), DeclFieldAbbrev(0),
+    DeclEnumAbbrev(0), DeclObjCIvarAbbrev(0)
 {
 }
 
@@ -2722,6 +2768,10 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTCore(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
   for (unsigned i=0, e = SemaRef.UnusedFileScopedDecls.size(); i !=e; ++i)
     AddDeclRef(SemaRef.UnusedFileScopedDecls[i], UnusedFileScopedDecls);
 
+  RecordData DelegatingCtorDecls;
+  for (unsigned i=0, e = SemaRef.DelegatingCtorDecls.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    AddDeclRef(SemaRef.DelegatingCtorDecls[i], DelegatingCtorDecls);
+
   RecordData WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
   if (!SemaRef.WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
     WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.push_back(
@@ -2826,7 +2876,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTCore(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
 
   // Keep writing types and declarations until all types and
   // declarations have been written.
-  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID, 3);
+  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID, NUM_ALLOWED_ABBREVS_SIZE);
   WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs();
   while (!DeclTypesToEmit.empty()) {
     DeclOrType DOT = DeclTypesToEmit.front();
@@ -2896,6 +2946,10 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTCore(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
   // Write the record containing CUDA-specific declaration references.
   if (!CUDASpecialDeclRefs.empty())
     Stream.EmitRecord(CUDA_SPECIAL_DECL_REFS, CUDASpecialDeclRefs);
+  
+  // Write the delegating constructors.
+  if (!DelegatingCtorDecls.empty())
+    Stream.EmitRecord(DELEGATING_CTORS, DelegatingCtorDecls);
 
   // Some simple statistics
   Record.clear();
@@ -2970,6 +3024,14 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTChain(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
       AddDeclRef(SemaRef.UnusedFileScopedDecls[i], UnusedFileScopedDecls);
   }
 
+  // Build a record containing all of the delegating constructor decls in this
+  // file.
+  RecordData DelegatingCtorDecls;
+  for (unsigned i=0, e = SemaRef.DelegatingCtorDecls.size(); i != e; ++i) {
+    if (SemaRef.DelegatingCtorDecls[i]->getPCHLevel() == 0)
+      AddDeclRef(SemaRef.DelegatingCtorDecls[i], DelegatingCtorDecls);
+  }
+
   // We write the entire table, overwriting the tables from the chain.
   RecordData WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
   if (!SemaRef.WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
@@ -3044,7 +3106,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTChain(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
     AddDeclRef(SemaRef.getStdBadAlloc(), SemaDeclRefs);
   }
 
-  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID, 3);
+  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECLTYPES_BLOCK_ID, NUM_ALLOWED_ABBREVS_SIZE);
   WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs();
   for (DeclsToRewriteTy::iterator
          I = DeclsToRewrite.begin(), E = DeclsToRewrite.end(); I != E; ++I)
@@ -3127,6 +3189,10 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteASTChain(Sema &SemaRef, MemorizeStatCalls *StatCalls,
   // Write the record containing declaration references of Sema.
   if (!SemaDeclRefs.empty())
     Stream.EmitRecord(SEMA_DECL_REFS, SemaDeclRefs);
+  
+  // Write the delegating constructors.
+  if (!DelegatingCtorDecls.empty())
+    Stream.EmitRecord(DELEGATING_CTORS, DelegatingCtorDecls);
 
   // Write the updates to DeclContexts.
   for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<const DeclContext *, 16>::iterator
@@ -3152,7 +3218,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteDeclUpdatesBlocks() {
     return;
 
   RecordData OffsetsRecord;
-  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECL_UPDATES_BLOCK_ID, 3);
+  Stream.EnterSubblock(DECL_UPDATES_BLOCK_ID, NUM_ALLOWED_ABBREVS_SIZE);
   for (DeclUpdateMap::iterator
          I = DeclUpdates.begin(), E = DeclUpdates.end(); I != E; ++I) {
     const Decl *D = I->first;
@@ -3743,16 +3809,19 @@ void ASTWriter::AddCXXCtorInitializers(
   for (unsigned i=0; i != NumCtorInitializers; ++i) {
     const CXXCtorInitializer *Init = CtorInitializers[i];
 
-    Record.push_back(Init->isBaseInitializer());
     if (Init->isBaseInitializer()) {
+      Record.push_back(CTOR_INITIALIZER_BASE);
       AddTypeSourceInfo(Init->getBaseClassInfo(), Record);
       Record.push_back(Init->isBaseVirtual());
+    } else if (Init->isDelegatingInitializer()) {
+      Record.push_back(CTOR_INITIALIZER_DELEGATING);
+      AddDeclRef(Init->getTargetConstructor(), Record);
+    } else if (Init->isMemberInitializer()){
+      Record.push_back(CTOR_INITIALIZER_MEMBER);
+      AddDeclRef(Init->getMember(), Record);
     } else {
-      Record.push_back(Init->isIndirectMemberInitializer());
-      if (Init->isIndirectMemberInitializer())
-        AddDeclRef(Init->getIndirectMember(), Record);
-      else
-        AddDeclRef(Init->getMember(), Record);
+      Record.push_back(CTOR_INITIALIZER_INDIRECT_MEMBER);
+      AddDeclRef(Init->getIndirectMember(), Record);
     }
 
     AddSourceLocation(Init->getMemberLocation(), Record);
@@ -3787,7 +3856,8 @@ void ASTWriter::AddCXXDefinitionData(const CXXRecordDecl *D, RecordDataImpl &Rec
   Record.push_back(Data.HasPrivateFields);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasProtectedFields);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasPublicFields);
-  Record.push_back(Data.HasTrivialConstructor);
+  Record.push_back(Data.HasMutableFields);
+  Record.push_back(Data.HasTrivialDefaultConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasConstExprNonCopyMoveConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasTrivialCopyConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasTrivialMoveConstructor);
@@ -3796,6 +3866,7 @@ void ASTWriter::AddCXXDefinitionData(const CXXRecordDecl *D, RecordDataImpl &Rec
   Record.push_back(Data.HasTrivialDestructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases);
   Record.push_back(Data.ComputedVisibleConversions);
+  Record.push_back(Data.UserProvidedDefaultConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.DeclaredDefaultConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.DeclaredCopyConstructor);
   Record.push_back(Data.DeclaredCopyAssignment);
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterDecl.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterDecl.cpp
index 1ca00a32f820..7c24088c65ba 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterDecl.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterDecl.cpp
@@ -86,6 +86,7 @@ namespace clang {
     void VisitClassTemplateDecl(ClassTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitFunctionTemplateDecl(FunctionTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D);
+    void VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D);
     void VisitUsingDecl(UsingDecl *D);
     void VisitUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *D);
     void VisitLinkageSpecDecl(LinkageSpecDecl *D);
@@ -123,12 +124,19 @@ namespace clang {
 void ASTDeclWriter::Visit(Decl *D) {
   DeclVisitor<ASTDeclWriter>::Visit(D);
 
+  // Source locations require array (variable-length) abbreviations.  The
+  // abbreviation infrastructure requires that arrays are encoded last, so
+  // we handle it here in the case of those classes derived from DeclaratorDecl
+  if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)){
+    Writer.AddTypeSourceInfo(DD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Record);
+  }
+
   // Handle FunctionDecl's body here and write it after all other Stmts/Exprs
   // have been written. We want it last because we will not read it back when
   // retrieving it from the AST, we'll just lazily set the offset. 
   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
-    Record.push_back(FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
-    if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+    Record.push_back(FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody());
+    if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
       Writer.AddStmt(FD->getBody());
   }
 }
@@ -168,6 +176,18 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitTypeDecl(TypeDecl *D) {
 void ASTDeclWriter::VisitTypedefDecl(TypedefDecl *D) {
   VisitTypeDecl(D);
   Writer.AddTypeSourceInfo(D->getTypeSourceInfo(), Record);
+
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      D->RedeclLink.getNext() == D &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getAccess() == AS_none &&
+      D->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::Identifier)
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclTypedefAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_TYPEDEF;
 }
 
@@ -204,6 +224,21 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitEnumDecl(EnumDecl *D) {
   Record.push_back(D->isScopedUsingClassTag());
   Record.push_back(D->isFixed());
   Writer.AddDeclRef(D->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum(), Record);
+
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
+      D->RedeclLink.getNext() == D &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getAccess() == AS_none &&
+      !CXXRecordDecl::classofKind(D->getKind()) &&
+      !D->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() &&
+      D->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::Identifier)
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclEnumAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_ENUM;
 }
 
@@ -212,6 +247,20 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitRecordDecl(RecordDecl *D) {
   Record.push_back(D->hasFlexibleArrayMember());
   Record.push_back(D->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
   Record.push_back(D->hasObjectMember());
+
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
+      D->RedeclLink.getNext() == D &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getAccess() == AS_none &&
+      !CXXRecordDecl::classofKind(D->getKind()) &&
+      D->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::Identifier)
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclRecordAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_RECORD;
 }
 
@@ -226,6 +275,7 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitEnumConstantDecl(EnumConstantDecl *D) {
   if (D->getInitExpr())
     Writer.AddStmt(D->getInitExpr());
   Writer.AddAPSInt(D->getInitVal(), Record);
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_ENUM_CONSTANT;
 }
 
@@ -235,7 +285,6 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *D) {
   Record.push_back(D->hasExtInfo());
   if (D->hasExtInfo())
     Writer.AddQualifierInfo(*D->getExtInfo(), Record);
-  Writer.AddTypeSourceInfo(D->getTypeSourceInfo(), Record);
 }
 
 void ASTDeclWriter::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D) {
@@ -321,8 +370,10 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *D) {
   Record.push_back(D->isPure());
   Record.push_back(D->hasInheritedPrototype());
   Record.push_back(D->hasWrittenPrototype());
-  Record.push_back(D->isDeleted());
+  Record.push_back(D->isDeletedAsWritten());
   Record.push_back(D->isTrivial());
+  Record.push_back(D->isDefaulted());
+  Record.push_back(D->isExplicitlyDefaulted());
   Record.push_back(D->hasImplicitReturnZero());
   Writer.AddSourceLocation(D->getLocEnd(), Record);
 
@@ -353,6 +404,7 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitObjCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *D) {
   Record.push_back(D->getImplementationControl());
   // FIXME: stable encoding for in/out/inout/bycopy/byref/oneway
   Record.push_back(D->getObjCDeclQualifier());
+  Record.push_back(D->hasRelatedResultType());
   Record.push_back(D->getNumSelectorArgs());
   Writer.AddTypeRef(D->getResultType(), Record);
   Writer.AddTypeSourceInfo(D->getResultTypeSourceInfo(), Record);
@@ -413,6 +465,18 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitObjCIvarDecl(ObjCIvarDecl *D) {
   // FIXME: stable encoding for @public/@private/@protected/@package
   Record.push_back(D->getAccessControl());
   Record.push_back(D->getSynthesize());
+
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      !D->getBitWidth() &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
+      D->getDeclName())
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclObjCIvarAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_OBJC_IVAR;
 }
 
@@ -535,11 +599,28 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitObjCPropertyImplDecl(ObjCPropertyImplDecl *D) {
 void ASTDeclWriter::VisitFieldDecl(FieldDecl *D) {
   VisitDeclaratorDecl(D);
   Record.push_back(D->isMutable());
-  Record.push_back(D->getBitWidth()? 1 : 0);
+  Record.push_back(D->getBitWidth()? 1 : D->hasInClassInitializer() ? 2 : 0);
   if (D->getBitWidth())
     Writer.AddStmt(D->getBitWidth());
+  else if (D->hasInClassInitializer())
+    Writer.AddStmt(D->getInClassInitializer());
   if (!D->getDeclName())
     Writer.AddDeclRef(Context.getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(D), Record);
+
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      !D->getBitWidth() &&
+      !D->hasInClassInitializer() &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
+      !ObjCIvarDecl::classofKind(D->getKind()) &&
+      !ObjCAtDefsFieldDecl::classofKind(D->getKind()) &&
+      D->getDeclName())
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclFieldAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_FIELD;
 }
 
@@ -577,6 +658,22 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitVarDecl(VarDecl *D) {
     Writer.AddSourceLocation(SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation(), Record);
   }
 
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->isImplicit() &&
+      !D->isUsed(false) &&
+      !D->isInvalidDecl() &&
+      !D->isReferenced() &&
+      D->getAccess() == AS_none &&
+      D->getPCHLevel() == 0 &&
+      D->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::Identifier &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
+      D->RedeclLink.getNext() == D &&
+      !D->hasCXXDirectInitializer() &&
+      D->getInit() == 0 &&
+      !ParmVarDecl::classofKind(D->getKind()) &&
+      !SpecInfo)
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclVarAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::DECL_VAR;
 }
 
@@ -601,8 +698,8 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D) {
   // If the assumptions about the DECL_PARM_VAR abbrev are true, use it.  Here
   // we dynamically check for the properties that we optimize for, but don't
   // know are true of all PARM_VAR_DECLs.
-  if (!D->getTypeSourceInfo() &&
-      !D->hasAttrs() &&
+  if (!D->hasAttrs() &&
+      !D->hasExtInfo() &&
       !D->isImplicit() &&
       !D->isUsed(false) &&
       D->getAccess() == AS_none &&
@@ -615,7 +712,7 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D) {
       !D->hasInheritedDefaultArg() &&
       D->getInit() == 0 &&
       !D->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg())  // No default expr.
-    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getParmVarDeclAbbrev();
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclParmVarAbbrev();
 
   // Check things we know are true of *every* PARM_VAR_DECL, which is more than
   // just us assuming it.
@@ -1081,6 +1178,11 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *D) {
   Code = serialization::DECL_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM;
 }
 
+void ASTDeclWriter::VisitTypeAliasTemplateDecl(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *D) {
+  VisitRedeclarableTemplateDecl(D);
+  Code = serialization::DECL_TYPE_ALIAS_TEMPLATE;
+}
+
 void ASTDeclWriter::VisitStaticAssertDecl(StaticAssertDecl *D) {
   VisitDecl(D);
   Writer.AddStmt(D->getAssertExpr());
@@ -1141,10 +1243,161 @@ void ASTDeclWriter::VisitRedeclarable(Redeclarable<T> *D) {
 
 void ASTWriter::WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs() {
   using namespace llvm;
-  // Abbreviation for DECL_PARM_VAR.
-  BitCodeAbbrev *Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
-  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_PARM_VAR));
 
+  BitCodeAbbrev *Abv;
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_FIELD
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_FIELD));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 2));  // AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // ValueDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  // DeclaratorDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // InnerStartLoc
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // hasExtInfo
+  // FieldDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isMutable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       //getBitWidth
+  // Type Source Info
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Array));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // TypeLoc
+  DeclFieldAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_OBJC_IVAR
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_OBJC_IVAR));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 2));  // AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // ValueDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  // DeclaratorDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // InnerStartLoc
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // hasExtInfo
+  // FieldDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isMutable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       //getBitWidth
+  // ObjC Ivar
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // getAccessControl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // getSynthesize
+  // Type Source Info
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Array));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // TypeLoc
+  DeclObjCIvarAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_ENUM
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_ENUM));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(AS_none));                 // C++ AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // TypeDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Source Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type Ref
+  // Redeclarable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                         // No redeclaration
+  // TagDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // IdentifierNamespace
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // getTagKind
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isDefinition
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // EmbeddedInDeclarator
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // SourceLocation
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                         // hasExtInfo
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // TypedefNameAnonDecl
+  // EnumDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // AddTypeRef
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // IntegerType
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // getPromotionType
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // getNumPositiveBits
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // getNumNegativeBits
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isScoped
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isScopedUsingClassTag
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isFixed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // InstantiatedMembEnum
+  // DC
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // LexicalOffset
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // VisibleOffset
+  DeclEnumAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_RECORD
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_RECORD));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(AS_none));                 // C++ AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // TypeDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Source Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type Ref
+  // Redeclarable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                         // No redeclaration
+  // TagDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // IdentifierNamespace
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // getTagKind
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isDefinition
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // EmbeddedInDeclarator
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // SourceLocation
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                         // hasExtInfo
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // TypedefNameAnonDecl
+  // RecordDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // FlexibleArrayMember
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // AnonymousStructUnion
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // hasObjectMember
+  // DC
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // LexicalOffset
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));   // VisibleOffset
+  DeclRecordAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_PARM_VAR
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_PARM_VAR));
   // Decl
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
@@ -1156,7 +1409,6 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs() {
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(AS_none));                 // C++ AccessSpecifier
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
-
   // NamedDecl
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
@@ -1165,7 +1417,6 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs() {
   // DeclaratorDecl
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // InnerStartLoc
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // hasExtInfo
-  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::PREDEF_TYPE_NULL_ID)); // InfoType
   // VarDecl
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // No redeclaration
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // StorageClass
@@ -1185,8 +1436,128 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteDeclsBlockAbbrevs() {
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // KNRPromoted
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasInheritedDefaultArg
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                   // HasUninstantiatedDefaultArg
+  // Type Source Info
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Array));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // TypeLoc
+  DeclParmVarAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
 
-  ParmVarDeclAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_TYPEDEF
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_TYPEDEF));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(AS_none));                 // C++ AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // TypeDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Source Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type Ref
+  // TypedefDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Array));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // TypeLoc
+  DeclTypedefAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for DECL_VAR
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_VAR));
+  // Decl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // LexicalDeclContext
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isInvalidDecl (!?)
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // HasAttrs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isImplicit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isUsed
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // isReferenced
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(AS_none));                 // C++ AccessSpecifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // PCH level
+  // NamedDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // NameKind = Identifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Name
+  // ValueDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  // DeclaratorDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // InnerStartLoc
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // hasExtInfo
+  // VarDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(0));                       // No redeclaration
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // StorageClass
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // StorageClassAsWritten
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isThreadSpecified
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // CXXDirectInitializer
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isExceptionVariable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isNRVOVariable
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // isCXXForRangeDecl
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // HasInit
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); // HasMemberSpecInfo
+  // Type Source Info
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Array));
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // TypeLoc
+  DeclVarAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for EXPR_DECL_REF
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::EXPR_DECL_REF));
+  //Stmt
+  //Expr
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsTypeDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsValueDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //UnexpandedParamPack
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetValueKind
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetObjectKind
+  //DeclRefExpr
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //HasQualifier
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //GetDeclFound
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //ExplicitTemplateArgs
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // DeclRef
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  DeclRefExprAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for EXPR_INTEGER_LITERAL
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::EXPR_INTEGER_LITERAL));
+  //Stmt
+  //Expr
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsTypeDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsValueDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //UnexpandedParamPack
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetValueKind
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetObjectKind
+  //Integer Literal
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(32));                      // Bit Width
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Value
+  IntegerLiteralAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
+
+  // Abbreviation for EXPR_CHARACTER_LITERAL
+  Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::EXPR_CHARACTER_LITERAL));
+  //Stmt
+  //Expr
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Type
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsTypeDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsValueDependent
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //UnexpandedParamPack
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetValueKind
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 3)); //GetObjectKind
+  //Character Literal
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // getValue
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::VBR, 6)); // Location
+  Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(BitCodeAbbrevOp::Fixed, 1)); //IsWide
+  CharacterLiteralAbbrev = Stream.EmitAbbrev(Abv);
 
   Abv = new BitCodeAbbrev();
   Abv->Add(BitCodeAbbrevOp(serialization::DECL_CONTEXT_LEXICAL));
diff --git a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterStmt.cpp b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterStmt.cpp
index bd5889ad9299..00e240494645 100644
--- a/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterStmt.cpp
+++ b/lib/Serialization/ASTWriterStmt.cpp
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ namespace clang {
 
   public:
     serialization::StmtCode Code;
+    unsigned AbbrevToUse;
 
     ASTStmtWriter(ASTWriter &Writer, ASTWriter::RecordData &Record)
       : Writer(Writer), Record(Record) { }
@@ -164,6 +165,8 @@ namespace clang {
 
     // CUDA Expressions
     void VisitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CUDAKernelCallExpr *E);
+    
+    void VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *E);
   };
 }
 
@@ -392,6 +395,14 @@ void ASTStmtWriter::VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
     Record.push_back(NumTemplateArgs);
   }
 
+  DeclarationName::NameKind nk = (E->getDecl()->getDeclName().getNameKind());
+
+  if ((!E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) && (!E->hasQualifier()) &&
+      (E->getDecl() == E->getFoundDecl()) &&
+      nk == DeclarationName::Identifier) {
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getDeclRefExprAbbrev();
+  }
+
   if (E->hasQualifier())
     Writer.AddNestedNameSpecifierLoc(E->getQualifierLoc(), Record);
 
@@ -411,6 +422,11 @@ void ASTStmtWriter::VisitIntegerLiteral(IntegerLiteral *E) {
   VisitExpr(E);
   Writer.AddSourceLocation(E->getLocation(), Record);
   Writer.AddAPInt(E->getValue(), Record);
+
+  if (E->getValue().getBitWidth() == 32) {
+    AbbrevToUse = Writer.getIntegerLiteralAbbrev();
+  }
+
   Code = serialization::EXPR_INTEGER_LITERAL;
 }
 
@@ -449,6 +465,9 @@ void ASTStmtWriter::VisitCharacterLiteral(CharacterLiteral *E) {
   Record.push_back(E->getValue());
   Writer.AddSourceLocation(E->getLocation(), Record);
   Record.push_back(E->isWide());
+
+  AbbrevToUse = Writer.getCharacterLiteralAbbrev();
+
   Code = serialization::EXPR_CHARACTER_LITERAL;
 }
 
@@ -1416,6 +1435,15 @@ void ASTStmtWriter::VisitCUDAKernelCallExpr(CUDAKernelCallExpr *E) {
 }
 
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+// OpenCL Expressions and Statements.
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
+void ASTStmtWriter::VisitAsTypeExpr(AsTypeExpr *E) {
+  VisitExpr(E);
+  Writer.AddStmt(E->getSrcExpr());
+  Code = serialization::EXPR_ASTYPE;
+}
+
+//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // ASTWriter Implementation
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
@@ -1460,6 +1488,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteSubStmt(Stmt *S) {
   CollectedStmts = &SubStmts;
 
   Writer.Code = serialization::STMT_NULL_PTR;
+  Writer.AbbrevToUse = 0;
   Writer.Visit(S);
   
 #ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -1481,7 +1510,7 @@ void ASTWriter::WriteSubStmt(Stmt *S) {
   while (!SubStmts.empty())
     WriteSubStmt(SubStmts.pop_back_val());
   
-  Stream.EmitRecord(Writer.Code, Record);
+  Stream.EmitRecord(Writer.Code, Record, Writer.AbbrevToUse);
 }
 
 /// \brief Flush all of the statements that have been added to the
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CStringChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CStringChecker.cpp
index a6a256a87bcf..f2f5c1ed44e9 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CStringChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/CStringChecker.cpp
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ public:
   bool wantsRegionChangeUpdate(const GRState *state) const;
 
   const GRState *checkRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
+                                    const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *,
                                     const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                                     const MemRegion * const *End) const;
 
@@ -77,6 +78,7 @@ public:
   void evalStrcmp(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const;
   void evalStrncmp(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const;
   void evalStrcasecmp(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const;
+  void evalStrncasecmp(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const;
   void evalStrcmpCommon(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE,
                         bool isBounded = false, bool ignoreCase = false) const;
 
@@ -711,16 +713,13 @@ void CStringChecker::evalCopyCommon(CheckerContext &C,
   // If the size is zero, there won't be any actual memory access, so
   // just bind the return value to the destination buffer and return.
   if (stateZeroSize) {
+    stateZeroSize = stateZeroSize->BindExpr(CE, destVal);
     C.addTransition(stateZeroSize);
-    if (IsMempcpy)
-      state->BindExpr(CE, destVal);
-    else
-      state->BindExpr(CE, sizeVal);
-    return;
   }
 
   // If the size can be nonzero, we have to check the other arguments.
   if (stateNonZeroSize) {
+    state = stateNonZeroSize;
 
     // Ensure the destination is not null. If it is NULL there will be a
     // NULL pointer dereference.
@@ -737,42 +736,55 @@ void CStringChecker::evalCopyCommon(CheckerContext &C,
     if (!state)
       return;
 
-    // Ensure the buffers do not overlap.
-    state = stateNonZeroSize;
+    // Ensure the accesses are valid and that the buffers do not overlap.
     state = CheckBufferAccess(C, state, Size, Dest, Source,
                               /* FirstIsDst = */ true);
     if (Restricted)
       state = CheckOverlap(C, state, Size, Dest, Source);
 
-    if (state) {
-
-      // If this is mempcpy, get the byte after the last byte copied and 
-      // bind the expr.
-      if (IsMempcpy) {
-        loc::MemRegionVal *destRegVal = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&destVal);
-        
-        // Get the length to copy.
-        SVal lenVal = state->getSVal(Size);
-        NonLoc *lenValNonLoc = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&lenVal);
-        
+    if (!state)
+      return;
+
+    // If this is mempcpy, get the byte after the last byte copied and 
+    // bind the expr.
+    if (IsMempcpy) {
+      loc::MemRegionVal *destRegVal = dyn_cast<loc::MemRegionVal>(&destVal);
+      assert(destRegVal && "Destination should be a known MemRegionVal here");
+      
+      // Get the length to copy.
+      NonLoc *lenValNonLoc = dyn_cast<NonLoc>(&sizeVal);
+      
+      if (lenValNonLoc) {
         // Get the byte after the last byte copied.
         SVal lastElement = C.getSValBuilder().evalBinOpLN(state, BO_Add, 
                                                           *destRegVal,
                                                           *lenValNonLoc, 
                                                           Dest->getType());
-        
+      
         // The byte after the last byte copied is the return value.
         state = state->BindExpr(CE, lastElement);
+      } else {
+        // If we don't know how much we copied, we can at least
+        // conjure a return value for later.
+        unsigned Count = C.getNodeBuilder().getCurrentBlockCount();
+        SVal result =
+          C.getSValBuilder().getConjuredSymbolVal(NULL, CE, Count);
+        state = state->BindExpr(CE, result);
       }
 
-      // Invalidate the destination.
-      // FIXME: Even if we can't perfectly model the copy, we should see if we
-      // can use LazyCompoundVals to copy the source values into the destination.
-      // This would probably remove any existing bindings past the end of the
-      // copied region, but that's still an improvement over blank invalidation.
-      state = InvalidateBuffer(C, state, Dest, state->getSVal(Dest));
-      C.addTransition(state);
+    } else {
+      // All other copies return the destination buffer.
+      // (Well, bcopy() has a void return type, but this won't hurt.)
+      state = state->BindExpr(CE, destVal);
     }
+
+    // Invalidate the destination.
+    // FIXME: Even if we can't perfectly model the copy, we should see if we
+    // can use LazyCompoundVals to copy the source values into the destination.
+    // This would probably remove any existing bindings past the end of the
+    // copied region, but that's still an improvement over blank invalidation.
+    state = InvalidateBuffer(C, state, Dest, state->getSVal(Dest));
+    C.addTransition(state);
   }
 }
 
@@ -782,7 +794,7 @@ void CStringChecker::evalMemcpy(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const {
   // The return value is the address of the destination buffer.
   const Expr *Dest = CE->getArg(0);
   const GRState *state = C.getState();
-  state = state->BindExpr(CE, state->getSVal(Dest));
+
   evalCopyCommon(C, CE, state, CE->getArg(2), Dest, CE->getArg(1), true);
 }
 
@@ -800,7 +812,7 @@ void CStringChecker::evalMemmove(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const {
   // The return value is the address of the destination buffer.
   const Expr *Dest = CE->getArg(0);
   const GRState *state = C.getState();
-  state = state->BindExpr(CE, state->getSVal(Dest));
+
   evalCopyCommon(C, CE, state, CE->getArg(2), Dest, CE->getArg(1));
 }
 
@@ -953,7 +965,7 @@ void CStringChecker::evalStrcpy(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const {
 }
 
 void CStringChecker::evalStrncpy(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE) const {
-  // char *strcpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src);
+  // char *strncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t n);
   evalStrcpyCommon(C, CE, 
                    /* returnEnd = */ false, 
                    /* isBounded = */ true,
@@ -1128,6 +1140,12 @@ void CStringChecker::evalStrcasecmp(CheckerContext &C,
   evalStrcmpCommon(C, CE, /* isBounded = */ false, /* ignoreCase = */ true);
 }
 
+void CStringChecker::evalStrncasecmp(CheckerContext &C, 
+                                     const CallExpr *CE) const {
+  //int strncasecmp(const char *restrict s1, const char *restrict s2, size_t n);
+  evalStrcmpCommon(C, CE, /* isBounded = */ true, /* ignoreCase = */ true);
+}
+
 void CStringChecker::evalStrcmpCommon(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE,
                                       bool isBounded, bool ignoreCase) const {
   const GRState *state = C.getState();
@@ -1181,31 +1199,17 @@ void CStringChecker::evalStrcmpCommon(CheckerContext &C, const CallExpr *CE,
       return;
     llvm::APSInt lenInt(CI->getValue());
 
-    // Compare using the bounds provided like strncmp() does.
-    if (ignoreCase) {
-      // TODO Implement compare_lower(RHS, n) in LLVM StringRef.
-      // result = s1StrRef.compare_lower(s2StrRef, 
-      //                                 (size_t)lenInt.getLimitedValue());
+    // Create substrings of each to compare the prefix.
+    s1StrRef = s1StrRef.substr(0, (size_t)lenInt.getLimitedValue());
+    s2StrRef = s2StrRef.substr(0, (size_t)lenInt.getLimitedValue());
+  }
 
-      // For now, give up.
-      return;
-    } else {
-      // Create substrings of each to compare the prefix.
-      llvm::StringRef s1SubStr = 
-        s1StrRef.substr(0, (size_t)lenInt.getLimitedValue());
-      llvm::StringRef s2SubStr = 
-        s2StrRef.substr(0, (size_t)lenInt.getLimitedValue());
-
-      // Compare the substrings.
-      result = s1SubStr.compare(s2SubStr);
-    }
+  if (ignoreCase) {
+    // Compare string 1 to string 2 the same way strcasecmp() does.
+    result = s1StrRef.compare_lower(s2StrRef);
   } else {
     // Compare string 1 to string 2 the same way strcmp() does.
-    if (ignoreCase) {
-      result = s1StrRef.compare_lower(s2StrRef);
-    } else {
-      result = s1StrRef.compare(s2StrRef);
-    }
+    result = s1StrRef.compare(s2StrRef);
   }
   
   // Build the SVal of the comparison to bind the return value.
@@ -1243,11 +1247,11 @@ bool CStringChecker::evalCall(const CallExpr *CE, CheckerContext &C) const {
 
   FnCheck evalFunction = llvm::StringSwitch<FnCheck>(Name)
     .Cases("memcpy", "__memcpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalMemcpy)
-    .Case("mempcpy", &CStringChecker::evalMempcpy)
+    .Cases("mempcpy", "__mempcpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalMempcpy)
     .Cases("memcmp", "bcmp", &CStringChecker::evalMemcmp)
     .Cases("memmove", "__memmove_chk", &CStringChecker::evalMemmove)
     .Cases("strcpy", "__strcpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStrcpy)
-    .Cases("strncpy", "__strncpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStrncpy)
+    //.Cases("strncpy", "__strncpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStrncpy)
     .Cases("stpcpy", "__stpcpy_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStpcpy)
     .Cases("strcat", "__strcat_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStrcat)
     .Cases("strncat", "__strncat_chk", &CStringChecker::evalStrncat)
@@ -1256,6 +1260,7 @@ bool CStringChecker::evalCall(const CallExpr *CE, CheckerContext &C) const {
     .Case("strcmp", &CStringChecker::evalStrcmp)
     .Case("strncmp", &CStringChecker::evalStrncmp)
     .Case("strcasecmp", &CStringChecker::evalStrcasecmp)
+    .Case("strncasecmp", &CStringChecker::evalStrncasecmp)
     .Case("bcopy", &CStringChecker::evalBcopy)
     .Default(NULL);
 
@@ -1311,6 +1316,7 @@ bool CStringChecker::wantsRegionChangeUpdate(const GRState *state) const {
 
 const GRState *
 CStringChecker::checkRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
+                                   const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *,
                                    const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                                    const MemRegion * const *End) const {
   CStringLength::EntryMap Entries = state->get<CStringLength>();
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NSErrorChecker.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NSErrorChecker.cpp
index 63a591729944..a51d8e0d19ae 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NSErrorChecker.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Checkers/NSErrorChecker.cpp
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public:
 void CFErrorFunctionChecker::checkASTDecl(const FunctionDecl *D,
                                         AnalysisManager &mgr,
                                         BugReporter &BR) const {
-  if (!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
+  if (!D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
     return;
   if (!D->getResultType()->isVoidType())
     return;
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp
index 4faa84ca2660..7c9f45a474c1 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicStore.cpp
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ public:
   SVal Retrieve(Store store, Loc loc, QualType T = QualType());
 
   StoreRef invalidateRegion(Store store, const MemRegion *R, const Expr *E,
-                            unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS);
+                            unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols &IS);
 
   StoreRef invalidateRegions(Store store, const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                              const MemRegion * const *End, const Expr *E,
-                             unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                             unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                              bool invalidateGlobals,
                              InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
 
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ StoreRef BasicStoreManager::invalidateRegions(Store store,
                                               const MemRegion * const *I,
                                               const MemRegion * const *End,
                                               const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
-                                              InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                                              InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                                               bool invalidateGlobals,
                                               InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
   StoreRef newStore(store, *this);
@@ -587,18 +587,16 @@ StoreRef BasicStoreManager::invalidateRegion(Store store,
                                              const MemRegion *R,
                                              const Expr *E,
                                              unsigned Count,
-                                             InvalidatedSymbols *IS) {
+                                             InvalidatedSymbols &IS) {
   R = R->StripCasts();
 
   if (!(isa<VarRegion>(R) || isa<ObjCIvarRegion>(R)))
       return StoreRef(store, *this);
 
-  if (IS) {
-    BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
-    if (BindingsTy::data_type *Val = B.lookup(R)) {
-      if (SymbolRef Sym = Val->getAsSymbol())
-        IS->insert(Sym);
-    }
+  BindingsTy B = GetBindings(store);
+  if (BindingsTy::data_type *Val = B.lookup(R)) {
+    if (SymbolRef Sym = Val->getAsSymbol())
+      IS.insert(Sym);
   }
 
   QualType T = cast<TypedRegion>(R)->getValueType();
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp
index ae8a04ce439f..0ed4ff143171 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/BasicValueFactory.cpp
@@ -101,7 +101,8 @@ const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(uint64_t X, unsigned BitWidth,
 const llvm::APSInt& BasicValueFactory::getValue(uint64_t X, QualType T) {
 
   unsigned bits = Ctx.getTypeSize(T);
-  llvm::APSInt V(bits, T->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(T));
+  llvm::APSInt V(bits, 
+                 T->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() || Loc::isLocType(T));
   V = X;
   return getValue(V);
 }
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp
index d9b1ce825cea..0512e2f08d04 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CFRefCount.cpp
@@ -930,6 +930,13 @@ RetainSummary* RetainSummaryManager::getSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
       S = getPersistentStopSummary();
       break;
     }
+    // For C++ methods, generate an implicit "stop" summary as well.  We
+    // can relax this once we have a clear policy for C++ methods and
+    // ownership attributes.
+    if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
+      S = getPersistentStopSummary();
+      break;
+    }
 
     // [PR 3337] Use 'getAs<FunctionType>' to strip away any typedefs on the
     // function's type.
@@ -1111,15 +1118,11 @@ RetainSummary* RetainSummaryManager::getSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD) {
 RetainSummary*
 RetainSummaryManager::getCFCreateGetRuleSummary(const FunctionDecl* FD,
                                                 StringRef FName) {
-
   if (FName.find("Create") != StringRef::npos ||
       FName.find("Copy") != StringRef::npos)
     return getCFSummaryCreateRule(FD);
 
-  if (FName.find("Get") != StringRef::npos)
-    return getCFSummaryGetRule(FD);
-
-  return getDefaultSummary();
+  return getCFSummaryGetRule(FD);
 }
 
 RetainSummary*
@@ -1233,6 +1236,9 @@ RetainSummaryManager::updateSummaryFromAnnotations(RetainSummary &Summ,
     if (FD->getAttr<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>()) {
       Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeOwned(RetEffect::CF, true));
     }
+    else if (FD->getAttr<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>()) {
+      Summ.setRetEffect(RetEffect::MakeNotOwned(RetEffect::CF));
+    }
   }
 }
 
@@ -1758,6 +1764,15 @@ public:
                           StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
                           const ReturnStmt* S,
                           ExplodedNode* Pred);
+  
+  void evalReturnWithRetEffect(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
+                               ExprEngine& Engine,
+                               StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
+                               const ReturnStmt* S,
+                               ExplodedNode* Pred,
+                               RetEffect RE, RefVal X,
+                               SymbolRef Sym, const GRState *state);
+
 
   // Assumptions.
 
@@ -2075,7 +2090,7 @@ PathDiagnosticPiece* CFRefReport::VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
     }
 
     if (CurrV.isOwned()) {
-      os << "+1 retain count (owning reference).";
+      os << "+1 retain count";
 
       if (static_cast<CFRefBug&>(getBugType()).getTF().isGCEnabled()) {
         assert(CurrV.getObjKind() == RetEffect::CF);
@@ -2085,7 +2100,7 @@ PathDiagnosticPiece* CFRefReport::VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
     }
     else {
       assert (CurrV.isNotOwned());
-      os << "+0 retain count (non-owning reference).";
+      os << "+0 retain count";
     }
 
     PathDiagnosticLocation Pos(S, BRC.getSourceManager());
@@ -2217,11 +2232,11 @@ PathDiagnosticPiece* CFRefReport::VisitNode(const ExplodedNode* N,
 
         case RefVal::ReturnedOwned:
           os << "Object returned to caller as an owning reference (single retain "
-          "count transferred to caller).";
+          "count transferred to caller)";
           break;
 
         case RefVal::ReturnedNotOwned:
-          os << "Object returned to caller with a +0 (non-owning) retain count.";
+          os << "Object returned to caller with a +0 retain count";
           break;
 
         default:
@@ -2354,12 +2369,7 @@ CFRefLeakReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
   llvm::tie(AllocNode, FirstBinding) =
     GetAllocationSite(BRC.getStateManager(), EndN, Sym);
 
-  // Get the allocate site.
-  assert(AllocNode);
-  const Stmt* FirstStmt = cast<PostStmt>(AllocNode->getLocation()).getStmt();
-
   SourceManager& SMgr = BRC.getSourceManager();
-  unsigned AllocLine =SMgr.getInstantiationLineNumber(FirstStmt->getLocStart());
 
   // Compute an actual location for the leak.  Sometimes a leak doesn't
   // occur at an actual statement (e.g., transition between blocks; end
@@ -2392,10 +2402,14 @@ CFRefLeakReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
   std::string sbuf;
   llvm::raw_string_ostream os(sbuf);
 
-  os << "Object allocated on line " << AllocLine;
+  os << "Object leaked: ";
 
-  if (FirstBinding)
-    os << " and stored into '" << FirstBinding->getString() << '\'';
+  if (FirstBinding) {
+    os << "object allocated and stored into '"
+       << FirstBinding->getString() << '\'';
+  }
+  else
+    os << "allocated object";
 
   // Get the retain count.
   const RefVal* RV = EndN->getState()->get<RefBindings>(Sym);
@@ -2404,12 +2418,22 @@ CFRefLeakReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
     // FIXME: Per comments in rdar://6320065, "create" only applies to CF
     // ojbects.  Only "copy", "alloc", "retain" and "new" transfer ownership
     // to the caller for NS objects.
-    ObjCMethodDecl& MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(EndN->getCodeDecl());
-    os << " is returned from a method whose name ('"
-       << MD.getSelector().getAsString()
-    << "') does not contain 'copy' or otherwise starts with"
-    " 'new' or 'alloc'.  This violates the naming convention rules given"
-    " in the Memory Management Guide for Cocoa (object leaked)";
+    const Decl *D = &EndN->getCodeDecl();
+    if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
+      os << " is returned from a method whose name ('"
+         << MD->getSelector().getAsString()
+         << "') does not start with 'copy', 'mutableCopy', 'alloc' or 'new'."
+            "  This violates the naming convention rules "
+            " given in the Memory Management Guide for Cocoa";
+    }
+    else {
+      const FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
+      os << " is return from a function whose name ('"
+         << FD->getNameAsString()
+         << "') does not contain 'Copy' or 'Create'.  This violates the naming"
+            " convention rules given the Memory Management Guide for Core "
+            " Foundation";
+    }    
   }
   else if (RV->getKind() == RefVal::ErrorGCLeakReturned) {
     ObjCMethodDecl& MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(EndN->getCodeDecl());
@@ -2421,7 +2445,7 @@ CFRefLeakReport::getEndPath(BugReporterContext& BRC,
   }
   else
     os << " is not referenced later in this execution path and has a retain "
-          "count of +" << RV->getCount() << " (object leaked)";
+          "count of +" << RV->getCount();
 
   return new PathDiagnosticEventPiece(L, os.str());
 }
@@ -2494,6 +2518,23 @@ static QualType GetReturnType(const Expr* RetE, ASTContext& Ctx) {
   return RetTy;
 }
 
+
+// HACK: Symbols that have ref-count state that are referenced directly
+//  (not as structure or array elements, or via bindings) by an argument
+//  should not have their ref-count state stripped after we have
+//  done an invalidation pass.
+//
+// FIXME: This is a global to currently share between CFRefCount and
+// RetainReleaseChecker.  Eventually all functionality in CFRefCount should
+// be migrated to RetainReleaseChecker, and we can make this a non-global.
+llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> WhitelistedSymbols;
+namespace {
+struct ResetWhiteList {
+  ResetWhiteList() {}
+  ~ResetWhiteList() { WhitelistedSymbols.clear(); } 
+};
+}
+
 void CFRefCount::evalSummary(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
                              ExprEngine& Eng,
                              StmtNodeBuilder& Builder,
@@ -2510,12 +2551,9 @@ void CFRefCount::evalSummary(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
   SymbolRef ErrorSym = 0;
 
   llvm::SmallVector<const MemRegion*, 10> RegionsToInvalidate;
-
-  // HACK: Symbols that have ref-count state that are referenced directly
-  //  (not as structure or array elements, or via bindings) by an argument
-  //  should not have their ref-count state stripped after we have
-  //  done an invalidation pass.
-  llvm::DenseSet<SymbolRef> WhitelistedSymbols;
+  
+  // Use RAII to make sure the whitelist is properly cleared.
+  ResetWhiteList resetWhiteList;
 
   // Invalidate all instance variables of the receiver of a message.
   // FIXME: We should be able to do better with inter-procedural analysis.
@@ -2624,20 +2662,14 @@ void CFRefCount::evalSummary(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
 
   // NOTE: Even if RegionsToInvalidate is empty, we must still invalidate
   //  global variables.
-  state = state->invalidateRegions(RegionsToInvalidate.data(),
-                                   RegionsToInvalidate.data() +
-                                   RegionsToInvalidate.size(),
-                                   Ex, Count, &IS,
-                                   /* invalidateGlobals = */ true);
-
-  for (StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols::iterator I = IS.begin(),
-       E = IS.end(); I!=E; ++I) {
-    SymbolRef sym = *I;
-    if (WhitelistedSymbols.count(sym))
-      continue;
-    // Remove any existing reference-count binding.
-    state = state->remove<RefBindings>(*I);
-  }
+  // NOTE: RetainReleaseChecker handles the actual invalidation of symbols.
+  state =
+    state->invalidateRegions(RegionsToInvalidate.data(),
+                             RegionsToInvalidate.data() +
+                             RegionsToInvalidate.size(),
+                             Ex, Count, &IS,
+                             /* invalidateGlobals = */
+                             Eng.doesInvalidateGlobals(callOrMsg));
 
   // Evaluate the effect on the message receiver.
   if (!ErrorRange.isValid() && Receiver) {
@@ -2946,30 +2978,50 @@ void CFRefCount::evalReturn(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
   assert(T);
   X = *T;
 
+  // Consult the summary of the enclosing method.
+  Decl const *CD = &Pred->getCodeDecl();
+
+  if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CD)) {
+    const RetainSummary &Summ = *Summaries.getMethodSummary(MD);
+    return evalReturnWithRetEffect(Dst, Eng, Builder, S, 
+                                   Pred, Summ.getRetEffect(), X,
+                                   Sym, state);
+  }
+
+  if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) {
+    if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
+      if (const RetainSummary *Summ = Summaries.getSummary(FD))
+        return evalReturnWithRetEffect(Dst, Eng, Builder, S, 
+                                       Pred, Summ->getRetEffect(), X,
+                                       Sym, state);
+  }
+}
+
+void CFRefCount::evalReturnWithRetEffect(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst, 
+                                         ExprEngine &Eng,
+                                         StmtNodeBuilder &Builder,
+                                         const ReturnStmt *S,
+                                         ExplodedNode *Pred,
+                                         RetEffect RE, RefVal X,
+                                         SymbolRef Sym, const GRState *state) {
   // Any leaks or other errors?
   if (X.isReturnedOwned() && X.getCount() == 0) {
-    Decl const *CD = &Pred->getCodeDecl();
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CD)) {
-      const RetainSummary &Summ = *Summaries.getMethodSummary(MD);
-      RetEffect RE = Summ.getRetEffect();
+    if (RE.getKind() != RetEffect::NoRet) {
       bool hasError = false;
-
-      if (RE.getKind() != RetEffect::NoRet) {
-        if (isGCEnabled() && RE.getObjKind() == RetEffect::ObjC) {
-          // Things are more complicated with garbage collection.  If the
-          // returned object is suppose to be an Objective-C object, we have
-          // a leak (as the caller expects a GC'ed object) because no
-          // method should return ownership unless it returns a CF object.
-          hasError = true;
-          X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorGCLeakReturned;
-        }
-        else if (!RE.isOwned()) {
-          // Either we are using GC and the returned object is a CF type
-          // or we aren't using GC.  In either case, we expect that the
-          // enclosing method is expected to return ownership.
-          hasError = true;
-          X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorLeakReturned;
-        }
+      if (isGCEnabled() && RE.getObjKind() == RetEffect::ObjC) {
+        // Things are more complicated with garbage collection.  If the
+        // returned object is suppose to be an Objective-C object, we have
+        // a leak (as the caller expects a GC'ed object) because no
+        // method should return ownership unless it returns a CF object.
+        hasError = true;
+        X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorGCLeakReturned;
+      }
+      else if (!RE.isOwned()) {
+        // Either we are using GC and the returned object is a CF type
+        // or we aren't using GC.  In either case, we expect that the
+        // enclosing method is expected to return ownership.
+        hasError = true;
+        X = X ^ RefVal::ErrorLeakReturned;
       }
 
       if (hasError) {
@@ -2987,26 +3039,24 @@ void CFRefCount::evalReturn(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
         }
       }
     }
+    return;
   }
-  else if (X.isReturnedNotOwned()) {
-    Decl const *CD = &Pred->getCodeDecl();
-    if (const ObjCMethodDecl* MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(CD)) {
-      const RetainSummary &Summ = *Summaries.getMethodSummary(MD);
-      if (Summ.getRetEffect().isOwned()) {
-        // Trying to return a not owned object to a caller expecting an
-        // owned object.
-
-        static int ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag = 0;
-        state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, X ^ RefVal::ErrorReturnedNotOwned);
-        if (ExplodedNode *N =
-            Builder.generateNode(PostStmt(S, Pred->getLocationContext(),
-                                          &ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag),
-                                 state, Pred)) {
-            CFRefReport *report =
-                new CFRefReport(*static_cast<CFRefBug*>(returnNotOwnedForOwned),
-                                *this, N, Sym);
-            BR->EmitReport(report);
-        }
+
+  if (X.isReturnedNotOwned()) {
+    if (RE.isOwned()) {
+      // Trying to return a not owned object to a caller expecting an
+      // owned object.
+
+      static int ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag = 0;
+      state = state->set<RefBindings>(Sym, X ^ RefVal::ErrorReturnedNotOwned);
+      if (ExplodedNode *N =
+          Builder.generateNode(PostStmt(S, Pred->getLocationContext(),
+                                        &ReturnNotOwnedForOwnedTag),
+                               state, Pred)) {
+          CFRefReport *report =
+              new CFRefReport(*static_cast<CFRefBug*>(returnNotOwnedForOwned),
+                              *this, N, Sym);
+          BR->EmitReport(report);
       }
     }
   }
@@ -3418,12 +3468,43 @@ void CFRefCount::ProcessNonLeakError(ExplodedNodeSet& Dst,
 
 namespace {
 class RetainReleaseChecker
-  : public Checker< check::PostStmt<BlockExpr> > {
+  : public Checker< check::PostStmt<BlockExpr>, check::RegionChanges > {
 public:
+    bool wantsRegionUpdate;
+    
+    RetainReleaseChecker() : wantsRegionUpdate(true) {}
+    
+    
     void checkPostStmt(const BlockExpr *BE, CheckerContext &C) const;
+    const GRState *checkRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
+                            const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                                      const MemRegion * const *begin,
+                                      const MemRegion * const *end) const;
+                                          
+    bool wantsRegionChangeUpdate(const GRState *state) const {
+      return wantsRegionUpdate;
+    }
 };
 } // end anonymous namespace
 
+const GRState *
+RetainReleaseChecker::checkRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
+                            const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                                         const MemRegion * const *begin,
+                                         const MemRegion * const *end) const {
+  if (!invalidated)
+    return state;
+
+  for (StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols::const_iterator I=invalidated->begin(),
+       E = invalidated->end(); I!=E; ++I) {
+    SymbolRef sym = *I;
+    if (WhitelistedSymbols.count(sym))
+      continue;
+    // Remove any existing reference-count binding.
+    state = state->remove<RefBindings>(sym);
+  }
+  return state;
+}
 
 void RetainReleaseChecker::checkPostStmt(const BlockExpr *BE,
                                          CheckerContext &C) const {
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp
index 54cbca08b981..ef7bc2016cdf 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CXXExprEngine.cpp
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ void ExprEngine::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
   assert(CD);
   
 #if 0
-  if (!(CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
+  if (!(CD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
     // FIXME: invalidate the object.
     return;
 #endif
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ void ExprEngine::VisitCXXDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD,
                                       const Stmt *S,
                                       ExplodedNode *Pred, 
                                       ExplodedNodeSet &Dst) {
-  if (!(DD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
+  if (!(DD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && AMgr.shouldInlineCall()))
     return;
   // Create the context for 'this' region.
   const StackFrameContext *SFC = AMgr.getStackFrame(DD,
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.cpp
index 4a2549091cb4..ba7c384e5c36 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/CheckerManager.cpp
@@ -345,6 +345,7 @@ bool CheckerManager::wantsRegionChangeUpdate(const GRState *state) {
 /// \brief Run checkers for region changes.
 const GRState *
 CheckerManager::runCheckersForRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
+                            const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
                                             const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                                             const MemRegion * const *End) {
   for (unsigned i = 0, e = RegionChangesCheckers.size(); i != e; ++i) {
@@ -352,7 +353,7 @@ CheckerManager::runCheckersForRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
     // bail out.
     if (!state)
       return NULL;
-    state = RegionChangesCheckers[i].CheckFn(state, Begin, End);
+    state = RegionChangesCheckers[i].CheckFn(state, invalidated, Begin, End);
   }
   return state;
 }
@@ -415,6 +416,15 @@ void CheckerManager::runCheckersForEvalCall(ExplodedNodeSet &Dst,
   }
 }
 
+/// \brief Run checkers for the entire Translation Unit.
+void CheckerManager::runCheckersOnEndOfTranslationUnit(
+                                                  const TranslationUnitDecl *TU,
+                                                  AnalysisManager &mgr,
+                                                  BugReporter &BR) {
+  for (unsigned i = 0, e = EndOfTranslationUnitCheckers.size(); i != e; ++i)
+    EndOfTranslationUnitCheckers[i](TU, mgr, BR);
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Internal registration functions for AST traversing.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -494,6 +504,11 @@ void CheckerManager::_registerForEvalCall(EvalCallFunc checkfn) {
   EvalCallCheckers.push_back(checkfn);
 }
 
+void CheckerManager::_registerForEndOfTranslationUnit(
+                                            CheckEndOfTranslationUnit checkfn) {
+  EndOfTranslationUnitCheckers.push_back(checkfn);
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Implementation details.
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp
index a00f9dc10b68..48f126bfd863 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/Environment.cpp
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ SVal Environment::getSVal(const Stmt *E, SValBuilder& svalBuilder,
   }
 
   for (;;) {
+    if (const Expr *Ex = dyn_cast<Expr>(E))
+      E = Ex->IgnoreParens();
+
     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
       case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
         return svalBuilder.makeLoc(cast<AddrLabelExpr>(E));
@@ -48,13 +51,10 @@ SVal Environment::getSVal(const Stmt *E, SValBuilder& svalBuilder,
         continue;        
       }        
       case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
-        // ParenExprs are no-ops.
-        E = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
-        continue;
       case Stmt::GenericSelectionExprClass:
-        // GenericSelectionExprs are no-ops.
-        E = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr();
-        continue;
+        llvm_unreachable("ParenExprs and GenericSelectionExprs should "
+                         "have been handled by IgnoreParens()");
+        return UnknownVal();
       case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: {
         const CharacterLiteral* C = cast<CharacterLiteral>(E);
         return svalBuilder.makeIntVal(C->getValue(), C->getType());
@@ -77,21 +77,6 @@ SVal Environment::getSVal(const Stmt *E, SValBuilder& svalBuilder,
       // For special C0xx nullptr case, make a null pointer SVal.
       case Stmt::CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass:
         return svalBuilder.makeNull();
-      case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
-      case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
-      case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass: {
-        // We blast through no-op casts to get the descendant
-        // subexpression that has a value.
-        const CastExpr* C = cast<CastExpr>(E);
-        QualType CT = C->getType();
-        if (CT->isVoidType())
-          return UnknownVal();
-        if (C->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) {
-          E = C->getSubExpr();
-          continue;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
       case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
         E = cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr();
         continue;
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngine.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngine.cpp
index 657420d06f06..aed39eb0cec6 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngine.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ExprEngine.cpp
@@ -156,6 +156,27 @@ const GRState* ExprEngine::getInitialState(const LocationContext *InitLoc) {
   return state;
 }
 
+bool
+ExprEngine::doesInvalidateGlobals(const CallOrObjCMessage &callOrMessage) const
+{
+  if (callOrMessage.isFunctionCall() && !callOrMessage.isCXXCall()) {
+    SVal calleeV = callOrMessage.getFunctionCallee();
+    if (const FunctionTextRegion *codeR =
+          llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTextRegion>(calleeV.getAsRegion())) {
+      
+      const FunctionDecl *fd = codeR->getDecl();
+      if (const IdentifierInfo *ii = fd->getIdentifier()) {
+        llvm::StringRef fname = ii->getName();
+        if (fname == "strlen")
+          return false;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  // The conservative answer: invalidates globals.
+  return true;
+}
+
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 // Top-level transfer function logic (Dispatcher).
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
@@ -179,9 +200,11 @@ bool ExprEngine::wantsRegionChangeUpdate(const GRState* state) {
 
 const GRState *
 ExprEngine::processRegionChanges(const GRState *state,
-                                   const MemRegion * const *Begin,
-                                   const MemRegion * const *End) {
-  return getCheckerManager().runCheckersForRegionChanges(state, Begin, End);
+                            const StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *invalidated,
+                                 const MemRegion * const *Begin,
+                                 const MemRegion * const *End) {
+  return getCheckerManager().runCheckersForRegionChanges(state, invalidated,
+                                                         Begin, End);
 }
 
 void ExprEngine::processEndWorklist(bool hasWorkRemaining) {
@@ -516,6 +539,7 @@ void ExprEngine::Visit(const Stmt* S, ExplodedNode* Pred,
     case Stmt::VAArgExprClass:
     case Stmt::CUDAKernelCallExprClass:
     case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
+    case Stmt::AsTypeExprClass:
         // Fall through.
 
     // Cases we intentionally don't evaluate, since they don't need
@@ -2462,7 +2486,7 @@ void ExprEngine::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr* OOE,
     const APSInt &IV = Res.Val.getInt();
     assert(IV.getBitWidth() == getContext().getTypeSize(OOE->getType()));
     assert(OOE->getType()->isIntegerType());
-    assert(IV.isSigned() == OOE->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
+    assert(IV.isSigned() == OOE->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
     SVal X = svalBuilder.makeIntVal(IV);
     MakeNode(Dst, OOE, Pred, GetState(Pred)->BindExpr(OOE, X));
     return;
@@ -2701,7 +2725,7 @@ void ExprEngine::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator* U,
       if (U->isLValue())
         state = state->BindExpr(U, loc);
       else
-        state = state->BindExpr(U, V2);
+        state = state->BindExpr(U, U->isPostfix() ? V2 : Result);
 
       // Perform the store.
       evalStore(Dst, NULL, U, *I2, state, loc, Result);
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp
index 7bdca6b7f17d..ca867aebded4 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/FlatStore.cpp
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
   
   StoreRef invalidateRegions(Store store, const MemRegion * const *I,
                              const MemRegion * const *E, const Expr *Ex,
-                             unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                             unsigned Count, InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                              bool invalidateGlobals,
                              InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
 
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ StoreRef FlatStoreManager::invalidateRegions(Store store,
                                              const MemRegion * const *I,
                                              const MemRegion * const *E,
                                              const Expr *Ex, unsigned Count,
-                                             InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                                             InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                                              bool invalidateGlobals,
                                              InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
   assert(false && "Not implemented");
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp
index 7b216775b8e6..0f6ff1ef588c 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/GRState.cpp
@@ -141,6 +141,20 @@ const GRState *GRState::invalidateRegions(const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                                           const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
                                           StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
                                           bool invalidateGlobals) const {
+  if (!IS) {
+    StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols invalidated;
+    return invalidateRegionsImpl(Begin, End, E, Count,
+                             invalidated, invalidateGlobals);
+  }
+  return invalidateRegionsImpl(Begin, End, E, Count, *IS, invalidateGlobals);
+}
+
+const GRState *
+GRState::invalidateRegionsImpl(const MemRegion * const *Begin,
+                               const MemRegion * const *End,
+                               const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
+                               StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
+                               bool invalidateGlobals) const {
   GRStateManager &Mgr = getStateManager();
   SubEngine* Eng = Mgr.getOwningEngine();
  
@@ -150,7 +164,7 @@ const GRState *GRState::invalidateRegions(const MemRegion * const *Begin,
       = Mgr.StoreMgr->invalidateRegions(getStore(), Begin, End, E, Count, IS,
                                         invalidateGlobals, &Regions);
     const GRState *newState = makeWithStore(newStore);
-    return Eng->processRegionChanges(newState,
+    return Eng->processRegionChanges(newState, &IS,
                                      &Regions.front(),
                                      &Regions.back()+1);
   }
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp
index c005819c9c96..c00060047498 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/ObjCMessage.cpp
@@ -141,6 +141,13 @@ SVal CallOrObjCMessage::getArgSValAsScalarOrLoc(unsigned i) const {
   return UnknownVal();
 }
 
+SVal CallOrObjCMessage::getFunctionCallee() const {
+  assert(isFunctionCall());
+  assert(!isCXXCall());
+  const Expr *callee = CallE->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts();
+  return State->getSVal(callee);
+}
+
 SVal CallOrObjCMessage::getCXXCallee() const {
   assert(isCXXCall());
   const Expr *callee =
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp
index 4522f976e648..d0d8f601f071 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/RegionStore.cpp
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ public:
                              const MemRegion * const *Begin,
                              const MemRegion * const *End,
                              const Expr *E, unsigned Count,
-                             InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                             InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                              bool invalidateGlobals,
                              InvalidatedRegions *Regions);
 
@@ -586,14 +586,14 @@ class invalidateRegionsWorker : public ClusterAnalysis<invalidateRegionsWorker>
 {
   const Expr *Ex;
   unsigned Count;
-  StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *IS;
+  StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols &IS;
   StoreManager::InvalidatedRegions *Regions;
 public:
   invalidateRegionsWorker(RegionStoreManager &rm,
                           GRStateManager &stateMgr,
                           RegionBindings b,
                           const Expr *ex, unsigned count,
-                          StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols *is,
+                          StoreManager::InvalidatedSymbols &is,
                           StoreManager::InvalidatedRegions *r,
                           bool includeGlobals)
     : ClusterAnalysis<invalidateRegionsWorker>(rm, stateMgr, b, includeGlobals),
@@ -609,9 +609,8 @@ private:
 
 void invalidateRegionsWorker::VisitBinding(SVal V) {
   // A symbol?  Mark it touched by the invalidation.
-  if (IS)
-    if (SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsSymbol())
-      IS->insert(Sym);
+  if (SymbolRef Sym = V.getAsSymbol())
+    IS.insert(Sym);
 
   if (const MemRegion *R = V.getAsRegion()) {
     AddToWorkList(R);
@@ -648,11 +647,9 @@ void invalidateRegionsWorker::VisitCluster(const MemRegion *baseR,
 }
 
 void invalidateRegionsWorker::VisitBaseRegion(const MemRegion *baseR) {
-  if (IS) {
-    // Symbolic region?  Mark that symbol touched by the invalidation.
-    if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(baseR))
-      IS->insert(SR->getSymbol());
-  }
+  // Symbolic region?  Mark that symbol touched by the invalidation.
+  if (const SymbolicRegion *SR = dyn_cast<SymbolicRegion>(baseR))
+    IS.insert(SR->getSymbol());
 
   // BlockDataRegion?  If so, invalidate captured variables that are passed
   // by reference.
@@ -724,7 +721,7 @@ StoreRef RegionStoreManager::invalidateRegions(Store store,
                                                const MemRegion * const *I,
                                                const MemRegion * const *E,
                                                const Expr *Ex, unsigned Count,
-                                               InvalidatedSymbols *IS,
+                                               InvalidatedSymbols &IS,
                                                bool invalidateGlobals,
                                                InvalidatedRegions *Regions) {
   invalidateRegionsWorker W(*this, StateMgr,
@@ -1066,6 +1063,11 @@ SVal RegionStoreManager::RetrieveElement(Store store,
   //   return *y;
   // FIXME: This is a hack, and doesn't do anything really intelligent yet.
   const RegionRawOffset &O = R->getAsArrayOffset();
+  
+  // If we cannot reason about the offset, return an unknown value.
+  if (!O.getRegion())
+    return UnknownVal();
+  
   if (const TypedRegion *baseR = dyn_cast_or_null<TypedRegion>(O.getRegion())) {
     QualType baseT = baseR->getValueType();
     if (baseT->isScalarType()) {
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
index 1ee694ef8a13..20762e07dd22 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleConstraintManager.cpp
@@ -262,7 +262,8 @@ const GRState *SimpleConstraintManager::assumeSymRel(const GRState *state,
   QualType T = Sym->getType(Ctx);
   assert(T->isIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(T));
   unsigned bitwidth = Ctx.getTypeSize(T);
-  bool isSymUnsigned = T->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(T);
+  bool isSymUnsigned 
+    = T->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() || Loc::isLocType(T);
 
   // Convert the adjustment.
   Adjustment.setIsUnsigned(isSymUnsigned);
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
index 5d802511510a..197442b1574f 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Core/SimpleSValBuilder.cpp
@@ -97,7 +97,8 @@ SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalCastFromNonLoc(NonLoc val, QualType castTy) {
     return UnknownVal();
 
   llvm::APSInt i = cast<nonloc::ConcreteInt>(val).getValue();
-  i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(castTy));
+  i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() || 
+                  Loc::isLocType(castTy));
   i = i.extOrTrunc(Context.getTypeSize(castTy));
 
   if (isLocType)
@@ -129,7 +130,8 @@ SVal SimpleSValBuilder::evalCastFromLoc(Loc val, QualType castTy) {
       return makeLocAsInteger(val, BitWidth);
 
     llvm::APSInt i = cast<loc::ConcreteInt>(val).getValue();
-    i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerType() || Loc::isLocType(castTy));
+    i.setIsUnsigned(castTy->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() || 
+                    Loc::isLocType(castTy));
     i = i.extOrTrunc(BitWidth);
     return makeIntVal(i);
   }
diff --git a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/AnalysisConsumer.cpp b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/AnalysisConsumer.cpp
index fe6e1fd6bbd2..b8dbb545041e 100644
--- a/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/AnalysisConsumer.cpp
+++ b/lib/StaticAnalyzer/Frontend/AnalysisConsumer.cpp
@@ -200,18 +200,20 @@ void AnalysisConsumer::HandleDeclContext(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *dc) {
         }
         break;
       }
-        
+       
+      case Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl:
       case Decl::ObjCImplementation: {
-        ObjCImplementationDecl* ID = cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(*I);
+        ObjCImplDecl* ID = cast<ObjCImplDecl>(*I);
         HandleCode(ID);
         
-        for (ObjCImplementationDecl::method_iterator MI = ID->meth_begin(), 
+        for (ObjCContainerDecl::method_iterator MI = ID->meth_begin(), 
              ME = ID->meth_end(); MI != ME; ++MI) {
           checkerMgr->runCheckersOnASTDecl(*MI, *Mgr, BR);
 
           if ((*MI)->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
             if (!Opts.AnalyzeSpecificFunction.empty() &&
-                Opts.AnalyzeSpecificFunction != (*MI)->getSelector().getAsString())
+                Opts.AnalyzeSpecificFunction != 
+                  (*MI)->getSelector().getAsString())
               break;
             DisplayFunction(*MI);
             HandleCode(*MI);
@@ -232,6 +234,9 @@ void AnalysisConsumer::HandleTranslationUnit(ASTContext &C) {
   checkerMgr->runCheckersOnASTDecl(TU, *Mgr, BR);
   HandleDeclContext(C, TU);
 
+  // After all decls handled, run checkers on the entire TranslationUnit.
+  checkerMgr->runCheckersOnEndOfTranslationUnit(TU, *Mgr, BR);
+
   // Explicitly destroy the PathDiagnosticClient.  This will flush its output.
   // FIXME: This should be replaced with something that doesn't rely on
   // side-effects in PathDiagnosticClient's destructor. This is required when
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/CMakeLists.txt b/lib/Tooling/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f52cf6c8917f..000000000000
--- a/lib/Tooling/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-SET(LLVM_USED_LIBS clangBasic clangFrontend clangAST)
-
-add_clang_library(clangTooling
-  JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.cpp
-  Tooling.cpp
-  )
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.cpp b/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f027cfbead4..000000000000
--- a/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-//===--- JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.cpp - Simple JSON database --------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file implements reading a compile command line database, as written
-//  out for example by CMake.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace tooling {
-
-namespace {
-
-// A parser for JSON escaped strings of command line arguments with \-escaping
-// for quoted arguments (see the documentation of UnescapeJsonCommandLine(...)).
-class CommandLineArgumentParser {
- public:
-  CommandLineArgumentParser(llvm::StringRef CommandLine)
-      : Input(CommandLine), Position(Input.begin()-1) {}
-
-  std::vector<std::string> Parse() {
-    bool HasMoreInput = true;
-    while (HasMoreInput && NextNonWhitespace()) {
-      std::string Argument;
-      HasMoreInput = ParseStringInto(Argument);
-      CommandLine.push_back(Argument);
-    }
-    return CommandLine;
-  }
-
- private:
-  // All private methods return true if there is more input available.
-
-  bool ParseStringInto(std::string &String) {
-    do {
-      if (*Position == '"') {
-        if (!ParseQuotedStringInto(String)) return false;
-      } else {
-        if (!ParseFreeStringInto(String)) return false;
-      }
-    } while (*Position != ' ');
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  bool ParseQuotedStringInto(std::string &String) {
-    if (!Next()) return false;
-    while (*Position != '"') {
-      if (!SkipEscapeCharacter()) return false;
-      String.push_back(*Position);
-      if (!Next()) return false;
-    }
-    return Next();
-  }
-
-  bool ParseFreeStringInto(std::string &String) {
-    do {
-      if (!SkipEscapeCharacter()) return false;
-      String.push_back(*Position);
-      if (!Next()) return false;
-    } while (*Position != ' ' && *Position != '"');
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  bool SkipEscapeCharacter() {
-    if (*Position == '\\') {
-      return Next();
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  bool NextNonWhitespace() {
-    do {
-      if (!Next()) return false;
-    } while (*Position == ' ');
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  bool Next() {
-    ++Position;
-    if (Position == Input.end()) return false;
-    // Remove the JSON escaping first. This is done unconditionally.
-    if (*Position == '\\') ++Position;
-    return Position != Input.end();
-  }
-
-  const llvm::StringRef Input;
-  llvm::StringRef::iterator Position;
-  std::vector<std::string> CommandLine;
-};
-
-} // end namespace
-
-std::vector<std::string> UnescapeJsonCommandLine(
-    llvm::StringRef JsonEscapedCommandLine) {
-  CommandLineArgumentParser parser(JsonEscapedCommandLine);
-  return parser.Parse();
-}
-
-JsonCompileCommandLineParser::JsonCompileCommandLineParser(
-    const llvm::StringRef Input, CompileCommandHandler *CommandHandler)
-    : Input(Input), Position(Input.begin()-1), CommandHandler(CommandHandler) {}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::Parse() {
-  NextNonWhitespace();
-  return ParseTranslationUnits();
-}
-
-std::string JsonCompileCommandLineParser::GetErrorMessage() const {
-  return ErrorMessage;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::ParseTranslationUnits() {
-  if (!ConsumeOrError('[', "at start of compile command file")) return false;
-  if (!ParseTranslationUnit(/*First=*/true)) return false;
-  while (Consume(',')) {
-    if (!ParseTranslationUnit(/*First=*/false)) return false;
-  }
-  if (!ConsumeOrError(']', "at end of array")) return false;
-  if (CommandHandler != NULL) {
-    CommandHandler->EndTranslationUnits();
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::ParseTranslationUnit(bool First) {
-  if (First) {
-    if (!Consume('{')) return true;
-  } else {
-    if (!ConsumeOrError('{', "at start of object")) return false;
-  }
-  if (!Consume('}')) {
-    if (!ParseObjectKeyValuePairs()) return false;
-    if (!ConsumeOrError('}', "at end of object")) return false;
-  }
-  if (CommandHandler != NULL) {
-    CommandHandler->EndTranslationUnit();
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::ParseObjectKeyValuePairs() {
-  do {
-    llvm::StringRef Key;
-    if (!ParseString(Key)) return false;
-    if (!ConsumeOrError(':', "between name and value")) return false;
-    llvm::StringRef Value;
-    if (!ParseString(Value)) return false;
-    if (CommandHandler != NULL) {
-      CommandHandler->HandleKeyValue(Key, Value);
-    }
-  } while (Consume(','));
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::ParseString(llvm::StringRef &String) {
-  if (!ConsumeOrError('"', "at start of string")) return false;
-  llvm::StringRef::iterator First = Position;
-  llvm::StringRef::iterator Last = Position;
-  while (!Consume('"')) {
-    Consume('\\');
-    ++Position;
-    // We need to store Position, as Consume will change Last before leaving
-    // the loop.
-    Last = Position;
-  }
-  String = llvm::StringRef(First, Last - First);
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::Consume(char C) {
-  if (Position == Input.end()) return false;
-  if (*Position != C) return false;
-  NextNonWhitespace();
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::ConsumeOrError(
-    char C, llvm::StringRef Message) {
-  if (!Consume(C)) {
-    SetExpectError(C, Message);
-    return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-void JsonCompileCommandLineParser::SetExpectError(
-    char C, llvm::StringRef Message) {
-  ErrorMessage = (llvm::Twine("'") + llvm::StringRef(&C, 1) +
-                  "' expected " + Message + ".").str();
-}
-
-void JsonCompileCommandLineParser::NextNonWhitespace() {
-  do {
-    ++Position;
-  } while (IsWhitespace());
-}
-
-bool JsonCompileCommandLineParser::IsWhitespace() {
-  if (Position == Input.end()) return false;
-  return (*Position == ' ' || *Position == '\t' ||
-          *Position == '\n' || *Position == '\r');
-}
-
-} // end namespace tooling
-} // end namespace clang
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.h b/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e776d60010d..000000000000
--- a/lib/Tooling/JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-//===--- JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase - Simple JSON database --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file implements reading a compile command line database, as written
-//  out for example by CMake. It only supports the subset of the JSON standard
-//  that is needed to parse the CMake output.
-//  See http://www.json.org/ for the full standard.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILE_COMMAND_LINE_DATABASE_H
-#define LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILE_COMMAND_LINE_DATABASE_H
-
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
-#include <string>
-#include <vector>
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace tooling {
-
-/// \brief Converts a JSON escaped command line to a vector of arguments.
-///
-/// \param JsonEscapedCommandLine The escaped command line as a string. This
-/// is assumed to be escaped as a JSON string (e.g. " and \ are escaped).
-/// In addition, any arguments containing spaces are assumed to be \-escaped
-///
-/// For example, the input (|| denoting non C-escaped strings):
-///   |./call  a  \"b \\\" c \\\\ \"  d|
-/// would yield:
-///   [ |./call|, |a|, |b " c \ |, |d| ].
-std::vector<std::string> UnescapeJsonCommandLine(
-    llvm::StringRef JsonEscapedCommandLine);
-
-/// \brief Interface for users of the JsonCompileCommandLineParser.
-class CompileCommandHandler {
- public:
-  virtual ~CompileCommandHandler() {}
-
-  /// \brief Called after all translation units are parsed.
-  virtual void EndTranslationUnits() {}
-
-  /// \brief Called at the end of a single translation unit.
-  virtual void EndTranslationUnit() {}
-
-  /// \brief Called for every (Key, Value) pair in a translation unit
-  /// description.
-  virtual void HandleKeyValue(llvm::StringRef Key, llvm::StringRef Value) {}
-};
-
-/// \brief A JSON parser that supports the subset of JSON needed to parse
-/// JSON compile command line databases as written out by CMake.
-///
-/// The supported subset describes a list of compile command lines for
-/// each processed translation unit. The translation units are stored in a
-/// JSON array, where each translation unit is described by a JSON object
-/// containing (Key, Value) pairs for the working directory the compile command
-/// line was executed from, the main C/C++ input file of the translation unit
-/// and the actual compile command line, for example:
-/// [
-///   {
-///     "file":"/file.cpp",
-///     "directory":"/",
-///     "command":"/cc /file.cpp"
-///   }
-/// ]
-class JsonCompileCommandLineParser {
- public:
-  /// \brief Create a parser on 'Input', calling 'CommandHandler' to handle the
-  /// parsed constructs. 'CommandHandler' may be NULL in order to just check
-  /// the validity of 'Input'.
-  JsonCompileCommandLineParser(const llvm::StringRef Input,
-                               CompileCommandHandler *CommandHandler);
-
-  /// \brief Parses the specified input. Returns true if no parsing errors were
-  /// foudn.
-  bool Parse();
-
-  /// \brief Returns an error message if Parse() returned false previously.
-  std::string GetErrorMessage() const;
-
- private:
-  bool ParseTranslationUnits();
-  bool ParseTranslationUnit(bool First);
-  bool ParseObjectKeyValuePairs();
-  bool ParseString(llvm::StringRef &String);
-  bool Consume(char C);
-  bool ConsumeOrError(char C, llvm::StringRef Message);
-  void NextNonWhitespace();
-  bool IsWhitespace();
-  void SetExpectError(char C, llvm::StringRef Message);
-
-  const llvm::StringRef Input;
-  llvm::StringRef::iterator Position;
-  std::string ErrorMessage;
-  CompileCommandHandler * const CommandHandler;
-};
-
-} // end namespace tooling
-} // end namespace clang
-
-#endif // LLVM_CLANG_TOOLING_JSON_COMPILE_COMMAND_LINE_DATABASE_H
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/Makefile b/lib/Tooling/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 501a00c3f4f4..000000000000
--- a/lib/Tooling/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-##===- clang/lib/Tooling/Makefile ---------------------------*- Makefile -*-===##
-#
-#                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-#
-# This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-# License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-# 
-##===----------------------------------------------------------------------===##
-
-CLANG_LEVEL := ../..
-LIBRARYNAME := clangTooling
-
-include $(CLANG_LEVEL)/Makefile
-
-
diff --git a/lib/Tooling/Tooling.cpp b/lib/Tooling/Tooling.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index c1714a9be715..000000000000
--- a/lib/Tooling/Tooling.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-//===--- Tooling.cpp - Running clang standalone tools --------------------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-//  This file implements functions to run clang tools standalone instead
-//  of running them as a plugin.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/Tooling/Tooling.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Host.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/MemoryBuffer.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ManagedStatic.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticIDs.h"
-#include "clang/Driver/Compilation.h"
-#include "clang/Driver/Driver.h"
-#include "clang/Driver/Tool.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/CompilerInstance.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendAction.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/FrontendDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Frontend/TextDiagnosticPrinter.h"
-#include "JsonCompileCommandLineDatabase.h"
-#include <map>
-#include <cstdio>
-
-namespace clang {
-namespace tooling {
-
-namespace {
-
-// Checks that the input conforms to the argv[] convention as in
-// main().  Namely:
-//   - it must contain at least a program path,
-//   - argv[0], ..., and argv[argc - 1] mustn't be NULL, and
-//   - argv[argc] must be NULL.
-void ValidateArgv(int argc, char* argv[]) {
-  if (argc < 1) {
-    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: argc is %d.  It must be >= 1.\n", argc);
-    abort();
-  }
-
-  for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-    if (argv[i] == NULL) {
-      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: argv[%d] is NULL.\n", i);
-      abort();
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (argv[argc] != NULL) {
-    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: argv[argc] isn't NULL.\n");
-    abort();
-  }
-}
-
-} // end namespace
-
-// FIXME: This file contains structural duplication with other parts of the
-// code that sets up a compiler to run tools on it, and we should refactor
-// it to be based on the same framework.
-
-static clang::Diagnostic* NewTextDiagnostics() {
-  llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::DiagnosticIDs> DiagIDs(
-      new clang::DiagnosticIDs());
-  clang::TextDiagnosticPrinter *DiagClient = new clang::TextDiagnosticPrinter(
-      llvm::errs(), clang::DiagnosticOptions());
-  return new clang::Diagnostic(DiagIDs, DiagClient);
-}
-
-// Exists solely for the purpose of lookup of the main executable.
-static int StaticSymbol;
-
-/// \brief Builds a clang driver initialized for running clang tools.
-static clang::driver::Driver* NewDriver(clang::Diagnostic* Diagnostics,
-                                        const char* BinaryName) {
-  // This just needs to be some symbol in the binary.
-  void* const SymbolAddr = &StaticSymbol;
-  const llvm::sys::Path ExePath =
-      llvm::sys::Path::GetMainExecutable(BinaryName, SymbolAddr);
-
-  const std::string DefaultOutputName = "a.out";
-  clang::driver::Driver* CompilerDriver = new clang::driver::Driver(
-      ExePath.str(), llvm::sys::getHostTriple(),
-      DefaultOutputName, false, false, *Diagnostics);
-  CompilerDriver->setTitle("clang_based_tool");
-  return CompilerDriver;
-}
-
-/// \brief Retrieves the clang CC1 specific flags out of the compilation's jobs.
-/// Returns NULL on error.
-static const clang::driver::ArgStringList* GetCC1Arguments(
-    clang::Diagnostic* Diagnostics, clang::driver::Compilation* Compilation) {
-  // We expect to get back exactly one Command job, if we didn't something
-  // failed. Extract that job from the Compilation.
-  const clang::driver::JobList &Jobs = Compilation->getJobs();
-  if (Jobs.size() != 1 || !isa<clang::driver::Command>(*Jobs.begin())) {
-    llvm::SmallString<256> error_msg;
-    llvm::raw_svector_ostream error_stream(error_msg);
-    Compilation->PrintJob(error_stream, Compilation->getJobs(), "; ", true);
-    Diagnostics->Report(clang::diag::err_fe_expected_compiler_job)
-        << error_stream.str();
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  // The one job we find should be to invoke clang again.
-  const clang::driver::Command *Cmd =
-      cast<clang::driver::Command>(*Jobs.begin());
-  if (llvm::StringRef(Cmd->getCreator().getName()) != "clang") {
-    Diagnostics->Report(clang::diag::err_fe_expected_clang_command);
-    return NULL;
-  }
-
-  return &Cmd->getArguments();
-}
-
-/// \brief Returns a clang build invocation initialized from the CC1 flags.
-static clang::CompilerInvocation* NewInvocation(
-    clang::Diagnostic* Diagnostics,
-    const clang::driver::ArgStringList& CC1Args) {
-  clang::CompilerInvocation* Invocation = new clang::CompilerInvocation;
-  clang::CompilerInvocation::CreateFromArgs(
-      *Invocation, CC1Args.data(), CC1Args.data() + CC1Args.size(),
-      *Diagnostics);
-  Invocation->getFrontendOpts().DisableFree = false;
-  return Invocation;
-}
-
-/// \brief Runs the specified clang tool action and returns whether it executed
-/// successfully.
-static bool RunInvocation(const char* BinaryName,
-                          clang::driver::Compilation* Compilation,
-                          clang::CompilerInvocation* Invocation,
-                          const clang::driver::ArgStringList& CC1Args,
-                          clang::FrontendAction* ToolAction) {
-  llvm::OwningPtr<clang::FrontendAction> ScopedToolAction(ToolAction);
-  // Show the invocation, with -v.
-  if (Invocation->getHeaderSearchOpts().Verbose) {
-    llvm::errs() << "clang Invocation:\n";
-    Compilation->PrintJob(llvm::errs(), Compilation->getJobs(), "\n", true);
-    llvm::errs() << "\n";
-  }
-
-  // Create a compiler instance to handle the actual work.
-  clang::CompilerInstance Compiler;
-  Compiler.setInvocation(Invocation);
-
-  // Create the compilers actual diagnostics engine.
-  Compiler.createDiagnostics(CC1Args.size(),
-                             const_cast<char**>(CC1Args.data()));
-  if (!Compiler.hasDiagnostics())
-    return false;
-
-  // Infer the builtin include path if unspecified.
-  if (Compiler.getHeaderSearchOpts().UseBuiltinIncludes &&
-      Compiler.getHeaderSearchOpts().ResourceDir.empty()) {
-    // This just needs to be some symbol in the binary.
-    void* const SymbolAddr = &StaticSymbol;
-    Compiler.getHeaderSearchOpts().ResourceDir =
-        clang::CompilerInvocation::GetResourcesPath(BinaryName, SymbolAddr);
-  }
-
-  const bool Success = Compiler.ExecuteAction(*ToolAction);
-  return Success;
-}
-
-/// \brief Converts a string vector representing a Command line into a C
-/// string vector representing the Argv (including the trailing NULL).
-std::vector<char*> CommandLineToArgv(const std::vector<std::string>* Command) {
-  std::vector<char*> Result(Command->size() + 1);
-  for (std::vector<char*>::size_type I = 0; I < Command->size(); ++I) {
-    Result[I] = const_cast<char*>((*Command)[I].c_str());
-  }
-  Result[Command->size()] = NULL;
-  return Result;
-}
-
-bool RunToolWithFlags(
-    clang::FrontendAction* ToolAction, int Args, char* Argv[]) {
-  ValidateArgv(Args, Argv);
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::Diagnostic> Diagnostics(NewTextDiagnostics());
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::driver::Driver> Driver(
-      NewDriver(Diagnostics.get(), Argv[0]));
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::driver::Compilation> Compilation(
-      Driver->BuildCompilation(llvm::ArrayRef<const char*>(Argv, Args)));
-  const clang::driver::ArgStringList* const CC1Args = GetCC1Arguments(
-      Diagnostics.get(), Compilation.get());
-  if (CC1Args == NULL) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  llvm::OwningPtr<clang::CompilerInvocation> Invocation(
-      NewInvocation(Diagnostics.get(), *CC1Args));
-  return RunInvocation(Argv[0], Compilation.get(), Invocation.take(),
-                       *CC1Args, ToolAction);
-}
-
-/// \brief Runs 'ToolAction' on the code specified by 'FileContents'.
-///
-/// \param FileContents A mapping from file name to source code. For each
-/// entry a virtual file mapping will be created when running the tool.
-bool RunToolWithFlagsOnCode(
-    const std::vector<std::string>& CommandLine,
-    const std::map<std::string, std::string>& FileContents,
-    clang::FrontendAction* ToolAction) {
-  const std::vector<char*> Argv = CommandLineToArgv(&CommandLine);
-  const char* const BinaryName = Argv[0];
-
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::Diagnostic> Diagnostics(NewTextDiagnostics());
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::driver::Driver> Driver(
-      NewDriver(Diagnostics.get(), BinaryName));
-
-  // Since the Input is only virtual, don't check whether it exists.
-  Driver->setCheckInputsExist(false);
-
-  const llvm::OwningPtr<clang::driver::Compilation> Compilation(
-      Driver->BuildCompilation(llvm::ArrayRef<const char*>(&Argv[0],
-                                                           Argv.size() - 1)));
-  const clang::driver::ArgStringList* const CC1Args = GetCC1Arguments(
-      Diagnostics.get(), Compilation.get());
-  if (CC1Args == NULL) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  llvm::OwningPtr<clang::CompilerInvocation> Invocation(
-      NewInvocation(Diagnostics.get(), *CC1Args));
-
-  for (std::map<std::string, std::string>::const_iterator
-           It = FileContents.begin(), End = FileContents.end();
-       It != End; ++It) {
-    // Inject the code as the given file name into the preprocessor options.
-    const llvm::MemoryBuffer* Input =
-        llvm::MemoryBuffer::getMemBuffer(It->second.c_str());
-    Invocation->getPreprocessorOpts().addRemappedFile(It->first.c_str(), Input);
-  }
-
-  return RunInvocation(BinaryName, Compilation.get(),
-                       Invocation.take(), *CC1Args, ToolAction);
-}
-
-bool RunSyntaxOnlyToolOnCode(
-    clang::FrontendAction *ToolAction, llvm::StringRef Code) {
-  const char* const FileName = "input.cc";
-  const char* const CommandLine[] = {
-      "clang-tool", "-fsyntax-only", FileName
-  };
-  std::map<std::string, std::string> FileContents;
-  FileContents[FileName] = Code;
-  return RunToolWithFlagsOnCode(
-      std::vector<std::string>(
-          CommandLine,
-          CommandLine + sizeof(CommandLine)/sizeof(CommandLine[0])),
-      FileContents, ToolAction);
-}
-
-namespace {
-
-// A CompileCommandHandler implementation that finds compile commands for a
-// specific input file.
-//
-// FIXME: Implement early exit when JsonCompileCommandLineParser supports it.
-class FindHandler : public clang::tooling::CompileCommandHandler {
- public:
-  explicit FindHandler(llvm::StringRef File)
-      : FileToMatch(File), FoundMatchingCommand(false) {}
-
-  virtual void EndTranslationUnits() {
-    if (!FoundMatchingCommand && ErrorMessage.empty()) {
-      ErrorMessage = "ERROR: No matching command found.";
-    }
-  }
-
-  virtual void EndTranslationUnit() {
-    if (File == FileToMatch) {
-      FoundMatchingCommand = true;
-      MatchingCommand.Directory = Directory;
-      MatchingCommand.CommandLine = UnescapeJsonCommandLine(Command);
-    }
-  }
-
-  virtual void HandleKeyValue(llvm::StringRef Key, llvm::StringRef Value) {
-    if (Key == "directory") { Directory = Value; }
-    else if (Key == "file") { File = Value; }
-    else if (Key == "command") { Command = Value; }
-    else {
-      ErrorMessage = (llvm::Twine("Unknown key: \"") + Key + "\"").str();
-    }
-  }
-
-  const llvm::StringRef FileToMatch;
-  bool FoundMatchingCommand;
-  CompileCommand MatchingCommand;
-  std::string ErrorMessage;
-
-  llvm::StringRef Directory;
-  llvm::StringRef File;
-  llvm::StringRef Command;
-};
-
-} // end namespace
-
-CompileCommand FindCompileArgsInJsonDatabase(
-    llvm::StringRef FileName, llvm::StringRef JsonDatabase,
-    std::string &ErrorMessage) {
-  FindHandler find_handler(FileName);
-  JsonCompileCommandLineParser parser(JsonDatabase, &find_handler);
-  if (!parser.Parse()) {
-    ErrorMessage = parser.GetErrorMessage();
-    return CompileCommand();
-  }
-  return find_handler.MatchingCommand;
-}
-
-} // end namespace tooling
-} // end namespace clang
-